<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
     xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:cf="https://www.futureplc.com/rss/content-flags"
>
    <channel>
                    <atom:link href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/feeds/tag/tripods" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
                            <title><![CDATA[ Latest from Digital Camera World in Tripods ]]></title>
                <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/camera-supports/tripods</link>
        <description><![CDATA[ All the latest tripods content from the Digital Camera World team ]]></description>
                                    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 12:18:06 +0000</lastBuildDate>
                            <language>en</language>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD review: uprated universal L-bracket with ‘Quick Detach’ and XPAND functions ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>You can’t beat an L-bracket for convenience if you want to shoot in landscape and portrait orientation when using a tripod, while maintaining precisely the same shooting position. An L-bracket also ensures an optimum center of gravity in portrait orientation shooting, rather than your camera hanging off to one side of your tripod head. However, I have a problem. I’m a bit of a camera addict and have quite a few in my current collection. 3 Legged Thing makes dedicated L-brackets for a vast range of specific bodies, but buying an L-bracket for each and every camera would be a costly business.</p><p>The original 3 Legged Thing Lexie solved the problem with its universal design. Thanks to easy adjustability, you could tailor it to fit just about any camera in just a couple of minutes. One size really does fit all. I’ve been using one for years and didn’t really think it could be improved upon. I was wrong. The new Lexie QD adds a Quick Detach socket and is an even better fit for the 3 Legged Thing XPAND system, which I’ll come to a bit later. The new Lexie definitely has her eyes on the prize for being one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best L-brackets</a> on the market, as well as one of the most adaptable and versatile.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm" name="3LTLQD 01 intro 3234.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit of parts is supplied in a retail box that’s made and printed with the company’s typical design flourish, giving an instant feel-good factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Magnesium alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Base length</p></td><td  ><p>94mm / 3.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Working base range</p></td><td  ><p>94-124mm /<br>3.7-4.88in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Vertical aspect height</p></td><td  ><p>84mm / 3.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Vertical aspect width</p></td><td  ><p>38 mm / 1.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Shoe compatibility</p></td><td  ><p>38mm / 1.5in Arca-Swiss</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>QD socket</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>XPAND compatible</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>92g / 3.2oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Price</span></h3><p>Everything’s going up in price nowadays, even more so when a ‘new and improved’ replacement comes along. Bucking the trend in a surprisingly budget-friendly move, the new Lexie QD costs $60 / £50 / AU$129. That’s pretty remarkable, considering that the original version of the Lexie universal L-bracket still lists for a more expensive $65 / £60 / AU$138 (although you might be able to pick up one of the last few remaining on special offer if you’re quick). Either way, I reckon the new Lexie QD is excellent value for money, if the features, build quality and performance all hold up. Let’s find out…</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Some people like bright colors; others prefer to go to the dark side. The Lexie QD caters to different tastes, being made in alternative orange and black options. Both are engineered from aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, with stainless steel QD sockets and screws, and anodized in their respective colors. Naturally, the different colorways match up with 3 Legged Thing’s tripods, monopods, heads, and other accessories in its extensive catalog.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm" name="3LTLQD 3237.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Hook-and-loop fastening straps are supplied so that you can tether the parts of your universal L-bracket together when it’s between cameras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The base plate is where all of the new design work and re-engineering is focused. Instead of having a strap loop at one end, the new plate features an XPAND Triple Axis Slot instead, plus a new QD socket in its main body. More on those later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm" name="3LTLQD 3239.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The base plate has grippy rubber pads and stainless steel screws; the camera mounting screw features both hex-key and coin-key cutouts for secure attachment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As far as I can tell, the upright plate is identical to that of the original Lexie, which is no bad thing. It has a similar connection system to the one featured at the outer end of the base plate, but placed at both the top and the bottom of the upright. There’s also a cutout on one side for cable management. Continuing the ‘universal’ theme of the L-bracket, you can position the cutout in any of four different placements, tailoring it for the best fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm" name="3LTLQD 3241.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upright plate can mount in four different orientations, so you can flip it top to bottom and right to left, ensuring that the cable management slot is right where you want it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To adjust the length of the base plate to suit your camera and to connect the base plate and upright together, there are two different sizes of hex-head screws. A third size is used for the camera mounting screw. My only slight niggle is that while 3 Legged Thing supplies a neat dual-size hex key in the kit, there’s also a separate, more basic hex key in the pack for adjusting the length of the base plate. Naturally, this means carrying an extra hex key around with you if you need to alter the base plate length for a different camera. I’d have preferred to see the smart 3 Legged Thing Toolz2 included in the kit, which features all three sizes of 4mm, 3mm, and 2.5mm hex keys, plus a coin key, bottle opener, and both carabiner and keyring attachments. It’s a great little gadget, well worth the extra $8 / £8 / AU$11 to buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm" name="3LTLQD 3242.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit includes a smart dual-size hex key and a more basic standard hex key. I’d have preferred to see the Toolz2 multi-tool included, which features all three hex key sizes, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Crucially, the base plate and upright join together with a really firm and secure fit, so there’s no hint of wobbling or unsteadiness. In the shortest configuration of the base plate, the upright fits flush to one side, as shown in the image below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom" name="3LTLQD 3245.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upright section slots in like it’s on rails and secures to the base plate with a single stainless steel hex-head screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure universal appeal, the extendable inner part of the base plate has no fewer than seven alternative screw holes. You can rest assured that it won’t pull out too far and drop off when making adjustments, thanks to two additional safety screws that you can see in the following image.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm" name="3LTLQD 3247.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Removal of the main base plate adjustment screw enables you to pull out the sliding inner section for length adjustment, with its row of seven alternative locking sockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whereas the base plate of the original Lexie had two slots for securing a camera, the QD edition has just one. That certainly shouldn’t be a problem and, again, it comes with a stainless steel ‘Stagsden’ camera mounting screw (Stagsden being the historic home village of 3 legged Thing in the UK). The screw can be fastened with either a coin key or a hex key, but there’s no D-ring for just using a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm" name="3LTLQD 3249.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera fastening screw lacks a D-ring, but I wouldn’t trust one anyway for securely mounting an L-bracket to a camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shown just next to my thumb in the image below is the new stainless steel QD (Quick Detach) socket. If the system is new to you, it’s a type of quick and easy yet extremely secure fixing that’s used by an increasing number of companies (including NASA, for securing cargo on space rockets). A simple press of a button is all you need to release whatever’s plugged into the socket. </p><p>A good choice for the socket in the base plate is one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">3 Legged Thing Axis</a> camera straps, which include neck, crossbody, harness, wrist, and backpack options. This enables you to quickly and easily swap between shooting handheld with a neck strap or wrist strap, or removing the strap so that it doesn’t dangle down when mounting the L-bracket on a tripod or other support.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom" name="3LTLQD 3250.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QD socket enables quick and easy fitment of straps and other accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the base plate and upright joined together, there are XPAND Triple Axis Slots at both free ends of the L-bracket, as shown in the image below. These are fully compatible with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">3 Legged Thing XPAND</a> system. If you need an introduction, it’s a system that features cheese plates, risers, and other magnesium alloy components, so that you can build your own fully customized cage or rig. It’s a bit like Meccano for camera supports. The base plate and upright also feature additional 1/4-inch threaded sockets for attaching the likes of magic arms, LED lamps, mics, and other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm" name="3LTLQD 3244.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">XPAND Triple Axis Slots are built into one end of the base plate and both the top and the bottom of the upright. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By way of example, when I used the Lexie QD with my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-iii-review">Sony A7 III camera</a>, I extended the sliding inner part of the base plate so that the third threaded socket was used for locking the upright in place. You’ll notice this in the image below, which also shows the two 1/4-inch threaded sockets for attaching accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm" name="3LTLQD 3251.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With a camera mounted, you still have access to the base plate’s QD socket, XPAND Triple Axis Slot, and two 1/4-inch sockets for attaching accessories, all shown towards the left of the base plate in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A problem when using any L-bracket is that the various connectivity ports of your camera can become inaccessible because they’re obscured by the upright’s metalwork. With so many different makes and models of cameras on the market, this can be more of a problem with a ‘universal’ L-bracket that isn’t designed for a specific body. However, I found that all of the ports of my Sony camera were accessible, and that I could open and close the weather flaps with the camera fixed to the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm" name="3LTLQD 3254.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The cutout of the upright enabled me to open and close the flaps of my Sony A7 III with the camera mounted to the L-bracket, and gain access to all of the connectivity ports. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The final item in the kit of parts is a drawstring pouch. It’s nicely made, bears the 3 Legged Thing logo, and is useful for stashing the L-bracket and its incumbent tools when they’re not in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm" name="3LTLQD 3238.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a drawstring carrying pouch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Performance</span></h3><p>I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Thing’s dedicated L-brackets. Designed for use on specific camera bodies, they’re made from a single piece of magnesium alloy. As such, there are no separate parts with joints between them that are potential weak points. These dedicated L-brackets are wonderfully rigid and inflexible.</p><p>My worry with the Lexie QD is that it’s basically two separate plates joined together. Actually, make that three plates if you include the sliding inner part of the base plate, which enables the ‘universal’ fit. My concerns turned out to be unfounded, as I found that the Lexie QD remained incredibly robust and resistant to any unwanted flexing or twisting when assembled and in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm" name="3LTLQD 3264.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The grippy rubber pads enable a secure fit to the camera, and the L-Bracket itself is super-solid with excellent rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Any weakness or wobble in the joints becomes more apparent when shooting in portrait orientation rather than landscape orientation. In this configuration, the upright is mounted on the tripod, and the camera is still mounted to the base plate, putting more stress on the joint that connects everything. Throughout my extensive testing with different camera models and different sizes and weights of attached lenses, I found that the Lexie QD remained absolutely stable and rigid.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism" name="3LTLQD 3260.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I found that the L-bracket remained equally rigid and inflexible in portrait orientation or ‘upright’ shooting mode, which is a sterner test of its stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finally, the Arca-Swiss profile of both the base plate and upright enables quick and easy swapping between portrait- and landscape-orientation shooting, as well as maintaining an ideal balance. And that’s really the main point of an L-bracket, after all.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Verdict</span></h3><p>In the land of L-brackets, I think that Lexie QD is the reigning queen of versatility. It’s not just that the new 3 Legged Thing bracket is universal and able to quickly and easily adapt to fit almost any camera. And it’s not just that the Lexie QD combines effortless adaptability with rock-solid support and robust, rigid performance that never falters or flexes. The upgrades that elevate the QD edition above the original version are that versatility is taken to new dimensions.</p><p>First up, the addition of a QD (Quick Detach) socket makes it effortless to swap between tripod-mounted shooting in either landscape or portrait orientation, and handheld shooting with the security of a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">3 Legged Thing Axis</a> camera strap that simply plugs into the QD socket. You can also add other compatible accessories to the QD socket, and it’s equally quick and easy to detach them again, as its name implies.</p><p>Secondly, there’s also enhanced compatibility with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">3 Legged Thing XPAND</a> system, going a fair way beyond what was possible with the original version of the L-bracket. That’s thanks to XPAND Triple Axis Slots being featured on the spare end of the base plate, instead of just on both ends of the upright. To seal the deal, the Lexie QD costs even less to buy than the original, making it great value for money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Going above and beyond the remit of an L-bracket, the Lexie QD is full of features, including a QD socket and enhanced XPAND compatibility.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The ‘universal’ approach enables fitment to pretty much any camera, while excellent design and build quality ensure that rigidity isn’t compromised.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Although the L-bracket made from separate magnesium alloy components that connect together, rather than from a single piece of metal, performance is rock-solid.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Amazingly, this new and improved version of the Lexie has a lower recommended price than the original edition, making it great value.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm" name="3LTLQD 00 hero 3265.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="04a7a4dc-bbe2-11f1-840b-0be6dd3b9201" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/3-legged-thing-zelda-qd-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2467px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="KtcEm3gmmnBW7bWbs7ddf3" name="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KtcEm3gmmnBW7bWbs7ddf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2467" height="2467" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>I’ve picked the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/3-legged-thing-zelda-qd-review" data-dimension112="04a7a4dc-bbe2-11f1-840b-0be6dd3b9201" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Zelda QD</strong></a> as an alternative, which is a dedicated L-bracket for Nikon Z5, Z6, Z6II, Z7 and Z7II cameras. However, 3 Legged Thing make a vast range of dedicated L-brackets for other cameras, so it’s just a matter of picking the right one for your particular camera. They’re all equally well made from aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, delivering excellent performance and very good value for money.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="04a7a554-bbe2-11f1-bf5b-e33764310ede" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension48="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2547px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="d5hxccvw2veJSfYGAQYyf3" name="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/d5hxccvw2veJSfYGAQYyf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2547" height="2547" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>Definitely ‘alternative’, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review" data-dimension112="04a7a554-bbe2-11f1-bf5b-e33764310ede" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension48="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket</strong></a> performs the task of an L-bracket. However, it’s more like a tripod mounting ring that you’d find on a big telephoto lens, but one that connects to your camera body so that you can use it with any lens (or camera) that takes your fancy. Like the Lexie QD, the Benro aims to have as much universal appeal as possible.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ New and improved, the 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD adds extra XPAND and QD attachment (and detachment) options for greater versatility and ease of use ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">KRpYSGuxN4o8QSR7hKnHq</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 12:18:06 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>You can’t beat an L-bracket for convenience if you want to shoot in landscape and portrait orientation when using a tripod, while maintaining precisely the same shooting position. An L-bracket also ensures an optimum center of gravity in portrait orientation shooting, rather than your camera hanging off to one side of your tripod head. However, I have a problem. I’m a bit of a camera addict and have quite a few in my current collection. 3 Legged Thing makes dedicated L-brackets for a vast range of specific bodies, but buying an L-bracket for each and every camera would be a costly business.</p><p>The original 3 Legged Thing Lexie solved the problem with its universal design. Thanks to easy adjustability, you could tailor it to fit just about any camera in just a couple of minutes. One size really does fit all. I’ve been using one for years and didn’t really think it could be improved upon. I was wrong. The new Lexie QD adds a Quick Detach socket and is an even better fit for the 3 Legged Thing XPAND system, which I’ll come to a bit later. The new Lexie definitely has her eyes on the prize for being one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best L-brackets</a> on the market, as well as one of the most adaptable and versatile.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm" name="3LTLQD 01 intro 3234.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit of parts is supplied in a retail box that’s made and printed with the company’s typical design flourish, giving an instant feel-good factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Magnesium alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Base length</p></td><td  ><p>94mm / 3.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Working base range</p></td><td  ><p>94-124mm /<br>3.7-4.88in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Vertical aspect height</p></td><td  ><p>84mm / 3.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Vertical aspect width</p></td><td  ><p>38 mm / 1.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Shoe compatibility</p></td><td  ><p>38mm / 1.5in Arca-Swiss</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>QD socket</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>XPAND compatible</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>92g / 3.2oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Price</span></h3><p>Everything’s going up in price nowadays, even more so when a ‘new and improved’ replacement comes along. Bucking the trend in a surprisingly budget-friendly move, the new Lexie QD costs $60 / £50 / AU$129. That’s pretty remarkable, considering that the original version of the Lexie universal L-bracket still lists for a more expensive $65 / £60 / AU$138 (although you might be able to pick up one of the last few remaining on special offer if you’re quick). Either way, I reckon the new Lexie QD is excellent value for money, if the features, build quality and performance all hold up. Let’s find out…</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Some people like bright colors; others prefer to go to the dark side. The Lexie QD caters to different tastes, being made in alternative orange and black options. Both are engineered from aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, with stainless steel QD sockets and screws, and anodized in their respective colors. Naturally, the different colorways match up with 3 Legged Thing’s tripods, monopods, heads, and other accessories in its extensive catalog.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm" name="3LTLQD 3237.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Hook-and-loop fastening straps are supplied so that you can tether the parts of your universal L-bracket together when it’s between cameras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The base plate is where all of the new design work and re-engineering is focused. Instead of having a strap loop at one end, the new plate features an XPAND Triple Axis Slot instead, plus a new QD socket in its main body. More on those later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm" name="3LTLQD 3239.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The base plate has grippy rubber pads and stainless steel screws; the camera mounting screw features both hex-key and coin-key cutouts for secure attachment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As far as I can tell, the upright plate is identical to that of the original Lexie, which is no bad thing. It has a similar connection system to the one featured at the outer end of the base plate, but placed at both the top and the bottom of the upright. There’s also a cutout on one side for cable management. Continuing the ‘universal’ theme of the L-bracket, you can position the cutout in any of four different placements, tailoring it for the best fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm" name="3LTLQD 3241.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upright plate can mount in four different orientations, so you can flip it top to bottom and right to left, ensuring that the cable management slot is right where you want it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To adjust the length of the base plate to suit your camera and to connect the base plate and upright together, there are two different sizes of hex-head screws. A third size is used for the camera mounting screw. My only slight niggle is that while 3 Legged Thing supplies a neat dual-size hex key in the kit, there’s also a separate, more basic hex key in the pack for adjusting the length of the base plate. Naturally, this means carrying an extra hex key around with you if you need to alter the base plate length for a different camera. I’d have preferred to see the smart 3 Legged Thing Toolz2 included in the kit, which features all three sizes of 4mm, 3mm, and 2.5mm hex keys, plus a coin key, bottle opener, and both carabiner and keyring attachments. It’s a great little gadget, well worth the extra $8 / £8 / AU$11 to buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm" name="3LTLQD 3242.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit includes a smart dual-size hex key and a more basic standard hex key. I’d have preferred to see the Toolz2 multi-tool included, which features all three hex key sizes, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Crucially, the base plate and upright join together with a really firm and secure fit, so there’s no hint of wobbling or unsteadiness. In the shortest configuration of the base plate, the upright fits flush to one side, as shown in the image below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom" name="3LTLQD 3245.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upright section slots in like it’s on rails and secures to the base plate with a single stainless steel hex-head screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure universal appeal, the extendable inner part of the base plate has no fewer than seven alternative screw holes. You can rest assured that it won’t pull out too far and drop off when making adjustments, thanks to two additional safety screws that you can see in the following image.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm" name="3LTLQD 3247.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Removal of the main base plate adjustment screw enables you to pull out the sliding inner section for length adjustment, with its row of seven alternative locking sockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whereas the base plate of the original Lexie had two slots for securing a camera, the QD edition has just one. That certainly shouldn’t be a problem and, again, it comes with a stainless steel ‘Stagsden’ camera mounting screw (Stagsden being the historic home village of 3 legged Thing in the UK). The screw can be fastened with either a coin key or a hex key, but there’s no D-ring for just using a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm" name="3LTLQD 3249.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera fastening screw lacks a D-ring, but I wouldn’t trust one anyway for securely mounting an L-bracket to a camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shown just next to my thumb in the image below is the new stainless steel QD (Quick Detach) socket. If the system is new to you, it’s a type of quick and easy yet extremely secure fixing that’s used by an increasing number of companies (including NASA, for securing cargo on space rockets). A simple press of a button is all you need to release whatever’s plugged into the socket. </p><p>A good choice for the socket in the base plate is one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">3 Legged Thing Axis</a> camera straps, which include neck, crossbody, harness, wrist, and backpack options. This enables you to quickly and easily swap between shooting handheld with a neck strap or wrist strap, or removing the strap so that it doesn’t dangle down when mounting the L-bracket on a tripod or other support.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom" name="3LTLQD 3250.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QD socket enables quick and easy fitment of straps and other accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the base plate and upright joined together, there are XPAND Triple Axis Slots at both free ends of the L-bracket, as shown in the image below. These are fully compatible with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">3 Legged Thing XPAND</a> system. If you need an introduction, it’s a system that features cheese plates, risers, and other magnesium alloy components, so that you can build your own fully customized cage or rig. It’s a bit like Meccano for camera supports. The base plate and upright also feature additional 1/4-inch threaded sockets for attaching the likes of magic arms, LED lamps, mics, and other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm" name="3LTLQD 3244.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">XPAND Triple Axis Slots are built into one end of the base plate and both the top and the bottom of the upright. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By way of example, when I used the Lexie QD with my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-iii-review">Sony A7 III camera</a>, I extended the sliding inner part of the base plate so that the third threaded socket was used for locking the upright in place. You’ll notice this in the image below, which also shows the two 1/4-inch threaded sockets for attaching accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm" name="3LTLQD 3251.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With a camera mounted, you still have access to the base plate’s QD socket, XPAND Triple Axis Slot, and two 1/4-inch sockets for attaching accessories, all shown towards the left of the base plate in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A problem when using any L-bracket is that the various connectivity ports of your camera can become inaccessible because they’re obscured by the upright’s metalwork. With so many different makes and models of cameras on the market, this can be more of a problem with a ‘universal’ L-bracket that isn’t designed for a specific body. However, I found that all of the ports of my Sony camera were accessible, and that I could open and close the weather flaps with the camera fixed to the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm" name="3LTLQD 3254.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The cutout of the upright enabled me to open and close the flaps of my Sony A7 III with the camera mounted to the L-bracket, and gain access to all of the connectivity ports. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The final item in the kit of parts is a drawstring pouch. It’s nicely made, bears the 3 Legged Thing logo, and is useful for stashing the L-bracket and its incumbent tools when they’re not in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm" name="3LTLQD 3238.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a drawstring carrying pouch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Performance</span></h3><p>I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Thing’s dedicated L-brackets. Designed for use on specific camera bodies, they’re made from a single piece of magnesium alloy. As such, there are no separate parts with joints between them that are potential weak points. These dedicated L-brackets are wonderfully rigid and inflexible.</p><p>My worry with the Lexie QD is that it’s basically two separate plates joined together. Actually, make that three plates if you include the sliding inner part of the base plate, which enables the ‘universal’ fit. My concerns turned out to be unfounded, as I found that the Lexie QD remained incredibly robust and resistant to any unwanted flexing or twisting when assembled and in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm" name="3LTLQD 3264.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The grippy rubber pads enable a secure fit to the camera, and the L-Bracket itself is super-solid with excellent rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Any weakness or wobble in the joints becomes more apparent when shooting in portrait orientation rather than landscape orientation. In this configuration, the upright is mounted on the tripod, and the camera is still mounted to the base plate, putting more stress on the joint that connects everything. Throughout my extensive testing with different camera models and different sizes and weights of attached lenses, I found that the Lexie QD remained absolutely stable and rigid.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism" name="3LTLQD 3260.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I found that the L-bracket remained equally rigid and inflexible in portrait orientation or ‘upright’ shooting mode, which is a sterner test of its stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finally, the Arca-Swiss profile of both the base plate and upright enables quick and easy swapping between portrait- and landscape-orientation shooting, as well as maintaining an ideal balance. And that’s really the main point of an L-bracket, after all.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Verdict</span></h3><p>In the land of L-brackets, I think that Lexie QD is the reigning queen of versatility. It’s not just that the new 3 Legged Thing bracket is universal and able to quickly and easily adapt to fit almost any camera. And it’s not just that the Lexie QD combines effortless adaptability with rock-solid support and robust, rigid performance that never falters or flexes. The upgrades that elevate the QD edition above the original version are that versatility is taken to new dimensions.</p><p>First up, the addition of a QD (Quick Detach) socket makes it effortless to swap between tripod-mounted shooting in either landscape or portrait orientation, and handheld shooting with the security of a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">3 Legged Thing Axis</a> camera strap that simply plugs into the QD socket. You can also add other compatible accessories to the QD socket, and it’s equally quick and easy to detach them again, as its name implies.</p><p>Secondly, there’s also enhanced compatibility with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">3 Legged Thing XPAND</a> system, going a fair way beyond what was possible with the original version of the L-bracket. That’s thanks to XPAND Triple Axis Slots being featured on the spare end of the base plate, instead of just on both ends of the upright. To seal the deal, the Lexie QD costs even less to buy than the original, making it great value for money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Going above and beyond the remit of an L-bracket, the Lexie QD is full of features, including a QD socket and enhanced XPAND compatibility.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The ‘universal’ approach enables fitment to pretty much any camera, while excellent design and build quality ensure that rigidity isn’t compromised.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Although the L-bracket made from separate magnesium alloy components that connect together, rather than from a single piece of metal, performance is rock-solid.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Amazingly, this new and improved version of the Lexie has a lower recommended price than the original edition, making it great value.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm" name="3LTLQD 00 hero 3265.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="04a7a4dc-bbe2-11f1-840b-0be6dd3b9201" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/3-legged-thing-zelda-qd-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2467px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="KtcEm3gmmnBW7bWbs7ddf3" name="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KtcEm3gmmnBW7bWbs7ddf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2467" height="2467" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>I’ve picked the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/3-legged-thing-zelda-qd-review" data-dimension112="04a7a4dc-bbe2-11f1-840b-0be6dd3b9201" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Zelda QD</strong></a> as an alternative, which is a dedicated L-bracket for Nikon Z5, Z6, Z6II, Z7 and Z7II cameras. However, 3 Legged Thing make a vast range of dedicated L-brackets for other cameras, so it’s just a matter of picking the right one for your particular camera. They’re all equally well made from aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, delivering excellent performance and very good value for money.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="04a7a554-bbe2-11f1-bf5b-e33764310ede" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension48="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2547px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="d5hxccvw2veJSfYGAQYyf3" name="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/d5hxccvw2veJSfYGAQYyf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2547" height="2547" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>Definitely ‘alternative’, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review" data-dimension112="04a7a554-bbe2-11f1-bf5b-e33764310ede" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension48="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket</strong></a> performs the task of an L-bracket. However, it’s more like a tripod mounting ring that you’d find on a big telephoto lens, but one that connects to your camera body so that you can use it with any lens (or camera) that takes your fancy. Like the Lexie QD, the Benro aims to have as much universal appeal as possible.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Turn your tripod into a hammock. Yes, really! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Tether Tools has released two new storage products designed for a rather unusual location: the space between the legs of a tripod. These 'tripod hammocks' turn what would otherwise be dead space into somewhere to place frequently used gear, keeping it safe, off the ground, and easily accessible during a shoot.</p><p>Two hammock versions are available: the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro.</p><h2 id="tripod-hammock-multi-pro">Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg" name="1_TT_MAIN_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_71-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Priced at $99.99, this is the premium offering. It serves not just as a temporary open storage hammock, but can also be zipped up and transported as an enclosed triangular kit bag. Inside are three segments, separated by removable padded dividers. Within each section are three removable pouches, each large enough to fit a small lens, or other accessories like batteries, filters, or cables. Around the edge of the main hammock unit you'll also find multiple exterior quick-access pockets ideal for memory cards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg" name="4_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro is suspended from a tripod's legs using a magnetic quick-connect system that holds securely but is still easy to attach and remove. This enables rapid setup and teardown, after which the hammock can be zipped closed and moved using the integrated carry handle, or attached to a backpack. A durable, weather-resistant rip-stop construction keeps the hammock usable in inclement conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg" name="7_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_1200x675 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="tripod-hammock-sport">Tripod Hammock Sport</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg" name="Tether-Tools-Tripod_Hammock-Sport-06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you like the idea of having a convenient place to put gear during a shoot, but don't need the enclosed storage design of the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro, then the Tripod Hammock Sport is for you. It's priced at $49.99, and does away with the closable top of the Multi-Pro, as well as its interior dividers and three separate storage pouches. Instead you get a single open area to temporarily place frequently used gear, though there are small, quick-access pockets on the side where you can keep smaller items. Thanks to its more minimalist design, the Sport is able to fold small for compact transportation, but still features a protective PU coating and a tear-resistant design for enhanced durability and weather resistance.</p><p>Both the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro are available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=tether%20tools%20tripod%20hammock&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">buy now from B&H</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/turn-your-tripod-into-a-hammock-yes-really</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Tether Tools wants to turn the dead space under your tripod into a useful storage area ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">jBkYvJQj7YGLT6ANsyJAWV</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jn3VZDkjvGkJCertVBfiYg-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 21:51:32 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 22:13:15 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jn3VZDkjvGkJCertVBfiYg-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Tether Tools]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Tether Tools Tripod Hammock]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Tether Tools Tripod Hammock]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Tether Tools Tripod Hammock]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jn3VZDkjvGkJCertVBfiYg-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Tether Tools has released two new storage products designed for a rather unusual location: the space between the legs of a tripod. These 'tripod hammocks' turn what would otherwise be dead space into somewhere to place frequently used gear, keeping it safe, off the ground, and easily accessible during a shoot.</p><p>Two hammock versions are available: the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro.</p><h2 id="tripod-hammock-multi-pro">Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg" name="1_TT_MAIN_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_71-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Priced at $99.99, this is the premium offering. It serves not just as a temporary open storage hammock, but can also be zipped up and transported as an enclosed triangular kit bag. Inside are three segments, separated by removable padded dividers. Within each section are three removable pouches, each large enough to fit a small lens, or other accessories like batteries, filters, or cables. Around the edge of the main hammock unit you'll also find multiple exterior quick-access pockets ideal for memory cards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg" name="4_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro is suspended from a tripod's legs using a magnetic quick-connect system that holds securely but is still easy to attach and remove. This enables rapid setup and teardown, after which the hammock can be zipped closed and moved using the integrated carry handle, or attached to a backpack. A durable, weather-resistant rip-stop construction keeps the hammock usable in inclement conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg" name="7_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_1200x675 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="tripod-hammock-sport">Tripod Hammock Sport</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg" name="Tether-Tools-Tripod_Hammock-Sport-06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you like the idea of having a convenient place to put gear during a shoot, but don't need the enclosed storage design of the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro, then the Tripod Hammock Sport is for you. It's priced at $49.99, and does away with the closable top of the Multi-Pro, as well as its interior dividers and three separate storage pouches. Instead you get a single open area to temporarily place frequently used gear, though there are small, quick-access pockets on the side where you can keep smaller items. Thanks to its more minimalist design, the Sport is able to fold small for compact transportation, but still features a protective PU coating and a tear-resistant design for enhanced durability and weather resistance.</p><p>Both the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro are available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=tether%20tools%20tripod%20hammock&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">buy now from B&H</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Vanguard Veo 5 264CO review: a high-end, specialized spotting scope tripod kit, complete with panning head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Vanguard and I go back a long way. I’ve been testing and reviewing its kit for the last 20 years or so, and have generally been very impressed along the way. If you’re not so familiar, allow me to make the introductions… Vanguard is a global company with headquarters in Myanmar and branches in many countries around the world. It’s been making high-quality tripods and other photographic accessories, as well as the likes of binoculars, spotting scopes, backpacks, and gadget bags, building up an extensive catalog over the last 40 years or so.</p><p>Although Vanguard has a very diverse range of products, it’s always tripods that first spring to mind when I think of the company. The Veo 5 264CO is a case in point, but unlike most of the range, it’s designed for spotting scopes rather than for photography or videography. As such, it’s geared towards high-magnification scopes that you might use for birdwatching, wildlife and nature, target sports and hunting, surveillance and tactical use, and even for astronomy. With its upmarket carbon fiber build and 2-way pan head, the Veo 5 264CO kit aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS" name="Veo5 01 intro 3051.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s carbon fiber all the way, for each of the 12 leg sections and the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-specifications"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>58cm / 22.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded diameter</p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>167cm / 66in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.92kg / 4.2lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>8kg / 17lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-price"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Price</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO sells for around $399 / £280 / AU$399. As a premium carbon fiber full kit, that’s pretty reasonable compared with another of the favorite luxury kits, featured in our <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods buying guide</a>. That’s the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. For my money, the Winston is more of a photographic tripod anyway, and its ball head is less ideal for spotting scopes.</p><p>If the Vanguard carbon fiber kit is beyond your budget, there’s a more ‘affordable’ Vanguard Veo 5 264AO aluminum version that costs rather less to buy, at around $349 / £220 / AU$299.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Even the very best spotting scopes don’t tend to be particularly weighty, unlike a camera fitted with a monster telephoto lens. Nearly all of the scopes I can think of weigh less than 2kg / 4.4lb, most are 1kg / 2.2lb or less, and some only weigh about 0.5kg or about a pound. Suffice it to say that you don’t need a tripod with a mighty maximum payload rating. Some photographic tripods, like the Winston 2.0 that I mentioned earlier, have a 40kg / 88lb payload rating, which is frankly overkill for a spotting scope.</p><p>You might think that the 8kg / 17lb payload rating of the Veo 5 that I’m reviewing here is much more than you need. However, I wouldn’t go too flimsy. Due to the high-power magnification of spotting scopes, you still need a tripod that’s going to be rigid and resistant to vibrations, which can be hugely magnified when you look through the eyepiece. The extra payload rating also gives you scope, so to speak, to add ballast, which can steady the tripod in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS" name="Veo5 3053.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs and center column are made from high-grade carbon fiber, and one of the upper leg sections also features a comfort pad. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Sturdiness is enhanced by Vanguard’s decision to use a fairly chunky outer leg section with a diameter of 26mm. I think that’s a good compromise between sturdiness and not making the tripod too heavy to carry out in the wild. A little bonus is that one of the upper sections also features a rubber comfort pad, often omitted in carbon fiber rather than aluminum tripods. It not only makes the tripod more comfortable to carry, but also makes it feel less slippery in wet weather.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS" name="Veo5 3054.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Diameters of the four leg sections step down in increments of 3mm, or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extending the legs a little, I measured off the four sections at 26, 23, 20, and 17mm, working my way down to the bottom. Again, I think the choice of four sections per leg is ideal. It enables a fairly compact carrying size as well as a fairly generous maximum operating height. Most spotting scopes have a 45-degree angled eyepiece, so you don’t generally need a tripod to be overly tall. The Veo 5’s maximum of 167cm / 66in should more than suffice.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS" name="Veo5 3055.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the leg sections are designed to be quick and easy to use, as well as being virtually silent in operation and easy to clean. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s tempting for manufacturers to include five sections in each leg, which are often featured in some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, where a small folded size can be a prime consideration. I’m glad that Vanguard resisted the urge when designing this spotting scope tripod, for two reasons. Firstly, the total of 12 section clamps in 5-section tripods adds to the time and effort required for setup and takedown. Secondly, the bottom leg sections often end up being thin and spindly, lacking rigidity and robustness.</p><p>For speed and ease of use, I favor twist locks rather than flip locks, especially if they operate with minimal rotation for loosening and clamping. The twist locks featured here are designed to do just that, while being silent in operation, which can be important in the context of birding and wildlife. Moreover, the twist locks are designed to be easy to clean, so you can venture out into the mucky outdoors without being too precious about your tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS" name="Veo5 3056.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can set the legs to three different locking angles, aiding setup on tricky terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are three different locking leg angles on offer: 23, 50, and 80 degrees. I really like the simple pushbutton mechanism for selecting different angles, and that you don’t need to swing them all the way up and then come down again in increments to complete the process. It’s another factor that makes the Veo 5 quick to adjust without any unwanted, audible clicks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS" name="Veo5 3058.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The removable center column is designed to fit directly into traditional clamps, often available in hides, and also features a weight hook at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve started to notice some manufacturers making triangular-profile center columns. This tends to enable a space-saving design, with the legs fitting more snugly around the column. In this case, Vanguard has opted for a hexagonal center column. Again, it can save a little space, but it also ensures that you can remove the center column and slot it directly into a traditional clamp, if one is available in a birding/wildlife hide. For adding stability when the center column is back in the tripod, there’s a weight hook at the bottom for adding ballast.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR" name="Veo5 3059.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews from the bottom of the center column with a simple twisting action. This enables you to quickly and easily invert the head, which can be useful for ultra-low-level shooting with an upside-down camera. That’s a lot less practical with a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ability to invert the center column is of little benefit when using a spotting scope. Of much greater value, you can split the column into two separate sections. This leaves a relatively short, stubby section at the top, so you can splay the legs and achieve an ultra-low viewing position with your spotting scope the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T" name="Veo5 3060.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column into two sections enables ultra-low-level viewing, as you can splay the legs without the center column digging into the ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure a firm footing on any type of surface, the tripod feet are made from rubber pads with retractable metal spikes. I’d use the rubber pads on most surfaces, but the metal spikes can give greater stability on very soft or loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS" name="Veo5 3063.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Twisting the rubber pads of the feet reveal retractable metal spikes </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On two sides of the canopy that connects the three legs together up top, there are sockets with standard 3/8in threads. You can use these to add accessories with or without magic arms for greater control over positioning. If you need a 1/4in thread instead, you can simply use a 3/8in to 1/4in adapter. Another bonus is that the sockets include bayonet slots on either side, which work with compatible accessories to avoid any unwanted twisting when fitted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS" name="Veo5 3064.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy (or chassis) up top features two 3/8in threaded sockets, complete with bayonet slots, for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also on the canopy is a bubble level that aids in easy leveling of the legs. If you switch from your spotting scope to using a camera for shooting stills or video, this helps to ensure that your horizon stays level in the shot if you start panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS" name="Veo5 3065.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level built into the canopy helps with leveling the legs on uneven ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up to the head, the kit comes with Vanguard’s VEO PH-28 2-Way Pan Head. It’s specially made for spotting scopes, with smooth panning and tilting being core design criteria. As such, it can rotate through a full 360 degrees, while also offering a tilt range of 91 degrees forward and 30 degrees backwards. Also available to buy separately, the head typically costs around $100 / £120 / AU$179 on its own.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS" name="Veo5 3067.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 2-way pan head supplied in the kit is a perfect match for the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like that the panning handle has a retractable design and that a simple twist is all that’s needed to lock or release both the tilt and panning movements. As such, it offers a completely one-handed operation of the head, leaving your other hand free to adjust magnification and focusing controls on the spotting scope.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS" name="Veo5 3069.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Locking, releasing, and operating both the pan and tilt functions is a completely one-handed operation, leaving your other hand free for attending to your spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head’s scope platform has an Arca-Swiss profile and comes complete with a spring-loaded safety locking pin and bubble level. The locking pin stops the quick-release plate from accidentally sliding out if the clamp becomes loose. It’s handy that if your spotting scope has an Arca-Swiss mounting plate, you can slot it straight into the platform without the need to use the supplied quick-release plate, thus taking an extra component out of the equation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS" name="Veo5 3070.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The platform has an Arca-Swiss profile, and features a spring-loaded security pin and a bubble level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate is pretty standard Arca-Swiss fare and has a 1/4in treaded screw for attachment to your spotting scope or camera. You can tighten and loosen the screw with the supplied Allen key, a flat blade or coin, or by using the incorporated swiveling D-ring. Not relying on the tightness of its fit alone, the QR plate also features a spring-loaded pin that pushes up into a socket on compatible spotting scope mounting plates, ensuring that there’s no unwanted twisting when the scope is attached.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR" name="Veo5 3071.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate features a standard 1/4in attachment screw and a spring-loaded anti-twist pin for compatible scopes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An Allen key is supplied with the kit and, unusually, it has a smaller profile at its end. This enables engagement with smaller and larger Allen screw heads with a single key. The smaller fitment is ideal for loosening or tightening the locking screws for splitting and rejoining the two-part center column. A screw-in blanking plug is also supplied for use with the upper part of the center column, once it’s been split into two.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR" name="Veo5 3072.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a dual-sized allen key and a screw-in blanking plug for the upper center column section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike some tripod manufacturers, Vanguard generally supplies a carrying bag with its kits, and this one’s no exception. The high-quality, stylishly designed padded carrying case features a main internal compartment for the tripod, plus an additional lengthy internal zippered compartment for accessories.</p><p>One minor niggle is that the tripod doesn’t fully fit into the bag with its panning handle attached, so you’ll need to remove this first, stash it in the bag, and reattach it to the tripod every time you pack it away and get it out again. However, thanks to the bag’s 2-way wraparound zipper, there’s the alternative of stowing the tripod with the handle sticking out through a small gap. The bag also features both a padded Velcro-closing pair of handles and an adjustable padded shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT" name="Veo5 3074.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A stylish padded bag is supplied, with bright orange zipper handles that are easy to see in the dark. Because there are dual zipper handles, you can ‘almost’ close the zipper with the panning handle sticking out through a small gap, instead of having to remove the panning handle each time you stow the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-performance"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Performance</span></h3><p>An important performance factor for any tripod is that it’s sufficiently compact, lightweight, and easy to live with, so that you’ll actually take it along for the journey rather than leaving it at home. The Vanguard completely succeeds in this respect, while also being robust and sturdy, and achieving a generous maximum operating height.</p><p>A fairly short tripod setup can often be problematic, as the feet end up covering a relatively small area on the ground, making the tripod prone to toppling over if accidentally nudged, or in windy conditions. The Vanguard’s multi-angle legs are a big help in this respect, as you can splay them a little to massively enhance stability, as well as work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, which you might often encounter when using a spotting scope in the great outdoors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT" name="Veo5 3098.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little helps to make the tripod more stable and resistant to toppling over at fairly short operating heights </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I’ve mentioned, the maximum operating height with the center column extended is 167cm / 66in. I’m a fairly tall 6ft 5in, but found the maximum height more than sufficient for using my spotting scope. Like most of its breed, my spotting scope has a 45-degree angled eyepiece, which effectively reduces the operating height. And even if your scope has a straight-mounted eyepiece, you shouldn’t have any problems with the tripod’s maximum operating height. I’m also impressed that the tripod remains rigid and very resistant to flexing, right up to and including its loftiest setting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT" name="Veo5 3102.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height with the center column extended should prove more than sufficient for using a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the opposite end of the spectrum, or at least of the height range, the tripod can go really low. This can be useful if you’re trying to keep out of sight, or if there’s an elevated rocky ledge or something similar on which you’re placing the tripod. It only takes a moment to split the center column in two, after which you can just use the stubby top section to enable ultra-low-level operation, as shown below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST" name="Veo5 3109.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Split the center column, and you can configure ultra-low-level operation. Prepare to lie down on the job! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod won me over with the intuitive elegance of its controls and its ease of use. The twist-locks for the legs work with minimal rotation, enabling smooth adjustments and solid clamping in equal measure. Importantly for wildlife scenarios, you can also make adjustments in virtual silence. The same goes for the 2-way pan head, which delivers a smooth, fluid feel for panning and tilting. The extending/retracting nature of the handle is a further bonus, enabling variable torque and tactile feedback. And finally, the dual rubber pad/metal spiked feet help to give an assured footing on virtually any surface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS" name="Veo5 3112.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The single-handed operation of the panning handle for pan, tilt and for locking or releasing both planes of movement with a simple twist is a joy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-verdict"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO is everything I need and want from a spotting scope tripod, and more. When I’m taking my scope off the beaten track and into the wilds, often negotiating tricky terrain along the way, I don’t want a tripod that’s heavy, cumbersome, and awkward. The Veo 5 shrinks down pretty small when folded and is refreshingly lightweight to carry, so that’s the first box on the wish list ticked off.</p><p>On the other hand, I don’t want a lightweight tripod that’s flimsy and wobbles around in the breeze. Any movement is massively magnified when looking through a high-powered spotting scope, so rigidity is essential. The Veo 5 succeeds here as well, with a robust carbon fiber build and excellent resistance to flexing and vibration, right up to its maximum operating height with the center column fully extended. Speaking of which, you can also split the center column for ultra-low-level operation, while the multi-angle legs adapt to pretty much any situation.</p><p>Last but not least, the 2-way pan head works with smooth simplicity, enabling a fluid range of tilt and panning movements, while also locking off firmly. And it does this with a single do-it-all, retractable panning handle, leaving my other hand free for adjusting the magnification and focus setting of my scope. The Vanguard kit certainly isn’t cheap, but I think it’s perfect for the job.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The multi-angle, four-section legs and the splitable center column combine with a 2-way pan head that ensures dynamic operation when using a spotting scope.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design strikes an ideal balance between lightweight compactness for carrying around, and sturdy support with a generous range of operating heights, all with a luxurious carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the robustness and resistance to flexing of the tripod legs and canopy, to the smooth operation of the 2-way head, performance is top-drawer in all respects.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It might seem like an expensive kit if you have a relatively cheap spotting scope, but I can’t think of a better tool for the job, so it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS" name="Veo5 00 hero 3050.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all of the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629 to buy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> is like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. Like the 3 Legged Thing Winston, it has a less-than-ideal ball head for use with a spotting scope, but again features a pan-only release. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-veo-5-264co-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The carbon fiber Vanguard Veo 5 264CO is designed from the ground up for spotting scopes, and it’s a properly advanced, luxurious kit ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Jvhz2U9wqTVHnTHyKiMJpX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Vanguard and I go back a long way. I’ve been testing and reviewing its kit for the last 20 years or so, and have generally been very impressed along the way. If you’re not so familiar, allow me to make the introductions… Vanguard is a global company with headquarters in Myanmar and branches in many countries around the world. It’s been making high-quality tripods and other photographic accessories, as well as the likes of binoculars, spotting scopes, backpacks, and gadget bags, building up an extensive catalog over the last 40 years or so.</p><p>Although Vanguard has a very diverse range of products, it’s always tripods that first spring to mind when I think of the company. The Veo 5 264CO is a case in point, but unlike most of the range, it’s designed for spotting scopes rather than for photography or videography. As such, it’s geared towards high-magnification scopes that you might use for birdwatching, wildlife and nature, target sports and hunting, surveillance and tactical use, and even for astronomy. With its upmarket carbon fiber build and 2-way pan head, the Veo 5 264CO kit aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS" name="Veo5 01 intro 3051.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s carbon fiber all the way, for each of the 12 leg sections and the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-specifications"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>58cm / 22.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded diameter</p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>167cm / 66in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.92kg / 4.2lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>8kg / 17lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-price"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Price</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO sells for around $399 / £280 / AU$399. As a premium carbon fiber full kit, that’s pretty reasonable compared with another of the favorite luxury kits, featured in our <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods buying guide</a>. That’s the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. For my money, the Winston is more of a photographic tripod anyway, and its ball head is less ideal for spotting scopes.</p><p>If the Vanguard carbon fiber kit is beyond your budget, there’s a more ‘affordable’ Vanguard Veo 5 264AO aluminum version that costs rather less to buy, at around $349 / £220 / AU$299.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Even the very best spotting scopes don’t tend to be particularly weighty, unlike a camera fitted with a monster telephoto lens. Nearly all of the scopes I can think of weigh less than 2kg / 4.4lb, most are 1kg / 2.2lb or less, and some only weigh about 0.5kg or about a pound. Suffice it to say that you don’t need a tripod with a mighty maximum payload rating. Some photographic tripods, like the Winston 2.0 that I mentioned earlier, have a 40kg / 88lb payload rating, which is frankly overkill for a spotting scope.</p><p>You might think that the 8kg / 17lb payload rating of the Veo 5 that I’m reviewing here is much more than you need. However, I wouldn’t go too flimsy. Due to the high-power magnification of spotting scopes, you still need a tripod that’s going to be rigid and resistant to vibrations, which can be hugely magnified when you look through the eyepiece. The extra payload rating also gives you scope, so to speak, to add ballast, which can steady the tripod in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS" name="Veo5 3053.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs and center column are made from high-grade carbon fiber, and one of the upper leg sections also features a comfort pad. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Sturdiness is enhanced by Vanguard’s decision to use a fairly chunky outer leg section with a diameter of 26mm. I think that’s a good compromise between sturdiness and not making the tripod too heavy to carry out in the wild. A little bonus is that one of the upper sections also features a rubber comfort pad, often omitted in carbon fiber rather than aluminum tripods. It not only makes the tripod more comfortable to carry, but also makes it feel less slippery in wet weather.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS" name="Veo5 3054.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Diameters of the four leg sections step down in increments of 3mm, or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extending the legs a little, I measured off the four sections at 26, 23, 20, and 17mm, working my way down to the bottom. Again, I think the choice of four sections per leg is ideal. It enables a fairly compact carrying size as well as a fairly generous maximum operating height. Most spotting scopes have a 45-degree angled eyepiece, so you don’t generally need a tripod to be overly tall. The Veo 5’s maximum of 167cm / 66in should more than suffice.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS" name="Veo5 3055.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the leg sections are designed to be quick and easy to use, as well as being virtually silent in operation and easy to clean. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s tempting for manufacturers to include five sections in each leg, which are often featured in some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, where a small folded size can be a prime consideration. I’m glad that Vanguard resisted the urge when designing this spotting scope tripod, for two reasons. Firstly, the total of 12 section clamps in 5-section tripods adds to the time and effort required for setup and takedown. Secondly, the bottom leg sections often end up being thin and spindly, lacking rigidity and robustness.</p><p>For speed and ease of use, I favor twist locks rather than flip locks, especially if they operate with minimal rotation for loosening and clamping. The twist locks featured here are designed to do just that, while being silent in operation, which can be important in the context of birding and wildlife. Moreover, the twist locks are designed to be easy to clean, so you can venture out into the mucky outdoors without being too precious about your tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS" name="Veo5 3056.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can set the legs to three different locking angles, aiding setup on tricky terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are three different locking leg angles on offer: 23, 50, and 80 degrees. I really like the simple pushbutton mechanism for selecting different angles, and that you don’t need to swing them all the way up and then come down again in increments to complete the process. It’s another factor that makes the Veo 5 quick to adjust without any unwanted, audible clicks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS" name="Veo5 3058.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The removable center column is designed to fit directly into traditional clamps, often available in hides, and also features a weight hook at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve started to notice some manufacturers making triangular-profile center columns. This tends to enable a space-saving design, with the legs fitting more snugly around the column. In this case, Vanguard has opted for a hexagonal center column. Again, it can save a little space, but it also ensures that you can remove the center column and slot it directly into a traditional clamp, if one is available in a birding/wildlife hide. For adding stability when the center column is back in the tripod, there’s a weight hook at the bottom for adding ballast.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR" name="Veo5 3059.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews from the bottom of the center column with a simple twisting action. This enables you to quickly and easily invert the head, which can be useful for ultra-low-level shooting with an upside-down camera. That’s a lot less practical with a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ability to invert the center column is of little benefit when using a spotting scope. Of much greater value, you can split the column into two separate sections. This leaves a relatively short, stubby section at the top, so you can splay the legs and achieve an ultra-low viewing position with your spotting scope the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T" name="Veo5 3060.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column into two sections enables ultra-low-level viewing, as you can splay the legs without the center column digging into the ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure a firm footing on any type of surface, the tripod feet are made from rubber pads with retractable metal spikes. I’d use the rubber pads on most surfaces, but the metal spikes can give greater stability on very soft or loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS" name="Veo5 3063.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Twisting the rubber pads of the feet reveal retractable metal spikes </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On two sides of the canopy that connects the three legs together up top, there are sockets with standard 3/8in threads. You can use these to add accessories with or without magic arms for greater control over positioning. If you need a 1/4in thread instead, you can simply use a 3/8in to 1/4in adapter. Another bonus is that the sockets include bayonet slots on either side, which work with compatible accessories to avoid any unwanted twisting when fitted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS" name="Veo5 3064.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy (or chassis) up top features two 3/8in threaded sockets, complete with bayonet slots, for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also on the canopy is a bubble level that aids in easy leveling of the legs. If you switch from your spotting scope to using a camera for shooting stills or video, this helps to ensure that your horizon stays level in the shot if you start panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS" name="Veo5 3065.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level built into the canopy helps with leveling the legs on uneven ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up to the head, the kit comes with Vanguard’s VEO PH-28 2-Way Pan Head. It’s specially made for spotting scopes, with smooth panning and tilting being core design criteria. As such, it can rotate through a full 360 degrees, while also offering a tilt range of 91 degrees forward and 30 degrees backwards. Also available to buy separately, the head typically costs around $100 / £120 / AU$179 on its own.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS" name="Veo5 3067.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 2-way pan head supplied in the kit is a perfect match for the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like that the panning handle has a retractable design and that a simple twist is all that’s needed to lock or release both the tilt and panning movements. As such, it offers a completely one-handed operation of the head, leaving your other hand free to adjust magnification and focusing controls on the spotting scope.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS" name="Veo5 3069.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Locking, releasing, and operating both the pan and tilt functions is a completely one-handed operation, leaving your other hand free for attending to your spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head’s scope platform has an Arca-Swiss profile and comes complete with a spring-loaded safety locking pin and bubble level. The locking pin stops the quick-release plate from accidentally sliding out if the clamp becomes loose. It’s handy that if your spotting scope has an Arca-Swiss mounting plate, you can slot it straight into the platform without the need to use the supplied quick-release plate, thus taking an extra component out of the equation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS" name="Veo5 3070.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The platform has an Arca-Swiss profile, and features a spring-loaded security pin and a bubble level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate is pretty standard Arca-Swiss fare and has a 1/4in treaded screw for attachment to your spotting scope or camera. You can tighten and loosen the screw with the supplied Allen key, a flat blade or coin, or by using the incorporated swiveling D-ring. Not relying on the tightness of its fit alone, the QR plate also features a spring-loaded pin that pushes up into a socket on compatible spotting scope mounting plates, ensuring that there’s no unwanted twisting when the scope is attached.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR" name="Veo5 3071.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate features a standard 1/4in attachment screw and a spring-loaded anti-twist pin for compatible scopes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An Allen key is supplied with the kit and, unusually, it has a smaller profile at its end. This enables engagement with smaller and larger Allen screw heads with a single key. The smaller fitment is ideal for loosening or tightening the locking screws for splitting and rejoining the two-part center column. A screw-in blanking plug is also supplied for use with the upper part of the center column, once it’s been split into two.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR" name="Veo5 3072.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a dual-sized allen key and a screw-in blanking plug for the upper center column section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike some tripod manufacturers, Vanguard generally supplies a carrying bag with its kits, and this one’s no exception. The high-quality, stylishly designed padded carrying case features a main internal compartment for the tripod, plus an additional lengthy internal zippered compartment for accessories.</p><p>One minor niggle is that the tripod doesn’t fully fit into the bag with its panning handle attached, so you’ll need to remove this first, stash it in the bag, and reattach it to the tripod every time you pack it away and get it out again. However, thanks to the bag’s 2-way wraparound zipper, there’s the alternative of stowing the tripod with the handle sticking out through a small gap. The bag also features both a padded Velcro-closing pair of handles and an adjustable padded shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT" name="Veo5 3074.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A stylish padded bag is supplied, with bright orange zipper handles that are easy to see in the dark. Because there are dual zipper handles, you can ‘almost’ close the zipper with the panning handle sticking out through a small gap, instead of having to remove the panning handle each time you stow the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-performance"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Performance</span></h3><p>An important performance factor for any tripod is that it’s sufficiently compact, lightweight, and easy to live with, so that you’ll actually take it along for the journey rather than leaving it at home. The Vanguard completely succeeds in this respect, while also being robust and sturdy, and achieving a generous maximum operating height.</p><p>A fairly short tripod setup can often be problematic, as the feet end up covering a relatively small area on the ground, making the tripod prone to toppling over if accidentally nudged, or in windy conditions. The Vanguard’s multi-angle legs are a big help in this respect, as you can splay them a little to massively enhance stability, as well as work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, which you might often encounter when using a spotting scope in the great outdoors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT" name="Veo5 3098.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little helps to make the tripod more stable and resistant to toppling over at fairly short operating heights </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I’ve mentioned, the maximum operating height with the center column extended is 167cm / 66in. I’m a fairly tall 6ft 5in, but found the maximum height more than sufficient for using my spotting scope. Like most of its breed, my spotting scope has a 45-degree angled eyepiece, which effectively reduces the operating height. And even if your scope has a straight-mounted eyepiece, you shouldn’t have any problems with the tripod’s maximum operating height. I’m also impressed that the tripod remains rigid and very resistant to flexing, right up to and including its loftiest setting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT" name="Veo5 3102.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height with the center column extended should prove more than sufficient for using a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the opposite end of the spectrum, or at least of the height range, the tripod can go really low. This can be useful if you’re trying to keep out of sight, or if there’s an elevated rocky ledge or something similar on which you’re placing the tripod. It only takes a moment to split the center column in two, after which you can just use the stubby top section to enable ultra-low-level operation, as shown below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST" name="Veo5 3109.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Split the center column, and you can configure ultra-low-level operation. Prepare to lie down on the job! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod won me over with the intuitive elegance of its controls and its ease of use. The twist-locks for the legs work with minimal rotation, enabling smooth adjustments and solid clamping in equal measure. Importantly for wildlife scenarios, you can also make adjustments in virtual silence. The same goes for the 2-way pan head, which delivers a smooth, fluid feel for panning and tilting. The extending/retracting nature of the handle is a further bonus, enabling variable torque and tactile feedback. And finally, the dual rubber pad/metal spiked feet help to give an assured footing on virtually any surface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS" name="Veo5 3112.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The single-handed operation of the panning handle for pan, tilt and for locking or releasing both planes of movement with a simple twist is a joy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-verdict"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO is everything I need and want from a spotting scope tripod, and more. When I’m taking my scope off the beaten track and into the wilds, often negotiating tricky terrain along the way, I don’t want a tripod that’s heavy, cumbersome, and awkward. The Veo 5 shrinks down pretty small when folded and is refreshingly lightweight to carry, so that’s the first box on the wish list ticked off.</p><p>On the other hand, I don’t want a lightweight tripod that’s flimsy and wobbles around in the breeze. Any movement is massively magnified when looking through a high-powered spotting scope, so rigidity is essential. The Veo 5 succeeds here as well, with a robust carbon fiber build and excellent resistance to flexing and vibration, right up to its maximum operating height with the center column fully extended. Speaking of which, you can also split the center column for ultra-low-level operation, while the multi-angle legs adapt to pretty much any situation.</p><p>Last but not least, the 2-way pan head works with smooth simplicity, enabling a fluid range of tilt and panning movements, while also locking off firmly. And it does this with a single do-it-all, retractable panning handle, leaving my other hand free for adjusting the magnification and focus setting of my scope. The Vanguard kit certainly isn’t cheap, but I think it’s perfect for the job.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The multi-angle, four-section legs and the splitable center column combine with a 2-way pan head that ensures dynamic operation when using a spotting scope.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design strikes an ideal balance between lightweight compactness for carrying around, and sturdy support with a generous range of operating heights, all with a luxurious carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the robustness and resistance to flexing of the tripod legs and canopy, to the smooth operation of the 2-way head, performance is top-drawer in all respects.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It might seem like an expensive kit if you have a relatively cheap spotting scope, but I can’t think of a better tool for the job, so it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS" name="Veo5 00 hero 3050.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all of the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629 to buy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> is like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. Like the 3 Legged Thing Winston, it has a less-than-ideal ball head for use with a spotting scope, but again features a pan-only release. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 review: what madness is this? A high-quality, full carbon fiber tripod kit that costs barely any more than the included ‘professional’ ball head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Based in China and operating in more than 40 countries around the world, Leofoto was founded in 2014. It’s come a long way since then, and its name has become synonymous with luxurious, pro-grade photographic supports and military-grade tactical gear, all at very reasonable prices. I was certainly very impressed last year when I extensively tested and reviewed a whole bunch of Leofoto kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>.</p><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit is a relatively new addition to the line-up. It’s tall and robust enough to qualify as a full-sized tripod, yet folds down small with swing-up legs, more typical of modern travel tripods. It has an impressive carbon fiber construction and comes complete with a ball head that costs almost as much as the full kit if you buy it on its own. All in all, the kit is a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, and maybe even one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe" name="Arm 01 intro 3177.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs are in the style of travel tripods, and knock about 7 inches off the folded height, bringing it down to an easily stowable 50.5cm / 19.9in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-specifications"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>50.5cm / 19.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>169cm / 66.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21.5cm / 8.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.2kg / 4.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>15kg / 33lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-price"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Price</span></h3><p>I’ve previously seen recommended retail prices for the Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit quoted as $325 / £250 / AU$567. At the time of writing this review, however, they’ve dropped to just $225 / £175 / AU$425, the British price being confirmed by Leofoto’s official UK distributor. That’s pretty remarkable considering that the NB-40 Professional Ball Head on its own sells for around $179 / £170 / AU$269, just £5 less in the UK.</p><p>The closest equivalent I can think of in terms of design, being a robust, full-sized carbon fiber tripod kit with travel-friendly swing-up legs and a ball head, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. That’s about twice the price in the USA and UK, and around 50 per cent more in Australia. That said, the Winston is taller and has a much beefier 40kg / 88lb payload rating. Anyway, let’s see what you actually get for your money.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The design of this tripod kit has me in a bit of a quandary. I can’t quite decide whether it’s a full-sized tripod for photographers, a travel tripod courtesy of its reverse-folding legs, or a tripod for hybrid shooters thanks to the dual-panning mechanism in its head. Ultimately, I think it’s designed to fit the bill for all of these scenarios, as well as enrolling for a bit of monopod duty on the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke" name="Arm 3178.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The writing’s on the wall, or at least along one of the legs, proclaiming a 10-layer carbon fiber build with anodized, aircraft-grade aluminum hardware and reverse-folding legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Bridging the gap between big tripods that often seem too large to take along for the journey and lightweight travel tripods that seem too flimsy, I think the Leofoto is an ideal compromise. It has 4-section legs, which enables a smaller stowage height (especially as they’re reversible), whereas 3-section legs tend to remain quite tall when folded, and 5-section legs often have very thin and spindly bottom sections. The net result is that the Leofoto uses chunky 28mm diameter outer sections that enable a strong 15kg / 33lb payload rating, along with an easily manageable carrying weight of 2.2kg / 4.9lb for the complete kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf" name="Arm 3179.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 10-layer carbon fiber leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm from top to bottom, dropping down in increments of 3mm or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I usually prefer twist-action leg section locks to flip locks, but only if they require minimal rotation to loosen the sections and lock them again firmly in place. Most manufacturers have become very good at this, but the twist locks featured in the Leofoto are among the easiest to use that I’ve ever encountered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf" name="Arm 3182.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the section legs are an absolute joy to use. It’s dead easy to grab all three locks and loosen or tighten them in one go when all four sections are contracted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always look for in a tripod is multi-angle legs. Typically, you get three lockable leg angles, and it can be a massive help when you’re working on tricky, uneven terrain or trying to cope with obstacles that you can’t move out of the way. Splaying the legs a little also gives a more stable support when you’re shooting from a fairly short height. The Leofoto obliges, with 3-angle legs and again, the mechanism for adjusting the angles is particularly quick, easy, and intuitive to use. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf" name="Arm 3183.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All you need to do to alter the leg angles is to push the silver, spring-loaded pad and move the leg up or down. There’s no need to go right to the top and work your way back down again in click steps, as with some other designs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The center column works with similar simplicity to the other features I’ve mentioned so far. That’s just as well, as you need to extend it fully each time you fold the tripod if you want to take advantage of the reverse-folding leg action for compact stowage. To lock or loosen the center column, there’s a large rubber twist-lock just above the tripod platform, which looks similar to the twist-locks for the leg sections and works just as efficiently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf" name="Arm 3184.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chunky center column is made from carbon fiber, just like all of the leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the bottom of the center column, there’s a large weight hook. You can use this for adding ballast, which can help steady the tripod in windy outdoor weather conditions. Unlike some tripods, the Leofoto lacks a splittable center column, so you can’t turn it into a short stubby column for ultra-low-level shooting. Instead, you’ll need to unscrew the weight hook, remove the center column, invert it, and refit it. That’s all well and good if you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which is less than ideal for stills and a bit of a non-starter for shooting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf" name="Arm 3185.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews so that you can remove the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as inverting the center column, there’s another good reason for removing it. One of the legs (the one with the silica comfort padding, shown in the image above) unscrews from the canopy. You can then attach the top of the leg to the bottom of the removed center column, and you’ll be rewarded with a full-featured monopod. Another option is that you can remove the leg and turn the tripod into a bipod for use as a tactical support. And to keep a firm footing on any terrain, you can also unscrew the rubber pads that act as feet and replace them with stainless steel metal spikes, supplied as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke" name="Arm 3187.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shock-absorbing rubber pads are preferable for most terrain, but the alternative metal spikes supplied can work better on soft surfaces like carpet or loose dirt. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, the kit features the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head. It’s such a seriously good head that I’d consider buying it on its own and, as I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t come cheap. It has a 51mm diameter base and 95mm height, and ensures smooth action with a large-diameter, precision-engineered 40mm ball. In fact, it has a really heavy-duty payload rating of 25kg / 55lb, far exceeding that of the tripod legs. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf" name="Arm 3188.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s a smart ball head, with a smooth action and dual panning mechanisms. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head backs up its hefty payload rating with an adjustable friction damper, built into the main lock/release knob. It’s a useful addition that enables you to tailor the action of the ball head to anything from a lightweight compact camera to a pro-sized camera body with a monster telephoto lens attached. As usual, the ball joint features a cutout so that you can shoot in portrait as well as landscape orientation without needing to use an L-bracket, as well as shooting vertically upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue" name="Arm 3189.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An adjustable friction damper is built into the main ball head lock/release knob. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the smartest things about the head is that it has two panning mechanisms, which is great news for videographers, or if you want to shoot a sequence of panned stills to stitch into a panorama. The regular bottom panning mechanism works just fine if your legs are perfectly level, but that can be a chore if you’re working on uneven ground. However, if they’re not absolutely level and you’ve compensated by tilting the head, your horizon will go on the skew as soon as you start panning. This is where the secondary, upper panning mechanism comes into play, as it only requires that you level the ball head and not the legs as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f" name="Arm 3190.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Upper and lower panning mechanisms ensure everything stays on the level and you don’t end up with a tilted horizon. Both have full 360-degree rotation and calibrated scales, as shown in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A further leveling aid is that a bubble level is built into the Arca-Swiss compatible camera platform. It’s nice to have, but unfortunately it’s obscured when you fit the quick-release plate into the platform. The upshot is that you need to remove your camera from the tripod every time you want to use the bubble level. To be honest, though, I tend to use the virtual horizon that is featured in most cameras nowadays, which is more accurate and easier to work with.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye" name="Arm 3191.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is obscured by the quick-release plate, so you can’t actually see it when your camera is mounted on the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate itself is another trick bit of kit. It has the usual Arca-Swiss profile but goes further by adding a strap loop and an adjustable bracket. The latter is particularly useful, as it can help to lock your camera in place on the QR plate and ensure there’s no accidental twisting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2509px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde" name="Arm 3192.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2509" height="1412" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clever QR plate features a strap look and an adjustable anti-twist hinge, which locks into place with two Allen screws, shown on the left in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Further reinforcing the tripod’s suitability as a travel buddy, it comes complete with a smart padded bag, similar to the one shown below. And you can also pack the metal spikes and crafty little multi-tool into the bag. The multi-tool itself is very similar to one that I use from 3 Legged Thing, and includes a flat blade, various sizes of Allen keys, a carabiner hook, and a bottle opener.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf" name="Arm 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A padded bag is supplied for the tripod and the various accessories that come with it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-performance"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Performance</span></h3><p>No matter how big or small, heavy or lightweight a tripod happens to be, rigidity is always a key factor. The Leofoto impressed me from the get-go, delivering rock-solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. Moreover, its section locks, leg angle locks, and ball head are all brilliantly designed and excellently engineered, making them a joy to use.</p><p>I don’t usually like reverse-folding legs that are featured in most travel tripods these days, as they require more time and effort in setting up the tripod and folding it down again afterwards. However, the Leofoto proves that the configuration can be quick, easy, and highly effective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf" name="Arm 3149.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick, easy and intuitive leg angle locks enable you to splay them a little in next to no time, adding stability for fairly low-level shooting and for working around obstacles or on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 4-section legs and full-height center column enable the tripod to stretch from its folded height of a very travel-friendly 50.5cm / 19.9in to a lofty maximum operating height of 169cm / 66.5in. Sure, the Leofoto isn’t the tallest tripod in the world, but I’m 6ft 5in and I found it perfectly tall enough for me to use without stooping, when putting my eye to the camera’s viewfinder. More importantly, the tripod’s rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibration remain excellent even with all of the leg sections and the center column fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf" name="Arm 3158.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s not exactly a towering tripod but should prove tall enough for pretty much any scenario. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the tripod is perfectly tall enough as far as I’m concerned, the minimum operating height is rather too tall for my liking. Leofoto quotes it as being just 21.5cm / 8.5 in, but it's more like 49.5cm / 19.5in by my reckoning (and measuring). Sure, you can invert the center column and go right down to ground level, but do you really want to shoot out from between two of the legs with your camera upside down? I’d have liked to see a splitable center column, or a short stubby low-level adapter supplied in the kit, to enable ultra-low-level shooting with my camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf" name="Arm 3163.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Because the center column can’t be split, the only real option for ultra-low-level shooting is to invert it and use your camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Back on the plus side, it’s quick and easy to unscrew one of the legs and attach it to the removed center column for monopod duty. It’s easy to remember which leg it is that unscrews, because it’s the one with the silica comfort padding on it. And in terms of performance, the Leofoto works every bit as well as a monopod or bipod, as it does as a tripod. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf" name="Arm 3170.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You get similarly solid performance in monopod mode, with a good range of height adjustment on hand. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To cap everything off, the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head that’s supplied as part of the kit is an absolute peach. The ball mechanism works a treat with its adjustable friction damper, while the dual panning mechanisms pay dividends for stills, even more so for shooting video. And as with the tripod legs, all of the adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe" name="Arm 3174.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The NB-40 is a very clever head, worthy of its ‘professional’ tag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-verdict"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit has really won me over. It’s a luxurious, high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber tripod that’s easily tall enough for me (and I’m pretty tall) yet folds down to very travel-friendly dimensions. The chunky leg sections enable superb performance with excellent resistance to flexing and vibrations, and yet the tripod feels lightweight to carry around in its smart padded bag.</p><p>The only thing I can’t decide on is whether I prefer the ‘professional’ ball head with its dual additional panning mechanisms, or the tripod legs themselves, which also convert into a useful monopod or bipod. One thing’s for sure though… the head and legs combine to make a pretty epic kit. My only slight niggles are that there’s no ultra-low-level adapter for the legs and the head’s bubble level is obscured by the QR plate.</p><p>The bottom line, in the UK at least, is that the entire kit of legs, head and accessories, all wrapped up in a padded bag, costs barely any more than the head on its own. It feels a bit like a ‘buy one get one free’ deal in the UK, and it’s also standout value for money around the world.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Desirable features include 10-layer carbon fiber legs, twist-action clamps, multiple leg angles, and monopod/bipod conversion, plus a great ball head with dual panning mechanisms, but no ultra-low-level adapter.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The reverse-folding leg design with 4-section legs and a center column to enable a generous maximum operating height and a compact stowage size. It also combines a strong payload rating with a lightweight but premium construction.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod and head combine to give super-steady support at all operating heights, right up to the max with the center column fully extended. All the controls are quick, easy, and intuitive to use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>For a premium carbon fiber tripod with a professional-grade ball head, it’s spectacular value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e" name="Arm 00 hero 3141.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.96%;"><img id="vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F" name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2559" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30</strong></a> is again made from 10-layer carbon fiber, but its main claim to fame is that it’s waterproof. Moreover, it’s highly resistant to corrosion from saltwater, for when you’re feeling ‘all at sea’, thanks to the extensive use of titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel parts. The kit comes complete with a ball head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized, 3-section carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). </p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 is a full-featured tripod and dual-pan ball head that converts into a monopod, with an impossibly budget-friendly price tag ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tuxBNHBN2ajNvoDfuVm6ci</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 26 Sep 2026 17:45:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Based in China and operating in more than 40 countries around the world, Leofoto was founded in 2014. It’s come a long way since then, and its name has become synonymous with luxurious, pro-grade photographic supports and military-grade tactical gear, all at very reasonable prices. I was certainly very impressed last year when I extensively tested and reviewed a whole bunch of Leofoto kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>.</p><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit is a relatively new addition to the line-up. It’s tall and robust enough to qualify as a full-sized tripod, yet folds down small with swing-up legs, more typical of modern travel tripods. It has an impressive carbon fiber construction and comes complete with a ball head that costs almost as much as the full kit if you buy it on its own. All in all, the kit is a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, and maybe even one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe" name="Arm 01 intro 3177.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs are in the style of travel tripods, and knock about 7 inches off the folded height, bringing it down to an easily stowable 50.5cm / 19.9in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-specifications"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>50.5cm / 19.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>169cm / 66.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21.5cm / 8.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.2kg / 4.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>15kg / 33lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-price"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Price</span></h3><p>I’ve previously seen recommended retail prices for the Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit quoted as $325 / £250 / AU$567. At the time of writing this review, however, they’ve dropped to just $225 / £175 / AU$425, the British price being confirmed by Leofoto’s official UK distributor. That’s pretty remarkable considering that the NB-40 Professional Ball Head on its own sells for around $179 / £170 / AU$269, just £5 less in the UK.</p><p>The closest equivalent I can think of in terms of design, being a robust, full-sized carbon fiber tripod kit with travel-friendly swing-up legs and a ball head, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. That’s about twice the price in the USA and UK, and around 50 per cent more in Australia. That said, the Winston is taller and has a much beefier 40kg / 88lb payload rating. Anyway, let’s see what you actually get for your money.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The design of this tripod kit has me in a bit of a quandary. I can’t quite decide whether it’s a full-sized tripod for photographers, a travel tripod courtesy of its reverse-folding legs, or a tripod for hybrid shooters thanks to the dual-panning mechanism in its head. Ultimately, I think it’s designed to fit the bill for all of these scenarios, as well as enrolling for a bit of monopod duty on the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke" name="Arm 3178.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The writing’s on the wall, or at least along one of the legs, proclaiming a 10-layer carbon fiber build with anodized, aircraft-grade aluminum hardware and reverse-folding legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Bridging the gap between big tripods that often seem too large to take along for the journey and lightweight travel tripods that seem too flimsy, I think the Leofoto is an ideal compromise. It has 4-section legs, which enables a smaller stowage height (especially as they’re reversible), whereas 3-section legs tend to remain quite tall when folded, and 5-section legs often have very thin and spindly bottom sections. The net result is that the Leofoto uses chunky 28mm diameter outer sections that enable a strong 15kg / 33lb payload rating, along with an easily manageable carrying weight of 2.2kg / 4.9lb for the complete kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf" name="Arm 3179.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 10-layer carbon fiber leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm from top to bottom, dropping down in increments of 3mm or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I usually prefer twist-action leg section locks to flip locks, but only if they require minimal rotation to loosen the sections and lock them again firmly in place. Most manufacturers have become very good at this, but the twist locks featured in the Leofoto are among the easiest to use that I’ve ever encountered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf" name="Arm 3182.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the section legs are an absolute joy to use. It’s dead easy to grab all three locks and loosen or tighten them in one go when all four sections are contracted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always look for in a tripod is multi-angle legs. Typically, you get three lockable leg angles, and it can be a massive help when you’re working on tricky, uneven terrain or trying to cope with obstacles that you can’t move out of the way. Splaying the legs a little also gives a more stable support when you’re shooting from a fairly short height. The Leofoto obliges, with 3-angle legs and again, the mechanism for adjusting the angles is particularly quick, easy, and intuitive to use. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf" name="Arm 3183.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All you need to do to alter the leg angles is to push the silver, spring-loaded pad and move the leg up or down. There’s no need to go right to the top and work your way back down again in click steps, as with some other designs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The center column works with similar simplicity to the other features I’ve mentioned so far. That’s just as well, as you need to extend it fully each time you fold the tripod if you want to take advantage of the reverse-folding leg action for compact stowage. To lock or loosen the center column, there’s a large rubber twist-lock just above the tripod platform, which looks similar to the twist-locks for the leg sections and works just as efficiently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf" name="Arm 3184.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chunky center column is made from carbon fiber, just like all of the leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the bottom of the center column, there’s a large weight hook. You can use this for adding ballast, which can help steady the tripod in windy outdoor weather conditions. Unlike some tripods, the Leofoto lacks a splittable center column, so you can’t turn it into a short stubby column for ultra-low-level shooting. Instead, you’ll need to unscrew the weight hook, remove the center column, invert it, and refit it. That’s all well and good if you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which is less than ideal for stills and a bit of a non-starter for shooting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf" name="Arm 3185.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews so that you can remove the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as inverting the center column, there’s another good reason for removing it. One of the legs (the one with the silica comfort padding, shown in the image above) unscrews from the canopy. You can then attach the top of the leg to the bottom of the removed center column, and you’ll be rewarded with a full-featured monopod. Another option is that you can remove the leg and turn the tripod into a bipod for use as a tactical support. And to keep a firm footing on any terrain, you can also unscrew the rubber pads that act as feet and replace them with stainless steel metal spikes, supplied as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke" name="Arm 3187.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shock-absorbing rubber pads are preferable for most terrain, but the alternative metal spikes supplied can work better on soft surfaces like carpet or loose dirt. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, the kit features the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head. It’s such a seriously good head that I’d consider buying it on its own and, as I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t come cheap. It has a 51mm diameter base and 95mm height, and ensures smooth action with a large-diameter, precision-engineered 40mm ball. In fact, it has a really heavy-duty payload rating of 25kg / 55lb, far exceeding that of the tripod legs. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf" name="Arm 3188.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s a smart ball head, with a smooth action and dual panning mechanisms. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head backs up its hefty payload rating with an adjustable friction damper, built into the main lock/release knob. It’s a useful addition that enables you to tailor the action of the ball head to anything from a lightweight compact camera to a pro-sized camera body with a monster telephoto lens attached. As usual, the ball joint features a cutout so that you can shoot in portrait as well as landscape orientation without needing to use an L-bracket, as well as shooting vertically upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue" name="Arm 3189.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An adjustable friction damper is built into the main ball head lock/release knob. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the smartest things about the head is that it has two panning mechanisms, which is great news for videographers, or if you want to shoot a sequence of panned stills to stitch into a panorama. The regular bottom panning mechanism works just fine if your legs are perfectly level, but that can be a chore if you’re working on uneven ground. However, if they’re not absolutely level and you’ve compensated by tilting the head, your horizon will go on the skew as soon as you start panning. This is where the secondary, upper panning mechanism comes into play, as it only requires that you level the ball head and not the legs as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f" name="Arm 3190.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Upper and lower panning mechanisms ensure everything stays on the level and you don’t end up with a tilted horizon. Both have full 360-degree rotation and calibrated scales, as shown in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A further leveling aid is that a bubble level is built into the Arca-Swiss compatible camera platform. It’s nice to have, but unfortunately it’s obscured when you fit the quick-release plate into the platform. The upshot is that you need to remove your camera from the tripod every time you want to use the bubble level. To be honest, though, I tend to use the virtual horizon that is featured in most cameras nowadays, which is more accurate and easier to work with.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye" name="Arm 3191.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is obscured by the quick-release plate, so you can’t actually see it when your camera is mounted on the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate itself is another trick bit of kit. It has the usual Arca-Swiss profile but goes further by adding a strap loop and an adjustable bracket. The latter is particularly useful, as it can help to lock your camera in place on the QR plate and ensure there’s no accidental twisting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2509px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde" name="Arm 3192.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2509" height="1412" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clever QR plate features a strap look and an adjustable anti-twist hinge, which locks into place with two Allen screws, shown on the left in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Further reinforcing the tripod’s suitability as a travel buddy, it comes complete with a smart padded bag, similar to the one shown below. And you can also pack the metal spikes and crafty little multi-tool into the bag. The multi-tool itself is very similar to one that I use from 3 Legged Thing, and includes a flat blade, various sizes of Allen keys, a carabiner hook, and a bottle opener.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf" name="Arm 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A padded bag is supplied for the tripod and the various accessories that come with it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-performance"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Performance</span></h3><p>No matter how big or small, heavy or lightweight a tripod happens to be, rigidity is always a key factor. The Leofoto impressed me from the get-go, delivering rock-solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. Moreover, its section locks, leg angle locks, and ball head are all brilliantly designed and excellently engineered, making them a joy to use.</p><p>I don’t usually like reverse-folding legs that are featured in most travel tripods these days, as they require more time and effort in setting up the tripod and folding it down again afterwards. However, the Leofoto proves that the configuration can be quick, easy, and highly effective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf" name="Arm 3149.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick, easy and intuitive leg angle locks enable you to splay them a little in next to no time, adding stability for fairly low-level shooting and for working around obstacles or on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 4-section legs and full-height center column enable the tripod to stretch from its folded height of a very travel-friendly 50.5cm / 19.9in to a lofty maximum operating height of 169cm / 66.5in. Sure, the Leofoto isn’t the tallest tripod in the world, but I’m 6ft 5in and I found it perfectly tall enough for me to use without stooping, when putting my eye to the camera’s viewfinder. More importantly, the tripod’s rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibration remain excellent even with all of the leg sections and the center column fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf" name="Arm 3158.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s not exactly a towering tripod but should prove tall enough for pretty much any scenario. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the tripod is perfectly tall enough as far as I’m concerned, the minimum operating height is rather too tall for my liking. Leofoto quotes it as being just 21.5cm / 8.5 in, but it's more like 49.5cm / 19.5in by my reckoning (and measuring). Sure, you can invert the center column and go right down to ground level, but do you really want to shoot out from between two of the legs with your camera upside down? I’d have liked to see a splitable center column, or a short stubby low-level adapter supplied in the kit, to enable ultra-low-level shooting with my camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf" name="Arm 3163.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Because the center column can’t be split, the only real option for ultra-low-level shooting is to invert it and use your camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Back on the plus side, it’s quick and easy to unscrew one of the legs and attach it to the removed center column for monopod duty. It’s easy to remember which leg it is that unscrews, because it’s the one with the silica comfort padding on it. And in terms of performance, the Leofoto works every bit as well as a monopod or bipod, as it does as a tripod. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf" name="Arm 3170.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You get similarly solid performance in monopod mode, with a good range of height adjustment on hand. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To cap everything off, the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head that’s supplied as part of the kit is an absolute peach. The ball mechanism works a treat with its adjustable friction damper, while the dual panning mechanisms pay dividends for stills, even more so for shooting video. And as with the tripod legs, all of the adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe" name="Arm 3174.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The NB-40 is a very clever head, worthy of its ‘professional’ tag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-verdict"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit has really won me over. It’s a luxurious, high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber tripod that’s easily tall enough for me (and I’m pretty tall) yet folds down to very travel-friendly dimensions. The chunky leg sections enable superb performance with excellent resistance to flexing and vibrations, and yet the tripod feels lightweight to carry around in its smart padded bag.</p><p>The only thing I can’t decide on is whether I prefer the ‘professional’ ball head with its dual additional panning mechanisms, or the tripod legs themselves, which also convert into a useful monopod or bipod. One thing’s for sure though… the head and legs combine to make a pretty epic kit. My only slight niggles are that there’s no ultra-low-level adapter for the legs and the head’s bubble level is obscured by the QR plate.</p><p>The bottom line, in the UK at least, is that the entire kit of legs, head and accessories, all wrapped up in a padded bag, costs barely any more than the head on its own. It feels a bit like a ‘buy one get one free’ deal in the UK, and it’s also standout value for money around the world.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Desirable features include 10-layer carbon fiber legs, twist-action clamps, multiple leg angles, and monopod/bipod conversion, plus a great ball head with dual panning mechanisms, but no ultra-low-level adapter.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The reverse-folding leg design with 4-section legs and a center column to enable a generous maximum operating height and a compact stowage size. It also combines a strong payload rating with a lightweight but premium construction.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod and head combine to give super-steady support at all operating heights, right up to the max with the center column fully extended. All the controls are quick, easy, and intuitive to use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>For a premium carbon fiber tripod with a professional-grade ball head, it’s spectacular value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e" name="Arm 00 hero 3141.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.96%;"><img id="vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F" name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2559" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30</strong></a> is again made from 10-layer carbon fiber, but its main claim to fame is that it’s waterproof. Moreover, it’s highly resistant to corrosion from saltwater, for when you’re feeling ‘all at sea’, thanks to the extensive use of titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel parts. The kit comes complete with a ball head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized, 3-section carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). </p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 review: ocean by name, ocean by nature, this tripod kit thrives on a dip in the sea, where other tripods fear to tread ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>What’s in a name? Poseidon is well known as the Ancient Greek god of the sea, although it’s perhaps not such common knowledge that earthquakes, storms, and horses also fell under his remit. The Leofoto Poseidon tripod is well named, being a waterproof and corrosion-resistant tripod, taking saltwater, stormy rainfall, and muddy puddles in its stride. I’m not so sure about earthquakes and equines.</p><p>I’m no stranger to Leofoto, having reviewed a bunch of the company’s products last year, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>. A common theme is that the Chinese company makes high-end and fully pro-grade tripods, heads, and photographic accessories, as well as military-grade tactical equipment.</p><p>The Poseidon tripod kit that I’m reviewing here is a very sturdy carbon fiber model, while also packing down pretty small. It’s refreshingly lightweight to carry as well. All in all, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, and definitely one of the few waterproof tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa" name="Pos 01 intro 3194.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-specifications"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54cm / 21.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>129cm / 50.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>16cm / 6.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.55kg / 3.42lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-price"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Price</span></h3><p>There’s a fair bit of work and some exotic materials that go into making a truly waterproof tripod, and that’s reflected in the list price of $499 / £369 / AU$825. On the plus side, the Poseidon kit is often discounted in various markets around the world, making it a little more affordable for many of us.</p><p>Even so, the Poseidon unsurprisingly costs a fair bit more than another Leofoto carbon fiber tripod kit with a professional ball head that I’ve just reviewed. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review">Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</a> tripod kit isn’t waterproof but does convert into a classy monopod, and is particularly good value at just $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C that I’m reviewing here is the smaller of two sets of legs in the range, the alternative LP-324C being taller, heavier, and having thicker leg sections. That one’s also available with three different heads in a variety of kits, whereas the LP-284C is only sold with the LH-30 ball head – and there’s nothing wrong with that, as I’ll come to later. Apart from differences in size and weight, both sets of legs are essentially the same, made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ" name="Pos 3195.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The outer leg section of the tripod has a chunky 28mm diameter. The larger version upscales the outer section to 32mm. Both editions have 4-section legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The decision to make the tripod with 4-section legs is a good one as far as I’m concerned. It enables a more compact stowage size than 3-section legs, whereas ‘travel tripods’ with 5-section legs often have thin and spindly bottom sections, which can impair rigidity and robustness. The payload rating of the tripod is 10kg / 22lb, whereas it’s 15kg / 33lb for the larger model.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ" name="Pos 3196.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm going from top to bottom, so even the lowest sections are reassuringly thick and strong. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The twist locks are designed to be ‘maintenance-free’ so that you don’t need to take them apart and clean them. They feature additional seals to keep out water, sand, and dust, being a critical component of the ‘waterproof’ design. Even so, Leofoto says that it can’t absolutely guarantee that no water at all will get into the tubing. The twist locks work really well in practice, requiring minimal rotation to loosen the leg sections so that they extend and contract smoothly, and the same goes for tightening the locks again afterwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa" name="Pos 3197.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks feature silica mats with a water-themed ‘wavy’ design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the top of each leg is a latch for selecting any of three alternative leg angles. Again, they work with simple efficiency. You simply pull the latch out, rotate the leg to the desired angle, then push the latch back in again. Many tripods feature spring-loaded latches for this, but the ones featured here work equally well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa" name="Pos 3198.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s quick and easy to select any of the three locking leg angles, or to swing the legs vertically upwards for compact stowage. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up top to the canopy, it has a noticeably slim design. That’s because the tripod has no center column, which I think is both good and bad. It’s good in that the folded diameter of the tripod is very slim and compact, while also enabling easy ultra-low-level shooting without a center column getting in the way. Conversely, it’s bad that you can’t further extend the maximum operating height, which is limited to a rather modest 129cm / 50.8in. There’s also no option to unscrew any of the legs and use it with or without a center column as a monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa" name="Pos 3200.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy is relatively small and lightweight, with a hollowed-out design. Three grub screws are featured to securely lock the head in place, so it can’t work loose or twist around when in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the canopy again reveals the hollowed-out design, and instead of a center column, you get a socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. A typical use for this is to screw in the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. Adding ballast can steady the tripod if you’re using it outdoors in windy conditions. I’m thinking it would have the opposite effect completely if the tripod were submerged in wavy conditions!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa" name="Pos 3202.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the canopy has a 1/4-inch threaded socket, ideal for attaching the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the underlying weight hook, the canopy features a 3/8-inch threaded socket on the side. This can be useful for adding a magic arm and/or accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, monitor screen or smartphone. If you need a 1/4-inch socket instead, you can simply use a 3/8 to 1/4 inch adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa" name="Pos 3204.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded socket on the side of the canopy enables the attachment of a magic arm and accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The feet supplied with the tripod look like regular rubber pads, but they’re more specialized in that the metal parts of the assembly are made from titanium rather than stainless steel or aluminum. This makes them more resistant to corrosion from saltwater, and they also feature rubber waterproofing O-rings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa" name="Pos 3205.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads offer a firm footing on most surfaces and have an anti-corrosion design with titanium metal fixings. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If spikes are a better option than rubber pads (when standing the tripod on loose sand on a beach, for example), the kit comes complete with screw-in metal spikes, which you can substitute for the rubber pads. Again, they’re made from anti-corrosion titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a" name="Pos 3206.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can unscrew the rubber pads and use titanium metal spikes instead for more secure footing on sand and other types of loose ground. The metal tube plug shown here, with one of the feet removed, is also made of titanium. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The LH-30 ball head is simple but effective and very nicely made. It has a 47mm diameter base and is classed by Leofoto as one of their ‘low-profile’ ball heads, having a height of 74mm. It’s based on a 30mm precision-engineered ball that enables smooth and precise adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa" name="Pos 3207.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The LH-30 ball head looks and feels a quality item. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball joint lock/release lever has a nice, tactile feel to it. It’s spring-loaded and mounted on splines so that you can pull out the lever on its shaft and rotate it to a more convenient angle, if necessary.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa" name="Pos 3208.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball lock/release lever can be rotated on its splines for attaining the most ergonomic orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the main ball and socket arrangement, there’s a separate panning release/lock. This can come in useful if you want to pan your camera to shoot either stills or video while the main ball joint remains locked in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa" name="Pos 3210.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A smaller, separate locking lever is fitted for panning. There’s a full 360 degrees of panning on offer, complete with a calibrated scale shown in this image, just below the panning lock lever. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera platform is Arca-Swiss compatible and comes complete with a like-minded quick-release plate. The platform also features a bubble level, and unlike those that I’ve seen in some Leofoto heads, it’s clearly visible at all times instead of being buried under the quick-release plate when you mount your camera on the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa" name="Pos 3211.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is mounted on the side of the platform, ensuring that it remains visible when the quick-release plate is slotted into position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extras included in the kit comprise a set of three titanium foot spikes, three Allen keys, a screw-in carabiner weight hook, and a multi-tool. The multi-tool itself includes a flat blade, Allen keys of three different sizes, a keyring attachment and carabiner, and even a bottle opener. The seaworthy tripod and all of its crew are wrapped up for the voyage in a high-quality padded carrying bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba" name="Pos 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality padded bag supplied with the tripod has a separate internal pocket for accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-performance"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Performance</span></h3><p>The tripod folds down nice and small and feels very lightweight for carrying around, which I’d call a performance benefit of sorts. After all, big, heavy tripods are often left at home, where they’re of no use at all. Unlike most modern travel tripods (not that it claims to be one), the Poseidon doesn’t have swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs that surround the center column. That’s no surprise as it doesn’t actually have a center column anyway. Again, there’s a performance plus point here, in that the tripod is extremely quick and easy to set up.</p><p>Speed and ease of adjustment as well as setup are further boosted by the action of the twist locks for the leg sections. They require minimal rotation for unlocking and locking the sections, and you can easily grasp all three locks for each leg and operate them with one hand, in one gesture, when the leg sections are contracted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda" name="Pos 3127.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Wider leg angles add stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When shooting at a fairly short height, the multi-angle legs enable a wider circumference for the placement of the feet. This makes the tripod more secure and less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked or in windy weather. It also adds resilience against being toppled by waves or underwater currents, given the Poseidon’s watery nature. With that in mind, I used the tripod extensively with it submerged in water, and it didn’t suffer any seepage into the twist locks or into any of the tubular leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1767px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:144.88%;"><img id="mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada" name="Pos 3128.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1767" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s certainly not a tall tripod but at least it remains very rigid at its maximum operating height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum operating height of 129cm / 50.8in can frankly feel a little disappointing. However, you could argue that the tripod is geared more to towards contending with watery depths than rising high above the land. Either way, the tripod remains sturdy and is impressively resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations, right up to and including its maximum height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba" name="Pos 3132.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With no center column, there are no problems with ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can split the center columns in some tripods that actually have a center column, or substitute them with a low-angle adaptor. There’s no need in this case, as the Poseidon’s multi-angle legs enable ultra-low-level shooting with no center column to get in the way. Naturally, you might be advised against doing this when you’re using the tripod in water, unless you happen to have a waterproof camera to pair with your waterproof tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ" name="Pos 3137.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head works well, with intuitive simplicity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with the leg section locks and leg angle locks, the ball head enables a full and free range of movement with very firm locking, and minimum fuss and bother. It doesn’t feature an adjustable friction damper but I found that the main lock/release lever worked well enough with a range of different sizes and weights of camera kits. Its payload rating of 15kg / 33lb is actually 50 per cent more than for the legs on which it stands. The panning action works nicely and smoothly as well, which is another performance bonus.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-verdict"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Verdict</span></h3><p>Water, and especially saltwater, can cramp your style as a photographer. By way of example, you might want to capture a long exposure with a 10-stop ND filter to blur the waves in a seascape shot, but worry about dipping your regular tripod in the sea. The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 tripod kit can give you a new kind of creative freedom, thanks to its waterproof construction.</p><p>I like that the tripod is made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber, but I love that the leg-section clamps are fully waterproofed and that the metalwork in the rubber-padded feet and alternative spikes are made from corrosion-resistant titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel. The same goes for the metal bases of the leg tubes.</p><p>The tripod is sufficiently compact and lightweight to take just about anywhere and everywhere, yet offers sturdy and solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. The only real problem is that while the lack of a center-column pays dividends for quick-and-easy ultra-low-level shooting, the maximum operating height is rather underwhelming. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The standout feature of the tripod is that it’s waterproof, sand-proof and very resistant to corrosion. I feel a beach party coming on!</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is based on 10-layer carbon fiber and plenty of titanium metalwork, rather than aluminum or stainless steel, for a life on the edge of the ocean waves.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Setup and adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive, and the tripod is very sturdy, offering good resistance against flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Considering the additional or uprated components required for making this tripod waterproof, it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda" name="Pos 00 hero 3122.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F" name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT NB-40 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</strong></a> isn’t waterproof, but it’s nevertheless very versatile. Like the Poseidon, it has 4-section, 10-layer carbon fiber with the same diameters for its leg sections, while also adding a center column. The swing-up leg design makes it slightly shorter than the Poseidon for stowage, and it reaches a significantly taller operating height, as well as converting to a bipod or monopod. It’s much less expensive to buy at around $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Again, it’s not waterproof, but swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized (and much taller) carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear, sold separately. This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 tripod kit with low-profile ball head has waterproof, sand-proof and corrosion-resistant legs and feet, just the ticket for a day at the beach ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">V5CYNtmUJ58gx4orAKJaHF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 26 Sep 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 16:11:34 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>What’s in a name? Poseidon is well known as the Ancient Greek god of the sea, although it’s perhaps not such common knowledge that earthquakes, storms, and horses also fell under his remit. The Leofoto Poseidon tripod is well named, being a waterproof and corrosion-resistant tripod, taking saltwater, stormy rainfall, and muddy puddles in its stride. I’m not so sure about earthquakes and equines.</p><p>I’m no stranger to Leofoto, having reviewed a bunch of the company’s products last year, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>. A common theme is that the Chinese company makes high-end and fully pro-grade tripods, heads, and photographic accessories, as well as military-grade tactical equipment.</p><p>The Poseidon tripod kit that I’m reviewing here is a very sturdy carbon fiber model, while also packing down pretty small. It’s refreshingly lightweight to carry as well. All in all, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, and definitely one of the few waterproof tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa" name="Pos 01 intro 3194.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-specifications"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54cm / 21.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>129cm / 50.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>16cm / 6.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.55kg / 3.42lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-price"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Price</span></h3><p>There’s a fair bit of work and some exotic materials that go into making a truly waterproof tripod, and that’s reflected in the list price of $499 / £369 / AU$825. On the plus side, the Poseidon kit is often discounted in various markets around the world, making it a little more affordable for many of us.</p><p>Even so, the Poseidon unsurprisingly costs a fair bit more than another Leofoto carbon fiber tripod kit with a professional ball head that I’ve just reviewed. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review">Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</a> tripod kit isn’t waterproof but does convert into a classy monopod, and is particularly good value at just $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C that I’m reviewing here is the smaller of two sets of legs in the range, the alternative LP-324C being taller, heavier, and having thicker leg sections. That one’s also available with three different heads in a variety of kits, whereas the LP-284C is only sold with the LH-30 ball head – and there’s nothing wrong with that, as I’ll come to later. Apart from differences in size and weight, both sets of legs are essentially the same, made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ" name="Pos 3195.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The outer leg section of the tripod has a chunky 28mm diameter. The larger version upscales the outer section to 32mm. Both editions have 4-section legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The decision to make the tripod with 4-section legs is a good one as far as I’m concerned. It enables a more compact stowage size than 3-section legs, whereas ‘travel tripods’ with 5-section legs often have thin and spindly bottom sections, which can impair rigidity and robustness. The payload rating of the tripod is 10kg / 22lb, whereas it’s 15kg / 33lb for the larger model.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ" name="Pos 3196.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm going from top to bottom, so even the lowest sections are reassuringly thick and strong. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The twist locks are designed to be ‘maintenance-free’ so that you don’t need to take them apart and clean them. They feature additional seals to keep out water, sand, and dust, being a critical component of the ‘waterproof’ design. Even so, Leofoto says that it can’t absolutely guarantee that no water at all will get into the tubing. The twist locks work really well in practice, requiring minimal rotation to loosen the leg sections so that they extend and contract smoothly, and the same goes for tightening the locks again afterwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa" name="Pos 3197.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks feature silica mats with a water-themed ‘wavy’ design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the top of each leg is a latch for selecting any of three alternative leg angles. Again, they work with simple efficiency. You simply pull the latch out, rotate the leg to the desired angle, then push the latch back in again. Many tripods feature spring-loaded latches for this, but the ones featured here work equally well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa" name="Pos 3198.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s quick and easy to select any of the three locking leg angles, or to swing the legs vertically upwards for compact stowage. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up top to the canopy, it has a noticeably slim design. That’s because the tripod has no center column, which I think is both good and bad. It’s good in that the folded diameter of the tripod is very slim and compact, while also enabling easy ultra-low-level shooting without a center column getting in the way. Conversely, it’s bad that you can’t further extend the maximum operating height, which is limited to a rather modest 129cm / 50.8in. There’s also no option to unscrew any of the legs and use it with or without a center column as a monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa" name="Pos 3200.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy is relatively small and lightweight, with a hollowed-out design. Three grub screws are featured to securely lock the head in place, so it can’t work loose or twist around when in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the canopy again reveals the hollowed-out design, and instead of a center column, you get a socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. A typical use for this is to screw in the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. Adding ballast can steady the tripod if you’re using it outdoors in windy conditions. I’m thinking it would have the opposite effect completely if the tripod were submerged in wavy conditions!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa" name="Pos 3202.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the canopy has a 1/4-inch threaded socket, ideal for attaching the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the underlying weight hook, the canopy features a 3/8-inch threaded socket on the side. This can be useful for adding a magic arm and/or accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, monitor screen or smartphone. If you need a 1/4-inch socket instead, you can simply use a 3/8 to 1/4 inch adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa" name="Pos 3204.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded socket on the side of the canopy enables the attachment of a magic arm and accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The feet supplied with the tripod look like regular rubber pads, but they’re more specialized in that the metal parts of the assembly are made from titanium rather than stainless steel or aluminum. This makes them more resistant to corrosion from saltwater, and they also feature rubber waterproofing O-rings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa" name="Pos 3205.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads offer a firm footing on most surfaces and have an anti-corrosion design with titanium metal fixings. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If spikes are a better option than rubber pads (when standing the tripod on loose sand on a beach, for example), the kit comes complete with screw-in metal spikes, which you can substitute for the rubber pads. Again, they’re made from anti-corrosion titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a" name="Pos 3206.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can unscrew the rubber pads and use titanium metal spikes instead for more secure footing on sand and other types of loose ground. The metal tube plug shown here, with one of the feet removed, is also made of titanium. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The LH-30 ball head is simple but effective and very nicely made. It has a 47mm diameter base and is classed by Leofoto as one of their ‘low-profile’ ball heads, having a height of 74mm. It’s based on a 30mm precision-engineered ball that enables smooth and precise adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa" name="Pos 3207.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The LH-30 ball head looks and feels a quality item. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball joint lock/release lever has a nice, tactile feel to it. It’s spring-loaded and mounted on splines so that you can pull out the lever on its shaft and rotate it to a more convenient angle, if necessary.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa" name="Pos 3208.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball lock/release lever can be rotated on its splines for attaining the most ergonomic orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the main ball and socket arrangement, there’s a separate panning release/lock. This can come in useful if you want to pan your camera to shoot either stills or video while the main ball joint remains locked in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa" name="Pos 3210.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A smaller, separate locking lever is fitted for panning. There’s a full 360 degrees of panning on offer, complete with a calibrated scale shown in this image, just below the panning lock lever. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera platform is Arca-Swiss compatible and comes complete with a like-minded quick-release plate. The platform also features a bubble level, and unlike those that I’ve seen in some Leofoto heads, it’s clearly visible at all times instead of being buried under the quick-release plate when you mount your camera on the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa" name="Pos 3211.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is mounted on the side of the platform, ensuring that it remains visible when the quick-release plate is slotted into position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extras included in the kit comprise a set of three titanium foot spikes, three Allen keys, a screw-in carabiner weight hook, and a multi-tool. The multi-tool itself includes a flat blade, Allen keys of three different sizes, a keyring attachment and carabiner, and even a bottle opener. The seaworthy tripod and all of its crew are wrapped up for the voyage in a high-quality padded carrying bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba" name="Pos 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality padded bag supplied with the tripod has a separate internal pocket for accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-performance"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Performance</span></h3><p>The tripod folds down nice and small and feels very lightweight for carrying around, which I’d call a performance benefit of sorts. After all, big, heavy tripods are often left at home, where they’re of no use at all. Unlike most modern travel tripods (not that it claims to be one), the Poseidon doesn’t have swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs that surround the center column. That’s no surprise as it doesn’t actually have a center column anyway. Again, there’s a performance plus point here, in that the tripod is extremely quick and easy to set up.</p><p>Speed and ease of adjustment as well as setup are further boosted by the action of the twist locks for the leg sections. They require minimal rotation for unlocking and locking the sections, and you can easily grasp all three locks for each leg and operate them with one hand, in one gesture, when the leg sections are contracted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda" name="Pos 3127.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Wider leg angles add stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When shooting at a fairly short height, the multi-angle legs enable a wider circumference for the placement of the feet. This makes the tripod more secure and less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked or in windy weather. It also adds resilience against being toppled by waves or underwater currents, given the Poseidon’s watery nature. With that in mind, I used the tripod extensively with it submerged in water, and it didn’t suffer any seepage into the twist locks or into any of the tubular leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1767px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:144.88%;"><img id="mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada" name="Pos 3128.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1767" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s certainly not a tall tripod but at least it remains very rigid at its maximum operating height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum operating height of 129cm / 50.8in can frankly feel a little disappointing. However, you could argue that the tripod is geared more to towards contending with watery depths than rising high above the land. Either way, the tripod remains sturdy and is impressively resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations, right up to and including its maximum height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba" name="Pos 3132.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With no center column, there are no problems with ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can split the center columns in some tripods that actually have a center column, or substitute them with a low-angle adaptor. There’s no need in this case, as the Poseidon’s multi-angle legs enable ultra-low-level shooting with no center column to get in the way. Naturally, you might be advised against doing this when you’re using the tripod in water, unless you happen to have a waterproof camera to pair with your waterproof tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ" name="Pos 3137.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head works well, with intuitive simplicity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with the leg section locks and leg angle locks, the ball head enables a full and free range of movement with very firm locking, and minimum fuss and bother. It doesn’t feature an adjustable friction damper but I found that the main lock/release lever worked well enough with a range of different sizes and weights of camera kits. Its payload rating of 15kg / 33lb is actually 50 per cent more than for the legs on which it stands. The panning action works nicely and smoothly as well, which is another performance bonus.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-verdict"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Verdict</span></h3><p>Water, and especially saltwater, can cramp your style as a photographer. By way of example, you might want to capture a long exposure with a 10-stop ND filter to blur the waves in a seascape shot, but worry about dipping your regular tripod in the sea. The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 tripod kit can give you a new kind of creative freedom, thanks to its waterproof construction.</p><p>I like that the tripod is made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber, but I love that the leg-section clamps are fully waterproofed and that the metalwork in the rubber-padded feet and alternative spikes are made from corrosion-resistant titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel. The same goes for the metal bases of the leg tubes.</p><p>The tripod is sufficiently compact and lightweight to take just about anywhere and everywhere, yet offers sturdy and solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. The only real problem is that while the lack of a center-column pays dividends for quick-and-easy ultra-low-level shooting, the maximum operating height is rather underwhelming. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The standout feature of the tripod is that it’s waterproof, sand-proof and very resistant to corrosion. I feel a beach party coming on!</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is based on 10-layer carbon fiber and plenty of titanium metalwork, rather than aluminum or stainless steel, for a life on the edge of the ocean waves.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Setup and adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive, and the tripod is very sturdy, offering good resistance against flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Considering the additional or uprated components required for making this tripod waterproof, it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda" name="Pos 00 hero 3122.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F" name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT NB-40 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</strong></a> isn’t waterproof, but it’s nevertheless very versatile. Like the Poseidon, it has 4-section, 10-layer carbon fiber with the same diameters for its leg sections, while also adding a center column. The swing-up leg design makes it slightly shorter than the Poseidon for stowage, and it reaches a significantly taller operating height, as well as converting to a bipod or monopod. It’s much less expensive to buy at around $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Again, it’s not waterproof, but swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized (and much taller) carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear, sold separately. This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1 review: this multi-talented, multi-mode support is the ‘real’ deal ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Based in Hong Kong, the Freewell company started out in 2012, aiming to entice creators and filmmakers with a range of products from camera gear, filters and lens hoods to accessories for smartphones, drones and action cameras. It launched its first tripod, ‘The Real Travel Tripod’ back in 2024 and has now followed on with The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1.</p><p>Immensely versatile, the 5-in-1 is sufficiently compact and lightweight (and definitely slim enough) to qualify as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, while being tall and sturdy enough to be a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>. Even so, it’s not massively tall nor overly short when folded. Back on the plus side, it’s classy enough to eye up a place as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. True to its Multi Tripod name and design, it fits into multiple categories. Let’s take a closer look.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9" name="F51 01 intro 2994.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite its chunky, heavy-duty, 10-layer carbon fiber legs, the Freewell has a clever design that makes it very slimline when folded, and eminently travel-friendly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-specifications"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>55cm / 21.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>157cm / 61.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>17.5cm / 6.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.65kg / 3.64lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb (10kg / 22lb head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg/center column</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section diameters</strong></p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-price"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Price</span></h3><p>For a complete carbon fiber tripod kit (and then some) that comes a sophisticated ball head and intriguing extras, Freewell’s The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1 looks incredibly good value at $299 / £268 / AU$429. Another Chinese carbon fiber tripod I reviewed recently that’s actually two tripods in one, but lacks a monopod conversion, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</a>, which is considerably more expensive at $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p><p>The Freewell’s space-saving center column design reminds of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which is pricier again at $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, while the newer and thoroughly excellent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> costs a properly expensive $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. All in all, the Freewell gives you an awful lot of support for the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5 in 1"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-design-handling"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Catering to all sorts of needs and shooting scenarios, The Real Multi Tripod’s 5-in-1 remit covers use as a regular photographic tripod, a tabletop tripod, a monopod, a hands-free monopod with triple-foot base, and a walking pole. If you’re feeling generous, you could also add smartphone tripod and selfie stick to the list, thanks to the cunning Arca-Swiss quick-release plate that doubles as a phone mount. You could also use it as a tactical bipod, bringing the total up to eight and making it an 8-in-1 support. How does it do all of that? Let’s dive deeper.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9" name="F51 2995.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carbon fiber looks and feels of high quality and unlike many tripods made of this material, it has comfort padding on two of the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite having a slim, travel-friendly profile, which I’ll come back to later, the 5-in-1 doesn’t claim to be a travel tripod as such. Like Freewell’s actual ‘The Real Travel Tripod’, it doesn’t have the kind of swing-up, space-saving  legs that are now typical of travel tripods. I don’t mind that at all, because the business of fully extending the center column and swinging the legs up around it adds to the pack-away time, as well as the setup time next time around. And thanks to its 4-section legs, the 5-in-1 still has a reasonably small stowage height of 55cm / 21.7in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79" name="F51 2996.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four sections in each leg have descending diameters of 28, 25, 22, 19mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Delivering a strong payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, the legs have chunky top-section diameters of 28mm. And because there are four rather than five sections in each leg, the bottom sections retain a fairly wide diameter of 19mm. I’m dubious about the strength of some 5-section tripods, which have relatively thin and spindly bottom sections. Releasing and locking each section is based on quick-action twist locks, and they really are quick, requiring very little rotation to release or securely lock them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9" name="F51 2997.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks work very well, requiring very little rotation to release or lock each leg section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s similarly quick and easy to select any of the three available leg angles, which equate to 22, 55 and 85 degrees from the vertical. The lock/release mechanism is a simple pushbutton arrangement at the top of each leg. And they’re easy to see, thanks to having the same bright red coloring as the controls in the ball head. The multiple angles enable you to work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, and splaying them to wider angles aids stability in low-height setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8" name="F51 2998.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The red pushbutton latches for selecting different leg angles are spring-loaded and very intuitive in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s quite common nowadays for tripods to feature a removable leg. The idea is generally that you can remove the leg, attach it to the (also removed) center column, and transform the tripod into a monopod. It’s a neat idea, as it adds versatility without requiring you to pack and carry an extra bit of kit. The Freewell goes one, or perhaps two better, in that you can remove any and all of the legs. Remove one leg and you can use the tripod as a bipod. You can also attach the head directly to the top of the detached leg for monopod duty. The absence of the center column in the monopod setup limits the maximum height, but you can actually join two or even all three legs together if you need extra height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9" name="F51 3001.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All three legs are removable, and you can join them top-to-bottom if you need extra monopod height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the uncommonly slim folded size, the tripod uses the same trick that I’ve seen in Peak Design tripods. As such, the center column has a triangular cutout profile that avoids any wasted space, because the legs fold around it more tightly. Unlike in Peak Design tripods, the legs themselves still have a circular profile rather than being arc-shaped to fit even more snuggly around the center column, but the folded diameter is still remarkably slim at just 7cm / 2.8in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8" name="F51 3002.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The center column has a triangular cutout design that saves space when the tripod is folded, and there’s a weight hook that screws into the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrew the weight hook from the bottom of the center column and it reveals a built-in allen key. With the weight hook unscrewed, you can completely remove the center column and invert it for ground-level shooting, albeit with the camera upside down. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9" name="F51 3003.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook doubles as an allen key when it’s removed from the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A better option for ultra-low-level shooting is that you can use the allen key to loosen a screw in the center column and split it in two, enabling you to splay the legs and go really low without the center column digging into the ground. This way, you can still shoot with the camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9" name="F51 3004.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using the weight hook allen key, you can loosen a screw and split the center column to enable ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod feet are fairly large rubber pads which offer good grip and support on most surfaces. As with most parts of the tripod, they have more than one function and you can unscrew one of the pads and attach it up on top, for grip and comfort, if you’re using a detached leg or two as a trekking pole.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89" name="F51 3005.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads are fairly large and feel nice and grippy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you’d rather have metal spikes for digging into soft ground, all you have to do is unscrew the rubber pads to reveal them. You can also use the allen key to unscrew the spikes as well, if you want to fit alternative footwear or join two or more legs together for a longer monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9" name="F51 3006.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dual-purpose feet comprise rubber pads that unscrew to reveal (also removable) metal spikes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chassis that connects the three legs together at the top of the tripod is made from aluminum and is suitably sturdy. Again, it goes the extra mile in terms of versatility, and includes two accessory sockets. These have a standard 1/4-inch thread, enabling you to attach magic arms, LED lights, a monitor screen or other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9" name="F51 3007.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The aluminum chassis includes two standard 1/4-inch threaded sockets for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No tripod kit is complete without a head and the Freewell comes with a durable ball head that, yet again, is impressively versatile. However, it’s arguably not an ideal match for the legs, as it has a relatively modest 10kg / 22lb payload rating, which is only half that of the legs, the latter being rated at 20kg / 44lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9" name="F51 3008.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I like that the head has bright red controls, making them easy to see even under very low levels of lighting, when tripods often come out to play. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The largest control knob in the head is the main ball joint lock/release. There’s no separate friction adjuster but it works well on its own and the socket that the ball fits into has the usual cutout on one side. This enables swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting in the absence of an L-bracket, as well as for shooting directly upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9" name="F51 3009.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball head lock enables a full range of smooth movement and secure clamping, with minimum effort. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making the tripod suitable for panoramic sequences of stills and even videography, the head has dual panning mechanisms, one at the bottom and the other at the top. The bonus here is that if your legs are perfectly leveled, you can use the main bottom panning mechanism. You’ll soon see if they’re not perfectly leveled and you’ve compensated by just leveling the head, because your horizon will start to slant when you begin panning. As there’s no leveling base featured in the tripod and leveling the legs can be a time-consuming chore, you can simply use the head’s upper panning mechanism instead, which will keep your horizon straight and true.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9" name="F51 3010.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are dual upper and lower panning mechanisms, both with calibrated scales. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As a leveling aid, there’s a bubble level built into the head’s camera platform. It’s a useful addition but it’s frustrating that you can’t actually see it when the quick-release plate is attached to the platform. You therefore need to remove your camera every time you want to use the bubble level. In fairness, I tend to use the electronic ‘virtual horizon’ instead, which is available in the vast majority of modern cameras and tends to be more accurate and precise than using a tripod’s bubble level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8" name="F51 3013.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera platform features a bubble level and a removable security pin, to avoid the quick-release plate sliding out forwards or backwards. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is based on a crafty bit of design. It works as expected with a camera or anything else with a standard 1/4-inch treaded socket. However, it also features hinged panels at each end and spring-loaded sliding rails. The upshot is that you can also use the QR plate as a phone mount, thus attaching your phone to the tripod or monopod, or using the latter as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449" name="F51 3014.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate doubles as a spring-loaded phone mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Tools supplied with the tripod comprise an additional, carabiner-style weight hook and three allen keys. The allen keys are in addition to the one that’s built into the center-column’s fitted weight hook.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9" name="F51 3016.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A carabiner-style additional weight hook and three allen keys are supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything’s wrapped up in a stylish, high-quality padded carrying bag. The bag comes complete with handles that lock together with a Velcro pad, plus a removable shoulder strap. The inside of the bag features a long, secondary zippered compartment for holding the various tripod accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA" name="F51 3017.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carrying bag is well padded and nicely made. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But before we grab the bag and go outside, there’s yet another tricked up design flourish. I’ve seen tabletop conversion in full-sized tripods before, mostly from 3 Legged Thing, like my trusty <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a>, for which you can buy optional Vanz footwear to make the change. The table tripod conversion legs for the Freewell are supplied ‘free’ as part of the package, and they also have a relatively high-end design, complete with dual-section extension and handy twist-action leg locks. They’re more like a miniaturized set of regular tripod legs than a cheap and basic add-on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9" name="F51 3021.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Like the full-sized legs, the small tabletop legs are again made of carbon fiber and have an extendable design with twist-locks. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-performance"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Performance</span></h3><p>Performance is mostly very good but not entirely great. Setup speed is certainly very quick, thanks to Freewell avoiding the temptation of travel-style, swing-up legs. The twist-action leg clamps also work with minimum fuss and bother, and while there are three of them in each leg, it’s easy to grasp all of them in one go when the leg sections are all retracted. The ball head also works with smooth efficiency and its dual panning mechanisms give a performance boost when shooting panoramic sequences of stills or for videography. The multiple leg angles offer greater stability for shooting at fairly short heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59" name="F51 3030.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little for shooting at fairly short heights gives a wider spread for the feet and makes the tripod less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked, or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My main criticism in terms of performance is that even with four sections in each leg rather than three, the maximum height feels a little limited. Naturally, it’s a trade-off because if the maximum operating height was taller, the folded height would be less compact and the tripod would be less travel-friendly. Either way, I often found that I needed to raise the center column to achieve the shooting height that I wanted. The legs on their own are fairly but not massively resistant to vibrations. However, the center column feels relatively wobbly and lacking in rigidity when extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA" name="F51 3033.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum shooting height is fairly modest even with the center column fully extended. I found that the center column lacked rigidity even when extended by fairly small amounts, and became worse at taller extensions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While rigidity could be better at maximum extension, the tripod delivers solid performance for ultra-low-level shooting. Splitting the center column and splaying the legs to their widest angles enables you to get right down to virtually ground level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA" name="F51 3035.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column enables ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up, and if that’s still not low enough, you can invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll admit to being quite tall at 6ft 5in. As I mentioned earlier, you can’t join one of the legs to the center column for monopod duty and as a result, I found that adding the head directly to one leg didn’t give me enough height. The problem is solved by joining two or even three legs together, which enables a huge maximum height, but it’s a bit more fiddly as you have to remove both parts of the rubber pad and metal spike feet from the upper joining tripod legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA" name="F51 3036.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You might well find that you need to join at two legs together to enable sufficient height in monopod mode. Join all three together and you’ll get a towering monopod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the five modes on offer is described by Freewell as a ‘hands-free monopod’ monopod. I don’t feel brave enough to take my hands away for more than a second or two but the ability to connect the short tabletop legs to the chassis and use it as a base for the monopod does add a firm footing. In this respect, you get the added stability of using a three-footed pole like with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-a48fd-monopod-review">Benro A48FD Monopod</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA" name="F51 3041.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1440" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The short tabletop legs can act as a three-footed base in monopod mode. Here’s the ‘hands-free’ configuration, which I’d hesitate to use in breezy conditions. To quote Dirty Harry, “You've got to ask yourself one question: 'Do I feel lucky?'” </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For landscape photography in the wilds, negotiating tricky terrain can be more problematic than carefully composing the shot when you finally reach your destination. Again, the Freewell comes to your aid, serving as a trekking pole as well as a tripod or monopod. The trekking pole configuration is essentially the same as the monopod setup, except that you can attach one of the rubber feet to the top for comfort, instead of fitting the head. Down below, you can use either a rubber pad or a spike at the bottom, depending on the type of ground that you’re covering.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA" name="F51 3044.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Remove the head and add one of the rubber feet up top and your monopod becomes a trekking pole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Freewell can serve as a tripod, monopod or selfie stick for your smartphone. You won’t need an additional phone mount, as the supplied Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate converts into a self-contained phone mount. It’s spring-loaded with hinged sides, and gives a safe and secure grip.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8" name="F51 3048.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate doubles as a phone mount, and gives a safe and secure grip. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, this full-sized tripod works particularly well as a mini-tripod or tabletop tripod. Unlike many of its kind, it features adjustable carbon fiber legs based on dual sections with a twist-action clamp. Couple that with the three leg angles enabled by the tripod chassis and you get a generous range of adjustment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9" name="F51 3029.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just for tabletop use, the Freewell works equally well as a mini-tripod out in the field. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-verdict"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1. It definitely lives up to its claims with amazingly versatile, multiple modes. Better still, it’s highly effective in all of them, as a regular tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p><p>The build quality looks and feels very good, based on luxury 10-layer carbon fiber and an aluminum alloy chassis. Everything works with smooth simplicity, enabling quick and intuitive setup and similarly straightforward takedown. The ball head follows suit, and I like that it has dual panning mechanisms. As an incredibly comprehensive, multi-mode tripod with a premium build, the Freewell is outstanding value for money.</p><p>I’d give it top marks, but for a few little niggles. The maximum height is fairly modest and the folded length isn’t particularly compact. I can live with that, but I found that the center column was quite wobbly at anything more than slight extension. And while the legs have a payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, it’s only 10kg / 22lb for the head. That should still prove sufficient however, as you’re unlikely to have a camera outfit that weighs more than 10kg /22lb, and the extra payload rating of the legs enables the fitment of accessories via the additional mounting ports, and hanging ballast off one or other of the weight hooks. All in all, the Freewell is a pretty remarkable tripod.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Freewell is positively brimming with features, working as a tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a really clever design, in many and varied ways. The tripod is endlessly adaptable with intuitive ease of use, and it has a luxurious 10-layer carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is mostly very good but the center column is a bit wobbly when extended, which impacts on the rigidity of the tripod at or near its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Compared with broadly similar tripods that don’t actually offer as many operating modes, the Freewell is standout value for money.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★½</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9" name="F51 00 hero 2716.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> isn’t a ‘5-in-1’ tripod but it’s nevertheless like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV" name="Peak Design Pro Tripod square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></a> builds on the success of the company’s preceding travel tripod, again having a space-saving design. Like the Freewell, it has a triangular-section center column but this time the leg sections are specially shaped to wrap more tightly around it. The Peak Design Pro is considerably more expensive at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/freewell-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Freewell’s ‘The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1’ could well be the only support you ever need, for your camera, spotting scope, for tactical use, and even for yourself ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tHRePnf76PVvYxhaATySoD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 09:33:43 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Based in Hong Kong, the Freewell company started out in 2012, aiming to entice creators and filmmakers with a range of products from camera gear, filters and lens hoods to accessories for smartphones, drones and action cameras. It launched its first tripod, ‘The Real Travel Tripod’ back in 2024 and has now followed on with The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1.</p><p>Immensely versatile, the 5-in-1 is sufficiently compact and lightweight (and definitely slim enough) to qualify as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, while being tall and sturdy enough to be a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>. Even so, it’s not massively tall nor overly short when folded. Back on the plus side, it’s classy enough to eye up a place as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. True to its Multi Tripod name and design, it fits into multiple categories. Let’s take a closer look.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9" name="F51 01 intro 2994.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite its chunky, heavy-duty, 10-layer carbon fiber legs, the Freewell has a clever design that makes it very slimline when folded, and eminently travel-friendly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-specifications"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>55cm / 21.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>157cm / 61.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>17.5cm / 6.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.65kg / 3.64lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb (10kg / 22lb head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg/center column</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section diameters</strong></p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-price"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Price</span></h3><p>For a complete carbon fiber tripod kit (and then some) that comes a sophisticated ball head and intriguing extras, Freewell’s The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1 looks incredibly good value at $299 / £268 / AU$429. Another Chinese carbon fiber tripod I reviewed recently that’s actually two tripods in one, but lacks a monopod conversion, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</a>, which is considerably more expensive at $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p><p>The Freewell’s space-saving center column design reminds of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which is pricier again at $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, while the newer and thoroughly excellent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> costs a properly expensive $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. All in all, the Freewell gives you an awful lot of support for the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5 in 1"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-design-handling"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Catering to all sorts of needs and shooting scenarios, The Real Multi Tripod’s 5-in-1 remit covers use as a regular photographic tripod, a tabletop tripod, a monopod, a hands-free monopod with triple-foot base, and a walking pole. If you’re feeling generous, you could also add smartphone tripod and selfie stick to the list, thanks to the cunning Arca-Swiss quick-release plate that doubles as a phone mount. You could also use it as a tactical bipod, bringing the total up to eight and making it an 8-in-1 support. How does it do all of that? Let’s dive deeper.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9" name="F51 2995.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carbon fiber looks and feels of high quality and unlike many tripods made of this material, it has comfort padding on two of the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite having a slim, travel-friendly profile, which I’ll come back to later, the 5-in-1 doesn’t claim to be a travel tripod as such. Like Freewell’s actual ‘The Real Travel Tripod’, it doesn’t have the kind of swing-up, space-saving  legs that are now typical of travel tripods. I don’t mind that at all, because the business of fully extending the center column and swinging the legs up around it adds to the pack-away time, as well as the setup time next time around. And thanks to its 4-section legs, the 5-in-1 still has a reasonably small stowage height of 55cm / 21.7in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79" name="F51 2996.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four sections in each leg have descending diameters of 28, 25, 22, 19mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Delivering a strong payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, the legs have chunky top-section diameters of 28mm. And because there are four rather than five sections in each leg, the bottom sections retain a fairly wide diameter of 19mm. I’m dubious about the strength of some 5-section tripods, which have relatively thin and spindly bottom sections. Releasing and locking each section is based on quick-action twist locks, and they really are quick, requiring very little rotation to release or securely lock them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9" name="F51 2997.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks work very well, requiring very little rotation to release or lock each leg section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s similarly quick and easy to select any of the three available leg angles, which equate to 22, 55 and 85 degrees from the vertical. The lock/release mechanism is a simple pushbutton arrangement at the top of each leg. And they’re easy to see, thanks to having the same bright red coloring as the controls in the ball head. The multiple angles enable you to work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, and splaying them to wider angles aids stability in low-height setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8" name="F51 2998.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The red pushbutton latches for selecting different leg angles are spring-loaded and very intuitive in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s quite common nowadays for tripods to feature a removable leg. The idea is generally that you can remove the leg, attach it to the (also removed) center column, and transform the tripod into a monopod. It’s a neat idea, as it adds versatility without requiring you to pack and carry an extra bit of kit. The Freewell goes one, or perhaps two better, in that you can remove any and all of the legs. Remove one leg and you can use the tripod as a bipod. You can also attach the head directly to the top of the detached leg for monopod duty. The absence of the center column in the monopod setup limits the maximum height, but you can actually join two or even all three legs together if you need extra height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9" name="F51 3001.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All three legs are removable, and you can join them top-to-bottom if you need extra monopod height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the uncommonly slim folded size, the tripod uses the same trick that I’ve seen in Peak Design tripods. As such, the center column has a triangular cutout profile that avoids any wasted space, because the legs fold around it more tightly. Unlike in Peak Design tripods, the legs themselves still have a circular profile rather than being arc-shaped to fit even more snuggly around the center column, but the folded diameter is still remarkably slim at just 7cm / 2.8in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8" name="F51 3002.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The center column has a triangular cutout design that saves space when the tripod is folded, and there’s a weight hook that screws into the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrew the weight hook from the bottom of the center column and it reveals a built-in allen key. With the weight hook unscrewed, you can completely remove the center column and invert it for ground-level shooting, albeit with the camera upside down. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9" name="F51 3003.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook doubles as an allen key when it’s removed from the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A better option for ultra-low-level shooting is that you can use the allen key to loosen a screw in the center column and split it in two, enabling you to splay the legs and go really low without the center column digging into the ground. This way, you can still shoot with the camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9" name="F51 3004.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using the weight hook allen key, you can loosen a screw and split the center column to enable ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod feet are fairly large rubber pads which offer good grip and support on most surfaces. As with most parts of the tripod, they have more than one function and you can unscrew one of the pads and attach it up on top, for grip and comfort, if you’re using a detached leg or two as a trekking pole.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89" name="F51 3005.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads are fairly large and feel nice and grippy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you’d rather have metal spikes for digging into soft ground, all you have to do is unscrew the rubber pads to reveal them. You can also use the allen key to unscrew the spikes as well, if you want to fit alternative footwear or join two or more legs together for a longer monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9" name="F51 3006.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dual-purpose feet comprise rubber pads that unscrew to reveal (also removable) metal spikes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chassis that connects the three legs together at the top of the tripod is made from aluminum and is suitably sturdy. Again, it goes the extra mile in terms of versatility, and includes two accessory sockets. These have a standard 1/4-inch thread, enabling you to attach magic arms, LED lights, a monitor screen or other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9" name="F51 3007.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The aluminum chassis includes two standard 1/4-inch threaded sockets for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No tripod kit is complete without a head and the Freewell comes with a durable ball head that, yet again, is impressively versatile. However, it’s arguably not an ideal match for the legs, as it has a relatively modest 10kg / 22lb payload rating, which is only half that of the legs, the latter being rated at 20kg / 44lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9" name="F51 3008.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I like that the head has bright red controls, making them easy to see even under very low levels of lighting, when tripods often come out to play. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The largest control knob in the head is the main ball joint lock/release. There’s no separate friction adjuster but it works well on its own and the socket that the ball fits into has the usual cutout on one side. This enables swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting in the absence of an L-bracket, as well as for shooting directly upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9" name="F51 3009.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball head lock enables a full range of smooth movement and secure clamping, with minimum effort. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making the tripod suitable for panoramic sequences of stills and even videography, the head has dual panning mechanisms, one at the bottom and the other at the top. The bonus here is that if your legs are perfectly leveled, you can use the main bottom panning mechanism. You’ll soon see if they’re not perfectly leveled and you’ve compensated by just leveling the head, because your horizon will start to slant when you begin panning. As there’s no leveling base featured in the tripod and leveling the legs can be a time-consuming chore, you can simply use the head’s upper panning mechanism instead, which will keep your horizon straight and true.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9" name="F51 3010.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are dual upper and lower panning mechanisms, both with calibrated scales. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As a leveling aid, there’s a bubble level built into the head’s camera platform. It’s a useful addition but it’s frustrating that you can’t actually see it when the quick-release plate is attached to the platform. You therefore need to remove your camera every time you want to use the bubble level. In fairness, I tend to use the electronic ‘virtual horizon’ instead, which is available in the vast majority of modern cameras and tends to be more accurate and precise than using a tripod’s bubble level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8" name="F51 3013.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera platform features a bubble level and a removable security pin, to avoid the quick-release plate sliding out forwards or backwards. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is based on a crafty bit of design. It works as expected with a camera or anything else with a standard 1/4-inch treaded socket. However, it also features hinged panels at each end and spring-loaded sliding rails. The upshot is that you can also use the QR plate as a phone mount, thus attaching your phone to the tripod or monopod, or using the latter as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449" name="F51 3014.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate doubles as a spring-loaded phone mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Tools supplied with the tripod comprise an additional, carabiner-style weight hook and three allen keys. The allen keys are in addition to the one that’s built into the center-column’s fitted weight hook.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9" name="F51 3016.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A carabiner-style additional weight hook and three allen keys are supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything’s wrapped up in a stylish, high-quality padded carrying bag. The bag comes complete with handles that lock together with a Velcro pad, plus a removable shoulder strap. The inside of the bag features a long, secondary zippered compartment for holding the various tripod accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA" name="F51 3017.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carrying bag is well padded and nicely made. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But before we grab the bag and go outside, there’s yet another tricked up design flourish. I’ve seen tabletop conversion in full-sized tripods before, mostly from 3 Legged Thing, like my trusty <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a>, for which you can buy optional Vanz footwear to make the change. The table tripod conversion legs for the Freewell are supplied ‘free’ as part of the package, and they also have a relatively high-end design, complete with dual-section extension and handy twist-action leg locks. They’re more like a miniaturized set of regular tripod legs than a cheap and basic add-on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9" name="F51 3021.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Like the full-sized legs, the small tabletop legs are again made of carbon fiber and have an extendable design with twist-locks. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-performance"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Performance</span></h3><p>Performance is mostly very good but not entirely great. Setup speed is certainly very quick, thanks to Freewell avoiding the temptation of travel-style, swing-up legs. The twist-action leg clamps also work with minimum fuss and bother, and while there are three of them in each leg, it’s easy to grasp all of them in one go when the leg sections are all retracted. The ball head also works with smooth efficiency and its dual panning mechanisms give a performance boost when shooting panoramic sequences of stills or for videography. The multiple leg angles offer greater stability for shooting at fairly short heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59" name="F51 3030.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little for shooting at fairly short heights gives a wider spread for the feet and makes the tripod less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked, or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My main criticism in terms of performance is that even with four sections in each leg rather than three, the maximum height feels a little limited. Naturally, it’s a trade-off because if the maximum operating height was taller, the folded height would be less compact and the tripod would be less travel-friendly. Either way, I often found that I needed to raise the center column to achieve the shooting height that I wanted. The legs on their own are fairly but not massively resistant to vibrations. However, the center column feels relatively wobbly and lacking in rigidity when extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA" name="F51 3033.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum shooting height is fairly modest even with the center column fully extended. I found that the center column lacked rigidity even when extended by fairly small amounts, and became worse at taller extensions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While rigidity could be better at maximum extension, the tripod delivers solid performance for ultra-low-level shooting. Splitting the center column and splaying the legs to their widest angles enables you to get right down to virtually ground level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA" name="F51 3035.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column enables ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up, and if that’s still not low enough, you can invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll admit to being quite tall at 6ft 5in. As I mentioned earlier, you can’t join one of the legs to the center column for monopod duty and as a result, I found that adding the head directly to one leg didn’t give me enough height. The problem is solved by joining two or even three legs together, which enables a huge maximum height, but it’s a bit more fiddly as you have to remove both parts of the rubber pad and metal spike feet from the upper joining tripod legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA" name="F51 3036.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You might well find that you need to join at two legs together to enable sufficient height in monopod mode. Join all three together and you’ll get a towering monopod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the five modes on offer is described by Freewell as a ‘hands-free monopod’ monopod. I don’t feel brave enough to take my hands away for more than a second or two but the ability to connect the short tabletop legs to the chassis and use it as a base for the monopod does add a firm footing. In this respect, you get the added stability of using a three-footed pole like with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-a48fd-monopod-review">Benro A48FD Monopod</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA" name="F51 3041.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1440" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The short tabletop legs can act as a three-footed base in monopod mode. Here’s the ‘hands-free’ configuration, which I’d hesitate to use in breezy conditions. To quote Dirty Harry, “You've got to ask yourself one question: 'Do I feel lucky?'” </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For landscape photography in the wilds, negotiating tricky terrain can be more problematic than carefully composing the shot when you finally reach your destination. Again, the Freewell comes to your aid, serving as a trekking pole as well as a tripod or monopod. The trekking pole configuration is essentially the same as the monopod setup, except that you can attach one of the rubber feet to the top for comfort, instead of fitting the head. Down below, you can use either a rubber pad or a spike at the bottom, depending on the type of ground that you’re covering.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA" name="F51 3044.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Remove the head and add one of the rubber feet up top and your monopod becomes a trekking pole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Freewell can serve as a tripod, monopod or selfie stick for your smartphone. You won’t need an additional phone mount, as the supplied Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate converts into a self-contained phone mount. It’s spring-loaded with hinged sides, and gives a safe and secure grip.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8" name="F51 3048.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate doubles as a phone mount, and gives a safe and secure grip. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, this full-sized tripod works particularly well as a mini-tripod or tabletop tripod. Unlike many of its kind, it features adjustable carbon fiber legs based on dual sections with a twist-action clamp. Couple that with the three leg angles enabled by the tripod chassis and you get a generous range of adjustment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9" name="F51 3029.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just for tabletop use, the Freewell works equally well as a mini-tripod out in the field. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-verdict"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1. It definitely lives up to its claims with amazingly versatile, multiple modes. Better still, it’s highly effective in all of them, as a regular tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p><p>The build quality looks and feels very good, based on luxury 10-layer carbon fiber and an aluminum alloy chassis. Everything works with smooth simplicity, enabling quick and intuitive setup and similarly straightforward takedown. The ball head follows suit, and I like that it has dual panning mechanisms. As an incredibly comprehensive, multi-mode tripod with a premium build, the Freewell is outstanding value for money.</p><p>I’d give it top marks, but for a few little niggles. The maximum height is fairly modest and the folded length isn’t particularly compact. I can live with that, but I found that the center column was quite wobbly at anything more than slight extension. And while the legs have a payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, it’s only 10kg / 22lb for the head. That should still prove sufficient however, as you’re unlikely to have a camera outfit that weighs more than 10kg /22lb, and the extra payload rating of the legs enables the fitment of accessories via the additional mounting ports, and hanging ballast off one or other of the weight hooks. All in all, the Freewell is a pretty remarkable tripod.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Freewell is positively brimming with features, working as a tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a really clever design, in many and varied ways. The tripod is endlessly adaptable with intuitive ease of use, and it has a luxurious 10-layer carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is mostly very good but the center column is a bit wobbly when extended, which impacts on the rigidity of the tripod at or near its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Compared with broadly similar tripods that don’t actually offer as many operating modes, the Freewell is standout value for money.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★½</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9" name="F51 00 hero 2716.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> isn’t a ‘5-in-1’ tripod but it’s nevertheless like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV" name="Peak Design Pro Tripod square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></a> builds on the success of the company’s preceding travel tripod, again having a space-saving design. Like the Freewell, it has a triangular-section center column but this time the leg sections are specially shaped to wrap more tightly around it. The Peak Design Pro is considerably more expensive at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This new L-bracket is built to adjust to your shooting style – and your camera – with an expandable, adjustable design ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>L-brackets are an increasingly crucial piece of kit that allows for quick horizontal jto vertical tripod swaps – but most are built for a specific camera. Tripod maker 3 Legged Thing, however, has a new option that’s meant to adapt to a variety of different cameras without blocking port access – and expands to accommodate accessories.</p><p>The <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">3 Legged Thing Lexie QD</a> is an L-bracket with an expandable design that makes it possible for the accessory to fit a variety of different camera bodies. But the adjustable base plate isn’t the only way the new Lexie aims to adapt to different shooting styles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta" name="LEXIEQD-OR-4914" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="562" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The bracket is built with a sliding screw. This allows photographers to position the bracket more forward or backwards on the camera in order to help prevent that side piece from blocking access to crucial ports. The cutout in that same vertical piece is designed to double as a guide to manage cables coming from those ports.</p><p>3 Legged Thing has launched universal brackets before, along with custom-fitted options built for specific camera models. But the Lexie QD is the first in the lineup to include a QD socket that’s built for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">the brand’s quick-swap straps</a>. That QD system allows photographers to switch from tripod to strap quickly, without removing the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b" name="LEXIEQD-OR-5246" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The new L-bracket is also designed to work with the company’s <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">modular XPAND system</a> launched earlier this year. The base includes connection slots that allow creators to add a cheese plate, risers, and connectors to build out a custom rig designed to house different accessories.</p><p>Without adding extra cheese plates, the Lexie QD still has two 1/4”-20 accessory threads on the vertical to install accessories like lights, mics, monitors, and accessory arms.</p><p>Announced on September 16, the Lexie QD is already shipping directly from the manufacturer as well as retail stores. <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The new L-bracket</a> comes in at a price of about $60 / £50.</p><p>The company will also be selling a new XP 85 Base Plate that allows photographers who own the earlier Lexie bracket to add the QD and Xpand compatibility from the new version for $30 / £30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-brackets </a>or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-new-l-bracket-is-built-to-adjust-to-your-shooting-style-and-your-camera-with-an-expandable-adjustable-design</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing's new L-bracket adjusts to your camera, accommodates accessories, and switches from tripod to strap ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Wo2D3aMX2bJDpC6YN6KdPf</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCM8CFU9LUoTNB3Dvw24ya-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2026 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCM8CFU9LUoTNB3Dvw24ya-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCM8CFU9LUoTNB3Dvw24ya-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>L-brackets are an increasingly crucial piece of kit that allows for quick horizontal jto vertical tripod swaps – but most are built for a specific camera. Tripod maker 3 Legged Thing, however, has a new option that’s meant to adapt to a variety of different cameras without blocking port access – and expands to accommodate accessories.</p><p>The <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">3 Legged Thing Lexie QD</a> is an L-bracket with an expandable design that makes it possible for the accessory to fit a variety of different camera bodies. But the adjustable base plate isn’t the only way the new Lexie aims to adapt to different shooting styles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta" name="LEXIEQD-OR-4914" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="562" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The bracket is built with a sliding screw. This allows photographers to position the bracket more forward or backwards on the camera in order to help prevent that side piece from blocking access to crucial ports. The cutout in that same vertical piece is designed to double as a guide to manage cables coming from those ports.</p><p>3 Legged Thing has launched universal brackets before, along with custom-fitted options built for specific camera models. But the Lexie QD is the first in the lineup to include a QD socket that’s built for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">the brand’s quick-swap straps</a>. That QD system allows photographers to switch from tripod to strap quickly, without removing the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b" name="LEXIEQD-OR-5246" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The new L-bracket is also designed to work with the company’s <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">modular XPAND system</a> launched earlier this year. The base includes connection slots that allow creators to add a cheese plate, risers, and connectors to build out a custom rig designed to house different accessories.</p><p>Without adding extra cheese plates, the Lexie QD still has two 1/4”-20 accessory threads on the vertical to install accessories like lights, mics, monitors, and accessory arms.</p><p>Announced on September 16, the Lexie QD is already shipping directly from the manufacturer as well as retail stores. <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The new L-bracket</a> comes in at a price of about $60 / £50.</p><p>The company will also be selling a new XP 85 Base Plate that allows photographers who own the earlier Lexie bracket to add the QD and Xpand compatibility from the new version for $30 / £30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-brackets </a>or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Cheap tripods are a trap: When support matters more than megapixels ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>At first, you think the camera is the most important thing in your photography world. Then, you realize it’s the lenses. But if you’re a landscape or macro photographer, you’ll quickly learn that the tripod is just as important (if not more). And you either learn that the easy way or the hard way.</p><p>Buying the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a> is a rite of passage for the beginner photographer. You’ve got the camera and the kit lens, so you go out and buy a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bag</a> and a tripod. But more often than not, the tripod is a cheap, plasticky implement that’s – for lack of a better word – completely useless… </p><p>A beginner might not understand the foibles of a cheap tripod until it’s too late. In fact, they might merrily capture soft shot after soft shot without realizing that they deserve better. I myself made this mistake; I didn’t know what <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake </a>was when I started, and I certainly didn’t realize it could happen on a tripod. In fact, I blamed my camera or myself when it was my tripod all along.</p><h2 id="cheap-tripod-cheap-performance">Cheap tripod, cheap performance</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF" name="NIK162.review23.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, friction knob" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quality knobs (pictured) with good friction prevent slippage and overtightening  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Anything can be bought cheap if you’re in the right place at the right time, of course. When I say cheap, I mean cheaply made. You know, the kind of unbranded tripod you can pick up from Amazon or a department store or comes bundled with your camera. These kinds of tripods might look inviting enough, but they are usually an absolute nightmare to use.</p><p>I’m talking about being hard to adjust and refine: knobs that never seem tight enough, axes that stutter as you try to tilt or pan to refine your composition. Weak legs that wobble or don’t even splay wide enough for secure outdoor use. Legs that catch when you try to extend or collapse them. And light payloads that are entirely inadequate for longer zoom lenses or bigger cameras when it comes time to upgrade. </p><h2 id="tripod-red-flags">Tripod red flags</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF" name="NIK162.review2.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, attaching camera and plate" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A good head from a reputable brand like Manfrotto (pictured) will make life much easier  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Let’s talk about how you identify a cheap tripod. </p><ul><li><strong>Plastic components:</strong> The main thing I’d advise you to look out for is an abundance of plastic components, particularly plastic threads. In my experience, plastic threads simply cannot be tightened enough to prevent slippage, and on top of that, they can easily wear or even break over time.</li><li><strong>Leg braces/struts: </strong>Another giveaway is plastic struts between the legs. A quality tripod doesn’t need any extra stability; it will stand firm with the legs splayed out. If a cheap tripod has plastic struts, assume that the legs aren’t particularly sturdy to begin with. Don’t get me wrong, some expensive heavy-duty video tripods do feature struts, but they’re designed to be as stable and heavy as possible.</li><li><strong>A poor quality head:</strong> <em>Do not</em> ignore the tripod head. A tripod is only as good as its head. You can have a sturdy trio of legs, but if the head is plasticky and cheap and suffers from many of the problems I listed earlier, you’re in for a frustrating ride, and your photography will suffer.</li></ul><p>A quality tripod, on the other hand, will just feel effortlessly sturdy. Threads boast good friction to prevent overtightening, joints move smoothly and intentionally, legs can be splayed to varying degrees and are stable, setting up and collapsing the device feels effortless, and it features a quality head.</p><h2 id="is-cost-the-compromise">Is cost the compromise? </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF" name="DSC_1048.jpg" alt="Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, packed down and being carried" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5910" height="3324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (pictured) is more expensive than the aluminum version, but lighter  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You’re probably thinking, great Mike, but what about the cost? I’m not suggesting that you pay hundreds of bucks for a tripod, but I am suggesting that you reframe the way you think about budgeting for kit. A lot of photographers will pay around $100 / £100 for a lens and consider it a bargain. You can pick up a quality tripod for a similar price.</p><p>The Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium Tripod is selling for <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1527795-REG/manfrotto_mkelmii4bk_bh_element_mii_aluminum_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$132.95 at B&H Photo</a> and <a href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-element-mii-aluminium-tripod-kit-black-1729083/?cpgnid=17870678074&adext=&account=853-353-2386&campaign=&group=&mkwid=_dc&pcrid=&kword=&match=&plid=&pgrid=&ptaid=&si=&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=17339491594&gbraid=0AAAAAD6dWBcOJ5d53oOBI6vgfh32SM5A4&gclid=CjwKCAjw_KjVBhAHEiwAnC0N9Jz-HtA8OCicetKsVPy1DJ5nAxyTJ9c1p-cBH5-6yXK-ML7LyGrAhhoCnf8QAvD_BwE" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">£99 at Wex Photo Video</a>. This is a tripod I used for years. As long as you don’t exceed the 8-kg payload and are using lenses up to 200mm, it will serve beginner photographers very well indeed. And trust me, the difference between a tripod like the Element MII from a reputable brand and a cheap tripod is <em>huge</em>. </p><p>The only reason to spend more is if you’ve reached a point where you have identified specialist needs. For example, general tripod usage tends to favor portability over stability, but a serious macro photographer may wish to invest in a larger, sturdier tripod since the effects of camera shake are more prevalent at higher magnifications. A travel photographer or landscape photographer who hikes may be happy to pay more for a lighter carbon fiber tripod. And so on. </p><p>You may also wish to turn to the used market. Most tripods don’t tend to hold their value in the same way that cameras and lenses do, so you could end up with a real bargain on used marketplaces. So, there you have it. Tripods aren’t the most exciting bits of photography kit in the world, but a good tripod is worth its payload in gold.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>Check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads for tripods</a>. On the subject of tripod heads: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/cheap-tripods-are-a-trap-when-support-matters-more-than-megapixels</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ It’s tempting to blow your budget on cameras and lenses, but trust me, a quality tripod is worth its payload in gold ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">GeRBrzQnofu6RQpyFkXBzX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctnfB3kn7NvSPqWUct8kB-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2026 15:15:32 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mike.harris@futurenet.com (Mike Harris) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Harris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGEXGwupYYYnNwLb7XkXx8-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctnfB3kn7NvSPqWUct8kB-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[photographer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[photographer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[photographer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctnfB3kn7NvSPqWUct8kB-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>At first, you think the camera is the most important thing in your photography world. Then, you realize it’s the lenses. But if you’re a landscape or macro photographer, you’ll quickly learn that the tripod is just as important (if not more). And you either learn that the easy way or the hard way.</p><p>Buying the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a> is a rite of passage for the beginner photographer. You’ve got the camera and the kit lens, so you go out and buy a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bag</a> and a tripod. But more often than not, the tripod is a cheap, plasticky implement that’s – for lack of a better word – completely useless… </p><p>A beginner might not understand the foibles of a cheap tripod until it’s too late. In fact, they might merrily capture soft shot after soft shot without realizing that they deserve better. I myself made this mistake; I didn’t know what <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake </a>was when I started, and I certainly didn’t realize it could happen on a tripod. In fact, I blamed my camera or myself when it was my tripod all along.</p><h2 id="cheap-tripod-cheap-performance">Cheap tripod, cheap performance</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF" name="NIK162.review23.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, friction knob" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quality knobs (pictured) with good friction prevent slippage and overtightening  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Anything can be bought cheap if you’re in the right place at the right time, of course. When I say cheap, I mean cheaply made. You know, the kind of unbranded tripod you can pick up from Amazon or a department store or comes bundled with your camera. These kinds of tripods might look inviting enough, but they are usually an absolute nightmare to use.</p><p>I’m talking about being hard to adjust and refine: knobs that never seem tight enough, axes that stutter as you try to tilt or pan to refine your composition. Weak legs that wobble or don’t even splay wide enough for secure outdoor use. Legs that catch when you try to extend or collapse them. And light payloads that are entirely inadequate for longer zoom lenses or bigger cameras when it comes time to upgrade. </p><h2 id="tripod-red-flags">Tripod red flags</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF" name="NIK162.review2.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, attaching camera and plate" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A good head from a reputable brand like Manfrotto (pictured) will make life much easier  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Let’s talk about how you identify a cheap tripod. </p><ul><li><strong>Plastic components:</strong> The main thing I’d advise you to look out for is an abundance of plastic components, particularly plastic threads. In my experience, plastic threads simply cannot be tightened enough to prevent slippage, and on top of that, they can easily wear or even break over time.</li><li><strong>Leg braces/struts: </strong>Another giveaway is plastic struts between the legs. A quality tripod doesn’t need any extra stability; it will stand firm with the legs splayed out. If a cheap tripod has plastic struts, assume that the legs aren’t particularly sturdy to begin with. Don’t get me wrong, some expensive heavy-duty video tripods do feature struts, but they’re designed to be as stable and heavy as possible.</li><li><strong>A poor quality head:</strong> <em>Do not</em> ignore the tripod head. A tripod is only as good as its head. You can have a sturdy trio of legs, but if the head is plasticky and cheap and suffers from many of the problems I listed earlier, you’re in for a frustrating ride, and your photography will suffer.</li></ul><p>A quality tripod, on the other hand, will just feel effortlessly sturdy. Threads boast good friction to prevent overtightening, joints move smoothly and intentionally, legs can be splayed to varying degrees and are stable, setting up and collapsing the device feels effortless, and it features a quality head.</p><h2 id="is-cost-the-compromise">Is cost the compromise? </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF" name="DSC_1048.jpg" alt="Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, packed down and being carried" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5910" height="3324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (pictured) is more expensive than the aluminum version, but lighter  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You’re probably thinking, great Mike, but what about the cost? I’m not suggesting that you pay hundreds of bucks for a tripod, but I am suggesting that you reframe the way you think about budgeting for kit. A lot of photographers will pay around $100 / £100 for a lens and consider it a bargain. You can pick up a quality tripod for a similar price.</p><p>The Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium Tripod is selling for <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1527795-REG/manfrotto_mkelmii4bk_bh_element_mii_aluminum_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$132.95 at B&H Photo</a> and <a href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-element-mii-aluminium-tripod-kit-black-1729083/?cpgnid=17870678074&adext=&account=853-353-2386&campaign=&group=&mkwid=_dc&pcrid=&kword=&match=&plid=&pgrid=&ptaid=&si=&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=17339491594&gbraid=0AAAAAD6dWBcOJ5d53oOBI6vgfh32SM5A4&gclid=CjwKCAjw_KjVBhAHEiwAnC0N9Jz-HtA8OCicetKsVPy1DJ5nAxyTJ9c1p-cBH5-6yXK-ML7LyGrAhhoCnf8QAvD_BwE" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">£99 at Wex Photo Video</a>. This is a tripod I used for years. As long as you don’t exceed the 8-kg payload and are using lenses up to 200mm, it will serve beginner photographers very well indeed. And trust me, the difference between a tripod like the Element MII from a reputable brand and a cheap tripod is <em>huge</em>. </p><p>The only reason to spend more is if you’ve reached a point where you have identified specialist needs. For example, general tripod usage tends to favor portability over stability, but a serious macro photographer may wish to invest in a larger, sturdier tripod since the effects of camera shake are more prevalent at higher magnifications. A travel photographer or landscape photographer who hikes may be happy to pay more for a lighter carbon fiber tripod. And so on. </p><p>You may also wish to turn to the used market. Most tripods don’t tend to hold their value in the same way that cameras and lenses do, so you could end up with a real bargain on used marketplaces. So, there you have it. Tripods aren’t the most exciting bits of photography kit in the world, but a good tripod is worth its payload in gold.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>Check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads for tripods</a>. On the subject of tripod heads: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Tripods are either portable or super sturdy. But 3 Legged Thing just launched a modular tripod system with swappable legs to replace tabletop, travel, studio, and filmmaking tripods in one go ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Tripods tend to be purpose-built for different shoots, which means some photographers will own more than one – one for travel, one for maximum stability, one for tabletop shooting, and maybe even a separate monopod. But 3 Legged Things' latest invention is a build-your-own modular tripod system that replaces several purpose-built supports in one.</p><p>The new <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">3 Legged Thing James and Jason</a> is a tripod system with swappable parts. While most tripods can swap out for different heads or feet, the two new modular systems can swap out legs, canopies, flat plates, rings – along with heads and feet.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5" name="DSCF9921" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The idea is that by building a modular system, creators don’t need to own several tripods for different purposes. The James and Jason are full-sized tripods, but they can convert to travel tripods or studio tripods, and the swappable legs can also double as monopods and boom poles.</p><p>The heart of the system is the canopy. Both options can handle up to 30 kgs / 66 lbs, but one is built for portability, and the other is built for strength and features.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5" name="DSCF9943" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>James uses a smaller, slimmer profile that creates a tripod that can still fit in the water bottle pocket of a camera bag. Jason, on the other hand, is a bit larger, but has a ballast hook and is built for strength. Both canopies have an extra accessory mount for attaching arms for adding lighting or a mic.</p><p>With those two canopies come three different swappable leg types, all built with carbon fiber. The five-section legs are the most compact, folding down to 42.5 cm / 16.7 inches and reaching a maximum height of 123 cm / 48.4 inches. The three-section legs are built for maximum height and stability, reaching 154 cm / 60.6 inches – but probably won’t fit in carry-on luggage. The four-section legs are the happy medium between the two.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kkeSatrxskihfEUFo6dYvZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing James modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sngHcKNVDJCncrisAkiTpZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing Jason modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Those legs can be adjusted to different angles for a wider stance and lower shots using a new trigger-pull design that the company says is easy to use even when wearing gloves.</p><p>Along with the swappable legs, the tripods launch with three options for feet to accommodate different terrain – and the tripods can also be used with the canopy and feet (no legs) to replace a mini tabletop tripod. The legs can also be used without the canopy as a monopod or light boom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:133.33%;"><img id="LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37" name="DSCF9876" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James in tabletop tripod mode" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular tripod series also launches with a newly designed head that 3 Legged Thing has dubbed the Airhed Orbit. The ball-style head uses one main control to level, adjust, and lock the camera in position.</p><p>Beyond the versatility, the modular design also means that creators can break apart the tripods for upkeep and cleaning.</p><p>With multiple different setups possible, 3 Legged Thing has built several different bundles for the tactical tripods, including some basic setups with the canopy and feet to bundles with multiple pieces.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fnTurENE8msp9unKcRKuw5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qc8DkKkstPqSsgzgt5QuN5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGUQa4GRZ4jm5635iKDdh5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nN5C95r6TfVfyfzXJLum26-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>3 Legged Thing is bringing James and Jason to creators <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">using Kickstarter</a>, where the campaign has already surpassed its original funding goal. Pledges take as much as 20 to 25 percent off the expected retail price, starting at £269 (about $365 / AU$506) for a canopy and legs, £669 (about $907 / AU$1,257) for a kit with all three leg variations, with the new Airhed Orbit head a £152 ($207 / AU$286) add-on.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>For more inspiration, check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/tripods-are-either-portable-or-super-sturdy-but-3-legged-thing-just-launched-a-modular-tripod-system-with-swappable-legs-to-replace-tabletop-travel-studio-and-filmmaking-tripods-in-one-go</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Tested down to -60°C, the new 3 Legged Thing James and Jason new tripod system has swappable legs, feet, and canopies ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">9RYA7C4sy7nhMwJgb2rXPM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DERYnYMZGedwU6NkxRnrH5-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 11 Sep 2026 08:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DERYnYMZGedwU6NkxRnrH5-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DERYnYMZGedwU6NkxRnrH5-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Tripods tend to be purpose-built for different shoots, which means some photographers will own more than one – one for travel, one for maximum stability, one for tabletop shooting, and maybe even a separate monopod. But 3 Legged Things' latest invention is a build-your-own modular tripod system that replaces several purpose-built supports in one.</p><p>The new <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">3 Legged Thing James and Jason</a> is a tripod system with swappable parts. While most tripods can swap out for different heads or feet, the two new modular systems can swap out legs, canopies, flat plates, rings – along with heads and feet.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5" name="DSCF9921" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The idea is that by building a modular system, creators don’t need to own several tripods for different purposes. The James and Jason are full-sized tripods, but they can convert to travel tripods or studio tripods, and the swappable legs can also double as monopods and boom poles.</p><p>The heart of the system is the canopy. Both options can handle up to 30 kgs / 66 lbs, but one is built for portability, and the other is built for strength and features.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5" name="DSCF9943" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>James uses a smaller, slimmer profile that creates a tripod that can still fit in the water bottle pocket of a camera bag. Jason, on the other hand, is a bit larger, but has a ballast hook and is built for strength. Both canopies have an extra accessory mount for attaching arms for adding lighting or a mic.</p><p>With those two canopies come three different swappable leg types, all built with carbon fiber. The five-section legs are the most compact, folding down to 42.5 cm / 16.7 inches and reaching a maximum height of 123 cm / 48.4 inches. The three-section legs are built for maximum height and stability, reaching 154 cm / 60.6 inches – but probably won’t fit in carry-on luggage. The four-section legs are the happy medium between the two.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kkeSatrxskihfEUFo6dYvZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing James modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sngHcKNVDJCncrisAkiTpZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing Jason modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Those legs can be adjusted to different angles for a wider stance and lower shots using a new trigger-pull design that the company says is easy to use even when wearing gloves.</p><p>Along with the swappable legs, the tripods launch with three options for feet to accommodate different terrain – and the tripods can also be used with the canopy and feet (no legs) to replace a mini tabletop tripod. The legs can also be used without the canopy as a monopod or light boom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:133.33%;"><img id="LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37" name="DSCF9876" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James in tabletop tripod mode" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular tripod series also launches with a newly designed head that 3 Legged Thing has dubbed the Airhed Orbit. The ball-style head uses one main control to level, adjust, and lock the camera in position.</p><p>Beyond the versatility, the modular design also means that creators can break apart the tripods for upkeep and cleaning.</p><p>With multiple different setups possible, 3 Legged Thing has built several different bundles for the tactical tripods, including some basic setups with the canopy and feet to bundles with multiple pieces.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fnTurENE8msp9unKcRKuw5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qc8DkKkstPqSsgzgt5QuN5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGUQa4GRZ4jm5635iKDdh5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nN5C95r6TfVfyfzXJLum26-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>3 Legged Thing is bringing James and Jason to creators <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">using Kickstarter</a>, where the campaign has already surpassed its original funding goal. Pledges take as much as 20 to 25 percent off the expected retail price, starting at £269 (about $365 / AU$506) for a canopy and legs, £669 (about $907 / AU$1,257) for a kit with all three leg variations, with the new Airhed Orbit head a £152 ($207 / AU$286) add-on.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>For more inspiration, check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This company created one of the most widely used tripod head designs 80 years ago. Now, the company is shutting down ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Early video tripods used a series of loud gears, but then in 1946, a father and son in Australia patented a new design: the fluid tripod head. The company behind that game-changing invention, Miller Camera Support Equipment, has announced that it is shutting down next month.</p><p><a href="https://gtc.org.uk/miller-camera-support-equipment-1954-2026/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a letter</a>, small business owners Mark and Diane Celementson announced their retirement, which will bring Miller Tripods to a close on September 30.</p><p>Eric Miller, working with his son Bob, <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/the-history-of-miller/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">introduced the first fluid tripod head</a> in the 1940s. The design solved a key problem with early tripod systems: noise. Before the fluid head, tripod heads used gears that introduced noise into the footage. Panning was difficult before the fluid head, and Miller Tripods says that diagonal camera movements were “virtually impossible.”</p><p>The arrival of the fluid tripod head in the 1940s is made all the more impressive considering where video technology was at the time. The earliest videos used stationary cameras, with the <a href="https://zacuto.com/blogs/blog/a-brief-history-of-camera-movement" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">first panning shots</a> arriving in filmmaking in the early 1900s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo" name="history-of-miller-thumbnail-1024x481 copy" alt="The Miller Camera Support Equipment CiNX 9 fluid head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="855" height="481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: historic documents and photos from Miller Camera Support Equipment)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Camera movement like panning didn’t become mainstream until the 1920s, but when audio arrived on the scene in the 1930s, camera movement halted again – the loud cameras <a href="https://www.britannica.com/art/history-of-film/The-pre-World-War-II-sound-era" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">needed to be locked in soundproof boxes too large to move</a>.</p><p>As video camera technology shrank down, cinematic camera movement re-entered the scene, but there was still a problem – the typical video tripods used noisy gears.</p><p>Eric and Bob Miller patented the first fluid head in 1946, later creating the company in 1954 to sell those tripod heads, and eventually the first fluid head tripod made its way to Hollywood in 1958. </p><p>Rather than gears, the fluid head uses a liquid-filled chamber to allow videographers to create smooth camera movements. Miller’s first fluid head had a fixed resistance, but the format would move on to introduce adjustable resistance and counter-balance systems for handling heavy cameras.</p><p>While Miller got its start from tripod heads, the company also developed full tripod sets shortly after. The first tripod from Miller Tripods looked quite a bit different than today’s design, including wooden legs.</p><p>By the 1970s, <a href="https://www.tvtechnology.com/the-wire-blog/thewireaspxentryid2518addview" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Miller Tripods’ specialty shifted</a> to creating camera support systems for news and broadcast. <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/miller-story/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, the tripods are used by more than 265 television networks. The company's camera support systems are used in more than 65 countries.</p><p>“From those early beginnings, Miller grew into an internationally respected manufacturer, supporting broadcasters, cinematographers, filmmakers, and content creators across the world,” Mark and Diane Clementson, owners of the company for the last 55 years, wrote in a letter announcing the decision. “Through changing technologies, evolving production environments, and generations of industry professionals, our commitment to innovation, quality, and customer service has remained central to who we are.”</p><p>The Australia-based company says that operations will cease on September 30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-company-created-one-of-the-most-widely-used-tripod-head-designs-80-years-ago-now-the-company-is-shutting-down</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Miller Camera Support Equipment, the Australian company founded by the inventors of the fluid tripod head, is shutting down as the owners retire ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">XpbDQGqakz9SvGSwRDUSrG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2026 18:18:47 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Miller Camera Support Equipment]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Early video tripods used a series of loud gears, but then in 1946, a father and son in Australia patented a new design: the fluid tripod head. The company behind that game-changing invention, Miller Camera Support Equipment, has announced that it is shutting down next month.</p><p><a href="https://gtc.org.uk/miller-camera-support-equipment-1954-2026/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a letter</a>, small business owners Mark and Diane Celementson announced their retirement, which will bring Miller Tripods to a close on September 30.</p><p>Eric Miller, working with his son Bob, <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/the-history-of-miller/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">introduced the first fluid tripod head</a> in the 1940s. The design solved a key problem with early tripod systems: noise. Before the fluid head, tripod heads used gears that introduced noise into the footage. Panning was difficult before the fluid head, and Miller Tripods says that diagonal camera movements were “virtually impossible.”</p><p>The arrival of the fluid tripod head in the 1940s is made all the more impressive considering where video technology was at the time. The earliest videos used stationary cameras, with the <a href="https://zacuto.com/blogs/blog/a-brief-history-of-camera-movement" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">first panning shots</a> arriving in filmmaking in the early 1900s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo" name="history-of-miller-thumbnail-1024x481 copy" alt="The Miller Camera Support Equipment CiNX 9 fluid head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="855" height="481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: historic documents and photos from Miller Camera Support Equipment)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Camera movement like panning didn’t become mainstream until the 1920s, but when audio arrived on the scene in the 1930s, camera movement halted again – the loud cameras <a href="https://www.britannica.com/art/history-of-film/The-pre-World-War-II-sound-era" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">needed to be locked in soundproof boxes too large to move</a>.</p><p>As video camera technology shrank down, cinematic camera movement re-entered the scene, but there was still a problem – the typical video tripods used noisy gears.</p><p>Eric and Bob Miller patented the first fluid head in 1946, later creating the company in 1954 to sell those tripod heads, and eventually the first fluid head tripod made its way to Hollywood in 1958. </p><p>Rather than gears, the fluid head uses a liquid-filled chamber to allow videographers to create smooth camera movements. Miller’s first fluid head had a fixed resistance, but the format would move on to introduce adjustable resistance and counter-balance systems for handling heavy cameras.</p><p>While Miller got its start from tripod heads, the company also developed full tripod sets shortly after. The first tripod from Miller Tripods looked quite a bit different than today’s design, including wooden legs.</p><p>By the 1970s, <a href="https://www.tvtechnology.com/the-wire-blog/thewireaspxentryid2518addview" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Miller Tripods’ specialty shifted</a> to creating camera support systems for news and broadcast. <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/miller-story/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, the tripods are used by more than 265 television networks. The company's camera support systems are used in more than 65 countries.</p><p>“From those early beginnings, Miller grew into an internationally respected manufacturer, supporting broadcasters, cinematographers, filmmakers, and content creators across the world,” Mark and Diane Clementson, owners of the company for the last 55 years, wrote in a letter announcing the decision. “Through changing technologies, evolving production environments, and generations of industry professionals, our commitment to innovation, quality, and customer service has remained central to who we are.”</p><p>The Australia-based company says that operations will cease on September 30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Wes tripod kit review: one for the road, this high-end carbon fiber travel tripod for hybrid shooters comes complete with built-in leveling base and next-gen fluid head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It’s been about five years since I discovered 3 Legged Thing, a British company specializing in tripods and other supports. My first encounter was with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a>. I instantly fell for Winston, and it’s still my favorite full-sized tripod to this day. Even so, a lot has happened in the last five years, and 3 Legged Thing has branched out in all sorts of different directions, currently catering to photographers and videographers, as well as ramping up its endeavors for field sports and birding, plus shooting and target sports. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other items along the way, being highly impressed by pretty much all of them.</p><p>Bringing things up to date, there’s a dynamic duo of new 3 Legged Thing video tripods in town, going by the names of Ridley and Wes. They’re both similar in many ways and are named after master movie directors. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review">Ridley</a> (Scott) is the larger three-section tripod of the two, whereas Wes (Anderson) is the smaller sibling, with a travel-friendly, fold-down-small five-section leg design. Both carbon fiber tripods are available as sets of legs on their own, or as full kits with the same fluid head. They aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes that I’m reviewing here also eyes up a spot as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE" name="3LT_Wes 01 intro 2484.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Wes is available as a set of video travel tripod legs on their own or as a complete kit with a fluid head, the latter pictured here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54.8cm / 21.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>134.5cm / 53in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.1kg / 4.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>26cm / 1.02in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Price</span></h3><p>Quality seldom comes cheap, and sure enough, a set of the premium Wes travel tripod legs will set you back $399 / £379 (AU$ TBA). Go for the complete kit with the addition of a high-performance fluid head, and you can expect to pay $599 / £569. They’re both fairly substantial chunks of money, but the features, design and build quality make them well worth the outlay, especially as both options feature a built-in leveling base, smart padded soft case and handy little extras. All in all, they’re very competitively priced.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Wes"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Wes Anderson has proved himself as an ingenious, stylistic, and very versatile movie director over the last 30 years, so Wes is an inspirational and aspirational name for this new video travel tripod from 3 Legged Thing. Available in gray and black with orange accents or in all-black, the legs are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy. But when shooting a video narrative, I feel that legs are only half the tripod story, so I went for the full kit that adds a fluid head. More on the head later, but I’ll begin with the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE" name="3LT_Wes 2485.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The top section of each leg has a chunky 26cm / 1.02in diameter but with five sections in each leg, the bottom ones are necessarily narrow. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The small stowage size of the Wes tripod legs equates to just 44cm / 17.3in in length, or 54.8cm / 21.6in with the fluid head fitted. To my mind, that makes the kit small enough to take on pretty much every journey to any location, whether I’m pounding around local city streets or jetting off to the other side of the world. For the latter, the tripod is small enough to fit within the cabin baggage regulations of most airlines.</p><p>Fully extending all five sections of each leg reveals ever-decreasing circles, in terms of the relative diameters. Even so, the thinnest bottom sections have a perfectly respectable 14mm diameter. Not only is that significantly greater than in many travel tripods that I’ve seen and used, but it also enables a strong payload rating of 14kg / 30lb, even when the tripod is at full stretch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5074px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E" name="3LT_Wes 2487.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5074" height="2855" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stepping down from the fattest leg sections at the top to the slimmest at the bottom, they have diameters of 26mm, 23mm, 20mm, 17mm and 14mm respectively, so you basically drop just 3mm each time around. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are a couple of potential drawbacks to five-section legs that can outweigh the allure of compact stowage. First up, each joint is a possible point of weakness, where flexing and wobbling might be introduced. The second is that you end up with no less than 12 separate leg section locks to contend with when fully extending and contracting the tripod. That can equate to a lot of time and effort.</p><p>Thankfully, the twist-action section locks featured in the Wes only require minimal rotation to unlock and relock them. You can easily grab the full set of them for each leg when the sections are contracted, and tighten or loosen them with a single flick of the wrist. Ultimately, they’re surprisingly quick and easy to use, while maintaining super-solid locking that avoids any unwanted flexing or movement when the tripod is in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E" name="3LT_Wes 2488.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2060" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-locks work a treat and are very tactile, with grippy, textured rubber pads to add a feelgood factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks for the leg sections are a brilliant piece of design that’s thoroughly well executed, the same applies to the locks for the three alternative leg angles. The leg angles themselves measure 23, 55, and 80 degrees from the vertical, so there’s plenty of room for maneuver. Moreover, the simple yet highly effective spring-loaded, push-lever locks ensure maximum speed and ease when playing all the angles. Unlike many travel tripods, including the more stills-centric <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro">3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</a>, there’s no time wasted swinging the legs up around the center column for compact stowage, as the Wes has no center column anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E" name="3LT_Wes 2489.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3255" height="1832" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The push-lever locks for the multiple leg angles make any changes quick and effortless to carry out. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One place you generally don’t want any angles coming into play is in the platform on which the head is mounted. If you try to compensate by adjusting the level of the head itself, you’ll find that your horizons go wonky as soon as you start panning. One method is to meticulously adjust the overall height of each leg, so that the tripod canopy is level. However, this tends to be an arduous, time-consuming process, especially if you’re working on uneven ground.</p><p>To make things quick, simple, and highly effective, the Wes features a built-in leveling base that is an absolute doddle to use. It has a single locking screw with a spring-loaded handle mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull out the handle and rotate it for your favored orientation. Another aid to leveling up is that the base features a bubble level, which can be rotated through a full 360 degrees for easy viewing from any angle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3897px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E" name="3LT_Wes 2492.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3897" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography. It’s also ideal for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the opposite of a soft underbelly, Wes has a pair of solid, robust weight hooks extending from the bottom of its magnesium alloy leveling base. They’re ideal for adding ballast to avoid the tripod swaying in the breeze if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4700px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E" name="3LT_Wes 2493.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4700" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bottom of the leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and they’re more tricked up than you might think. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Intent as ever to cram as many crafty design flourishes into a tripod as possible, 3 Legged Thing has doubled up the usefulness of the weight hooks. The hooks also form the T-section of an Allen key that mounts to the underside of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. A simple press of a button is all that’s required to release the Allen key, which you can then use for securing your camera to the head’s quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same-size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3037px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD" name="3LT_Wes 2494.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3037" height="1709" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An allen key secures to the QD mount in the bottom of the leveling plate, and the mount itself can play host to straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve written a full, standalone review of the revamped and updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head,</a> and as part of the complete kit, it’s an ideal match for the Wes tripod legs. It ensures wonderfully smooth tilt and pan operation and excellent all-around performance. The favorable feature set includes an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, and an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another bonus is that you can use that QD-mounted Allen key that I mentioned just now to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90-degree increments. The upshot is that the long QR plate can run from side to side instead of just from front to back. The sideways orientation can be more ideal if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like one of 3 Legged Thing’s camera-specific L-brackets or the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4993px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E" name="3LT_Wes 2490.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4993" height="2810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC fluid video head is available in gray and black with orange accents or in an all-black option to match the two colorways of the Wes tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going from top to bottom, or rather from head to foot, the legs are fitted with rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing on most surfaces. There’s also a variety of alternative footwear on offer from 3 Legged Thing as optional extras. These include Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3167px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD" name="3LT_Wes 2496.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3167" height="1782" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters, catering to both standard sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many and varied tripods on the market, in which you can unscrew one of the legs and use it as a monopod instead. It’s a good idea in that it saves carrying two separate bits of support kit. With the Wes, however, you can remove all three legs if you wish, which adds even greater versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE" name="3LT_Wes 2498.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A neat trick is that if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy of the Wes with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Wes into a tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE" name="3LT_Wes 2501.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Pictured here, the Wes has all of its legs unscrewed and replaced by optional Vanz footwear, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a handy multi-function tool supplied with the tripod kit, aptly named the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It has a keyring attachment and includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It comes in useful for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks, as well as for popping the tops off bottles when all that videography makes you work up a thirst.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3434px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E" name="3LT_Wes toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3434" height="1932" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a cunning little gadget, supplied as part of the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Attention to detail in both design and manufacture is carried over from the tripod itself to the high-quality padded soft case that it’s supplied in. The case features a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. There’s also a side pocket for additional storage complete with a zippered three-section organizer (the zippers have comfy pullers for easy opening and closing). There’s a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. The hook is ideal for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod after popping a few weighty objects inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE" name="3LT_Wes 2499.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Nicely designed and immaculately finished, the soft case features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Performance</span></h3><p>Travel tripods sometimes get a bad press, not least from me. Sure, I like that they tend to be lightweight to carry and fold down to unfeasibly small dimensions, but I feel that the lack of rigidity and meagre maximum operating height often makes them somewhat unfit for their intended purpose. I’m happy to report that while the maximum operating height of the 3 Legged Thing Wes kit isn’t exactly towering, it’s definitely tall enough for the vast majority of videography shooting scenarios, equating to 134.5cm / 53in complete with its fluid head. That’s actually pretty generous for a videocentric travel tripod that omits a center column.</p><p>Just as important, or maybe more so, is the fact that the Wes supplies firm, solid, and stable support even at its maximum operating height, with all of the leg sections fully extended. That’s no mean feat for a relatively lightweight tripod with 5-section legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3054px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.80%;"><img id="gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE" name="3LT_Wes 2541.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3054" height="5430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Wes isn’t going to win any prizes in ‘tallest tripod’ competitions but the maximum operating height should prove ample for most video shooting scenarios. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor that I’m happy to include under the ‘performance’ umbrella is that I like a tripod to enable ultra-low-level shooting without too much fuss and bother, or the need to invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down, which is a bit of a non-starter for videography anyway. With its head in place, the Wes can shoot down to nearly ground level for creative effect, with a minimum operating height of just 21cm / 8.3in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5899px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE" name="3LT_Wes 2537.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5899" height="3315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of just over eight inches, with the legs splayed to their widest angles, enables plenty of creative versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the multiple leg angles made it easy to work around obstacles like low walls and staircases, as well as catering to rough terrain. Another bonus is that the middle leg angle setting enables a firmer footing when shooting from fairly low operating heights, adding stability and making the tripod less at risk of being knocked over accidentally or falling foul of very windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5886px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE" name="3LT_Wes 2534.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5886" height="3309" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The intermediate leg angle works very well for fairly low-level shooting, adding greater stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m tall at 6ft 5in and found that the Wes was a little short for me in regular monopod mode, at least when using the viewfinder of a camera. Even so, I didn’t have to crouch very much, and like many of us, I’m much more likely to shoot video using the rear screen of a camera rather than putting my eye to the viewfinder. In this configuration, the monopod proved tall enough for me at its maximum height with the head fitted. And if you hanker after a taller monopod, you could connect two or even three legs, top to toe, after removing the feet from two or three of the legs, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE" name="3LT_Wes 2555.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5363" height="3017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height of the Wes in monopod mode with the head attached should prove adequate, even for tall videographers. And if it isn’t, you could connect two or even three of the legs together, screwing the top of one into the bottom of another with its foot removed. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing Wes ticks all of the boxes on my wish list for a video travel tripod. It folds down small and is very lightweight to carry, yet reaches a decent maximum operating height while being sturdy and resistant to flexing and vibrations. I’m generally wary of tripods with five-section legs because the bottom leg sections are often very thin and spindly, resulting in a drop in rigidity and stability when they’re extended. There was no hint of this when using the Wes, and I found it gave solid support throughout its entire operating range, from just above ground level to its maximum height.</p><p>The premium carbon fiber legs with their aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy are a great buy on their own. However, the recently updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> is such a great match for the legs that I feel the complete kit is the best option. As a complete travel tripod for videographers, it’s hard to beat.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>High-end features include a built-in leveling base, quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, plus monopod and tabletop tripod conversion, the latter as an optional extra.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Designed to be small and lightweight yet hugely versatile, the 3 Legged Thing Wes is cleverly designed, expertly engineered and impeccably turned out.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Travel tripods are often spindly affairs that don’t give solid support, but the Wes is impressively rigid and very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s certainly not cheap for a travel tripod but if you want something that really will go the distance and not let you down, both the legs on their own and the complete kit are star buys.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E" name="3LT_Wes 00 hero 2533.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5202" height="2230" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2744px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB" name="3 Legged Thing Ridley square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2744" height="2744" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ridley</strong></a> is a more full-sized sibling to the Wes, with 3-section legs and a taller 164cm / 64.6in maximum operating height (including the same fluid head). A similar feature set includes the same built-in leveling base, QD weight hook/tool, leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3" name="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you’re more into stills photography than videography, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</strong></a> is an excellent and similarly pro-grade carbon fiber travel tripod. Like the Wes, it features 5-section legs with twist-locks but instead of a leveling base, the Leo incorporates a 2-section extending center column.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The lightweight 3 Legged Thing Wes tripod kit folds down small for the journey but aims to give versatile, solid support for stills and video, incorporating a leveling base and revamped fluid head ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">6KGA8TB9ryYajKVNYwbkvK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 23 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It’s been about five years since I discovered 3 Legged Thing, a British company specializing in tripods and other supports. My first encounter was with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a>. I instantly fell for Winston, and it’s still my favorite full-sized tripod to this day. Even so, a lot has happened in the last five years, and 3 Legged Thing has branched out in all sorts of different directions, currently catering to photographers and videographers, as well as ramping up its endeavors for field sports and birding, plus shooting and target sports. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other items along the way, being highly impressed by pretty much all of them.</p><p>Bringing things up to date, there’s a dynamic duo of new 3 Legged Thing video tripods in town, going by the names of Ridley and Wes. They’re both similar in many ways and are named after master movie directors. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review">Ridley</a> (Scott) is the larger three-section tripod of the two, whereas Wes (Anderson) is the smaller sibling, with a travel-friendly, fold-down-small five-section leg design. Both carbon fiber tripods are available as sets of legs on their own, or as full kits with the same fluid head. They aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes that I’m reviewing here also eyes up a spot as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE" name="3LT_Wes 01 intro 2484.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Wes is available as a set of video travel tripod legs on their own or as a complete kit with a fluid head, the latter pictured here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54.8cm / 21.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>134.5cm / 53in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.1kg / 4.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>26cm / 1.02in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Price</span></h3><p>Quality seldom comes cheap, and sure enough, a set of the premium Wes travel tripod legs will set you back $399 / £379 (AU$ TBA). Go for the complete kit with the addition of a high-performance fluid head, and you can expect to pay $599 / £569. They’re both fairly substantial chunks of money, but the features, design and build quality make them well worth the outlay, especially as both options feature a built-in leveling base, smart padded soft case and handy little extras. All in all, they’re very competitively priced.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Wes"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Wes Anderson has proved himself as an ingenious, stylistic, and very versatile movie director over the last 30 years, so Wes is an inspirational and aspirational name for this new video travel tripod from 3 Legged Thing. Available in gray and black with orange accents or in all-black, the legs are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy. But when shooting a video narrative, I feel that legs are only half the tripod story, so I went for the full kit that adds a fluid head. More on the head later, but I’ll begin with the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE" name="3LT_Wes 2485.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The top section of each leg has a chunky 26cm / 1.02in diameter but with five sections in each leg, the bottom ones are necessarily narrow. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The small stowage size of the Wes tripod legs equates to just 44cm / 17.3in in length, or 54.8cm / 21.6in with the fluid head fitted. To my mind, that makes the kit small enough to take on pretty much every journey to any location, whether I’m pounding around local city streets or jetting off to the other side of the world. For the latter, the tripod is small enough to fit within the cabin baggage regulations of most airlines.</p><p>Fully extending all five sections of each leg reveals ever-decreasing circles, in terms of the relative diameters. Even so, the thinnest bottom sections have a perfectly respectable 14mm diameter. Not only is that significantly greater than in many travel tripods that I’ve seen and used, but it also enables a strong payload rating of 14kg / 30lb, even when the tripod is at full stretch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5074px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E" name="3LT_Wes 2487.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5074" height="2855" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stepping down from the fattest leg sections at the top to the slimmest at the bottom, they have diameters of 26mm, 23mm, 20mm, 17mm and 14mm respectively, so you basically drop just 3mm each time around. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are a couple of potential drawbacks to five-section legs that can outweigh the allure of compact stowage. First up, each joint is a possible point of weakness, where flexing and wobbling might be introduced. The second is that you end up with no less than 12 separate leg section locks to contend with when fully extending and contracting the tripod. That can equate to a lot of time and effort.</p><p>Thankfully, the twist-action section locks featured in the Wes only require minimal rotation to unlock and relock them. You can easily grab the full set of them for each leg when the sections are contracted, and tighten or loosen them with a single flick of the wrist. Ultimately, they’re surprisingly quick and easy to use, while maintaining super-solid locking that avoids any unwanted flexing or movement when the tripod is in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E" name="3LT_Wes 2488.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2060" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-locks work a treat and are very tactile, with grippy, textured rubber pads to add a feelgood factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks for the leg sections are a brilliant piece of design that’s thoroughly well executed, the same applies to the locks for the three alternative leg angles. The leg angles themselves measure 23, 55, and 80 degrees from the vertical, so there’s plenty of room for maneuver. Moreover, the simple yet highly effective spring-loaded, push-lever locks ensure maximum speed and ease when playing all the angles. Unlike many travel tripods, including the more stills-centric <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro">3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</a>, there’s no time wasted swinging the legs up around the center column for compact stowage, as the Wes has no center column anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E" name="3LT_Wes 2489.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3255" height="1832" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The push-lever locks for the multiple leg angles make any changes quick and effortless to carry out. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One place you generally don’t want any angles coming into play is in the platform on which the head is mounted. If you try to compensate by adjusting the level of the head itself, you’ll find that your horizons go wonky as soon as you start panning. One method is to meticulously adjust the overall height of each leg, so that the tripod canopy is level. However, this tends to be an arduous, time-consuming process, especially if you’re working on uneven ground.</p><p>To make things quick, simple, and highly effective, the Wes features a built-in leveling base that is an absolute doddle to use. It has a single locking screw with a spring-loaded handle mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull out the handle and rotate it for your favored orientation. Another aid to leveling up is that the base features a bubble level, which can be rotated through a full 360 degrees for easy viewing from any angle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3897px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E" name="3LT_Wes 2492.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3897" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography. It’s also ideal for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the opposite of a soft underbelly, Wes has a pair of solid, robust weight hooks extending from the bottom of its magnesium alloy leveling base. They’re ideal for adding ballast to avoid the tripod swaying in the breeze if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4700px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E" name="3LT_Wes 2493.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4700" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bottom of the leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and they’re more tricked up than you might think. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Intent as ever to cram as many crafty design flourishes into a tripod as possible, 3 Legged Thing has doubled up the usefulness of the weight hooks. The hooks also form the T-section of an Allen key that mounts to the underside of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. A simple press of a button is all that’s required to release the Allen key, which you can then use for securing your camera to the head’s quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same-size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3037px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD" name="3LT_Wes 2494.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3037" height="1709" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An allen key secures to the QD mount in the bottom of the leveling plate, and the mount itself can play host to straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve written a full, standalone review of the revamped and updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head,</a> and as part of the complete kit, it’s an ideal match for the Wes tripod legs. It ensures wonderfully smooth tilt and pan operation and excellent all-around performance. The favorable feature set includes an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, and an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another bonus is that you can use that QD-mounted Allen key that I mentioned just now to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90-degree increments. The upshot is that the long QR plate can run from side to side instead of just from front to back. The sideways orientation can be more ideal if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like one of 3 Legged Thing’s camera-specific L-brackets or the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4993px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E" name="3LT_Wes 2490.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4993" height="2810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC fluid video head is available in gray and black with orange accents or in an all-black option to match the two colorways of the Wes tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going from top to bottom, or rather from head to foot, the legs are fitted with rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing on most surfaces. There’s also a variety of alternative footwear on offer from 3 Legged Thing as optional extras. These include Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3167px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD" name="3LT_Wes 2496.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3167" height="1782" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters, catering to both standard sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many and varied tripods on the market, in which you can unscrew one of the legs and use it as a monopod instead. It’s a good idea in that it saves carrying two separate bits of support kit. With the Wes, however, you can remove all three legs if you wish, which adds even greater versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE" name="3LT_Wes 2498.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A neat trick is that if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy of the Wes with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Wes into a tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE" name="3LT_Wes 2501.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Pictured here, the Wes has all of its legs unscrewed and replaced by optional Vanz footwear, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a handy multi-function tool supplied with the tripod kit, aptly named the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It has a keyring attachment and includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It comes in useful for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks, as well as for popping the tops off bottles when all that videography makes you work up a thirst.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3434px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E" name="3LT_Wes toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3434" height="1932" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a cunning little gadget, supplied as part of the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Attention to detail in both design and manufacture is carried over from the tripod itself to the high-quality padded soft case that it’s supplied in. The case features a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. There’s also a side pocket for additional storage complete with a zippered three-section organizer (the zippers have comfy pullers for easy opening and closing). There’s a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. The hook is ideal for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod after popping a few weighty objects inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE" name="3LT_Wes 2499.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Nicely designed and immaculately finished, the soft case features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Performance</span></h3><p>Travel tripods sometimes get a bad press, not least from me. Sure, I like that they tend to be lightweight to carry and fold down to unfeasibly small dimensions, but I feel that the lack of rigidity and meagre maximum operating height often makes them somewhat unfit for their intended purpose. I’m happy to report that while the maximum operating height of the 3 Legged Thing Wes kit isn’t exactly towering, it’s definitely tall enough for the vast majority of videography shooting scenarios, equating to 134.5cm / 53in complete with its fluid head. That’s actually pretty generous for a videocentric travel tripod that omits a center column.</p><p>Just as important, or maybe more so, is the fact that the Wes supplies firm, solid, and stable support even at its maximum operating height, with all of the leg sections fully extended. That’s no mean feat for a relatively lightweight tripod with 5-section legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3054px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.80%;"><img id="gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE" name="3LT_Wes 2541.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3054" height="5430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Wes isn’t going to win any prizes in ‘tallest tripod’ competitions but the maximum operating height should prove ample for most video shooting scenarios. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor that I’m happy to include under the ‘performance’ umbrella is that I like a tripod to enable ultra-low-level shooting without too much fuss and bother, or the need to invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down, which is a bit of a non-starter for videography anyway. With its head in place, the Wes can shoot down to nearly ground level for creative effect, with a minimum operating height of just 21cm / 8.3in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5899px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE" name="3LT_Wes 2537.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5899" height="3315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of just over eight inches, with the legs splayed to their widest angles, enables plenty of creative versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the multiple leg angles made it easy to work around obstacles like low walls and staircases, as well as catering to rough terrain. Another bonus is that the middle leg angle setting enables a firmer footing when shooting from fairly low operating heights, adding stability and making the tripod less at risk of being knocked over accidentally or falling foul of very windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5886px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE" name="3LT_Wes 2534.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5886" height="3309" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The intermediate leg angle works very well for fairly low-level shooting, adding greater stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m tall at 6ft 5in and found that the Wes was a little short for me in regular monopod mode, at least when using the viewfinder of a camera. Even so, I didn’t have to crouch very much, and like many of us, I’m much more likely to shoot video using the rear screen of a camera rather than putting my eye to the viewfinder. In this configuration, the monopod proved tall enough for me at its maximum height with the head fitted. And if you hanker after a taller monopod, you could connect two or even three legs, top to toe, after removing the feet from two or three of the legs, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE" name="3LT_Wes 2555.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5363" height="3017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height of the Wes in monopod mode with the head attached should prove adequate, even for tall videographers. And if it isn’t, you could connect two or even three of the legs together, screwing the top of one into the bottom of another with its foot removed. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing Wes ticks all of the boxes on my wish list for a video travel tripod. It folds down small and is very lightweight to carry, yet reaches a decent maximum operating height while being sturdy and resistant to flexing and vibrations. I’m generally wary of tripods with five-section legs because the bottom leg sections are often very thin and spindly, resulting in a drop in rigidity and stability when they’re extended. There was no hint of this when using the Wes, and I found it gave solid support throughout its entire operating range, from just above ground level to its maximum height.</p><p>The premium carbon fiber legs with their aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy are a great buy on their own. However, the recently updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> is such a great match for the legs that I feel the complete kit is the best option. As a complete travel tripod for videographers, it’s hard to beat.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>High-end features include a built-in leveling base, quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, plus monopod and tabletop tripod conversion, the latter as an optional extra.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Designed to be small and lightweight yet hugely versatile, the 3 Legged Thing Wes is cleverly designed, expertly engineered and impeccably turned out.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Travel tripods are often spindly affairs that don’t give solid support, but the Wes is impressively rigid and very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s certainly not cheap for a travel tripod but if you want something that really will go the distance and not let you down, both the legs on their own and the complete kit are star buys.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E" name="3LT_Wes 00 hero 2533.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5202" height="2230" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2744px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB" name="3 Legged Thing Ridley square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2744" height="2744" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ridley</strong></a> is a more full-sized sibling to the Wes, with 3-section legs and a taller 164cm / 64.6in maximum operating height (including the same fluid head). A similar feature set includes the same built-in leveling base, QD weight hook/tool, leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3" name="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you’re more into stills photography than videography, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</strong></a> is an excellent and similarly pro-grade carbon fiber travel tripod. Like the Wes, it features 5-section legs with twist-locks but instead of a leveling base, the Leo incorporates a 2-section extending center column.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 review: a super-strong set of carbon fiber tripod legs for professional hybrid photography and more besides ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve been reviewing 3 Legged Thing gear for five years and counting, since first encountering the rather epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> from the Pro 2.0 range. Indeed, it’s been my go-to full-sized tripod ever since, and I’m no stranger to the company’s supersized video tripods either, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review">3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</a>. Over the ensuing years, I’ve also tested and reviewed a bunch of other 3 Legged Thing tripods great and small, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other paraphernalia. The company’s product catalog is nothing if not diverse, ranging from photography and videography kit, through field sports and birding, to shooting and target sports supports and accessories.</p><p>One constant is that I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Things’ design flair and the company’s ability to turn its clever design concepts into expertly engineered and beautifully finished products. The set of Ethan 4 tripod legs that I’m reviewing here is a mighty, super-strong set of carbon fiber legs that aims to stick with that tradition, billed as a professional hybrid photography and tactical tripod system for photo, video, shooting, and tactical pursuits. Let’s see if it lives up to its claims, not just as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but for a variety of other duties as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK" name="3LT_E4 01 intro 2442.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4354" height="2450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Ethan 4 plays a powerful ‘supporting role’ as a character in 3 Legged Thing’s large cast of tripods </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>61cm / 24in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>162cm / 64in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>14cm / 5.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>60kg / 132lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>32mm / 1.26in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Price</span></h3><p>A full-sized tripod with a mighty 60kg / 132lb payload rating and built from premium Japanese carbon fiber and aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, the Ethan 4 doesn’t come cheap. The legs list at $499 / £429 (AU$ TBA), and bear in mind that you’ll have to factor in a head and maybe a leveling base, if you don’t have them already, which will add to the cost. Even so, I think the legs are set at a very fair price, considering their specifications, so long as the build quality and performance stack up. That’s what I’m here to test.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Designed as a ‘tactical’ tripod for shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography, Ethan 4 takes its name from Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em>. As such, it’s ‘engineered for chaos, built for legends’, as 3 Legged Thing likes to say. It’s certainly very tough and endlessly adaptable. In the realm of shooting pictures, I’d say that pro-grade videography is its best fit.</p><p>Suitably hard as nails, Ethan 4 is made from premium 3K weave Japanese carbon fiber with an oversized outer leg section diameter of 32mm. Metal parts are constructed in aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, and fixings are made from corrosion-resistant stainless steel. For the style-conscious, the tripod is available in Darkness (black), Olive Drab Green, and Lava colorways; the last of these with orange accents.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK" name="3LT_E4 2443.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5577" height="3138" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3K weave carbon fiber leg sections look as good as they feel, with an oversized 32mm diameter top section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With four telescoping sections in each leg, a bonus of the chunky 32mm outer is that even the narrowest bottom sections have an impressive girth to them. The upshot is that the tripod has a super-sturdy payload rating of 60kg / 132lb. Naturally, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a camera and lens combination that weighs anywhere near that much, but the Ethan 4 can also support additional accessories, as I’ll come to later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK" name="3LT_E4 2446.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4933" height="2776" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even the bottom sections of the four-section legs have a satisfying girth to them, rather than being spindly, thin, and flimsy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an endless debate over whether twist-locks or flip-locks are better for tripod legs. Personally, I generally prefer twist-locks, especially if they’re the kind featured in this tripod, labelled as ‘Oversized Helical Strake’ leg locks. As such, they’re quick and easy to use with minimal rotation required to loosen or lock each section. As with other elements of the tripod, they have a top-quality look and feel, and are fitted with grippy rubber pads. They’re also designed for quick and easy strip-down and reassembly if and when they need cleaning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K" name="3LT_E4 2447.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3568" height="2008" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quick and easy to use, and equally so to disassemble and reassemble if they need cleaning, the twist locks incorporate 3 Legged Thing’s usual ‘chicken lips’ or nylon shims. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks are pretty standard fare, the three-position leg-angle locks have a new patented trigger-pull design. The idea is that you can pull out the mechanism in the more time-honored fashion, or simply squeeze a trigger-action release with your finger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4278px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK" name="3LT_E4 2448.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4278" height="2407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can be locked at three alternative angles, namely 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical, using the handy new trigger-action mechanism. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the outset, the Ethan 4 is sold as a set of legs, rather than as a complete kit. Especially for videography, to which the tripod legs are ideally suited, you’re best off adding either of 3 Legged Thing’s LevelHed Leveling Base or 75mm Half Bowl, as well as a fluid head. The tripod is supplied with a flat plate for the former, and there’s an optional 75mm bowl mount that you can swap to if you buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK" name="3LT_E4 2450.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod is supplied complete with a flat mounting plate, shown here, but you can swap it out to an optional 75mm bowl mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you can attach your camera or whatever else you’re shooting with to the flat plate itself, without using a leveling aid or tripod head. With that in mind, the plate features a dual 1/4in mount with a 3/8in adapter sleeve, catering to both industry-standard threaded sockets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK" name="3LT_E4 2451.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flat plate includes a dual 1/4in threaded mounting screw with a 3/8in sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping moving parts to a minimum, the bubble level is fixed on the side of the chassis, rather than having a rotating base. Being positioned off to the side, it’s easy to keep an eye on and is large enough to see clearly when leveling the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3860px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK" name="3LT_E4 2452.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3860" height="2172" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is large, easy to see and therefore easy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Ethan 4 can support more than just its primary load. A threaded socket on the side of the chassis enables the attachment of a magic arm, LED lamp, microphone mount, monitor screen or just about anything else you might want to add on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK" name="3LT_E4 2454.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The threaded accessory mount on the side of the chassis has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and comes with a 14/in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going one better than the standard threaded accessory mount, the tripod chassis also includes a QD (Quick-Detach) socket. Compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and all sorts of other gadgets that use this kind of mount, it enables ultra-quick-and-easy mounting and detachment with a simple pushbutton mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK" name="3LT_E4 2455.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chassis has an integrated QD socket that’s compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and other like-minded accessories. The connectors also happen to be used by NASA among others, for securing cargo on space rockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ballast hook is featured under the flat mounting plate and also serves as the grab handle for tightening or loosening the main dual 1/4in and 3/8in threaded mounting screw with sleeve. Using the ballast hook enables you to hang a weight off the tripod, again taking advantage of its hefty payload rating and adding stability if you’re shooting in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK" name="3LT_E4 2456.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is easy to get at, positioned directly under the flat plate and also serves as the finger/thumb grip for the main mounting screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to tripod heads, you can naturally fit pretty much anything that takes your fancy. One that works particularly well for videography with the Ethan 4 is the revamped and revitalized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve reviewed separately and very favorably in the past. The head has a list price of $249 / £229 and is available in black or grey colorways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK" name="3LT_E4 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The redesigned AirHed Cine CC is a compact but fully functional and a great performer. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with chunky rubber feet, which give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. They’re not the only choice, however, as alternative footwear is available as optional extras from 3 Legged Thing. Choices include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips), and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4035px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK" name="3LT_E4 2460.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4035" height="2271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. Accepting all sorts, the threaded foot sockets have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In keeping with the multi-talented nature of Ethan 4, you can remove one, two, or all three of the legs. Each of the legs can work independently for monopod duty, and leaving two of the legs attached to the chassis enables use as a bipod. Removing all three legs might sound counterproductive, but I’ll come back to that in a moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK" name="3LT_E4 2457.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5546" height="3122" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now, these dual metal spikes with rubber pads can serve up a neat trick. If you unscrew all three legs from the chassis and then screw the Vanz into the empty sockets that are revealed, you can effectively transform the Ethan 4 into a tabletop tripod, stretching its versatility even further.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5441px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK" name="3LT_E4 2503.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5441" height="3062" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s what the Ethan 4 looks like with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, serving as a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with a 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a neat multi-function tool, with a keyring. It acts as two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink when the going gets thirsty.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3230px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK" name="3LT_E4 toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3230" height="1818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz2 carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It annoys me when some of the most famous tripod manufacturers sell very expensive tripods and don’t bother to bundle a carrying bag of any sort. The situation here is quite the reverse. The Ethan 4 comes with a very high-quality padded soft case and, typical of 3 Legged Thing, it’s not short of crafty design flourishes. There’s an internal mesh pocket and two securing straps, both with Velcro fasteners. You also get a side pocket with additional room and a zippered three-section organizer. The zippers themselves have comfy pullers for easy operation. There’s also a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to the ballast hook on the tripod, after popping a weighty object or two inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK" name="3LT_E4 2458.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded soft case follows suit with the tripod itself, being of very high quality and having lots of neat little extras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Performance</span></h3><p>Let’s cut to the chase. Performance of the Ethan 4 is exemplary in every respect. It gives rock-solid support for even the heaviest of cameras and accessories, right up to and including its maximum operating height of 162cm / 64in (without head). The legs and rubber feet combine to give excellent resistance against unwanted flexing and vibrations, even when the leg sections are fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2988px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK" name="3LT_E4 2523.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2988" height="5312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod remains very solid and resistant to flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most video-friendly tripods, there’s no center column, but an upside of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without the center column getting in the way. Again, without an attached head, the minimum operating height is a mere 14cm / 5.5in. The 4-section legs also enable a fairly compact carrying length of 61cm / 24in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK" name="3LT_E4 2521.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4955" height="2787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The largest locking leg angle from the vertical enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the maximum payload rating is a huge 60kg / 132lb, the tripod itself is easy on the back for carrying around, weighing in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb. It’s also very easy to live with from an operational perspective. The twist locks work with simple efficiency, requiring minimal rotation to lock and unlock the leg sections. The trigger-action leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. As well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting and working on uneven terrain or around obstacles, the multi-angle legs add stability at their intermediate setting when shooting at low to middling heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4892px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK" name="3LT_E4 2519.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4892" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For low to middling shooting heights, the interim leg angle adds stability and makes the tripod less prone to toppling over if knocked or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just a tripod, the Ethan 4 works equally well in bipod mode or with any of the three legs removed for monopod duty. You can attach a camera or anything else to the mounting screw in the flat base, but the addition of a head makes monopod shooting more refined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5816px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK" name="3LT_E4 2531.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5816" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As pictured here, I’ve removed one of the legs and transferred the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head to the top of it for monopod duty. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Verdict</span></h3><p>Ethan Hunt is a very ingenious, versatile, and action-packed (if fictitious) character, giving his namesake tripod, the Ethan 4, a lot to live up to. True to the role, however, this 3 Legged Thing tripod can take on a barrage of different scenarios and win out against seemingly impossible odds, delivering a sure-fire success rate.</p><p>I love that the Ethan 4 tripod is so rock-solid and utterly dependable, and so resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. The twist-locks for the leg sections work impeccably, and the new trigger-action leg angle locks are a pleasure to use. Ultimately, this tripod offers wide-ranging versatility while also being entirely intuitive and simple to use, so you can concentrate on your creative flow rather than wrestling with a finicky tripod.</p><p>The fact that it also works flawlessly as a bipod or monopod reinforces its credentials as a ‘tactical’ tripod for photography, videography, shooting, and target sports. Just add a head, and you’re good to go.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top features include quick-action twist-locks and trigger-action leg angle locks, a flat plate mount that can be swapped out for an optional half bowl mount, and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design of the tripod is full of clever tricks and flourishes that make the Ethan 4 immensely versatile yet quick-and-easy to use. The build quality is top-notch as well.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Super-solid and dependable from ground level right up to and including its maximum operating height, the Ethan 4 is a top performer. It’s also very quick to set up and take down again.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s undeniably expensive for a set of tripod legs, with no leveling base or head, but the features, design, build quality and performance make it excellent value for money nonetheless.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5926px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK" name="3LT_E4 00 hero 2516.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5926" height="2540" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2771px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn" name="3 Legged Thing Tommy square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2771" height="2771" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</strong></a> is one of the company’s biggest and strongest video tripods, with three-section legs and an interchangeable flat plate and 75mm bowl mount. It’s also one of the company’s most expensive sets of tripod legs (much pricier than the Ethan 4) and again comes without a bundled head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</strong></a> is another very robust tripod, this time more ideal for stills rather than video capture. The full kit comes with the latest edition of the company’s top-flight ball head, but you can also buy just the legs (or the head) on their own.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The hugely strong and versatile 3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 bills itself as a pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion. Sounds like a mission improbable… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">EjXoQi3XS3BdE37U2yzbSS</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve been reviewing 3 Legged Thing gear for five years and counting, since first encountering the rather epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> from the Pro 2.0 range. Indeed, it’s been my go-to full-sized tripod ever since, and I’m no stranger to the company’s supersized video tripods either, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review">3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</a>. Over the ensuing years, I’ve also tested and reviewed a bunch of other 3 Legged Thing tripods great and small, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other paraphernalia. The company’s product catalog is nothing if not diverse, ranging from photography and videography kit, through field sports and birding, to shooting and target sports supports and accessories.</p><p>One constant is that I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Things’ design flair and the company’s ability to turn its clever design concepts into expertly engineered and beautifully finished products. The set of Ethan 4 tripod legs that I’m reviewing here is a mighty, super-strong set of carbon fiber legs that aims to stick with that tradition, billed as a professional hybrid photography and tactical tripod system for photo, video, shooting, and tactical pursuits. Let’s see if it lives up to its claims, not just as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but for a variety of other duties as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK" name="3LT_E4 01 intro 2442.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4354" height="2450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Ethan 4 plays a powerful ‘supporting role’ as a character in 3 Legged Thing’s large cast of tripods </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>61cm / 24in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>162cm / 64in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>14cm / 5.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>60kg / 132lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>32mm / 1.26in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Price</span></h3><p>A full-sized tripod with a mighty 60kg / 132lb payload rating and built from premium Japanese carbon fiber and aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, the Ethan 4 doesn’t come cheap. The legs list at $499 / £429 (AU$ TBA), and bear in mind that you’ll have to factor in a head and maybe a leveling base, if you don’t have them already, which will add to the cost. Even so, I think the legs are set at a very fair price, considering their specifications, so long as the build quality and performance stack up. That’s what I’m here to test.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Designed as a ‘tactical’ tripod for shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography, Ethan 4 takes its name from Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em>. As such, it’s ‘engineered for chaos, built for legends’, as 3 Legged Thing likes to say. It’s certainly very tough and endlessly adaptable. In the realm of shooting pictures, I’d say that pro-grade videography is its best fit.</p><p>Suitably hard as nails, Ethan 4 is made from premium 3K weave Japanese carbon fiber with an oversized outer leg section diameter of 32mm. Metal parts are constructed in aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, and fixings are made from corrosion-resistant stainless steel. For the style-conscious, the tripod is available in Darkness (black), Olive Drab Green, and Lava colorways; the last of these with orange accents.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK" name="3LT_E4 2443.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5577" height="3138" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3K weave carbon fiber leg sections look as good as they feel, with an oversized 32mm diameter top section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With four telescoping sections in each leg, a bonus of the chunky 32mm outer is that even the narrowest bottom sections have an impressive girth to them. The upshot is that the tripod has a super-sturdy payload rating of 60kg / 132lb. Naturally, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a camera and lens combination that weighs anywhere near that much, but the Ethan 4 can also support additional accessories, as I’ll come to later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK" name="3LT_E4 2446.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4933" height="2776" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even the bottom sections of the four-section legs have a satisfying girth to them, rather than being spindly, thin, and flimsy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an endless debate over whether twist-locks or flip-locks are better for tripod legs. Personally, I generally prefer twist-locks, especially if they’re the kind featured in this tripod, labelled as ‘Oversized Helical Strake’ leg locks. As such, they’re quick and easy to use with minimal rotation required to loosen or lock each section. As with other elements of the tripod, they have a top-quality look and feel, and are fitted with grippy rubber pads. They’re also designed for quick and easy strip-down and reassembly if and when they need cleaning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K" name="3LT_E4 2447.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3568" height="2008" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quick and easy to use, and equally so to disassemble and reassemble if they need cleaning, the twist locks incorporate 3 Legged Thing’s usual ‘chicken lips’ or nylon shims. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks are pretty standard fare, the three-position leg-angle locks have a new patented trigger-pull design. The idea is that you can pull out the mechanism in the more time-honored fashion, or simply squeeze a trigger-action release with your finger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4278px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK" name="3LT_E4 2448.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4278" height="2407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can be locked at three alternative angles, namely 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical, using the handy new trigger-action mechanism. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the outset, the Ethan 4 is sold as a set of legs, rather than as a complete kit. Especially for videography, to which the tripod legs are ideally suited, you’re best off adding either of 3 Legged Thing’s LevelHed Leveling Base or 75mm Half Bowl, as well as a fluid head. The tripod is supplied with a flat plate for the former, and there’s an optional 75mm bowl mount that you can swap to if you buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK" name="3LT_E4 2450.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod is supplied complete with a flat mounting plate, shown here, but you can swap it out to an optional 75mm bowl mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you can attach your camera or whatever else you’re shooting with to the flat plate itself, without using a leveling aid or tripod head. With that in mind, the plate features a dual 1/4in mount with a 3/8in adapter sleeve, catering to both industry-standard threaded sockets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK" name="3LT_E4 2451.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flat plate includes a dual 1/4in threaded mounting screw with a 3/8in sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping moving parts to a minimum, the bubble level is fixed on the side of the chassis, rather than having a rotating base. Being positioned off to the side, it’s easy to keep an eye on and is large enough to see clearly when leveling the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3860px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK" name="3LT_E4 2452.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3860" height="2172" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is large, easy to see and therefore easy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Ethan 4 can support more than just its primary load. A threaded socket on the side of the chassis enables the attachment of a magic arm, LED lamp, microphone mount, monitor screen or just about anything else you might want to add on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK" name="3LT_E4 2454.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The threaded accessory mount on the side of the chassis has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and comes with a 14/in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going one better than the standard threaded accessory mount, the tripod chassis also includes a QD (Quick-Detach) socket. Compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and all sorts of other gadgets that use this kind of mount, it enables ultra-quick-and-easy mounting and detachment with a simple pushbutton mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK" name="3LT_E4 2455.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chassis has an integrated QD socket that’s compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and other like-minded accessories. The connectors also happen to be used by NASA among others, for securing cargo on space rockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ballast hook is featured under the flat mounting plate and also serves as the grab handle for tightening or loosening the main dual 1/4in and 3/8in threaded mounting screw with sleeve. Using the ballast hook enables you to hang a weight off the tripod, again taking advantage of its hefty payload rating and adding stability if you’re shooting in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK" name="3LT_E4 2456.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is easy to get at, positioned directly under the flat plate and also serves as the finger/thumb grip for the main mounting screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to tripod heads, you can naturally fit pretty much anything that takes your fancy. One that works particularly well for videography with the Ethan 4 is the revamped and revitalized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve reviewed separately and very favorably in the past. The head has a list price of $249 / £229 and is available in black or grey colorways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK" name="3LT_E4 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The redesigned AirHed Cine CC is a compact but fully functional and a great performer. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with chunky rubber feet, which give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. They’re not the only choice, however, as alternative footwear is available as optional extras from 3 Legged Thing. Choices include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips), and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4035px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK" name="3LT_E4 2460.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4035" height="2271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. Accepting all sorts, the threaded foot sockets have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In keeping with the multi-talented nature of Ethan 4, you can remove one, two, or all three of the legs. Each of the legs can work independently for monopod duty, and leaving two of the legs attached to the chassis enables use as a bipod. Removing all three legs might sound counterproductive, but I’ll come back to that in a moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK" name="3LT_E4 2457.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5546" height="3122" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now, these dual metal spikes with rubber pads can serve up a neat trick. If you unscrew all three legs from the chassis and then screw the Vanz into the empty sockets that are revealed, you can effectively transform the Ethan 4 into a tabletop tripod, stretching its versatility even further.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5441px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK" name="3LT_E4 2503.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5441" height="3062" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s what the Ethan 4 looks like with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, serving as a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with a 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a neat multi-function tool, with a keyring. It acts as two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink when the going gets thirsty.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3230px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK" name="3LT_E4 toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3230" height="1818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz2 carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It annoys me when some of the most famous tripod manufacturers sell very expensive tripods and don’t bother to bundle a carrying bag of any sort. The situation here is quite the reverse. The Ethan 4 comes with a very high-quality padded soft case and, typical of 3 Legged Thing, it’s not short of crafty design flourishes. There’s an internal mesh pocket and two securing straps, both with Velcro fasteners. You also get a side pocket with additional room and a zippered three-section organizer. The zippers themselves have comfy pullers for easy operation. There’s also a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to the ballast hook on the tripod, after popping a weighty object or two inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK" name="3LT_E4 2458.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded soft case follows suit with the tripod itself, being of very high quality and having lots of neat little extras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Performance</span></h3><p>Let’s cut to the chase. Performance of the Ethan 4 is exemplary in every respect. It gives rock-solid support for even the heaviest of cameras and accessories, right up to and including its maximum operating height of 162cm / 64in (without head). The legs and rubber feet combine to give excellent resistance against unwanted flexing and vibrations, even when the leg sections are fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2988px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK" name="3LT_E4 2523.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2988" height="5312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod remains very solid and resistant to flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most video-friendly tripods, there’s no center column, but an upside of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without the center column getting in the way. Again, without an attached head, the minimum operating height is a mere 14cm / 5.5in. The 4-section legs also enable a fairly compact carrying length of 61cm / 24in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK" name="3LT_E4 2521.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4955" height="2787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The largest locking leg angle from the vertical enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the maximum payload rating is a huge 60kg / 132lb, the tripod itself is easy on the back for carrying around, weighing in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb. It’s also very easy to live with from an operational perspective. The twist locks work with simple efficiency, requiring minimal rotation to lock and unlock the leg sections. The trigger-action leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. As well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting and working on uneven terrain or around obstacles, the multi-angle legs add stability at their intermediate setting when shooting at low to middling heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4892px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK" name="3LT_E4 2519.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4892" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For low to middling shooting heights, the interim leg angle adds stability and makes the tripod less prone to toppling over if knocked or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just a tripod, the Ethan 4 works equally well in bipod mode or with any of the three legs removed for monopod duty. You can attach a camera or anything else to the mounting screw in the flat base, but the addition of a head makes monopod shooting more refined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5816px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK" name="3LT_E4 2531.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5816" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As pictured here, I’ve removed one of the legs and transferred the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head to the top of it for monopod duty. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Verdict</span></h3><p>Ethan Hunt is a very ingenious, versatile, and action-packed (if fictitious) character, giving his namesake tripod, the Ethan 4, a lot to live up to. True to the role, however, this 3 Legged Thing tripod can take on a barrage of different scenarios and win out against seemingly impossible odds, delivering a sure-fire success rate.</p><p>I love that the Ethan 4 tripod is so rock-solid and utterly dependable, and so resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. The twist-locks for the leg sections work impeccably, and the new trigger-action leg angle locks are a pleasure to use. Ultimately, this tripod offers wide-ranging versatility while also being entirely intuitive and simple to use, so you can concentrate on your creative flow rather than wrestling with a finicky tripod.</p><p>The fact that it also works flawlessly as a bipod or monopod reinforces its credentials as a ‘tactical’ tripod for photography, videography, shooting, and target sports. Just add a head, and you’re good to go.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top features include quick-action twist-locks and trigger-action leg angle locks, a flat plate mount that can be swapped out for an optional half bowl mount, and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design of the tripod is full of clever tricks and flourishes that make the Ethan 4 immensely versatile yet quick-and-easy to use. The build quality is top-notch as well.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Super-solid and dependable from ground level right up to and including its maximum operating height, the Ethan 4 is a top performer. It’s also very quick to set up and take down again.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s undeniably expensive for a set of tripod legs, with no leveling base or head, but the features, design, build quality and performance make it excellent value for money nonetheless.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5926px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK" name="3LT_E4 00 hero 2516.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5926" height="2540" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2771px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn" name="3 Legged Thing Tommy square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2771" height="2771" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</strong></a> is one of the company’s biggest and strongest video tripods, with three-section legs and an interchangeable flat plate and 75mm bowl mount. It’s also one of the company’s most expensive sets of tripod legs (much pricier than the Ethan 4) and again comes without a bundled head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</strong></a> is another very robust tripod, this time more ideal for stills rather than video capture. The full kit comes with the latest edition of the company’s top-flight ball head, but you can also buy just the legs (or the head) on their own.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit review: the real deal, this pro-grade carbon fiber kit for hybrid photographers comes complete with a leveling base and fluid head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>3 Legged Thing is a British company that’s earned a really solid reputation over the years, mostly for making really solid tripods and other supports. The current catalog caters to photography and videography, field sports and birding, and shooting and target sports, covering a very wide remit. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps and other bits and pieces over the years, generally being so impressed that I’ve bought a few myself, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> that I first encountered five years ago remains my personal full-sized tripod of choice.</p><p>The Ridley I’m reviewing here is from a dynamic duo of new videocentric tripods that take their names from movie directors; this one is named after Ridley Scott, while the smaller sidekick <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-review">Wes</a> is named after Wes Anderson. There’s also a simultaneously launched set of hybrid photography and tactical tripod legs by the name of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review">Ethan 4</a>, after <em>Mission: Impossible</em>’s Ethan Hunt. The Ridley and Wes are both carbon fiber tripods that are available as legs-only or as full kits with a fluid head. Ridley is the larger of the two, with 3-section legs, whereas the Wes is a more travel-friendly option with 5-section legs. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes is also a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers on the move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn" name="3LT_Rid 01 intro 2464.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Ridley is a superb set of legs, made all the smarter by the clever head that’s included in the complete kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>79cm / 31.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>24.5cm / 9.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>29mm / 1.14in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. The complete Ridley kit with fluid video head costs $649 / £619 (AU$ TBA). If you’d rather bring your own head or have one already, you can buy just the Ridley legs with built-in leveling base and padded soft case for $449 / £429. Neither is a cheap option, but I feel that the prices represent great value considering the features, design, and build quality. Ultimately, of course, it all comes down to performance, which I’ll get to later.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ridley"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The sci-fi sensations <em>Alien</em> and <em>Blade Runner</em> absolutely blew me away when they first came out, and have definitely stood the test of time, so the 3 Legged Thing Ridley has a lot to live up to, being named after the movies’ director, Ridley Scott. The tripod is available in gray and black, or all black, the latter looking suitably dark and menacing – that’s the one that I went for. I also went for the complete kit that includes not only the set of legs made from premium Japanese carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy, but also the fittingly epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve recently reviewed as a revamped video head in its own right. But let’s kick off with the legs, which seems only logical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm" name="3LT_Rid 2465.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3342" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three-section legs have a chunky maximum tube diameter of 29mm and are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a lot to be said for tripods with four or even five sections in each leg, at least in terms of compactness for stowage. I personally don’t mind tripods being a bit longer when carrying them around, and generally prefer three-section legs for ease and speed of setup, with fewer section clamps to contend with. Another bonus is that the bottom section of each leg tends to have a wider diameter and is thus sturdier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn" name="3LT_Rid 2467.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4440" height="2499" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With three sections in each leg rather than four or five, the bottom section remains of an impressive girth. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor in the speed and ease of setup and takedown is the efficiency of the section clamps. Some like twist-locks; others prefer flip-locks. I’m in the twist camp, so long as they release smoothly and lock firmly with minimal rotation. That’s certainly the case here, and adjusting the leg sections is a very speedy, smooth, and simple operation. I also like the grippy rubber pads on each twist-lock, making them feel nice to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3266px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n" name="3LT_Rid 2468.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3266" height="1838" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality twist-locks only require minimal rotation to loosen them and then re-lock them for solid support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential pitfall is that leg angle locks often seem to be more fiddly than they need to be. Again, the Ridley wins out with simple, spring-loaded catches that have a push-to-release action. Like the twist-locks, they have non-slip textured rubber pads for an extra feel-good factor. Three lockable leg angles are available: 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical. The upshot is that it’s easy to adapt to tricky terrain or work around obstacles when you’re setting up the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm" name="3LT_Rid 2469.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2481" height="1396" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following suit, the spring-loaded leg angle locks are every bit as intuitive and easy to use as the twist-locks for the extending leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key element of setting up a video tripod is that you level the platform on which the head sits, rather than making leveling adjustments via the head itself. The latter will result in your horizon going on the slant as soon as you start panning. To ensure accuracy with fast and simple setup, the tripod features a built-in leveling base. A single lock/release screw has a handle that’s mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull it out and reposition it for your preferred fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn" name="3LT_Rid 2472.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The built-in leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography, as well as for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance leveling up, the adjustable base comes complete with a bubble level that’s large enough for a clear view. It’s also mounted on a rotating platform, so you can swing it around to whatever angle works best for you, through an entire 360 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn" name="3LT_Rid 2471.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3481" height="1958" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level can be rotated through an entire circle, making it easy to see from any angle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the leveling base has two weight hooks. These are ideal for adding ballast to steady the tripod if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions. Adding some ballast to the soft case that’s supplied with the tripod is a handy option, but more on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn" name="3LT_Rid 2473.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the integral leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and there’s more to them than initially meets the eye. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A clever design flourish is that the weight hooks aren’t just weight hooks. They also form the T-section grip of an Allen key that mounts to the bottom of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. As such, you can push the QD button and simply pull out the Allen key to secure your camera to the head’s Arca-Swiss-compatible quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2714px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm" name="3LT_Rid 2474.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2714" height="1528" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A useful allen key fits into the bottom of the leveling plate via a QD mechanism, which you can also use for attaching straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I won’t talk too much about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> that’s part of the complete kit, as I’ve already created a full, standalone review of it. Suffice it to say that it’s an ideal match for the Ridley, offering wonderfully smooth tilt and pan with excellent all-round performance. The head features an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, plus an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another nice touch is that you can use the QD Allen key that I just mentioned to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables the long QR plate to run from side to side instead of from front to back. It can be a more ideal orientation if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>, or one of the camera-specific options in the line-up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn" name="3LT_Rid 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC is a top-class fluid video head in its own right, and a worthy inclusion in the complete Ridley kit. Like the tripod legs, it’s available in gray and black with orange accents, or as an all-black option. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dropping down from head to toe, the legs feature removable feet. The supplied feet are chunky rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. However, they’re certainly not the only choice. As alternative footwear, 3 Legged Thing offers a range of optional extras. These include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn" name="3LT_Rid 2476.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters to keep all the options open. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen tripods in which one leg can be unscrewed and used on its own as a monopod, either with or without attaching it to the center column. Typical of video tripods, the Ridley doesn’t actually have a center column, but you can use any leg as a monopod, unscrewing it from the canopy and attaching the head directly to it. Moreover, you can unscrew all three legs from the canopy if you wish, but why would you want to? Let’s see…</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn" name="3LT_Rid 2477.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrewing a single leg gives the option of using the tripod as a bipod, or the removed leg as a monopod. However, if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Ridley into a tabletop tripod and adding yet more versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5317px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn" name="3LT_Rid 2502.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5317" height="2993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the Ridley with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A nice little extra included with the tripod is the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a smart multi-function tool, with a keyring attachment. It includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink during thirsty work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2957px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn" name="3LT_Rid toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2957" height="1664" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>3 Legged Thing generally goes the extra mile, and that’s certainly the case (so to speak) with the Ridley. It comes complete with a high-quality padded soft case that packs plenty of design flourishes, as well as the tripod kit itself. There’s a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. A separate zippered side pocket gives additional storage complete with an internal zippered three-section organizer. There’s a detachable and adjustable shoulder strap as well as a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod, after popping a suitably weighty object inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn" name="3LT_Rid 2480.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dark blue padded soft case is immaculately finished and features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Performance</span></h3><p>The sheer quality of the 3 Legged Thing Ridley is so impressive that I’m happy to just sit and look at it, or play with its cleverly designed features. But naturally, the kit’s performance as a tripod is what really counts. There’s good news all around, as it gives really solid support for even heavyweight cameras, boasting a payload rating of 14kg / 30lb. The tripod retains excellent resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up to its maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in (including head). That’s pretty lofty for a three-section tripod, considering that there’s no center column, as is the case for most video tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.83%;"><img id="Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn" name="3LT_Rid 2512.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2900" height="5157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Resistance to flexing and vibrations is very impressive, even at the tripod’s maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the built-in leveling base precludes the addition of a center column, a bonus of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without a center column getting in the way. With the fluid head in the mix, the minimum operating height gives you the literal lowdown at just 24.5cm / 9.6in. And despite having 3-section legs, the folded length of the complete kit for stowage is reasonably compact at 79cm / 31.1in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5706px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un" name="3LT_Rid 2510.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5706" height="3207" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Legs akimbo at their maximum 80-degree angles, the Ridley delivers ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The complete kit (including fluid head) weighs in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb, so Ridley is easy to take along for the journey. From a performance standpoint, it’s also very quick and easy to use. The twist locks only require minimal rotation for locking and unlocking the leg sections, and the leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. The multiple leg angles also make it easy to work around obstacles or on very uneven terrain, as well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5241px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn" name="3LT_Rid 2508.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5241" height="2946" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For fairly low rather than ultra-low shooting heights, the intermediate leg angle gives greater stability and lessens the risk of the tripod toppling over if it’s knocked or if you’re shooting in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Remove a leg, and Ridley works well as a monopod with the head attached. I’m 6ft 5in tall and didn’t think that a 3-section leg would extend to a sufficient height for my personal monopod use, without a center column to add into the mix. However, full extension in monopod mode worked out just fine for me. If you’re a complete giant, you could always remove two legs and one of the feet, then screw the top of one leg into the bottom of the other to double the available height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6016px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn" name="3LT_Rid 2514.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6016" height="3381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even without a center column to stretch things out, the use of a single leg and the head delivers a sufficiently high monopod measurement even for tall shooters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Verdict</span></h3><p>I just love the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod. It’s a first-class, fully pro-grade set of legs that’s easy to live with and genuinely fun to use. The built-in leveling base works a treat for videography and for shooting sequences of stills for stitching into panoramas. The twist-clamps for the extending leg sections and the pushbutton leg angle locks couldn’t be any quicker or easier to use, and everything’s cleverly designed, expertly engineered and immaculately finished.</p><p>So yes, the Ridley is a great set of legs, but I’d definitely go for the complete kit that includes the similarly fabulous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>. Not only is the head a perfect match in terms of design, features, and performance, it’s also available in the same choice of colorways, satisfying my sense of style (if I actually had one). Sure, neither the legs on their own nor the complete kit come cheap, but they’re both worth every cent of their asking prices and more besides, if you’re in the market for some pro-grade support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Winning features include quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, a built-in leveling base and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod, plus a great fluid head if you get the full kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>3 Legged Thing excels in clever designs and the Ridley tripod is packed full of clever tricks and design flourishes, making it dependable and versatile yet quick and easy to use. Build quality is also superb.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There’s excellent rigidity and resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up from ground-level shooting to the maximum operating height. Speed and ease of setup add to the impressive performance and the Ridley works well as monopod too.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Sure, you can buy a fairly decent set of tripod legs or a complete video tripod kit for less money, but the Ridley is still very good value when you take everything into account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5276px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn" name="3LT_Rid 00 hero 2505.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5276" height="2261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB" name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4</strong></a> is a properly macho, pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion, catering to shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography. Named after Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em> fame, no escapade is too daring for this super-strong set of legs (head sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB" name="3 Legged Thing Wes square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Wes</strong></a> is very much like a ‘travel tripod’ version of the Ridley, with many of the same features, including a built-in leveling base, the same style of leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, and the same ‘kit’ option fluid head. However, its five-section carbon fiber design enables more compact stowage, with a folded length of just 54.8cm / 21.6in (including head) compared with the Ridley’s 79cm / 31.1in.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Strong and sturdy, the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit makes it easy to level up and go steady, ideal for videographers and content creators ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Rwm7ckb7YroyRdRp6gRyeD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>3 Legged Thing is a British company that’s earned a really solid reputation over the years, mostly for making really solid tripods and other supports. The current catalog caters to photography and videography, field sports and birding, and shooting and target sports, covering a very wide remit. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps and other bits and pieces over the years, generally being so impressed that I’ve bought a few myself, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> that I first encountered five years ago remains my personal full-sized tripod of choice.</p><p>The Ridley I’m reviewing here is from a dynamic duo of new videocentric tripods that take their names from movie directors; this one is named after Ridley Scott, while the smaller sidekick <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-review">Wes</a> is named after Wes Anderson. There’s also a simultaneously launched set of hybrid photography and tactical tripod legs by the name of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review">Ethan 4</a>, after <em>Mission: Impossible</em>’s Ethan Hunt. The Ridley and Wes are both carbon fiber tripods that are available as legs-only or as full kits with a fluid head. Ridley is the larger of the two, with 3-section legs, whereas the Wes is a more travel-friendly option with 5-section legs. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes is also a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers on the move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn" name="3LT_Rid 01 intro 2464.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Ridley is a superb set of legs, made all the smarter by the clever head that’s included in the complete kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>79cm / 31.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>24.5cm / 9.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>29mm / 1.14in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. The complete Ridley kit with fluid video head costs $649 / £619 (AU$ TBA). If you’d rather bring your own head or have one already, you can buy just the Ridley legs with built-in leveling base and padded soft case for $449 / £429. Neither is a cheap option, but I feel that the prices represent great value considering the features, design, and build quality. Ultimately, of course, it all comes down to performance, which I’ll get to later.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ridley"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The sci-fi sensations <em>Alien</em> and <em>Blade Runner</em> absolutely blew me away when they first came out, and have definitely stood the test of time, so the 3 Legged Thing Ridley has a lot to live up to, being named after the movies’ director, Ridley Scott. The tripod is available in gray and black, or all black, the latter looking suitably dark and menacing – that’s the one that I went for. I also went for the complete kit that includes not only the set of legs made from premium Japanese carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy, but also the fittingly epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve recently reviewed as a revamped video head in its own right. But let’s kick off with the legs, which seems only logical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm" name="3LT_Rid 2465.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3342" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three-section legs have a chunky maximum tube diameter of 29mm and are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a lot to be said for tripods with four or even five sections in each leg, at least in terms of compactness for stowage. I personally don’t mind tripods being a bit longer when carrying them around, and generally prefer three-section legs for ease and speed of setup, with fewer section clamps to contend with. Another bonus is that the bottom section of each leg tends to have a wider diameter and is thus sturdier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn" name="3LT_Rid 2467.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4440" height="2499" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With three sections in each leg rather than four or five, the bottom section remains of an impressive girth. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor in the speed and ease of setup and takedown is the efficiency of the section clamps. Some like twist-locks; others prefer flip-locks. I’m in the twist camp, so long as they release smoothly and lock firmly with minimal rotation. That’s certainly the case here, and adjusting the leg sections is a very speedy, smooth, and simple operation. I also like the grippy rubber pads on each twist-lock, making them feel nice to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3266px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n" name="3LT_Rid 2468.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3266" height="1838" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality twist-locks only require minimal rotation to loosen them and then re-lock them for solid support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential pitfall is that leg angle locks often seem to be more fiddly than they need to be. Again, the Ridley wins out with simple, spring-loaded catches that have a push-to-release action. Like the twist-locks, they have non-slip textured rubber pads for an extra feel-good factor. Three lockable leg angles are available: 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical. The upshot is that it’s easy to adapt to tricky terrain or work around obstacles when you’re setting up the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm" name="3LT_Rid 2469.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2481" height="1396" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following suit, the spring-loaded leg angle locks are every bit as intuitive and easy to use as the twist-locks for the extending leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key element of setting up a video tripod is that you level the platform on which the head sits, rather than making leveling adjustments via the head itself. The latter will result in your horizon going on the slant as soon as you start panning. To ensure accuracy with fast and simple setup, the tripod features a built-in leveling base. A single lock/release screw has a handle that’s mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull it out and reposition it for your preferred fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn" name="3LT_Rid 2472.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The built-in leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography, as well as for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance leveling up, the adjustable base comes complete with a bubble level that’s large enough for a clear view. It’s also mounted on a rotating platform, so you can swing it around to whatever angle works best for you, through an entire 360 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn" name="3LT_Rid 2471.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3481" height="1958" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level can be rotated through an entire circle, making it easy to see from any angle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the leveling base has two weight hooks. These are ideal for adding ballast to steady the tripod if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions. Adding some ballast to the soft case that’s supplied with the tripod is a handy option, but more on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn" name="3LT_Rid 2473.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the integral leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and there’s more to them than initially meets the eye. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A clever design flourish is that the weight hooks aren’t just weight hooks. They also form the T-section grip of an Allen key that mounts to the bottom of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. As such, you can push the QD button and simply pull out the Allen key to secure your camera to the head’s Arca-Swiss-compatible quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2714px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm" name="3LT_Rid 2474.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2714" height="1528" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A useful allen key fits into the bottom of the leveling plate via a QD mechanism, which you can also use for attaching straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I won’t talk too much about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> that’s part of the complete kit, as I’ve already created a full, standalone review of it. Suffice it to say that it’s an ideal match for the Ridley, offering wonderfully smooth tilt and pan with excellent all-round performance. The head features an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, plus an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another nice touch is that you can use the QD Allen key that I just mentioned to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables the long QR plate to run from side to side instead of from front to back. It can be a more ideal orientation if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>, or one of the camera-specific options in the line-up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn" name="3LT_Rid 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC is a top-class fluid video head in its own right, and a worthy inclusion in the complete Ridley kit. Like the tripod legs, it’s available in gray and black with orange accents, or as an all-black option. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dropping down from head to toe, the legs feature removable feet. The supplied feet are chunky rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. However, they’re certainly not the only choice. As alternative footwear, 3 Legged Thing offers a range of optional extras. These include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn" name="3LT_Rid 2476.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters to keep all the options open. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen tripods in which one leg can be unscrewed and used on its own as a monopod, either with or without attaching it to the center column. Typical of video tripods, the Ridley doesn’t actually have a center column, but you can use any leg as a monopod, unscrewing it from the canopy and attaching the head directly to it. Moreover, you can unscrew all three legs from the canopy if you wish, but why would you want to? Let’s see…</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn" name="3LT_Rid 2477.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrewing a single leg gives the option of using the tripod as a bipod, or the removed leg as a monopod. However, if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Ridley into a tabletop tripod and adding yet more versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5317px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn" name="3LT_Rid 2502.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5317" height="2993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the Ridley with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A nice little extra included with the tripod is the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a smart multi-function tool, with a keyring attachment. It includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink during thirsty work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2957px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn" name="3LT_Rid toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2957" height="1664" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>3 Legged Thing generally goes the extra mile, and that’s certainly the case (so to speak) with the Ridley. It comes complete with a high-quality padded soft case that packs plenty of design flourishes, as well as the tripod kit itself. There’s a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. A separate zippered side pocket gives additional storage complete with an internal zippered three-section organizer. There’s a detachable and adjustable shoulder strap as well as a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod, after popping a suitably weighty object inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn" name="3LT_Rid 2480.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dark blue padded soft case is immaculately finished and features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Performance</span></h3><p>The sheer quality of the 3 Legged Thing Ridley is so impressive that I’m happy to just sit and look at it, or play with its cleverly designed features. But naturally, the kit’s performance as a tripod is what really counts. There’s good news all around, as it gives really solid support for even heavyweight cameras, boasting a payload rating of 14kg / 30lb. The tripod retains excellent resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up to its maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in (including head). That’s pretty lofty for a three-section tripod, considering that there’s no center column, as is the case for most video tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.83%;"><img id="Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn" name="3LT_Rid 2512.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2900" height="5157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Resistance to flexing and vibrations is very impressive, even at the tripod’s maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the built-in leveling base precludes the addition of a center column, a bonus of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without a center column getting in the way. With the fluid head in the mix, the minimum operating height gives you the literal lowdown at just 24.5cm / 9.6in. And despite having 3-section legs, the folded length of the complete kit for stowage is reasonably compact at 79cm / 31.1in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5706px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un" name="3LT_Rid 2510.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5706" height="3207" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Legs akimbo at their maximum 80-degree angles, the Ridley delivers ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The complete kit (including fluid head) weighs in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb, so Ridley is easy to take along for the journey. From a performance standpoint, it’s also very quick and easy to use. The twist locks only require minimal rotation for locking and unlocking the leg sections, and the leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. The multiple leg angles also make it easy to work around obstacles or on very uneven terrain, as well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5241px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn" name="3LT_Rid 2508.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5241" height="2946" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For fairly low rather than ultra-low shooting heights, the intermediate leg angle gives greater stability and lessens the risk of the tripod toppling over if it’s knocked or if you’re shooting in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Remove a leg, and Ridley works well as a monopod with the head attached. I’m 6ft 5in tall and didn’t think that a 3-section leg would extend to a sufficient height for my personal monopod use, without a center column to add into the mix. However, full extension in monopod mode worked out just fine for me. If you’re a complete giant, you could always remove two legs and one of the feet, then screw the top of one leg into the bottom of the other to double the available height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6016px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn" name="3LT_Rid 2514.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6016" height="3381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even without a center column to stretch things out, the use of a single leg and the head delivers a sufficiently high monopod measurement even for tall shooters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Verdict</span></h3><p>I just love the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod. It’s a first-class, fully pro-grade set of legs that’s easy to live with and genuinely fun to use. The built-in leveling base works a treat for videography and for shooting sequences of stills for stitching into panoramas. The twist-clamps for the extending leg sections and the pushbutton leg angle locks couldn’t be any quicker or easier to use, and everything’s cleverly designed, expertly engineered and immaculately finished.</p><p>So yes, the Ridley is a great set of legs, but I’d definitely go for the complete kit that includes the similarly fabulous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>. Not only is the head a perfect match in terms of design, features, and performance, it’s also available in the same choice of colorways, satisfying my sense of style (if I actually had one). Sure, neither the legs on their own nor the complete kit come cheap, but they’re both worth every cent of their asking prices and more besides, if you’re in the market for some pro-grade support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Winning features include quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, a built-in leveling base and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod, plus a great fluid head if you get the full kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>3 Legged Thing excels in clever designs and the Ridley tripod is packed full of clever tricks and design flourishes, making it dependable and versatile yet quick and easy to use. Build quality is also superb.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There’s excellent rigidity and resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up from ground-level shooting to the maximum operating height. Speed and ease of setup add to the impressive performance and the Ridley works well as monopod too.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Sure, you can buy a fairly decent set of tripod legs or a complete video tripod kit for less money, but the Ridley is still very good value when you take everything into account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5276px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn" name="3LT_Rid 00 hero 2505.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5276" height="2261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB" name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4</strong></a> is a properly macho, pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion, catering to shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography. Named after Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em> fame, no escapade is too daring for this super-strong set of legs (head sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB" name="3 Legged Thing Wes square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Wes</strong></a> is very much like a ‘travel tripod’ version of the Ridley, with many of the same features, including a built-in leveling base, the same style of leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, and the same ‘kit’ option fluid head. However, its five-section carbon fiber design enables more compact stowage, with a folded length of just 54.8cm / 21.6in (including head) compared with the Ridley’s 79cm / 31.1in.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ I’ve finally found my perfect travel tripod – and it doesn’t cost Peak Design money ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I hate carrying things. I try to keep my photography kit as light and minimal as possible, but sometimes (well, a lot of the time) I need a tripod. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> are usually an exercise in deciding which compromise will annoy me least. The lightest models can feel flimsy, the reassuringly solid ones are too heavy to carry all day, and the clever designs that balance both often come with a price that makes me reconsider whether I really need a tripod at all.</p><p>So when I got a chance to test the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod</a>, I jumped at it. A lightweight <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod</a> with all the bells and whistles, but for half the price of Peak Design’s version – sounds great!</p><p>Its defining feature is the unusual three-pillar center column. Pull it out and it becomes a second, aluminum mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angles and accessory threads. </p><p>The supplied low-profile ball head reveals a spring-loaded smartphone holder hidden beneath its Arca-type plate. And at 1.4kg, it is light enough to travel; it folds to 45cm long and just 7.5cm across, yet reaches 152cm and carries a quoted 20kg payload.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88" name="HTT 00 listing 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3477" height="1956" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">our review</a>, my colleague Matthew Richards called it “very good value for a tricked-up carbon fiber travel tripod,” and that is where the W28S really wins me over. </p><p>It costs $399 / £349, compared with $599 / £599 for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design’s carbon fiber Travel Tripod</a> and $900 / £800 for the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a>. Peak Design’s models remain beautifully engineered and more polished, but the Heipi offers an enormous amount of functionality for considerably less. </p><p>It is not flawless. The 12 fliplocks on the legs are stiff and slower to open individually, while the 5-section legs taper to fairly spindly 14mm lower sections. </p><p>Our tests found some flex and vibration near maximum height, although Matthew still judged it “more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.” The mini tripod can also flex when its legs are spread especially wide.</p><p>However, in my endless quest for something light enough to pack, solid enough to trust and more reasonably priced, the W28S balances all three better than almost anything else I have seen. My travel tripod search might finally be over.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> and see how they compare to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> across all categories.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/ive-finally-found-my-perfect-travel-tripod-and-it-doesnt-cost-peak-design-money</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod ticks all the boxes as a light, clever, easy-to-carry travel tripod that doesn't cost the earth ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">pAmRrGfk3ghJfL57kcjQG4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2026 15:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 03 Aug 2026 09:30:49 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ gareth.bevan@futurenet.com (Gareth Bevan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gareth Bevan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AsbARYkh4iHozfim2Y2PdC-320-70.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Gareth is a photographer based in London, working as a freelance photographer and videographer for the past several years, having the privilege to shoot for some household names. With work focusing on fashion, portrait and lifestyle content creation, he has developed a range of skills covering everything from editorial shoots to social media videos. Outside of work, he has a personal passion for travel and nature photography, with a devotion to sustainability and environmental causes.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I hate carrying things. I try to keep my photography kit as light and minimal as possible, but sometimes (well, a lot of the time) I need a tripod. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> are usually an exercise in deciding which compromise will annoy me least. The lightest models can feel flimsy, the reassuringly solid ones are too heavy to carry all day, and the clever designs that balance both often come with a price that makes me reconsider whether I really need a tripod at all.</p><p>So when I got a chance to test the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod</a>, I jumped at it. A lightweight <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod</a> with all the bells and whistles, but for half the price of Peak Design’s version – sounds great!</p><p>Its defining feature is the unusual three-pillar center column. Pull it out and it becomes a second, aluminum mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angles and accessory threads. </p><p>The supplied low-profile ball head reveals a spring-loaded smartphone holder hidden beneath its Arca-type plate. And at 1.4kg, it is light enough to travel; it folds to 45cm long and just 7.5cm across, yet reaches 152cm and carries a quoted 20kg payload.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88" name="HTT 00 listing 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3477" height="1956" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">our review</a>, my colleague Matthew Richards called it “very good value for a tricked-up carbon fiber travel tripod,” and that is where the W28S really wins me over. </p><p>It costs $399 / £349, compared with $599 / £599 for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design’s carbon fiber Travel Tripod</a> and $900 / £800 for the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a>. Peak Design’s models remain beautifully engineered and more polished, but the Heipi offers an enormous amount of functionality for considerably less. </p><p>It is not flawless. The 12 fliplocks on the legs are stiff and slower to open individually, while the 5-section legs taper to fairly spindly 14mm lower sections. </p><p>Our tests found some flex and vibration near maximum height, although Matthew still judged it “more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.” The mini tripod can also flex when its legs are spread especially wide.</p><p>However, in my endless quest for something light enough to pack, solid enough to trust and more reasonably priced, the W28S balances all three better than almost anything else I have seen. My travel tripod search might finally be over.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> and see how they compare to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> across all categories.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S review: a trick stick that works in three different ways, for both cameras and smartphones ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve been using tripods for about 50 years but just when I thought I knew them inside out, something new has taken me by surprise. Based in Shenzhen, China, Heipi isn’t a company that’s really been on my radar but they’re now celebrating their 7<sup>th</sup> anniversary. The brand is the brainchild of an engineer who’s also a passionate wildlife photographer. Combining these two facets of his skills set, he launched his first tripod launch in 2019, and the company made a big splash three years later with a 3-in-1 travel tripod, based on a Kickstarter campaign that raised a million dollars in a mere 30 days, from 3,000 backers.</p><p>The new Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S that I’m reviewing here is the company’s new, updated and upgraded flagship tripod kit, joining the other tripods, tripod heads, clamps, mounts, magic arms and accessories already in the Heipi catalog. Innovative, cleverly designed and nicely built with impressive attention to detail, the W28S aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market, or perhaps I should say that it aims to be two of the best travel tripods plus a selfie stick, all rolled into one travel-friendly package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2930px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48" name="HTT 01 intro 2216.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2930" height="1649" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If twice as much is twice as good, the Heipi is a winner. The center column pulls out to become a complete second set of tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-specifications"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber / Aluminum </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45cm / 17.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>152cm / 59.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6cm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5cm / 3.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4kg / 3.0lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Leg section diameters (main)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17, 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-price"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Price</span></h3><p>What price a pair of travel tripods plus a selfie stick and a low-profile ball head, all bundled into a single product and wrapped up in a stylish travel bag? The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S lists at $399 / £349 / AU$649, which is very reasonable for just one carbon fiber tripod (the smaller one in the dual-tripod design is actually aluminum), especially considering that it’s such a comprehensive kit with such a rich feature set.</p><p>A comparably compact carbon tripod is available in the space-saving shape of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which costs $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, and the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> which is even pricier at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. On the face of it, the Heipi looks a proper bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-design-handling"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The 2-in-1 or even 3-in-1 design, depending on which way you look at it, isn’t the only crafty concept behind the Heipi’s build. When I said I thought it was reminiscent of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, it’s not just because both are made from carbon fiber, but because they both have a similar space-saving design element.</p><p>For a while now, the travel tripod trend has been to have swing-up legs, which save space if you fully extend the center column and then invert the legs so that the feet encompass the head. It takes a bit off the stowage height but makes setup and takedown more of a time-consuming chore. Like the Peak Design, the Heipi doesn’t have swing-up legs but does have center column that uses the space between the legs, but in a different way. The Peak Design has a triangular section center column and specially shaped legs that wrap around it, thus filling the gaps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8" name="HTT 2221.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three triangular legs of the mini tripod that acts as a center column sit between the outers of the three circular legs of the main tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Heipi doesn’t really have a center column as such. Instead of a central column that sits between the tripod legs, it has three triangular profile blades (for want of a better term), that take up the spaces between the legs, but on the outside. The net results is pretty much the same, in that all of the available space is used and nothing goes to waste in the pursuit of compactness.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8" name="HTT 2222.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the center column extended, you naturally add extra height to the main tripod. The leg angle locks for the mini tripod become visible and the 1/4-inch threaded accessory sockets on each leg are available with the center column raised or at its lowest position, just not with only a slight extension. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>From an operational perspective, the 3-pillar column works like any other center column, in that you can loosen a locking mechanism (this time a rotary dial at the top) and extend the column upwards. Just pay attention to the warning line at the bottom of each mini tripod leg, indicating the maximum safe extension height. Go beyond this and you can pull the center column out altogether and transform it into a mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angle locks and a 1/4-inch threaded socket on each leg for attaching a accessories or a magic arm (Heipi can sell you one of those as well).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8" name="HTT 2223.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In this image, I’ve removed the 3-pillar column completely so I’ve now got two tripods on the go. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just for doubling up on tripods, removing the 3-pillar column has the advantage that you can invert it and slide it back in to the main tripod again, from underneath. This enables shooting right down to ground level, with the usual caveat that the camera is inverted. More on low-level shooting later but for now, I’ll reiterate that while the main tripod has carbon fiber legs, those of the 3-pillar column / mini tripod are made from aluminum.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8" name="HTT 2224.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the main tripod with the 3-pillar column removed and refitted in inverted orientation, useful for ground-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some like to twist, others prefer to flip. Again like the Peak Design travel tripod, the Heipi has slim profile flip locks which take up very little space and only stick out from the legs by a tiny amount, thanks to the way they’re shaped. A key difference is that they’re quite stiff to operate and it’s a real struggle to grasp them all in one hand and open them with a single gesture. You’re more likely to settle on working them one by one, which can take a while as there are no less than 12 of them altogether.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8" name="HTT 2225.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4629" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">They’re stiff to operate but the flip locks work well and give a secure locking action. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upgrade to Heipi’s original flip lock design is that the new and improved version gives a stronger locking force with uniform pressure applied around the entire circumference of the leg sections. The new locks are also easier to detach for cleaning and maintenance. The leg sections themselves start with a reasonably sizeable 26mm diameter at the top, working downwards in 3mm increments to a relatively spindly 14mm at the bottom. The bottom sections do look and feel a little flimsy but that’s the price you usually pay for space-saving 5-section legs, compared with 3-section or 4-section legs. To be fair, I’ve seen thinner bottom leg sections on some up-market travel tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8" name="HTT 2226.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5-section legs have diameters of 26, 23, 20, 17 and 14mm, the bottom ones looking a bit on the skinny side. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most tripods have three separate locking angles for each leg, which can help if you’re working around obstacles or setting up on tricky terrain. Many of them use spring-loaded locking mechanisms that you either pull out or press in. The Heipi adopts a mix and match approach, with locks that pull out for the main tripod and push in for the mini tripod. It makes sense as you can’t have anything that sticks out in the mini tripod legs, or they wouldn’t be able to slide all the way into the platform on the main tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8" name="HTT 2227.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To operate the leg angle locks on the main tripod legs, it’s easiest to pull them out, swing the legs up as far as they’ll go, and then they automatically spring in to each of the alternative locking positions on the way back down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Many tripods feature a weight hook, which is useful for hanging ballast and reducing the risk of them swaying in a breeze. The Heipi has a variation on the theme in that it has a loop of weight rope instead. That’s all well and good if you’ve got a carabiner or some other method of attaching a weight but is arguably less convenient than just having a simple hook to hang something on. Naturally, the normal practice of fixing a weight hook on the bottom of a tripod’s center column wouldn’t work with the Heipi’s 3-pillar design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8" name="HTT 2228.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight rope, as its called, is a loop that hangs down from the main tripod’s platform at the top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Switching from top to bottom, the feet are formed from removable rubber pads. Unscrewing the feet reveals 30mm metal spikes which you can again unscrew and invert, so that they stick out from the bottom of the foot instead of from the top. This effectively transforms the feet from pads to spikes, the latter giving a firmer footing on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8" name="HTT 2229.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the three rubber pad feet feature metal spikes which you can remove and refit so that they stick out at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The metal hooks have eyelets in them for inserting a tool and twisting them around to unscrew them from the top or bottom of the feet and reinsert them in the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88" name="HTT 2230.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the metal spikes in its concealed orientation, only visible when you remove the rubber pad foot from the tripod leg. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs, let’s move onto the head. It’s a rather clever one, after all. It can attach directly to either the main legs or small legs but in the normal configuration of the tripod, it’ll fit to the small legs which are then inserted into the main legs to form the 3-pillar column. Naturally, the only thing you can’t do is to attach the head to both sets of legs at the same time, as you only get one head in the kit and not two, unless you buy a second one separately. That said, pretty much any tripod head should be compatible with the kit, so long as it has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and its mounting disk fits within the 60mm diameter of the center column locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8" name="HTT 2231.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head has a standard 3/8in mounting thread and a smart low-profile design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The low-profile ball head looks right at home when fitted to either tripod, as well as to the smaller when used in center column mode. In case you’re wondering, the platform of the main tripod has a spring-loaded, retractable mounting screw that neatly moves out of the way when the 3-pillar column is inserted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5308px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8" name="HTT 2232.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5308" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the ball head mounted on the smaller tripod, which in turn is fitted to the larger one as a 3-pillar column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lock/release mechanism for the Arca type quick-release plate relies on twisting the upper section of the head. A protrusion on either side helps to enable a firm grip but there’s no additional security lock to avoid accidental release. The camera platform of the head also features a bubble level, to aid accurate leveling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8" name="HTT 2233.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4830" height="2717" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate’s lock/release mechanism is twist-action, and the platform also features a bubble level, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the QR plate reveals the attachment screw for the camera. It can be tightened or released with a hex key (supplied) or a coin, but there’s no D-ring for fastening it or undoing it with just a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78" name="HTT 2234.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4132" height="2324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You’ll need a hex key, coin or flat blade to operate the screw in the QR plate. Fingers and thumbs alone won’t suffice. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hidden gem of the design is that the ball head features a pull-out smartphone mount. Like other elements of the tripod, it’s spring-loaded for convenience. One thing that’s less convenient about it is that if you have even a thin cover on the back of your phone, you might need to remove it as there’s only a narrow gap to push it through. Even so, it adds credibility to the Heipi’s claim of working as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5005px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8" name="HTT 2235.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5005" height="2815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is the smart phone mount that pulls out of the ball head’s camera platform when the QR plate is removed. The metal pillars that you can see have spring-loaded inners, enabling further extension and a firm grip of your phone. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball action of the head relies on a single twist-clamp lever for loosening and locking it. The usual cutout in the ball socket enables 90-degree rotation of the camera for portrait orientation shooting, in the absence of an L-bracket. Slight negative points are that there’s no independent friction adjuster to tailor the action to alternative lightweight and heavy camera combos, and the locking lever needs to be fairly precisely positioned. You might well find that you need to pull it out, slip it over its splines and re-engage it again to avoid it fouling on other parts of the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8" name="HTT 2236.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main locking lever for the ball and socket action of the head can pull out and be reoriented on its splines, which you might well need to do to avoid it coming into contact with other parts of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that I always like to see, and that’s present and correct in the Heipi ball head, is a separate pan-only lock. Not only does it have one, but it comes complete with a 360-degree scale marked in 5-degree increments. What’s more, a secondary screw with a hex head enables you to swap between smooth panning and high-precision 10-degree click steps. It’s a bit like using the aperture control ring on a lens that has a click/de-click switch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8" name="HTT 2237.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism comes with a locking screw and an additional screw that enables a click/de-click facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my pet hates is instruction leaflets for all manner of gadgets, that have such tiny print that you can’t actually read them. I’m happy that the guide supplied with the Heipi is not only entirely legible, but includes color photos of various parts, functions and facilities, enabling a better understanding of the various features and facilities on offer.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5758px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8" name="HTT 2239.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5758" height="3236" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The instruction leaflet is unusual in this day and age, in having sufficiently large print to make it entirely legible and even featuring color photos for visual reference. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tools supplied with the tripod comprise hex keys in three different sizes, as shown below. That’s really all you need for any operational or maintenance task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3661px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8" name="HTT 2240.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3661" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three hex keys of different sizes are supplied in the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything wraps up safe and sound in a weather-proofed bag that’s supplied with the tripod. It’s a snug fit, so there’s no wasted space and the carrying size is as small as possible. It also has an adjustable, detachable shoulder strap that fastens to loops at either end of the bag with Velco strips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8" name="HTT 2242.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied weather-proof carrying bag (complete with weather-proof zipper) is of good quality and features a small internal pocket for carrying the hex keys. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-performance"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Performance</span></h3><p>I like my tripods to be big and small in equal measure. I want them to be tall enough at their maximum height for comfortable shooting (and I’m 6ft 5in), but nice and small when folded down so that they’re compact travelling companions. The Heipi serves mostly well on both counts. The maximum operating height with the 3-pillar center column fully extended is a fairly modest 152cm / 59.8in, but that’s still taller than a number of travel tripods that I can think of. Meanwhile, the folded height of just 45cm / 17.7in enables it to stow away in tight spaces, as does the 7.5cm / 3.0in diameter, courtesy of the space-saving leg/3-pillar column design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5491px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8" name="HTT 2247" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5491" height="3089" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The  multi-angle legs for both main and mini tripods enables a wider footing and greater stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key performance benefit is the whole ‘dual tripods’ thing. The main tripod works well as a regular, go-to tripod for all sorts of shooting scenarios, while the mini tripod is great for tabletop use, ultra-low-level shooting (without inverting the center column) and for selfie stick action. In its regular configuration as one complete tripod with a 3-pillar center column, the Heipi has a hefty payload rating of 20kg / 44lb. That seems a bit ‘optimistic’ to my mind, given the relatively thin bottom leg sections, but I’m never likely to put that much load on it anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4885px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8" name="HTT 2249" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4885" height="2748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There used to be a British comedy act duo called ‘Little and Large’. You could apply the title to the dual tripods in this kit but they’re deadly serious when it comes to performance. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum height of a tripod is one consideration, but the minimum shooting height can be equally important from a creative perspective. Both of the main and mini tripods that make up the kit can shoot very close to the ground, with a minimum operating height of just 6cm / 2.4in. That’s thanks to the adjustable locking leg angles and the removable nature of the center column / mini tripod. However, I found that the mini tripod was quite prone to unwanted flexing and sagging when the legs were splayed to wider operating angles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5857px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8" name="HTT 2251" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5857" height="3292" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height is very low for both the main and mini tripods in the kit, but there can be some unwanted flexing in the legs of the mini tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head (or heads if you buy and use an extra one) can attach to both the main and mini tripods. The platform in the main tripod features a large bubble level to aid with leveling, and it’s a lot more useful than the miniscule bubble levels featured in some tripods. Correctly leveling the legs ensures that panning will also be on the level, rather than the camera going on the slant during the panning process. That’s an important consideration when shooting video, or a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama. </p><p>The only slight issue with the large bubble level is that you have to raise the 3-pillar column a little to get a really clear view of it. Back on the plus side, both platforms in the main and mini tripods feature a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. This can be very useful as it effectively guards against the head coming unscrewed on its main mounting screw if and when you’re panning in an anti-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4316px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8" name="HTT 2252" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4316" height="2428" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main tripod’s platform features a bubble level and they both have a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve saved arguably the most crucial performance factor until last, and that’s the rigidity of the tripod and its resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations. I’ve touched on this for the small mini tripod, which is made from aluminum, but the main carbon fiber legs have their own story to tell. And that story is that they’re made from a mix of T700 high-tensile fibers and T400 impact-resistant fibers, designed to enhance stability and weight loss. However, there’s no getting away from the fact that 5-section legs result in spindly bottom sections and I found that at or near its maximum operating height, the tripod was a little prone to flexing and vibration. However, it’s still more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3737px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.92%;"><img id="eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8" name="HTT 2254" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3737" height="4332" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That’s not quite the whole story because the general rule of tripod usage is that you extend the fat leg sections first and only use the bottom ones if you really need to. After that, you only extend the center column as a last resort. The Heipi goes against this perceived wisdom, because the 3-pillar center column is particularly rigid and resistant to flexing, more so than the bottom leg sections. Ultimately, you might want to reconsider the natural order of things. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-verdict"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Heipe 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S, and top of the list is that there’s not a lot of it. I like that it folds down nice and small, making it an ideal travel companion for the journey, which is mainly what travel tripods are all about. Thanks to the 5-section legs, it reaches a decent if modest maximum operating height, in conjunction with the 3-pillar extending center column, which itself is what sets the Heipe apart from the crowd of its 3-legged cronies. I’m so impressed that you can remove the center column and use it as a whole other mini tripod or selfie stick, that I’m frankly amazed the design isn’t featured far and wide in other tripods.</p><p>I’m not going to give the Heipe a completely glowing report, however. Little niggles include spindly bottom leg sections that impair rigidity at or near maximum operating height. Those 5-section legs also equate to a lot of flip locks to contend with, each of which is surprisingly stiff and unyielding. The Heipe also doesn’t conveniently convert into a monopod, although that’s certainly not unusual amongst travel tripods rather than full-sized sticks. All in all, this tripod, or perhaps collection of tripods, is a crafty design that’s very well implemented, and very good value at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top of the features list is the 3-in-1 collection of large and small tripods, plus a selfie stick with smartphone mount, coupled with a clever ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The 3-pillar column is a genuinely innovative piece of design that works really well in practice, and build quality is impressive for all parts of the kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good overall but the main tripod isn’t immune to flexing at or near its maximum operating height. That’s certainly not unusual among travel tripods.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its comprehensive set of features, clever design and quality carbon fiber build, the Heipe is standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7" name="HTT 00 hero 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3477" height="1490" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:603px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.33%;"><img id="VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg" name="Peak Design Travel Tripod Carbon Fiber square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="603" height="605" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</strong></a> was a genuinely revolutionary tripod when it was launched, due to its space-saving triangular center column and wrap-around legs. It’s very pricey at around $599 / £599 / AU$1,169 but the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review"><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</strong></a> is more affordable at $399 / £379 / AU$689.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2168px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.32%;"><img id="zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h" name="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 camera square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2168" height="2175" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0</strong></a> folds down really small to a height of just 36.1cm / 14.2in, thanks to 5-section swing-up legs and a 2-section center column. It’s made from sturdy aerospace grade magnesium alloy rather than carbon fiber, but is good value for money at around $199 / £179 / AU$299 complete with AirHed Neo 2.0 ball head.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S is the quality carbon realization of a rather revolutionary and very clever idea, putting a new twist on tripod design ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">veSSbZS4vvHTmcsUHUQfvB</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve been using tripods for about 50 years but just when I thought I knew them inside out, something new has taken me by surprise. Based in Shenzhen, China, Heipi isn’t a company that’s really been on my radar but they’re now celebrating their 7<sup>th</sup> anniversary. The brand is the brainchild of an engineer who’s also a passionate wildlife photographer. Combining these two facets of his skills set, he launched his first tripod launch in 2019, and the company made a big splash three years later with a 3-in-1 travel tripod, based on a Kickstarter campaign that raised a million dollars in a mere 30 days, from 3,000 backers.</p><p>The new Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S that I’m reviewing here is the company’s new, updated and upgraded flagship tripod kit, joining the other tripods, tripod heads, clamps, mounts, magic arms and accessories already in the Heipi catalog. Innovative, cleverly designed and nicely built with impressive attention to detail, the W28S aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market, or perhaps I should say that it aims to be two of the best travel tripods plus a selfie stick, all rolled into one travel-friendly package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2930px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48" name="HTT 01 intro 2216.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2930" height="1649" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If twice as much is twice as good, the Heipi is a winner. The center column pulls out to become a complete second set of tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-specifications"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber / Aluminum </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45cm / 17.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>152cm / 59.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6cm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5cm / 3.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4kg / 3.0lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Leg section diameters (main)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17, 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-price"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Price</span></h3><p>What price a pair of travel tripods plus a selfie stick and a low-profile ball head, all bundled into a single product and wrapped up in a stylish travel bag? The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S lists at $399 / £349 / AU$649, which is very reasonable for just one carbon fiber tripod (the smaller one in the dual-tripod design is actually aluminum), especially considering that it’s such a comprehensive kit with such a rich feature set.</p><p>A comparably compact carbon tripod is available in the space-saving shape of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which costs $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, and the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> which is even pricier at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. On the face of it, the Heipi looks a proper bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-design-handling"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The 2-in-1 or even 3-in-1 design, depending on which way you look at it, isn’t the only crafty concept behind the Heipi’s build. When I said I thought it was reminiscent of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, it’s not just because both are made from carbon fiber, but because they both have a similar space-saving design element.</p><p>For a while now, the travel tripod trend has been to have swing-up legs, which save space if you fully extend the center column and then invert the legs so that the feet encompass the head. It takes a bit off the stowage height but makes setup and takedown more of a time-consuming chore. Like the Peak Design, the Heipi doesn’t have swing-up legs but does have center column that uses the space between the legs, but in a different way. The Peak Design has a triangular section center column and specially shaped legs that wrap around it, thus filling the gaps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8" name="HTT 2221.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three triangular legs of the mini tripod that acts as a center column sit between the outers of the three circular legs of the main tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Heipi doesn’t really have a center column as such. Instead of a central column that sits between the tripod legs, it has three triangular profile blades (for want of a better term), that take up the spaces between the legs, but on the outside. The net results is pretty much the same, in that all of the available space is used and nothing goes to waste in the pursuit of compactness.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8" name="HTT 2222.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the center column extended, you naturally add extra height to the main tripod. The leg angle locks for the mini tripod become visible and the 1/4-inch threaded accessory sockets on each leg are available with the center column raised or at its lowest position, just not with only a slight extension. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>From an operational perspective, the 3-pillar column works like any other center column, in that you can loosen a locking mechanism (this time a rotary dial at the top) and extend the column upwards. Just pay attention to the warning line at the bottom of each mini tripod leg, indicating the maximum safe extension height. Go beyond this and you can pull the center column out altogether and transform it into a mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angle locks and a 1/4-inch threaded socket on each leg for attaching a accessories or a magic arm (Heipi can sell you one of those as well).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8" name="HTT 2223.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In this image, I’ve removed the 3-pillar column completely so I’ve now got two tripods on the go. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just for doubling up on tripods, removing the 3-pillar column has the advantage that you can invert it and slide it back in to the main tripod again, from underneath. This enables shooting right down to ground level, with the usual caveat that the camera is inverted. More on low-level shooting later but for now, I’ll reiterate that while the main tripod has carbon fiber legs, those of the 3-pillar column / mini tripod are made from aluminum.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8" name="HTT 2224.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the main tripod with the 3-pillar column removed and refitted in inverted orientation, useful for ground-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some like to twist, others prefer to flip. Again like the Peak Design travel tripod, the Heipi has slim profile flip locks which take up very little space and only stick out from the legs by a tiny amount, thanks to the way they’re shaped. A key difference is that they’re quite stiff to operate and it’s a real struggle to grasp them all in one hand and open them with a single gesture. You’re more likely to settle on working them one by one, which can take a while as there are no less than 12 of them altogether.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8" name="HTT 2225.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4629" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">They’re stiff to operate but the flip locks work well and give a secure locking action. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upgrade to Heipi’s original flip lock design is that the new and improved version gives a stronger locking force with uniform pressure applied around the entire circumference of the leg sections. The new locks are also easier to detach for cleaning and maintenance. The leg sections themselves start with a reasonably sizeable 26mm diameter at the top, working downwards in 3mm increments to a relatively spindly 14mm at the bottom. The bottom sections do look and feel a little flimsy but that’s the price you usually pay for space-saving 5-section legs, compared with 3-section or 4-section legs. To be fair, I’ve seen thinner bottom leg sections on some up-market travel tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8" name="HTT 2226.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5-section legs have diameters of 26, 23, 20, 17 and 14mm, the bottom ones looking a bit on the skinny side. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most tripods have three separate locking angles for each leg, which can help if you’re working around obstacles or setting up on tricky terrain. Many of them use spring-loaded locking mechanisms that you either pull out or press in. The Heipi adopts a mix and match approach, with locks that pull out for the main tripod and push in for the mini tripod. It makes sense as you can’t have anything that sticks out in the mini tripod legs, or they wouldn’t be able to slide all the way into the platform on the main tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8" name="HTT 2227.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To operate the leg angle locks on the main tripod legs, it’s easiest to pull them out, swing the legs up as far as they’ll go, and then they automatically spring in to each of the alternative locking positions on the way back down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Many tripods feature a weight hook, which is useful for hanging ballast and reducing the risk of them swaying in a breeze. The Heipi has a variation on the theme in that it has a loop of weight rope instead. That’s all well and good if you’ve got a carabiner or some other method of attaching a weight but is arguably less convenient than just having a simple hook to hang something on. Naturally, the normal practice of fixing a weight hook on the bottom of a tripod’s center column wouldn’t work with the Heipi’s 3-pillar design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8" name="HTT 2228.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight rope, as its called, is a loop that hangs down from the main tripod’s platform at the top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Switching from top to bottom, the feet are formed from removable rubber pads. Unscrewing the feet reveals 30mm metal spikes which you can again unscrew and invert, so that they stick out from the bottom of the foot instead of from the top. This effectively transforms the feet from pads to spikes, the latter giving a firmer footing on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8" name="HTT 2229.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the three rubber pad feet feature metal spikes which you can remove and refit so that they stick out at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The metal hooks have eyelets in them for inserting a tool and twisting them around to unscrew them from the top or bottom of the feet and reinsert them in the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88" name="HTT 2230.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the metal spikes in its concealed orientation, only visible when you remove the rubber pad foot from the tripod leg. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs, let’s move onto the head. It’s a rather clever one, after all. It can attach directly to either the main legs or small legs but in the normal configuration of the tripod, it’ll fit to the small legs which are then inserted into the main legs to form the 3-pillar column. Naturally, the only thing you can’t do is to attach the head to both sets of legs at the same time, as you only get one head in the kit and not two, unless you buy a second one separately. That said, pretty much any tripod head should be compatible with the kit, so long as it has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and its mounting disk fits within the 60mm diameter of the center column locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8" name="HTT 2231.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head has a standard 3/8in mounting thread and a smart low-profile design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The low-profile ball head looks right at home when fitted to either tripod, as well as to the smaller when used in center column mode. In case you’re wondering, the platform of the main tripod has a spring-loaded, retractable mounting screw that neatly moves out of the way when the 3-pillar column is inserted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5308px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8" name="HTT 2232.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5308" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the ball head mounted on the smaller tripod, which in turn is fitted to the larger one as a 3-pillar column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lock/release mechanism for the Arca type quick-release plate relies on twisting the upper section of the head. A protrusion on either side helps to enable a firm grip but there’s no additional security lock to avoid accidental release. The camera platform of the head also features a bubble level, to aid accurate leveling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8" name="HTT 2233.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4830" height="2717" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate’s lock/release mechanism is twist-action, and the platform also features a bubble level, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the QR plate reveals the attachment screw for the camera. It can be tightened or released with a hex key (supplied) or a coin, but there’s no D-ring for fastening it or undoing it with just a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78" name="HTT 2234.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4132" height="2324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You’ll need a hex key, coin or flat blade to operate the screw in the QR plate. Fingers and thumbs alone won’t suffice. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hidden gem of the design is that the ball head features a pull-out smartphone mount. Like other elements of the tripod, it’s spring-loaded for convenience. One thing that’s less convenient about it is that if you have even a thin cover on the back of your phone, you might need to remove it as there’s only a narrow gap to push it through. Even so, it adds credibility to the Heipi’s claim of working as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5005px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8" name="HTT 2235.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5005" height="2815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is the smart phone mount that pulls out of the ball head’s camera platform when the QR plate is removed. The metal pillars that you can see have spring-loaded inners, enabling further extension and a firm grip of your phone. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball action of the head relies on a single twist-clamp lever for loosening and locking it. The usual cutout in the ball socket enables 90-degree rotation of the camera for portrait orientation shooting, in the absence of an L-bracket. Slight negative points are that there’s no independent friction adjuster to tailor the action to alternative lightweight and heavy camera combos, and the locking lever needs to be fairly precisely positioned. You might well find that you need to pull it out, slip it over its splines and re-engage it again to avoid it fouling on other parts of the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8" name="HTT 2236.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main locking lever for the ball and socket action of the head can pull out and be reoriented on its splines, which you might well need to do to avoid it coming into contact with other parts of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that I always like to see, and that’s present and correct in the Heipi ball head, is a separate pan-only lock. Not only does it have one, but it comes complete with a 360-degree scale marked in 5-degree increments. What’s more, a secondary screw with a hex head enables you to swap between smooth panning and high-precision 10-degree click steps. It’s a bit like using the aperture control ring on a lens that has a click/de-click switch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8" name="HTT 2237.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism comes with a locking screw and an additional screw that enables a click/de-click facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my pet hates is instruction leaflets for all manner of gadgets, that have such tiny print that you can’t actually read them. I’m happy that the guide supplied with the Heipi is not only entirely legible, but includes color photos of various parts, functions and facilities, enabling a better understanding of the various features and facilities on offer.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5758px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8" name="HTT 2239.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5758" height="3236" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The instruction leaflet is unusual in this day and age, in having sufficiently large print to make it entirely legible and even featuring color photos for visual reference. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tools supplied with the tripod comprise hex keys in three different sizes, as shown below. That’s really all you need for any operational or maintenance task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3661px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8" name="HTT 2240.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3661" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three hex keys of different sizes are supplied in the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything wraps up safe and sound in a weather-proofed bag that’s supplied with the tripod. It’s a snug fit, so there’s no wasted space and the carrying size is as small as possible. It also has an adjustable, detachable shoulder strap that fastens to loops at either end of the bag with Velco strips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8" name="HTT 2242.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied weather-proof carrying bag (complete with weather-proof zipper) is of good quality and features a small internal pocket for carrying the hex keys. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-performance"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Performance</span></h3><p>I like my tripods to be big and small in equal measure. I want them to be tall enough at their maximum height for comfortable shooting (and I’m 6ft 5in), but nice and small when folded down so that they’re compact travelling companions. The Heipi serves mostly well on both counts. The maximum operating height with the 3-pillar center column fully extended is a fairly modest 152cm / 59.8in, but that’s still taller than a number of travel tripods that I can think of. Meanwhile, the folded height of just 45cm / 17.7in enables it to stow away in tight spaces, as does the 7.5cm / 3.0in diameter, courtesy of the space-saving leg/3-pillar column design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5491px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8" name="HTT 2247" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5491" height="3089" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The  multi-angle legs for both main and mini tripods enables a wider footing and greater stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key performance benefit is the whole ‘dual tripods’ thing. The main tripod works well as a regular, go-to tripod for all sorts of shooting scenarios, while the mini tripod is great for tabletop use, ultra-low-level shooting (without inverting the center column) and for selfie stick action. In its regular configuration as one complete tripod with a 3-pillar center column, the Heipi has a hefty payload rating of 20kg / 44lb. That seems a bit ‘optimistic’ to my mind, given the relatively thin bottom leg sections, but I’m never likely to put that much load on it anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4885px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8" name="HTT 2249" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4885" height="2748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There used to be a British comedy act duo called ‘Little and Large’. You could apply the title to the dual tripods in this kit but they’re deadly serious when it comes to performance. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum height of a tripod is one consideration, but the minimum shooting height can be equally important from a creative perspective. Both of the main and mini tripods that make up the kit can shoot very close to the ground, with a minimum operating height of just 6cm / 2.4in. That’s thanks to the adjustable locking leg angles and the removable nature of the center column / mini tripod. However, I found that the mini tripod was quite prone to unwanted flexing and sagging when the legs were splayed to wider operating angles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5857px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8" name="HTT 2251" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5857" height="3292" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height is very low for both the main and mini tripods in the kit, but there can be some unwanted flexing in the legs of the mini tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head (or heads if you buy and use an extra one) can attach to both the main and mini tripods. The platform in the main tripod features a large bubble level to aid with leveling, and it’s a lot more useful than the miniscule bubble levels featured in some tripods. Correctly leveling the legs ensures that panning will also be on the level, rather than the camera going on the slant during the panning process. That’s an important consideration when shooting video, or a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama. </p><p>The only slight issue with the large bubble level is that you have to raise the 3-pillar column a little to get a really clear view of it. Back on the plus side, both platforms in the main and mini tripods feature a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. This can be very useful as it effectively guards against the head coming unscrewed on its main mounting screw if and when you’re panning in an anti-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4316px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8" name="HTT 2252" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4316" height="2428" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main tripod’s platform features a bubble level and they both have a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve saved arguably the most crucial performance factor until last, and that’s the rigidity of the tripod and its resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations. I’ve touched on this for the small mini tripod, which is made from aluminum, but the main carbon fiber legs have their own story to tell. And that story is that they’re made from a mix of T700 high-tensile fibers and T400 impact-resistant fibers, designed to enhance stability and weight loss. However, there’s no getting away from the fact that 5-section legs result in spindly bottom sections and I found that at or near its maximum operating height, the tripod was a little prone to flexing and vibration. However, it’s still more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3737px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.92%;"><img id="eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8" name="HTT 2254" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3737" height="4332" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That’s not quite the whole story because the general rule of tripod usage is that you extend the fat leg sections first and only use the bottom ones if you really need to. After that, you only extend the center column as a last resort. The Heipi goes against this perceived wisdom, because the 3-pillar center column is particularly rigid and resistant to flexing, more so than the bottom leg sections. Ultimately, you might want to reconsider the natural order of things. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-verdict"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Heipe 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S, and top of the list is that there’s not a lot of it. I like that it folds down nice and small, making it an ideal travel companion for the journey, which is mainly what travel tripods are all about. Thanks to the 5-section legs, it reaches a decent if modest maximum operating height, in conjunction with the 3-pillar extending center column, which itself is what sets the Heipe apart from the crowd of its 3-legged cronies. I’m so impressed that you can remove the center column and use it as a whole other mini tripod or selfie stick, that I’m frankly amazed the design isn’t featured far and wide in other tripods.</p><p>I’m not going to give the Heipe a completely glowing report, however. Little niggles include spindly bottom leg sections that impair rigidity at or near maximum operating height. Those 5-section legs also equate to a lot of flip locks to contend with, each of which is surprisingly stiff and unyielding. The Heipe also doesn’t conveniently convert into a monopod, although that’s certainly not unusual amongst travel tripods rather than full-sized sticks. All in all, this tripod, or perhaps collection of tripods, is a crafty design that’s very well implemented, and very good value at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top of the features list is the 3-in-1 collection of large and small tripods, plus a selfie stick with smartphone mount, coupled with a clever ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The 3-pillar column is a genuinely innovative piece of design that works really well in practice, and build quality is impressive for all parts of the kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good overall but the main tripod isn’t immune to flexing at or near its maximum operating height. That’s certainly not unusual among travel tripods.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its comprehensive set of features, clever design and quality carbon fiber build, the Heipe is standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7" name="HTT 00 hero 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3477" height="1490" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:603px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.33%;"><img id="VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg" name="Peak Design Travel Tripod Carbon Fiber square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="603" height="605" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</strong></a> was a genuinely revolutionary tripod when it was launched, due to its space-saving triangular center column and wrap-around legs. It’s very pricey at around $599 / £599 / AU$1,169 but the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review"><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</strong></a> is more affordable at $399 / £379 / AU$689.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2168px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.32%;"><img id="zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h" name="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 camera square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2168" height="2175" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0</strong></a> folds down really small to a height of just 36.1cm / 14.2in, thanks to 5-section swing-up legs and a 2-section center column. It’s made from sturdy aerospace grade magnesium alloy rather than carbon fiber, but is good value for money at around $199 / £179 / AU$299 complete with AirHed Neo 2.0 ball head.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Peak Design Pro Tripod review: An updated and upgraded version of Peak Design’s superb ‘Travel Tripod’, in three different size options ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Think Peak Design and you’re probably thinking photo bags and backpacks, and those clever <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide camera straps</a> with their quick-release mechanisms. However, the company also makes general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets, and even gadget mounts for cars and motorcycles. The California-based outfit was founded in 2010 with a mission to ‘build happy and meaningful lives for the people that work there', and, hopefully, some of that meaningful happiness will spill over to people who buy their products.</p><p>Fast-forward to 2020, and the company launched its first and so far only tripod, in the somewhat revolutionary shape of a very distinctive travel tripod. We’ve reviewed it very favorably in both of its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a> editions. The company designed and launched its first tripod off the back of a crowdfunding campaign, which is its go-to business method, and the result is undeniably one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market.</p><p>The new Peak Design Pro Tripods inherit the innovative design and features of the original Travel Tripod and build them into a (mostly) full-sized range of kits. As such, the new models are available in Pro, Pro Lite, and Pro Tall versions, each of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a>, as well as being among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. As you’ve probably guessed, though, the Pro Lite is relatively lightweight and downsized, compared with the other two more full-sized sticks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3427px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH" name="PDP 01 intro 2049.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3427" height="1928" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following on from the Peak Design Travel Tripod, the new Pro editions inherit the same space-saving design criteria. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-specifications"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Lite Tripod </strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber </p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50.1cm / 19.7in</p></td><td  ><p>58.1cm / 22.9in</p></td><td  ><p>48.8cm / 19.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>168.4cm / 66.3in</p></td><td  ><p>197.4cm / 77.7in</p></td><td  ><p>162.5cm / 64.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15.9cm / 6.3in</p></td><td  ><p>17.3cm / 6.8in</p></td><td  ><p>15.8cm / 6.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>8.5cm / 3.35in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.9kg / 4.2lb</p></td><td  ><p>2.0kg / 4.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.7kg / 3.7lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>15.9kg / 35lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-price"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>Full-sized, heavy-duty, carbon fiber tripod kits that are also reasonably lightweight and fold down small for the journey don’t come cheap. One of my all-time favorites is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</a>, complete with AirHed Pro Ball Head, which will set you back around $500 / £400 / AU$750. Then there’s the somewhat legendary <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review">Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</a> (legs only) for around $500 / £399 / AU$850, but it’s also available in kit options with various heads.</p><p>In that context, the Peak Design Pro Tripod kit looks pretty pricey at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500, whereas the Pro Tall is understandably even more expensive at $1,000 / £900 / AU$1,700, as there’s simply more of it, and the least expensive Pro Lite is still very dear at $800 / £700 / AU$1,400. On the face of it, none of these three tripods looks like they’re going to win any ‘Great Value’ awards, but considering the innovative, no-compromise designs, they could still be very well worth the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Pro Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>After decades of being a keen photographer, it’s very rare that a tripod walks into my studio and really grabs my attention. The Peak Design Travel Tripod did exactly that a few years ago, with sufficient wow-factor to make me actually open my mouth and say ‘wow’. Looking as super-skinny as a catwalk model, the tripod was designed with oval-profile legs that wrap around a triangular center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH" name="PDP 2069.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The specially shaped legs and triangular-profile center column with its concave sides fully come together when the tripod is folded down, to ensure there’s no wasted space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The net result is that the tripod is incredibly slim when folded, while also avoiding the time-consuming chore that you get with the vast majority of travel tripods. That’s because with the Peak Design and its integral head, you don’t need to fully extend the center column and swing the legs up to achieve a compact stowage size. All of these design facets in regard to the legs, center column, and head are inherited by the next-gen ‘Pro’ tripod range.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH" name="PDP 2074.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The integral head works well for both stills and video, combining a ball and socket mechanism with an additional panning function, the latter with a fluid feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One notable difference is that the Pro tripods have four sections in each leg rather than five, which makes setup and takedown quicker and easier, as there are fewer leg section clamps to contend with. The leg sections themselves are made from the good stuff. Like anything else, carbon fiber isn’t all created equal, but this tripod is constructed from premium-grade 3k weave, 2x2 twill carbon fiber, along with CNC-machined and anodized 6061-T6 recycled aluminum for the ball head, hub, load hook and leg locks, rather than using any die-cast parts.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH" name="PDP 2072.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flip-action locks for the leg sections have aluminum cams and an updated design, compared with those of the original Travel Tripod, boasting improved anti-flexing solidity and easier cleaning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most tripods great and small nowadays, it’s not just the height of the legs that you can adjust, but also the angle from vertical. True to form, the Pro has three lockable leg angles when unfolded for use. The wider angles enable greater stability and resistance to the tripod toppling over when it’s set to a short operating height. Multiple angles also make it easier to work on uneven terrain and around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH" name="PDP 2073.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple spring-loaded, pushbutton latch at the top of each leg enables you to select any of three lockable leg angles when setting up the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ball head is equally innovative as the tripod legs, and a crafty bit of design in its own right. The compact, integrated design helps to keep stowage size to a minimum, but it’s nevertheless full of clever tricks. A twist-action lock at the base of the head allows for super-fast release and locking of the ball and socket clamp. The only slight downside is that you have to raise the center column slightly to enable anything more than a slight range of tilting movement of the ball head, and to enable shooting at extreme angles and vertically upwards or downwards, as well as for swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting, unless you’re using an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH" name="PDP 2075.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple twist of the knurled operating ring shown here is all that’s needed to release and lock the head’s ball and socket assembly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the ball head has a good range of adjustment if you raise the center column a smidge, there’s also a full 360-degree of independent lateral rotation, thanks to a separate panning lock. The panning mechanism has a marked scale and a lovely fluid feel, making the head well-suited to shooting video as well as stills.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH" name="PDP 2076.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Loosening the locking screw on the side of the head enables panning while the ball and socket are still locked off. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One particularly nice touch is the bubble level. It protrudes from the outer circumference of the camera platform and also acts as the lock/release catch for the Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate. And to avoid any expensive accidents if you inadvertently knock the bubble assembly, there’s also a sliding safety lock with marked open and closed positions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH" name="PDP 2078.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level assembly doubles as the lock/release lever for the quick-release plate, and is joined by a sliding safety latch with marked open and closed positions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself is a fairly small, square affair, but you can use other plates if you feel the need. My only complaint about the supplied plate is that it can’t be fastened to your camera without the use of a hex key, but at least one is supplied with the tripod, as pictured below. If you'd prefer a more 'hands-on', tool-free QR plate, the Peak Design Field Plate is available as an optional extra.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH" name="PDP 2064.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate works well enough, but requires the use of a hex key for fastening it to a camera, as there’s no D-ring or coin slot. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s more trickery down below. A weight hook is featured at the bottom of the center column and, unlike those that need endless twisting on a thread to fit or remove them, this one secures or releases with a spring-loaded lock and a one-third twist. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH" name="PDP 2080.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is quick and easy to remove, and small enough to pop into a spare pocket. When removed, the dual hex key tool pops out, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What’s more, with the weight-hook removed, the dual-sized hex wrench tool that’s stowed inside the center column pops halfway out by a further spring-loaded mechanism, while the use of magnets stops it from falling all the way out unless you actually tug on it. If my memory serves me rightly (and I’m pretty sure it does), the Peak Design Travel Tripod comes with an additional Mobile Phone Mount, but you can buy that separately for use with the Pro, at a cost of around $20 / £20 / AU$55.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH" name="PDP 2067.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The neat little tool that stows inside the center column features two fold-out hex keys of different sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving further down, right to the bottom of the tripod, sturdy rubber pads are the footwear of choice. Made from non-slip TPU (Thermoplastic Polyurethane), they’re extremely durable and work well on most surfaces. For very soft or loose ground, you might be better off with metal spikes, and these are available as an optional extra, costing around $50 / £45 / AU$80.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH" name="PDP 2082.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The TPU foot pads are of similarly high quality to the rest of the tripod and should prove extremely durable. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finishing with a flourish, the tripod kit is all wrapped up in a very nicely tailored and padded soft case with a single zippered opening and an adjustable shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5813px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH" name="PDP 2083.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5813" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bag is a tight fit, in a good way, offering cozy padded comfort for the tripod without taking up any real extra space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-performance"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Peak Design points out that it developed the Pro range of tripods in collaboration with the renowned photographer and filmmaker, Jimmy Chin. It also says that they’re based on the groundbreaking architecture of Peak Design’s original Travel Tripod, but scaled up to offer significantly greater stiffness and maximum operating height. I’d say these comments are bang on and that, as I’d expect from a tripod co-developed by a photographer and filmmaker, it works well as a hybrid stick for both photography and videography. That’s mostly thanks to its clever head, which enables fluid panning as well as quick and easy ball and socket adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4776px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH" name="PDP P2051.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4776" height="2687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The multi-angle legs work well for low-level shooting and for working around obstacles and on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’d also agree that one of the most crucial aspects of the Pro tripods is that you can shoot from a higher maximum height, as I found the Travel Tripod quite restrictive in this regard. Even so, the maximum height of the Pro tripod isn’t exactly towering at 168.4cm / 66.3 inches. </p><p>Being quite tall and liking to keep my shooting options as open as possible, I went for the Pro Tall version of the tripod, which extends to a more impressive 197.4cm / 77.7 inches. </p><p>The Pro Lite edition is certainly smaller and more lightweight for the journey, but only rises to a maximum height of 162.5cm / 64.0 inches, and has a lower payload rating of 15.9kg / 35lb, compared with the 18.1kg / 40lb of its heftier siblings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.92%;"><img id="DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J" name="PDP P2052.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3202" height="5697" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the Pro Tall version of the tripod at maximum height with the center column fully extended, putting the base of the camera at a lofty height of almost 6ft 6in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not just height that I’m interested in. I also like to shoot from really low angles sometimes, for creative effect. In time-honored tradition, the Pro tripods enable you to remove and invert the center column, thus shooting out from between two of the legs with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. That’s all well and good, provided that you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which definitely isn’t preferable for videography.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5728px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH" name="PDP P2053.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5728" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As with many tripod designs old and new, you can remove the weight hook, invert the center column and shoot with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A more convenient but more long-winded approach to ultra-low-level shooting is that you can tilt the ball head through 90 degrees, loosen a screw, and remove all but the very top of the center column. This enables you to shoot from as little as 15.9cm / 6.3in, 17.3cm / 6.8in, or 15.8cm / 6.2in above ground level, with the Pro, Pro Tall, and Pro Lite versions of the tripod, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH" name="PDP P2055.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That little dual hex key tool that stows inside the center column can also be used to remove all but the top-most section of it, for ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those specializing in videography rather than stills photography might like to go a little further with filmmaking features. Catering to these needs, Peak Design offers a Leveling Base for an additional $120 / £110 / AU$220. This enables you to level the head even if the tripod legs aren’t precisely leveled, so that your horizon doesn’t go on the slant when you start panning. And if you want to add a fluid tilt action to the head’s existing fluid pan abilities, there’s an optional Tilt Mod for $150 / £135 / AU$300.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4490px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH" name="PDP P2063.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4490" height="2526" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt mod adds fluid tilt to the existing fluid pan, for a fuller range of movement, and comes complete with a rotatable, detachable, telescopic panning handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-verdict"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’ve tried many and varied Peak Design products, and they always give me a real feel-good factor. The company makes bold claims regarding the design, features, build quality, and performance of its Peak Design Pro Tripod range. I love it when products live up to and even surpass their billing, and that’s my experience of the Pro Tall tripod kit that I tested and immediately fell for.</p><p>Highlights for me are that the design neatly cuts out any wasted space, the specially profiled legs snugly wrapping around the center column for incredibly slimline stowage. The integral head also helps to keep packing size to a minimum, so everything’s neat and tidy. Better still, the tripod has super-fast setup and take-down times, apart from its fiddly tool-driven quick-release plate. Best of all, the kit gives rock-solid support for stills and video shooting, with a nice fluid panning feel for the latter, and remains really steady and stable even at its maximum height with all of the leg sections and center column fully extended.</p><p>The only catch, as far as I’m concerned, is the price. It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards, but I feel that Peak Design has really gone the extra mile with its no-compromise design and build, making the Pro range of tripods well worth the money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include specially shaped legs and center column, along with a clever integral head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Truly innovative tripods are few and far between but some really out-of-the-box thinking has gone into the design of this one, backed up by superb build quality.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod is sturdy and extremely resistant to flexing and vibrations, from ultra-low-level shooting to its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards but the advanced features, smart design and impressive performance make it well worth the money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH" name="PDP V2070 21x9.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG" name="3LT Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a tabletop tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3288px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG" name="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3288" height="3288" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</strong></a> is a full-sized carbon fiber tripod based on 3-section legs and a single-section extending center column. The center column has a pivot facility so you can configure it as a horizontal boom, ideal for macro and low-level photography, as well as for shooting with ultra-wide-angle and fisheye lenses.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Peak Design Pro Tripod builds on the success of the company’s award-winning travel tripod, with Pro, Pro Lite and Pro Tall options to choose from ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">FFG2QU6BojeknEug6zekqM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CcUS2o8WwrPrChG3A8bWtH-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 05 Jul 2026 03:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sun, 19 Jul 2026 07:49:24 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CcUS2o8WwrPrChG3A8bWtH-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CcUS2o8WwrPrChG3A8bWtH-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Think Peak Design and you’re probably thinking photo bags and backpacks, and those clever <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide camera straps</a> with their quick-release mechanisms. However, the company also makes general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets, and even gadget mounts for cars and motorcycles. The California-based outfit was founded in 2010 with a mission to ‘build happy and meaningful lives for the people that work there', and, hopefully, some of that meaningful happiness will spill over to people who buy their products.</p><p>Fast-forward to 2020, and the company launched its first and so far only tripod, in the somewhat revolutionary shape of a very distinctive travel tripod. We’ve reviewed it very favorably in both of its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a> editions. The company designed and launched its first tripod off the back of a crowdfunding campaign, which is its go-to business method, and the result is undeniably one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market.</p><p>The new Peak Design Pro Tripods inherit the innovative design and features of the original Travel Tripod and build them into a (mostly) full-sized range of kits. As such, the new models are available in Pro, Pro Lite, and Pro Tall versions, each of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a>, as well as being among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. As you’ve probably guessed, though, the Pro Lite is relatively lightweight and downsized, compared with the other two more full-sized sticks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3427px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH" name="PDP 01 intro 2049.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3427" height="1928" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following on from the Peak Design Travel Tripod, the new Pro editions inherit the same space-saving design criteria. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-specifications"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Lite Tripod </strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber </p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50.1cm / 19.7in</p></td><td  ><p>58.1cm / 22.9in</p></td><td  ><p>48.8cm / 19.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>168.4cm / 66.3in</p></td><td  ><p>197.4cm / 77.7in</p></td><td  ><p>162.5cm / 64.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15.9cm / 6.3in</p></td><td  ><p>17.3cm / 6.8in</p></td><td  ><p>15.8cm / 6.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>8.5cm / 3.35in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.9kg / 4.2lb</p></td><td  ><p>2.0kg / 4.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.7kg / 3.7lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>15.9kg / 35lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-price"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>Full-sized, heavy-duty, carbon fiber tripod kits that are also reasonably lightweight and fold down small for the journey don’t come cheap. One of my all-time favorites is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</a>, complete with AirHed Pro Ball Head, which will set you back around $500 / £400 / AU$750. Then there’s the somewhat legendary <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review">Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</a> (legs only) for around $500 / £399 / AU$850, but it’s also available in kit options with various heads.</p><p>In that context, the Peak Design Pro Tripod kit looks pretty pricey at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500, whereas the Pro Tall is understandably even more expensive at $1,000 / £900 / AU$1,700, as there’s simply more of it, and the least expensive Pro Lite is still very dear at $800 / £700 / AU$1,400. On the face of it, none of these three tripods looks like they’re going to win any ‘Great Value’ awards, but considering the innovative, no-compromise designs, they could still be very well worth the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Pro Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>After decades of being a keen photographer, it’s very rare that a tripod walks into my studio and really grabs my attention. The Peak Design Travel Tripod did exactly that a few years ago, with sufficient wow-factor to make me actually open my mouth and say ‘wow’. Looking as super-skinny as a catwalk model, the tripod was designed with oval-profile legs that wrap around a triangular center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH" name="PDP 2069.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The specially shaped legs and triangular-profile center column with its concave sides fully come together when the tripod is folded down, to ensure there’s no wasted space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The net result is that the tripod is incredibly slim when folded, while also avoiding the time-consuming chore that you get with the vast majority of travel tripods. That’s because with the Peak Design and its integral head, you don’t need to fully extend the center column and swing the legs up to achieve a compact stowage size. All of these design facets in regard to the legs, center column, and head are inherited by the next-gen ‘Pro’ tripod range.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH" name="PDP 2074.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The integral head works well for both stills and video, combining a ball and socket mechanism with an additional panning function, the latter with a fluid feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One notable difference is that the Pro tripods have four sections in each leg rather than five, which makes setup and takedown quicker and easier, as there are fewer leg section clamps to contend with. The leg sections themselves are made from the good stuff. Like anything else, carbon fiber isn’t all created equal, but this tripod is constructed from premium-grade 3k weave, 2x2 twill carbon fiber, along with CNC-machined and anodized 6061-T6 recycled aluminum for the ball head, hub, load hook and leg locks, rather than using any die-cast parts.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH" name="PDP 2072.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flip-action locks for the leg sections have aluminum cams and an updated design, compared with those of the original Travel Tripod, boasting improved anti-flexing solidity and easier cleaning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most tripods great and small nowadays, it’s not just the height of the legs that you can adjust, but also the angle from vertical. True to form, the Pro has three lockable leg angles when unfolded for use. The wider angles enable greater stability and resistance to the tripod toppling over when it’s set to a short operating height. Multiple angles also make it easier to work on uneven terrain and around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH" name="PDP 2073.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple spring-loaded, pushbutton latch at the top of each leg enables you to select any of three lockable leg angles when setting up the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ball head is equally innovative as the tripod legs, and a crafty bit of design in its own right. The compact, integrated design helps to keep stowage size to a minimum, but it’s nevertheless full of clever tricks. A twist-action lock at the base of the head allows for super-fast release and locking of the ball and socket clamp. The only slight downside is that you have to raise the center column slightly to enable anything more than a slight range of tilting movement of the ball head, and to enable shooting at extreme angles and vertically upwards or downwards, as well as for swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting, unless you’re using an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH" name="PDP 2075.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple twist of the knurled operating ring shown here is all that’s needed to release and lock the head’s ball and socket assembly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the ball head has a good range of adjustment if you raise the center column a smidge, there’s also a full 360-degree of independent lateral rotation, thanks to a separate panning lock. The panning mechanism has a marked scale and a lovely fluid feel, making the head well-suited to shooting video as well as stills.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH" name="PDP 2076.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Loosening the locking screw on the side of the head enables panning while the ball and socket are still locked off. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One particularly nice touch is the bubble level. It protrudes from the outer circumference of the camera platform and also acts as the lock/release catch for the Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate. And to avoid any expensive accidents if you inadvertently knock the bubble assembly, there’s also a sliding safety lock with marked open and closed positions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH" name="PDP 2078.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level assembly doubles as the lock/release lever for the quick-release plate, and is joined by a sliding safety latch with marked open and closed positions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself is a fairly small, square affair, but you can use other plates if you feel the need. My only complaint about the supplied plate is that it can’t be fastened to your camera without the use of a hex key, but at least one is supplied with the tripod, as pictured below. If you'd prefer a more 'hands-on', tool-free QR plate, the Peak Design Field Plate is available as an optional extra.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH" name="PDP 2064.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate works well enough, but requires the use of a hex key for fastening it to a camera, as there’s no D-ring or coin slot. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s more trickery down below. A weight hook is featured at the bottom of the center column and, unlike those that need endless twisting on a thread to fit or remove them, this one secures or releases with a spring-loaded lock and a one-third twist. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH" name="PDP 2080.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is quick and easy to remove, and small enough to pop into a spare pocket. When removed, the dual hex key tool pops out, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What’s more, with the weight-hook removed, the dual-sized hex wrench tool that’s stowed inside the center column pops halfway out by a further spring-loaded mechanism, while the use of magnets stops it from falling all the way out unless you actually tug on it. If my memory serves me rightly (and I’m pretty sure it does), the Peak Design Travel Tripod comes with an additional Mobile Phone Mount, but you can buy that separately for use with the Pro, at a cost of around $20 / £20 / AU$55.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH" name="PDP 2067.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The neat little tool that stows inside the center column features two fold-out hex keys of different sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving further down, right to the bottom of the tripod, sturdy rubber pads are the footwear of choice. Made from non-slip TPU (Thermoplastic Polyurethane), they’re extremely durable and work well on most surfaces. For very soft or loose ground, you might be better off with metal spikes, and these are available as an optional extra, costing around $50 / £45 / AU$80.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH" name="PDP 2082.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The TPU foot pads are of similarly high quality to the rest of the tripod and should prove extremely durable. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finishing with a flourish, the tripod kit is all wrapped up in a very nicely tailored and padded soft case with a single zippered opening and an adjustable shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5813px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH" name="PDP 2083.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5813" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bag is a tight fit, in a good way, offering cozy padded comfort for the tripod without taking up any real extra space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-performance"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Peak Design points out that it developed the Pro range of tripods in collaboration with the renowned photographer and filmmaker, Jimmy Chin. It also says that they’re based on the groundbreaking architecture of Peak Design’s original Travel Tripod, but scaled up to offer significantly greater stiffness and maximum operating height. I’d say these comments are bang on and that, as I’d expect from a tripod co-developed by a photographer and filmmaker, it works well as a hybrid stick for both photography and videography. That’s mostly thanks to its clever head, which enables fluid panning as well as quick and easy ball and socket adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4776px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH" name="PDP P2051.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4776" height="2687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The multi-angle legs work well for low-level shooting and for working around obstacles and on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’d also agree that one of the most crucial aspects of the Pro tripods is that you can shoot from a higher maximum height, as I found the Travel Tripod quite restrictive in this regard. Even so, the maximum height of the Pro tripod isn’t exactly towering at 168.4cm / 66.3 inches. </p><p>Being quite tall and liking to keep my shooting options as open as possible, I went for the Pro Tall version of the tripod, which extends to a more impressive 197.4cm / 77.7 inches. </p><p>The Pro Lite edition is certainly smaller and more lightweight for the journey, but only rises to a maximum height of 162.5cm / 64.0 inches, and has a lower payload rating of 15.9kg / 35lb, compared with the 18.1kg / 40lb of its heftier siblings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.92%;"><img id="DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J" name="PDP P2052.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3202" height="5697" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the Pro Tall version of the tripod at maximum height with the center column fully extended, putting the base of the camera at a lofty height of almost 6ft 6in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not just height that I’m interested in. I also like to shoot from really low angles sometimes, for creative effect. In time-honored tradition, the Pro tripods enable you to remove and invert the center column, thus shooting out from between two of the legs with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. That’s all well and good, provided that you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which definitely isn’t preferable for videography.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5728px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH" name="PDP P2053.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5728" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As with many tripod designs old and new, you can remove the weight hook, invert the center column and shoot with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A more convenient but more long-winded approach to ultra-low-level shooting is that you can tilt the ball head through 90 degrees, loosen a screw, and remove all but the very top of the center column. This enables you to shoot from as little as 15.9cm / 6.3in, 17.3cm / 6.8in, or 15.8cm / 6.2in above ground level, with the Pro, Pro Tall, and Pro Lite versions of the tripod, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH" name="PDP P2055.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That little dual hex key tool that stows inside the center column can also be used to remove all but the top-most section of it, for ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those specializing in videography rather than stills photography might like to go a little further with filmmaking features. Catering to these needs, Peak Design offers a Leveling Base for an additional $120 / £110 / AU$220. This enables you to level the head even if the tripod legs aren’t precisely leveled, so that your horizon doesn’t go on the slant when you start panning. And if you want to add a fluid tilt action to the head’s existing fluid pan abilities, there’s an optional Tilt Mod for $150 / £135 / AU$300.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4490px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH" name="PDP P2063.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4490" height="2526" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt mod adds fluid tilt to the existing fluid pan, for a fuller range of movement, and comes complete with a rotatable, detachable, telescopic panning handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-verdict"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’ve tried many and varied Peak Design products, and they always give me a real feel-good factor. The company makes bold claims regarding the design, features, build quality, and performance of its Peak Design Pro Tripod range. I love it when products live up to and even surpass their billing, and that’s my experience of the Pro Tall tripod kit that I tested and immediately fell for.</p><p>Highlights for me are that the design neatly cuts out any wasted space, the specially profiled legs snugly wrapping around the center column for incredibly slimline stowage. The integral head also helps to keep packing size to a minimum, so everything’s neat and tidy. Better still, the tripod has super-fast setup and take-down times, apart from its fiddly tool-driven quick-release plate. Best of all, the kit gives rock-solid support for stills and video shooting, with a nice fluid panning feel for the latter, and remains really steady and stable even at its maximum height with all of the leg sections and center column fully extended.</p><p>The only catch, as far as I’m concerned, is the price. It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards, but I feel that Peak Design has really gone the extra mile with its no-compromise design and build, making the Pro range of tripods well worth the money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include specially shaped legs and center column, along with a clever integral head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Truly innovative tripods are few and far between but some really out-of-the-box thinking has gone into the design of this one, backed up by superb build quality.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod is sturdy and extremely resistant to flexing and vibrations, from ultra-low-level shooting to its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards but the advanced features, smart design and impressive performance make it well worth the money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH" name="PDP V2070 21x9.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG" name="3LT Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a tabletop tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3288px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG" name="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3288" height="3288" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</strong></a> is a full-sized carbon fiber tripod based on 3-section legs and a single-section extending center column. The center column has a pivot facility so you can configure it as a horizontal boom, ideal for macro and low-level photography, as well as for shooting with ultra-wide-angle and fisheye lenses.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This retro, compact tripod weighs no more than a water bottle – and uses accessory arms to hold phones and lights too ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Hawlowe, a brand arguably best known for its retro-styled camera lights, has unveiled a new tripod – and the company says it weighs only about as much as a water bottle. The Harlowe Rocket Air is a carbon fiber travel tripod with a fluid head that weighs about 2.2 lbs / 1 kg yet can accommodate up to ten times that weight in camera gear.</p><p>But, beyond the more compact size, what caught my eye about the <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Harlowe Rocket Air</a> is that it’s also designed to hold multiple devices at once. The tripod supports up to two accessory arms, which can hold things like a smartphone to record behind-the-scenes content, lights, or other accessories.</p><p>Folded, the tripod’s four leg sections allow it to stow away at 19.7 inches / 50 cm, but at full height can reach 58.7 inches / 149cm. The center column can be reversed to hold the camera upside-down for extreme low angles, while three leg positions also allow for a range of different working heights. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG" name="harlowe-rocketair-4000X4000-compact-folded-tripod-scale-reference copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="4000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Much of the tripod’s lightweight design comes from its carbon fiber build. A counterweight hook on the bottom of the center column allows creators to add a weight for more stabilization.</p><p>The tripod legs can support up to 22.05 pounds / 10 kg, but the fluid head has a lower weight rating at 6.61 lbs / 3 kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG" name="harlowe-rocketair-scenario-lakeside-sunset-camera-tripod copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1680" height="945" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those legs use twist-style locks, a design that the company says allows creators to deploy to full height in around three seconds.</p><p>The tripod includes a fluid head that has a ten-degree leveling adjustment for uneven terrain, as well as supporting smooth pan and tilt movement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC" name="unnamed (2)" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While Harlowe is perhaps best known for its retro-styled lights, the Rocket Air follows <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/lighting/i-never-thought-id-want-a-light-stand-as-much-as-i-do-the-new-harlowe-rocket">last year’s Rocket</a>, a multi-purpose stand that can be used as a light stand as well as a modular tripod and monopod.</p><p>The Harlowe Rocket Air retails at $399 / £303 / CA$576. That includes the tripod and detachable fluid head along with a carrying bag and allen wrench; accessory arms are not included with the standard ¼”-20 thread type arms supported. The tripod is <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">available from Harlowe</a>, as well as <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1981295-REG/harlowe_1510171_rocket_air_carbon_fiber.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">select retailers</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Harlowe Rocket Air"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Need more camera support? Our expert photographers tested and ranked <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-retro-compact-tripod-weighs-no-more-than-a-water-bottle-and-uses-accessory-arms-to-hold-phones-and-lights-too</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Harlowe Rocket Air is a travel tripod with a lightweight design and support for accessories ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">8qH7Vp27o4pTqnxoDdfr7U</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7e4UMg5KN8i5iZpfgrz8GE-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 16:16:20 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7e4UMg5KN8i5iZpfgrz8GE-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Harlowe]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7e4UMg5KN8i5iZpfgrz8GE-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Hawlowe, a brand arguably best known for its retro-styled camera lights, has unveiled a new tripod – and the company says it weighs only about as much as a water bottle. The Harlowe Rocket Air is a carbon fiber travel tripod with a fluid head that weighs about 2.2 lbs / 1 kg yet can accommodate up to ten times that weight in camera gear.</p><p>But, beyond the more compact size, what caught my eye about the <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Harlowe Rocket Air</a> is that it’s also designed to hold multiple devices at once. The tripod supports up to two accessory arms, which can hold things like a smartphone to record behind-the-scenes content, lights, or other accessories.</p><p>Folded, the tripod’s four leg sections allow it to stow away at 19.7 inches / 50 cm, but at full height can reach 58.7 inches / 149cm. The center column can be reversed to hold the camera upside-down for extreme low angles, while three leg positions also allow for a range of different working heights. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG" name="harlowe-rocketair-4000X4000-compact-folded-tripod-scale-reference copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="4000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Much of the tripod’s lightweight design comes from its carbon fiber build. A counterweight hook on the bottom of the center column allows creators to add a weight for more stabilization.</p><p>The tripod legs can support up to 22.05 pounds / 10 kg, but the fluid head has a lower weight rating at 6.61 lbs / 3 kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG" name="harlowe-rocketair-scenario-lakeside-sunset-camera-tripod copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1680" height="945" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those legs use twist-style locks, a design that the company says allows creators to deploy to full height in around three seconds.</p><p>The tripod includes a fluid head that has a ten-degree leveling adjustment for uneven terrain, as well as supporting smooth pan and tilt movement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC" name="unnamed (2)" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While Harlowe is perhaps best known for its retro-styled lights, the Rocket Air follows <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/lighting/i-never-thought-id-want-a-light-stand-as-much-as-i-do-the-new-harlowe-rocket">last year’s Rocket</a>, a multi-purpose stand that can be used as a light stand as well as a modular tripod and monopod.</p><p>The Harlowe Rocket Air retails at $399 / £303 / CA$576. That includes the tripod and detachable fluid head along with a carrying bag and allen wrench; accessory arms are not included with the standard ¼”-20 thread type arms supported. The tripod is <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">available from Harlowe</a>, as well as <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1981295-REG/harlowe_1510171_rocket_air_carbon_fiber.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">select retailers</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Harlowe Rocket Air"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Need more camera support? Our expert photographers tested and ranked <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC review: revamped and revitalized, this is the new and improved version of a smart fluid head for videographers ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It’s been two and a half years since I reviewed the original <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine</a>, and I was very impressed at the time. It was everything I’d come to expect from the company behind it – an innovative design that packs an array of useful features, with excellent build quality and an impeccable finish. </p><p>Enough said? Well, while I’ve been steadily adding to my personal collection of 3 Legged Thing photo and video equipment over the years, the new and improved AirHed Cine CC is destined for a place on my shopping list, with its ability to turn pretty much any set of legs into one of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>. It certainly looks and feels right at home on my prized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a> sturdy carbon tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4399px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7" name="3LTAC 01 intro 2142" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4399" height="2475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Available in all-black or in grey and orange (as shown here), the head is compact and lightweight at just 690g / 1.5lb, yet has a strong payload rating of 10kg / 22lb. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tilt range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>165 degrees (90 forward, 75 back)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Panning range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>360 degrees</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR plate</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Arca-Swiss 100mm / 3.94"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions (LWH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>24x11x10cm / 9.4x4.3x3.9"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>690g / 1.5lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-price"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Price</span></h3><p>Specialist video heads are often big, heavy, unwieldy, and very expensive to buy. The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC is ideal in my books (and those of my accountant), in that it’s relatively compact, lightweight, and reasonably priced, at $249 / £229 / AU$799. Considering the feature set and quality of construction, it’s a bit of a bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>I didn’t find much of anything wrong with the original version of the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine fluid, video head, but the updated ‘CC’ adds some neat new tricks. Let’s not get ahead of ourselves, though, and start with the basics. The head is designed primarily with videography in mind, but it works just fine for shooting stills as well, especially if panning is the name of the game for tracking sports or wildlife subjects. It’s also a good fit for a large spotting scope.</p><p>A key feature of any video head is that it enables smooth pan and tilt movements, and, just like the original, the CC has a lovely fluid feel to it, based on a quality design and spring-loaded counterbalance mechanism. That said, the counterbalance is not adjustable to accommodate different sizes and weights of camera, but the omission is what I’d expect from a relatively compact, lightweight, and affordable video head, such as this one.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4399px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7" name="3LTAC 2145" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4399" height="2475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Crucial to panning and tilting is the panning handle itself, as your primary point of physical contact with the head. The handle is completely revamped in the new version, the main difference being that it has a retractable design. Not only does it enable you to choose the length that feels most comfortable and natural in use, but it also makes it less likely that you’ll need to remove it and stash it separately when stowing the head. The images above and below show the panning handle in its retracted and fully extended states.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448" name="3LTAC 2146" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is what the retractable panning handle looks like at full stretch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>True to type, the panning handle is mounted on splines, which enable a wide range of rotational adjustment as well as ensuring a secure fitment that avoids any slippage or wobbling. The arm release knob can be pulled out and rotated on a six-sided head to ensure it doesn’t stick out in the wrong direction and get in the way when fastened.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3915px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7" name="3LTAC 2148" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3915" height="2203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splines on the panning handle’s connection plates help to avoid any unwanted slipping and sliding. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also, as I’d hope for in a video head, the panning handle can be attached to the left or right side, catering not only to left-handed and right-handed users but also to individual preference. Some right-handers will prefer to use the panning handle with their left hand, to leave their right hand free for operating the mounted camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38" name="3LTAC 2149" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can fasten the panning handle onto the left of right hand side of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the center of the left side of the head is the main tilt-action lock and release knob. It operates with smooth simplicity and can lock off the tilt very securely for fixed position shooting. Only minimal turning is required to lock or release the head’s tilt mechanism. A generous 165 degrees of tilt is on offer, from 90 degrees forward to 75 degrees backward.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3915px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7" name="3LTAC 2150" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3915" height="2203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large lock/release knob for tilting is shown center stage in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Above and to the front of the tilt knob on the side of the head is a mounting socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. You can use this to attach accessories like a microphone, LED lamp, or video monitor. 3 Legged Thing offers two sizes of optional ‘Pivot Magic Arms’ for the task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4628px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7" name="3LTAC 2151" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4628" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded 1/4-inch socket enables the attachment of your choice of accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down at the bottom of the left-hand side is the panning lock/release knob. Like the release knob for the panning handle, this one is spring-loaded and sits on a six-sided head, so you can pull it out and rotate it to your preferred position. Loosening the lever enables a full 360-degree panning rotation. To help keep tabs on movement, there’s a 360-degree scale on the base, numbered in 15-degree intervals and marked with lines at smaller 2.5-degree increments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4305px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7" name="3LTAC 2152" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4305" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The lock/release lever for panning is at the base, next to a rotary calibrated scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To help with leveling your tripod legs, which in turn helps to ensure that everything stays on the level when you’re panning, there’s a bubble level built into the lower section of the head. A secondary bubble level is fitted to the main clamp at the top, for assistance with leveling the tilt mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4305px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7" name="3LTAC 2153" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4305" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the lower of the two bubble levels, helpful for leveling the tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another upgrade over the original version of the head is that the clamp up on top can be removed by undoing four hex screws, and rotated laterally through 90-degree intervals. The bonus here is that you can change the orientation of the QR plate from running front-to-back to side-to-side. This can be a big advantage if you’re using a camera with an L-bracket or a cage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4366px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7" name="3LTAC 2155" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4366" height="2456" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clamp up top is secured by four hex screws. Removing these enables you to rotate the clamp in 90-degree increments, making it more versatile for wide-ranging setups. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is also redesigned. For starters, it’s longer at 100mm instead of 90mm, giving more scope for centering the weight of your camera on the head. It also features a sliding camera screw sled and spring-loaded locator pin, plus a cable management hook at the front. The QR plate also adds compatibility for 3 Legged Thing’s growing range of ‘Xpand’ accessories, cheese plates, and risers, and features multiple 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch threaded screw holes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7" name="3LTAC 2159" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The images above and below show the top and bottom of the ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’, 3 Legged Thing’s redesigned Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate that’s supplied with the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7" name="3LTAC 2160" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, the head is supplied complete with 3 Legged Thing’s handy ‘Toolz’ multi-tool, which features hex keys, a flat-blade coin key, a keyring clip, and a carabiner for attaching it to whatever you see fit. It even works as a bottle opener if things get really tough.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7" name="3LTAC 2161" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz multi-tool is a neat addition that comes with many and varied 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Performance</span></h3><p>I’m impressed that despite having a compact size and weighing in at just 690g / 1.5lb, the AirHed Cine CC has a beefy maximum payload rating of 10kg / 22lb. As I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t feature an adjustable counterbalance system, but I found it worked well with everything from small, lightweight cameras to big, hefty outfits comprising large camera bodies with super-telephoto lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28" name="3LTAC P2136" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4577" height="2574" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The non-adjustable counterbalance system works well with wide-ranging combinations of cameras and lenses. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Any video head lives or dies by the smoothness of its pan and tilt mechanisms, and the AirHed Cine CC has a really nice fluid feel to it. The new extending panning handle is a joy to use, and all the controls feel smooth, precise, and intuitive. Suffice it to say, you can devote your entire attention to shooting rather than wrestling with the head to get what you want out of it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4732px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7" name="3LTAC P2138" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4732" height="2661" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This Tamron 150-500mm lens has a tripod mounting collar with an Arca-Swiss compatible foot, so the top clamp can accommodate it without needing to use the QR plate. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It can be a bit tricky to level the legs of your tripod, which can be essential to ensure your camera stays on the level during panning. One elegant solution is to add a 3 Legged Thing LevelHed Levelling Base into the mix, but it’s pretty pricey at an additional $140 / £130 / AU$259. Something I’ve seen in some video and hybrid heads, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head,</a> is a secondary panning plate on top of the head, which enables you to just level the head for panning rather than the legs or a leveling base as well, but this is omitted in the AirHed Cine CC.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC is a great fit for me and my gear. It’s conveniently compact and lightweight, so I can stash it away in my photo backpack and grab it whenever I need to swap from shooting stills to video. It actually works really well as a pan-and-tilt head for shooting stills in addition to video, especially if you add in an L-bracket for portrait orientation shots. The laterally rotatable clamp makes the new CC version of the head all the more ideal for this, as you can use the QR plate or slot in an Arca-Swiss compatible L-bracket running sideways instead of just front-to-back.</p><p>I also like the redesigned, retractable panning handle, as it enables me to select the length that I want to use, as well as saving on storage space without feeling the need to remove the handle every time I pack the head away. The tricked-up replacement ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’ is yet another improvement, and I like the way that I don’t even have to use the QR plate at all if I’m shooting with big, heavy telephoto lenses that have an Arca-Swiss profile mounting foot in their tripod mounting collars. All in all, the ‘CC’ is a worthy upgrade over the original. With its clever design, rich feature list, excellent build quality, and stylish finish, this one’s a keeper.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The original AirHed Cine had an impressive feature list but the CC adds a rotatable clamp, retractable panning handle and an upgraded ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design combines compactness and lightness of weight with a hefty payload rating and excellent build quality, along with intuitive ease of use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s no adjustable counterbalance system nor a secondary upper panning plate but the head performs brilliantly well and has a wonderfully fluid feel to its tilt and pan mechanisms.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>In no way is this a ‘cheap’ video head but considering the features, design and performance, it’s great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4970px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7" name="3LTAC 00 hero 2141" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4970" height="2130" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZmggnVKRX7Ba4KYWtzhAHQ" name="Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZmggnVKRX7Ba4KYWtzhAHQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2013" height="2013" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</strong></a> works well for both stills and video, making it an ideal head for hybrid shooters who don’t mind a bit of compromise along the way. It has a relatively modest maximum payload rating of 4.5kg / 10lb but is comparatively inexpensive at around $85 / £100 / AU$215.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1512px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="w5kMRengZMxPuo7WYEwfHQ" name="Manfrotto 504X square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w5kMRengZMxPuo7WYEwfHQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1512" height="1512" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base</strong></a> is a big, chunky beast with a variable fluid drag system on both pan and tilt, along with a 4-step variable counterbalance system for different weights and sizes of gear. It’s relatively expensive, however, at around $535 / £375 / AU$710.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC takes all the best bits from the original design and adds some useful new features, at a competitive price ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">3ctyfLE7vkWcX54bphNzSE</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 20 Jun 2026 10:45:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It’s been two and a half years since I reviewed the original <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine</a>, and I was very impressed at the time. It was everything I’d come to expect from the company behind it – an innovative design that packs an array of useful features, with excellent build quality and an impeccable finish. </p><p>Enough said? Well, while I’ve been steadily adding to my personal collection of 3 Legged Thing photo and video equipment over the years, the new and improved AirHed Cine CC is destined for a place on my shopping list, with its ability to turn pretty much any set of legs into one of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>. It certainly looks and feels right at home on my prized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a> sturdy carbon tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4399px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7" name="3LTAC 01 intro 2142" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4399" height="2475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Available in all-black or in grey and orange (as shown here), the head is compact and lightweight at just 690g / 1.5lb, yet has a strong payload rating of 10kg / 22lb. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tilt range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>165 degrees (90 forward, 75 back)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Panning range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>360 degrees</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR plate</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Arca-Swiss 100mm / 3.94"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions (LWH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>24x11x10cm / 9.4x4.3x3.9"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>690g / 1.5lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-price"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Price</span></h3><p>Specialist video heads are often big, heavy, unwieldy, and very expensive to buy. The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC is ideal in my books (and those of my accountant), in that it’s relatively compact, lightweight, and reasonably priced, at $249 / £229 / AU$799. Considering the feature set and quality of construction, it’s a bit of a bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>I didn’t find much of anything wrong with the original version of the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine fluid, video head, but the updated ‘CC’ adds some neat new tricks. Let’s not get ahead of ourselves, though, and start with the basics. The head is designed primarily with videography in mind, but it works just fine for shooting stills as well, especially if panning is the name of the game for tracking sports or wildlife subjects. It’s also a good fit for a large spotting scope.</p><p>A key feature of any video head is that it enables smooth pan and tilt movements, and, just like the original, the CC has a lovely fluid feel to it, based on a quality design and spring-loaded counterbalance mechanism. That said, the counterbalance is not adjustable to accommodate different sizes and weights of camera, but the omission is what I’d expect from a relatively compact, lightweight, and affordable video head, such as this one.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4399px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7" name="3LTAC 2145" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4399" height="2475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Crucial to panning and tilting is the panning handle itself, as your primary point of physical contact with the head. The handle is completely revamped in the new version, the main difference being that it has a retractable design. Not only does it enable you to choose the length that feels most comfortable and natural in use, but it also makes it less likely that you’ll need to remove it and stash it separately when stowing the head. The images above and below show the panning handle in its retracted and fully extended states.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448" name="3LTAC 2146" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is what the retractable panning handle looks like at full stretch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>True to type, the panning handle is mounted on splines, which enable a wide range of rotational adjustment as well as ensuring a secure fitment that avoids any slippage or wobbling. The arm release knob can be pulled out and rotated on a six-sided head to ensure it doesn’t stick out in the wrong direction and get in the way when fastened.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3915px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7" name="3LTAC 2148" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3915" height="2203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splines on the panning handle’s connection plates help to avoid any unwanted slipping and sliding. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also, as I’d hope for in a video head, the panning handle can be attached to the left or right side, catering not only to left-handed and right-handed users but also to individual preference. Some right-handers will prefer to use the panning handle with their left hand, to leave their right hand free for operating the mounted camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38" name="3LTAC 2149" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can fasten the panning handle onto the left of right hand side of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the center of the left side of the head is the main tilt-action lock and release knob. It operates with smooth simplicity and can lock off the tilt very securely for fixed position shooting. Only minimal turning is required to lock or release the head’s tilt mechanism. A generous 165 degrees of tilt is on offer, from 90 degrees forward to 75 degrees backward.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3915px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7" name="3LTAC 2150" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3915" height="2203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large lock/release knob for tilting is shown center stage in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Above and to the front of the tilt knob on the side of the head is a mounting socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. You can use this to attach accessories like a microphone, LED lamp, or video monitor. 3 Legged Thing offers two sizes of optional ‘Pivot Magic Arms’ for the task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4628px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7" name="3LTAC 2151" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4628" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded 1/4-inch socket enables the attachment of your choice of accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down at the bottom of the left-hand side is the panning lock/release knob. Like the release knob for the panning handle, this one is spring-loaded and sits on a six-sided head, so you can pull it out and rotate it to your preferred position. Loosening the lever enables a full 360-degree panning rotation. To help keep tabs on movement, there’s a 360-degree scale on the base, numbered in 15-degree intervals and marked with lines at smaller 2.5-degree increments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4305px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7" name="3LTAC 2152" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4305" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The lock/release lever for panning is at the base, next to a rotary calibrated scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To help with leveling your tripod legs, which in turn helps to ensure that everything stays on the level when you’re panning, there’s a bubble level built into the lower section of the head. A secondary bubble level is fitted to the main clamp at the top, for assistance with leveling the tilt mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4305px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7" name="3LTAC 2153" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4305" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the lower of the two bubble levels, helpful for leveling the tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another upgrade over the original version of the head is that the clamp up on top can be removed by undoing four hex screws, and rotated laterally through 90-degree intervals. The bonus here is that you can change the orientation of the QR plate from running front-to-back to side-to-side. This can be a big advantage if you’re using a camera with an L-bracket or a cage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4366px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7" name="3LTAC 2155" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4366" height="2456" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clamp up top is secured by four hex screws. Removing these enables you to rotate the clamp in 90-degree increments, making it more versatile for wide-ranging setups. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is also redesigned. For starters, it’s longer at 100mm instead of 90mm, giving more scope for centering the weight of your camera on the head. It also features a sliding camera screw sled and spring-loaded locator pin, plus a cable management hook at the front. The QR plate also adds compatibility for 3 Legged Thing’s growing range of ‘Xpand’ accessories, cheese plates, and risers, and features multiple 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch threaded screw holes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7" name="3LTAC 2159" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The images above and below show the top and bottom of the ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’, 3 Legged Thing’s redesigned Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate that’s supplied with the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7" name="3LTAC 2160" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, the head is supplied complete with 3 Legged Thing’s handy ‘Toolz’ multi-tool, which features hex keys, a flat-blade coin key, a keyring clip, and a carabiner for attaching it to whatever you see fit. It even works as a bottle opener if things get really tough.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7" name="3LTAC 2161" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz multi-tool is a neat addition that comes with many and varied 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Performance</span></h3><p>I’m impressed that despite having a compact size and weighing in at just 690g / 1.5lb, the AirHed Cine CC has a beefy maximum payload rating of 10kg / 22lb. As I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t feature an adjustable counterbalance system, but I found it worked well with everything from small, lightweight cameras to big, hefty outfits comprising large camera bodies with super-telephoto lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28" name="3LTAC P2136" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4577" height="2574" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The non-adjustable counterbalance system works well with wide-ranging combinations of cameras and lenses. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Any video head lives or dies by the smoothness of its pan and tilt mechanisms, and the AirHed Cine CC has a really nice fluid feel to it. The new extending panning handle is a joy to use, and all the controls feel smooth, precise, and intuitive. Suffice it to say, you can devote your entire attention to shooting rather than wrestling with the head to get what you want out of it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4732px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7" name="3LTAC P2138" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4732" height="2661" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This Tamron 150-500mm lens has a tripod mounting collar with an Arca-Swiss compatible foot, so the top clamp can accommodate it without needing to use the QR plate. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It can be a bit tricky to level the legs of your tripod, which can be essential to ensure your camera stays on the level during panning. One elegant solution is to add a 3 Legged Thing LevelHed Levelling Base into the mix, but it’s pretty pricey at an additional $140 / £130 / AU$259. Something I’ve seen in some video and hybrid heads, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head,</a> is a secondary panning plate on top of the head, which enables you to just level the head for panning rather than the legs or a leveling base as well, but this is omitted in the AirHed Cine CC.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC is a great fit for me and my gear. It’s conveniently compact and lightweight, so I can stash it away in my photo backpack and grab it whenever I need to swap from shooting stills to video. It actually works really well as a pan-and-tilt head for shooting stills in addition to video, especially if you add in an L-bracket for portrait orientation shots. The laterally rotatable clamp makes the new CC version of the head all the more ideal for this, as you can use the QR plate or slot in an Arca-Swiss compatible L-bracket running sideways instead of just front-to-back.</p><p>I also like the redesigned, retractable panning handle, as it enables me to select the length that I want to use, as well as saving on storage space without feeling the need to remove the handle every time I pack the head away. The tricked-up replacement ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’ is yet another improvement, and I like the way that I don’t even have to use the QR plate at all if I’m shooting with big, heavy telephoto lenses that have an Arca-Swiss profile mounting foot in their tripod mounting collars. All in all, the ‘CC’ is a worthy upgrade over the original. With its clever design, rich feature list, excellent build quality, and stylish finish, this one’s a keeper.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The original AirHed Cine had an impressive feature list but the CC adds a rotatable clamp, retractable panning handle and an upgraded ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design combines compactness and lightness of weight with a hefty payload rating and excellent build quality, along with intuitive ease of use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s no adjustable counterbalance system nor a secondary upper panning plate but the head performs brilliantly well and has a wonderfully fluid feel to its tilt and pan mechanisms.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>In no way is this a ‘cheap’ video head but considering the features, design and performance, it’s great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4970px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7" name="3LTAC 00 hero 2141" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4970" height="2130" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZmggnVKRX7Ba4KYWtzhAHQ" name="Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZmggnVKRX7Ba4KYWtzhAHQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2013" height="2013" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</strong></a> works well for both stills and video, making it an ideal head for hybrid shooters who don’t mind a bit of compromise along the way. It has a relatively modest maximum payload rating of 4.5kg / 10lb but is comparatively inexpensive at around $85 / £100 / AU$215.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1512px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="w5kMRengZMxPuo7WYEwfHQ" name="Manfrotto 504X square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w5kMRengZMxPuo7WYEwfHQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1512" height="1512" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base</strong></a> is a big, chunky beast with a variable fluid drag system on both pan and tilt, along with a 4-step variable counterbalance system for different weights and sizes of gear. It’s relatively expensive, however, at around $535 / £375 / AU$710.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Keychain cameras are trendy, but Joby shrank down a tripod for compact cameras and smartphones and gave it a clip ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Keychain cameras like the Kodak Charmera have gone viral – but that’s not the only photo gear shrinking down to fit on a key ring. Joby, the same brand behind the flexible GorillaPod, has launched a mini tripod that clips onto a belt loop or a bag that weighs just 106g / 3.7 oz.</p><p>The <a href="https://joby.com/blogs/explore/introducing-handypod-clip-extend-tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Joby HandyPod Clip Extend</a> is a mini tripod built for smartphones, compact cameras, and action cameras. While the compact tripod itself is only around six inches, the built-in extending <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">selfie stick</a> can also be used to extend the tabletop tripod to a height of 33.5 cm / 13.19 inches.</p><p>One of the tripod’s legs has a built-in carabiner, allowing creators to clip the tripod to a belt loop or backpack. The mini tripod’s folded length under 16mm / 6.5 inches makes it larger than a keychain camera, but still fairly portable for a tripod. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2hJcdNdwkrMegcnMA7pGBZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xpo7nLkEib2RC4JzUfXiwY-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XFjdEqXC6py6P5HEaAuKHZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>I can see the new <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripod</a> attracting creators on the go who want to pack light. The carabiner will also allow the tripod to be attached to lanyards or camera straps.</p><p>The HandyPod Clip Extend uses a standard 1/4-inch tripod thread, allowing it to accommodate a variety of different types of cameras. Those cameras should be under 1 kg / 2.2 lbs, but that still allows the tripod to support smartphones, compact cameras, action cameras, and even some lighter travel mirrorless cameras with lightweight lenses.</p><p>True to Joby’s roots, the tripod isn’t meant to spend its life on a tabletop. The legs have clips that allow the camera to enter what the company calls “mantis mode” and cling on to the side of railings and chain link fences.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY" name="HandyPodClipExtend_Blog_MidPageHero copy" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2048" height="1152" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Joby)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ball head allows creators to further adjust the camera’s angle, including supporting both horizontal and vertical positions.</p><p>The tripod also has an integrated cold shoe to add a light, mic, or another accessory.</p><p>The tripod also doubles as a selfie stick and handheld grip.</p><p>Last year, Videndum – the same brand that owns Manfrotto and Lowepro – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/the-brand-behind-the-iconic-gorillapod-flexible-tripods-has-just-been-sold-to-a-china-based-photography-accessory-company">sold the Joby brand to the Chinese manufacturer Vijim</a>. At the time, Videndum said the move would help them narrow their focus on more pro-oriented gear.</p><p>Since then, Joby, who is still based in California, has continued to launch portable camera accessories. The June 09 launch of the HandyPod Clip Extend follows a <a href="https://joby.com/blogs/explore/introducing-joby-griptight-cold-shoe-mount" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">GripTight Cold Shoe mount</a> that allows smartphones to be held from a shoe mount, also announced in June.</p><p>The new launch isn’t Joby’s first tripod with a carabiner, but the June 2026 launch takes on a different design and adds an extension selfie stick compared to earlier options like the HandyPod Clip and HandyPod Clip Action.</p><p>The Joby HandyPod Clip Extend sells for about $35 / £31 / AU$58 / CA$57. Some retailers have already opened orders, including <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1963058-REG/joby_jb0001ct_handypod_clip_extend_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">B&H in the US</a> and <a href="https://joby.com/products/handypod-clip-extend-tripod" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Joby's online store</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Joby HandyPod Clip Extend"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Take a deep dive into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">best tabletop tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">best selfie sticks</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/keychain-cameras-are-trendy-but-joby-shrank-down-a-tripod-for-compact-cameras-and-smartphones-and-gave-it-a-clip</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Joby HandyPod Clip Extend can clip to a backpack or belt loop and is built for smartphones, compact cameras, and action cams ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">5v9jgzxYco4BuC4AR6bveQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VR7hHNmLKvzt6Wfk4dKXQY-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2026 18:02:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VR7hHNmLKvzt6Wfk4dKXQY-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Joby]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VR7hHNmLKvzt6Wfk4dKXQY-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Keychain cameras like the Kodak Charmera have gone viral – but that’s not the only photo gear shrinking down to fit on a key ring. Joby, the same brand behind the flexible GorillaPod, has launched a mini tripod that clips onto a belt loop or a bag that weighs just 106g / 3.7 oz.</p><p>The <a href="https://joby.com/blogs/explore/introducing-handypod-clip-extend-tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Joby HandyPod Clip Extend</a> is a mini tripod built for smartphones, compact cameras, and action cameras. While the compact tripod itself is only around six inches, the built-in extending <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">selfie stick</a> can also be used to extend the tabletop tripod to a height of 33.5 cm / 13.19 inches.</p><p>One of the tripod’s legs has a built-in carabiner, allowing creators to clip the tripod to a belt loop or backpack. The mini tripod’s folded length under 16mm / 6.5 inches makes it larger than a keychain camera, but still fairly portable for a tripod. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2hJcdNdwkrMegcnMA7pGBZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xpo7nLkEib2RC4JzUfXiwY-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XFjdEqXC6py6P5HEaAuKHZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>I can see the new <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripod</a> attracting creators on the go who want to pack light. The carabiner will also allow the tripod to be attached to lanyards or camera straps.</p><p>The HandyPod Clip Extend uses a standard 1/4-inch tripod thread, allowing it to accommodate a variety of different types of cameras. Those cameras should be under 1 kg / 2.2 lbs, but that still allows the tripod to support smartphones, compact cameras, action cameras, and even some lighter travel mirrorless cameras with lightweight lenses.</p><p>True to Joby’s roots, the tripod isn’t meant to spend its life on a tabletop. The legs have clips that allow the camera to enter what the company calls “mantis mode” and cling on to the side of railings and chain link fences.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY" name="HandyPodClipExtend_Blog_MidPageHero copy" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2048" height="1152" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Joby)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ball head allows creators to further adjust the camera’s angle, including supporting both horizontal and vertical positions.</p><p>The tripod also has an integrated cold shoe to add a light, mic, or another accessory.</p><p>The tripod also doubles as a selfie stick and handheld grip.</p><p>Last year, Videndum – the same brand that owns Manfrotto and Lowepro – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/the-brand-behind-the-iconic-gorillapod-flexible-tripods-has-just-been-sold-to-a-china-based-photography-accessory-company">sold the Joby brand to the Chinese manufacturer Vijim</a>. At the time, Videndum said the move would help them narrow their focus on more pro-oriented gear.</p><p>Since then, Joby, who is still based in California, has continued to launch portable camera accessories. The June 09 launch of the HandyPod Clip Extend follows a <a href="https://joby.com/blogs/explore/introducing-joby-griptight-cold-shoe-mount" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">GripTight Cold Shoe mount</a> that allows smartphones to be held from a shoe mount, also announced in June.</p><p>The new launch isn’t Joby’s first tripod with a carabiner, but the June 2026 launch takes on a different design and adds an extension selfie stick compared to earlier options like the HandyPod Clip and HandyPod Clip Action.</p><p>The Joby HandyPod Clip Extend sells for about $35 / £31 / AU$58 / CA$57. Some retailers have already opened orders, including <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1963058-REG/joby_jb0001ct_handypod_clip_extend_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">B&H in the US</a> and <a href="https://joby.com/products/handypod-clip-extend-tripod" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Joby's online store</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Joby HandyPod Clip Extend"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Take a deep dive into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">best tabletop tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">best selfie sticks</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit review: built for speed and stability ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Benro is renowned for offering solid support to photographers and videographers. The Chinese manufacturer has been going for 30 years and counting, creating a diverse range of products. I’ve been impressed by many and varied bits of Benro kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-cyanbird-carbon-tripod-with-fs30-head-review">Benro Cyanbird Carbon FS30 travel tripod kit</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C monopod</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gh5c-gimbal-head-review">Benro GH5C gimbal head,</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review">Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket</a>, to name but a few.</p><p>The Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit that I’m reviewing this time around is from a new series of video tripods, their main claim to fame being the ‘lightning lock’ leg system. As its name suggests, the design aims to be super-fast for setting up the tripod and packing it away again after a take. Available in both aluminum and carbon fiber versions and with different heads, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripod kits</a> on the market. I put the aluminum kit with the KH fluid head to the test.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC" name="BVT 01 intro 2169.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4999" height="2812" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the complete kits, comprising aluminum legs and a KH video head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-specifications"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>81cm / 31.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>151cm / 59.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>75.5cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.9kg / 8.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>6.8kg / 15lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>18mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Twin spike / pad</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-price"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Price</span></h3><p>The current range of Lightning Lock-series legs and complete kits starts at a very competitive price and stays very reasonable through to the top end. Kicking off the selection is the set of aluminum legs on their own, priced at $175 / £220. Adding the KH fluid head for a complete kit brings the price up to $280 / £330. The carbon fiber legs on their own are slightly pricier than the complete aluminum kit, priced at $300 / £340, while the range-topping carbon kit with head sells for $380 / £450. Even that’s very affordable for a pro-grade video tripod.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-design-handling"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Following something of a time-honored tradition for video tripods, the legs are constructed from twin-tube sections. The idea is to maximize the overall stability while reducing the risk of tortional flexing and twisting while you’re panning. As such, the top and middle sections of the 3-section legs have double tubes, and the bottom section has the usual single tube.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC" name="BVT 2167.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">True to type, there are tubular leg sections aplenty, as immediately apparent when the tripod is folded down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When folded out, the legs have the usual look of five tubes in a row. At least, that’s how things look when the tripod is set to its minimum height. As you extend the legs for loftier operation, the top two sections extend in pairs of tubes, and the single bottom tube of each leg also extends.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4762px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC" name="BVT 2170.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4762" height="2679" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are still lots of tubes in evidence when you fold the legs out and stand the tripod up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another bit of video tradition is that the Benro features a spreader between the legs. Again, this is to enhance stability and to make sure that the legs stay evenly and securely positioned while the tripod is in use. The spreader is typically hinged so that it folds out automatically as you pull the legs out from their folded position. As such, the tripod doesn’t feature alternative locking leg angles for operational use, and clips are included for holding the legs together when the tripod is folded down.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3849px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC" name="BVT 2174.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3849" height="2165" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The hinged spreader automatically folds out as you pull the legs away from their stowage position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting on to the hotter news about extending and contracting the legs to alter the height, the tripod features Benro’s new ‘lightning locks’. I’m a fan, liking that each leg has just a single lock/release lever for height adjustment, making them very quick and easy to adjust. You simply pull each lever outwards from the leg to release all three sections, make the necessary height adjustment, then push it back in again. As well as speeding up the process of height adjustments, the system also makes it easier to level the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4493px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC" name="BVT 2175.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4493" height="2527" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leg locks do indeed work with lightning speed and very little effort, making height and leveling adjustments quick and intuitive. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the lightning locks enable quick and broadly accurate leveling, you still need the platform that supports the head to be perfectly leveled if panning is on the cards. That’s so that the horizon doesn’t start to tip over at an angle during panning. As such, the tripod features a 60mm leveling bowl and a simple lock/release knob underneath the main platform. Again, it’s a quick and easy system to use, as you just have to loosen the knob, make the leveling adjustment, then tighten it back up to lock the platform in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC" name="BVT 2178.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 60mm leveling bowl follows suit, being similarly quick and easy to adjust as the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As an aid to leveling, there’s a bubble level on the platform, and I’m pleased that it’s comparatively large and easy to see, unlike the tiny bubble levels of some tripods. Naturally, most cameras these days feature an artificial horizon that can be more accurate than using a bubble level, but every little helps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC" name="BVT 2180.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level on the platform is relatively large and clear to see. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve found that some video heads have a panning action that’s a little too loose for my liking, whereas others feel a bit tight and stiff. A neat feature of the Benro is that, as well as the pan lock/release knob, there’s an adjustable fluid drag control. This has a twist action that enables you to set just the right amount of fluid drag that you’re most comfortable with, for the job at hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC" name="BVT 2181.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Beneath the black panning lock/release knob, there’s a blue ring for adjusting the fluid drag, below which is a calibrated panning scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tilt mechanism is relatively straightforward, with a simple lock/release knob. This gives some control over the amount of drag for front-to-back tilting, but not so much as with the panning adjuster. As I’d expect, there’s a spring-loaded counterbalance system but, again, this is quite a simple affair and the head doesn’t feature an adjustable counterbalance mechanism for tailoring it to different weights of camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC" name="BVT 2184.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt lock/release knob is on the same side of the head as the panning knob, the former at the top and the latter at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance the feel of the tilt and panning action, the head features a generously long panning handle. It has the usual elbow that angles its shaft, and is mounted on splines that avoid any risk of slippage or wobbling. The grippy rubberized hand grip area of the panning handle is also comfortably large and feels good to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC" name="BVT 2185.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The splines in its mount and elbow in its shaft ensure a secure mount for the panning handle, with both vertical and lateral adjustments. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As is often the case with up-market video heads, a splined attachment bracket is featured on both the left and right sides of the head, to accommodate comfortable panning with either your left or right hand, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC" name="BVT 2188.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even if you’re not left-handed, you might prefer to mount the panning handle on the left to leave your right hand free for controlling your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The clamp up on top is industry-standard 501 compatible and comes complete with a quick-release plate. The clamp has a rotary lock-release knob plus a security pushbutton at the rear, to avoid any nasty surprises with the plate sliding out accidentally.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC" name="BVT 2190.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 501-type clamp plays host to a quick-release plate that’s supplied with the head. The safety catch release button at the rear is pictured under my thumb in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself features a sliding mounting screw saddle for attaching your camera, cage, or lens with a tripod-mounting collar. There are also three spring-loaded security pins and a calibrated scale along both sides of the plate, for precision placement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3370px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC" name="BVT 2192.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3370" height="1895" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate has a measurement scale printed on both sides and marked in millimeters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with large, rubber pads which give a firm and stable footing on hard flooring and ground. They’re removable, to reveal dual spikes as alternative footwear that’s more suitable for soft flooring and loose ground. It’s nice to have the choice, my only slight complaint being that I found the rubber retaining straps that hold the rubber feet in place to be quite stiff and fiddly for removal and replacement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3717px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC" name="BVT 2194.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3717" height="2090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The image above shows one of the large rubber foot pads, whereas it has been removed for the image below, which shows the dual metal spikes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3717px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9" name="BVT 2195.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3717" height="2090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-performance"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Performance</span></h3><p>A key performance plus point is that the ‘lightning locks’ live up to their billing and enable super-quick setup of the tripod. That can be a massive bonus if you need to react quickly to an unfolding storyline at weddings and other events, and for shooting sports or wildlife. The bowl mechanism in the head is similarly speedy for quick and accurate leveling, so you’re ready to roll in no time at all.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC" name="BVT 2198.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height is adequate rather than overly generous, and ultra-low-level shooting isn’t available. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a fairly decent height range on offer, from a minimum operating height of 75cm / 29.5 inches, up to a maximum of 151cm / 59.5 inches. That should suffice for most scenarios, but won’t cover you for ultra-low-level shooting or for getting an overview with a really tall perspective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC" name="BVT 2204.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Tightening the pan and tilt knobs effectively enable you to lock off the tripod for static shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Stability and rigidity are impressive, and the tripod is very resistant to flexing and vibrations when panning and tilting. Pan and tilt themselves operate with the requisite fluidity for videography, and I’m very happy with the adjustable fluid drag control for panning. The lack of an adjustable counterbalance system can be less rewarding, especially if you’re using hefty camera and lens combinations. The maximum payload rating of the kit is 6.8kg / 15lb, which again should suffice for most needs but isn’t overly generous. There’s also no threaded socket for attaching accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, or monitor screen via a magic arm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC" name="BVT 2206.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Unlike a growing range of video tripods and heads, there’s no threaded socket for adding accessories like a monitor screen or LED lamp. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Ultimately, the Benro won’t win any prizes for its range of height adjustment or maximum load-bearing capability, but performance is very pleasing within the design parameters. It’s a quick and easy video tripod to use, without being too big, heavy, and cumbersome.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4501px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC" name="BVT 2207.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4501" height="2531" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Weighing in at a manageable 3.9kg / 8.6lb, the complete aluminum tripod kit with video head is ideal to take on the road, and comes complete with a padded bag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-verdict"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to like in the Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit. Living up to its billing, the new ‘lightning lock’ system enables super-fast height adjustments and leveling of the legs, while the 60mm bowl mechanism in the head allows for ultra-precise leveling adjustments. As well as being quick and easy to set up, the tripod operates with smooth efficiency and features an adjustable fluid drag mechanism for panning. That’s backed up by good resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p><p>The maximum load rating isn’t overly generous, there’s no adjustable counterbalance system, and the feet require a bit of effort to swap them between rubber pads and dual metal spikes. Even so, the Benro is simple to use, highly effective in most shooting scenarios, and very good value for money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The lightning locks for height adjustment are the most innovative feature but the adjustable fluid drag for panning is another high point.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design is a mix of old and new, enabling speedy setup but lacking a few finer points like an adjustable counterbalance system, accessory mount or a provision for ultra-low-level shooting.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibrations are good, and the tripod is a smooth operator for panning and tilt.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>For a complete video tripod kit that includes specialized legs, a leveling bowl and clever head, the aluminum version in particularly is good value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2964px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9" name="BVT 00 hero 2165.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2964" height="1270" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension48="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-alta-pro-3vrl-303cv-18-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1181px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eYsdbcjwRDChgnvCdAuNch" name="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eYsdbcjwRDChgnvCdAuNch-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1181" height="1181" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-alta-pro-3vrl-303cv-18-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension48="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18</strong></a> carbon fiber video tripod kit has an impressive range of fluid movement, thanks to a clever head and a rock-solid set of legs. I also like its quick-release leveling base and additional flat platform.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1945px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aJNq8yWa8zZqkfjpZsRLfh" name="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJNq8yWa8zZqkfjpZsRLfh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1945" height="1945" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon</strong></a> uses a similarly quick-action, single clamp for each set of leg sections, and the complete kit comes with a particularly excellent pan and tilt video head. However, it’s very much more expensive than the Benro kit to buy.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-aluminum-video-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit is from a new generation of pro-grade video tripods from a leading manufacturer ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">BtGR8JWGgCF6VKqMRUEjZG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 15:39:47 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Benro is renowned for offering solid support to photographers and videographers. The Chinese manufacturer has been going for 30 years and counting, creating a diverse range of products. I’ve been impressed by many and varied bits of Benro kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-cyanbird-carbon-tripod-with-fs30-head-review">Benro Cyanbird Carbon FS30 travel tripod kit</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C monopod</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gh5c-gimbal-head-review">Benro GH5C gimbal head,</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review">Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket</a>, to name but a few.</p><p>The Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit that I’m reviewing this time around is from a new series of video tripods, their main claim to fame being the ‘lightning lock’ leg system. As its name suggests, the design aims to be super-fast for setting up the tripod and packing it away again after a take. Available in both aluminum and carbon fiber versions and with different heads, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripod kits</a> on the market. I put the aluminum kit with the KH fluid head to the test.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC" name="BVT 01 intro 2169.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4999" height="2812" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the complete kits, comprising aluminum legs and a KH video head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-specifications"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>81cm / 31.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>151cm / 59.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>75.5cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.9kg / 8.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>6.8kg / 15lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>18mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Twin spike / pad</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-price"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Price</span></h3><p>The current range of Lightning Lock-series legs and complete kits starts at a very competitive price and stays very reasonable through to the top end. Kicking off the selection is the set of aluminum legs on their own, priced at $175 / £220. Adding the KH fluid head for a complete kit brings the price up to $280 / £330. The carbon fiber legs on their own are slightly pricier than the complete aluminum kit, priced at $300 / £340, while the range-topping carbon kit with head sells for $380 / £450. Even that’s very affordable for a pro-grade video tripod.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-design-handling"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Following something of a time-honored tradition for video tripods, the legs are constructed from twin-tube sections. The idea is to maximize the overall stability while reducing the risk of tortional flexing and twisting while you’re panning. As such, the top and middle sections of the 3-section legs have double tubes, and the bottom section has the usual single tube.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC" name="BVT 2167.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">True to type, there are tubular leg sections aplenty, as immediately apparent when the tripod is folded down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When folded out, the legs have the usual look of five tubes in a row. At least, that’s how things look when the tripod is set to its minimum height. As you extend the legs for loftier operation, the top two sections extend in pairs of tubes, and the single bottom tube of each leg also extends.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4762px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC" name="BVT 2170.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4762" height="2679" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are still lots of tubes in evidence when you fold the legs out and stand the tripod up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another bit of video tradition is that the Benro features a spreader between the legs. Again, this is to enhance stability and to make sure that the legs stay evenly and securely positioned while the tripod is in use. The spreader is typically hinged so that it folds out automatically as you pull the legs out from their folded position. As such, the tripod doesn’t feature alternative locking leg angles for operational use, and clips are included for holding the legs together when the tripod is folded down.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3849px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC" name="BVT 2174.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3849" height="2165" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The hinged spreader automatically folds out as you pull the legs away from their stowage position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting on to the hotter news about extending and contracting the legs to alter the height, the tripod features Benro’s new ‘lightning locks’. I’m a fan, liking that each leg has just a single lock/release lever for height adjustment, making them very quick and easy to adjust. You simply pull each lever outwards from the leg to release all three sections, make the necessary height adjustment, then push it back in again. As well as speeding up the process of height adjustments, the system also makes it easier to level the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4493px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC" name="BVT 2175.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4493" height="2527" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leg locks do indeed work with lightning speed and very little effort, making height and leveling adjustments quick and intuitive. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the lightning locks enable quick and broadly accurate leveling, you still need the platform that supports the head to be perfectly leveled if panning is on the cards. That’s so that the horizon doesn’t start to tip over at an angle during panning. As such, the tripod features a 60mm leveling bowl and a simple lock/release knob underneath the main platform. Again, it’s a quick and easy system to use, as you just have to loosen the knob, make the leveling adjustment, then tighten it back up to lock the platform in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC" name="BVT 2178.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 60mm leveling bowl follows suit, being similarly quick and easy to adjust as the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As an aid to leveling, there’s a bubble level on the platform, and I’m pleased that it’s comparatively large and easy to see, unlike the tiny bubble levels of some tripods. Naturally, most cameras these days feature an artificial horizon that can be more accurate than using a bubble level, but every little helps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC" name="BVT 2180.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level on the platform is relatively large and clear to see. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve found that some video heads have a panning action that’s a little too loose for my liking, whereas others feel a bit tight and stiff. A neat feature of the Benro is that, as well as the pan lock/release knob, there’s an adjustable fluid drag control. This has a twist action that enables you to set just the right amount of fluid drag that you’re most comfortable with, for the job at hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC" name="BVT 2181.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Beneath the black panning lock/release knob, there’s a blue ring for adjusting the fluid drag, below which is a calibrated panning scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tilt mechanism is relatively straightforward, with a simple lock/release knob. This gives some control over the amount of drag for front-to-back tilting, but not so much as with the panning adjuster. As I’d expect, there’s a spring-loaded counterbalance system but, again, this is quite a simple affair and the head doesn’t feature an adjustable counterbalance mechanism for tailoring it to different weights of camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC" name="BVT 2184.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt lock/release knob is on the same side of the head as the panning knob, the former at the top and the latter at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance the feel of the tilt and panning action, the head features a generously long panning handle. It has the usual elbow that angles its shaft, and is mounted on splines that avoid any risk of slippage or wobbling. The grippy rubberized hand grip area of the panning handle is also comfortably large and feels good to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC" name="BVT 2185.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The splines in its mount and elbow in its shaft ensure a secure mount for the panning handle, with both vertical and lateral adjustments. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As is often the case with up-market video heads, a splined attachment bracket is featured on both the left and right sides of the head, to accommodate comfortable panning with either your left or right hand, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC" name="BVT 2188.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even if you’re not left-handed, you might prefer to mount the panning handle on the left to leave your right hand free for controlling your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The clamp up on top is industry-standard 501 compatible and comes complete with a quick-release plate. The clamp has a rotary lock-release knob plus a security pushbutton at the rear, to avoid any nasty surprises with the plate sliding out accidentally.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC" name="BVT 2190.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 501-type clamp plays host to a quick-release plate that’s supplied with the head. The safety catch release button at the rear is pictured under my thumb in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself features a sliding mounting screw saddle for attaching your camera, cage, or lens with a tripod-mounting collar. There are also three spring-loaded security pins and a calibrated scale along both sides of the plate, for precision placement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3370px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC" name="BVT 2192.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3370" height="1895" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate has a measurement scale printed on both sides and marked in millimeters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with large, rubber pads which give a firm and stable footing on hard flooring and ground. They’re removable, to reveal dual spikes as alternative footwear that’s more suitable for soft flooring and loose ground. It’s nice to have the choice, my only slight complaint being that I found the rubber retaining straps that hold the rubber feet in place to be quite stiff and fiddly for removal and replacement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3717px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC" name="BVT 2194.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3717" height="2090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The image above shows one of the large rubber foot pads, whereas it has been removed for the image below, which shows the dual metal spikes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3717px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9" name="BVT 2195.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3717" height="2090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-performance"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Performance</span></h3><p>A key performance plus point is that the ‘lightning locks’ live up to their billing and enable super-quick setup of the tripod. That can be a massive bonus if you need to react quickly to an unfolding storyline at weddings and other events, and for shooting sports or wildlife. The bowl mechanism in the head is similarly speedy for quick and accurate leveling, so you’re ready to roll in no time at all.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC" name="BVT 2198.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height is adequate rather than overly generous, and ultra-low-level shooting isn’t available. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a fairly decent height range on offer, from a minimum operating height of 75cm / 29.5 inches, up to a maximum of 151cm / 59.5 inches. That should suffice for most scenarios, but won’t cover you for ultra-low-level shooting or for getting an overview with a really tall perspective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC" name="BVT 2204.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Tightening the pan and tilt knobs effectively enable you to lock off the tripod for static shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Stability and rigidity are impressive, and the tripod is very resistant to flexing and vibrations when panning and tilting. Pan and tilt themselves operate with the requisite fluidity for videography, and I’m very happy with the adjustable fluid drag control for panning. The lack of an adjustable counterbalance system can be less rewarding, especially if you’re using hefty camera and lens combinations. The maximum payload rating of the kit is 6.8kg / 15lb, which again should suffice for most needs but isn’t overly generous. There’s also no threaded socket for attaching accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, or monitor screen via a magic arm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC" name="BVT 2206.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Unlike a growing range of video tripods and heads, there’s no threaded socket for adding accessories like a monitor screen or LED lamp. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Ultimately, the Benro won’t win any prizes for its range of height adjustment or maximum load-bearing capability, but performance is very pleasing within the design parameters. It’s a quick and easy video tripod to use, without being too big, heavy, and cumbersome.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4501px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC" name="BVT 2207.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4501" height="2531" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Weighing in at a manageable 3.9kg / 8.6lb, the complete aluminum tripod kit with video head is ideal to take on the road, and comes complete with a padded bag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-verdict"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to like in the Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit. Living up to its billing, the new ‘lightning lock’ system enables super-fast height adjustments and leveling of the legs, while the 60mm bowl mechanism in the head allows for ultra-precise leveling adjustments. As well as being quick and easy to set up, the tripod operates with smooth efficiency and features an adjustable fluid drag mechanism for panning. That’s backed up by good resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p><p>The maximum load rating isn’t overly generous, there’s no adjustable counterbalance system, and the feet require a bit of effort to swap them between rubber pads and dual metal spikes. Even so, the Benro is simple to use, highly effective in most shooting scenarios, and very good value for money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The lightning locks for height adjustment are the most innovative feature but the adjustable fluid drag for panning is another high point.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design is a mix of old and new, enabling speedy setup but lacking a few finer points like an adjustable counterbalance system, accessory mount or a provision for ultra-low-level shooting.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibrations are good, and the tripod is a smooth operator for panning and tilt.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>For a complete video tripod kit that includes specialized legs, a leveling bowl and clever head, the aluminum version in particularly is good value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2964px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9" name="BVT 00 hero 2165.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2964" height="1270" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension48="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-alta-pro-3vrl-303cv-18-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1181px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eYsdbcjwRDChgnvCdAuNch" name="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eYsdbcjwRDChgnvCdAuNch-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1181" height="1181" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-alta-pro-3vrl-303cv-18-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension48="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18</strong></a> carbon fiber video tripod kit has an impressive range of fluid movement, thanks to a clever head and a rock-solid set of legs. I also like its quick-release leveling base and additional flat platform.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1945px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aJNq8yWa8zZqkfjpZsRLfh" name="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJNq8yWa8zZqkfjpZsRLfh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1945" height="1945" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon</strong></a> uses a similarly quick-action, single clamp for each set of leg sections, and the complete kit comes with a particularly excellent pan and tilt video head. However, it’s very much more expensive than the Benro kit to buy.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Really Right Stuff's most affordable carbon fiber tripod yet still holds up to 40 pounds for pro-grade gear ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Carbon fiber tripods tend to hold heavier loads, but come at a premium cost. Really Right Stuff (RRS), the U.S.-based company known for its high-end carbon pro fiber camera support systems, believes its new Core Line offers a compelling solution.</p><p>According to RRS, the new Benchmark and Benchmark Inverted tripods are the most affordable carbon fiber tripods the company has ever produced, costing up to 32% less than comparable in-house alternatives.</p><p><a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/benchmark/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">The Core Line</a> is RRS's first tripod series produced entirely at its facility in Lehi, Utah, from raw fiber to finished legs. That, the company says, is one of the main reasons the new options are more affordable than the brand's previous supports.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3543px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb" name="bench,mark" alt="The RSS Benchmark carbon fiber tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3543" height="1993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RSS Benchmark carbon fiber tripod  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Really Right Stuff)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Benchmark is a four-section carbon fiber tripod designed for maximum stability, reach, and load capacity. It offers four leg-angle positions (24°, 44°, 64°, and 84°), weather-sealed twist locks designed to prevent over-twisting, and magnetic pull tabs that make adjustments easier, even while wearing gloves.</p><p>Built for heavier camera setups, the Benchmark supports up to 75 lb (34 kg), with a height range of 4.2 in (10.7 cm) to 69.7 in (177 cm). It weighs 3.8 lb (1.7 kg) and folds to 23.6 in (60 cm). While suitable for travel and hiking, it is less compact than many dedicated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">travel tripods</a> when folded.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3543px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c" name="inverted" alt="tripod." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3543" height="1993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RSS Benchmark Inverted carbon fibre tripod  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Really Right Stuff)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Benchmark Inverted shares the same core features but uses a three-section design with an inverted leg system that allows the tripod to be extended or collapsed from the top. RRS says this enables photographers to adjust the tripod without changing their position.</p><p>The Benchmark Inverted supports up to 40 lb (18 kg), weighs 3.6 lb (1.6 kg), and offers a height range of 4.6 in (11.8 cm) to 61.1 in (155.2 cm). It folds to 26.5 in (67.3 cm). Although relatively lightweight, its folded length may make it difficult to fit inside some backpacks.</p><p>The Core Line is available for preorder exclusively on the <a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/benchmark/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">RSS website</a>, with prices starting at $945 (£701 / AU$1,315) for the Benchmark and $795 (£589 / AU$1,106) for the Benchmark Inverted.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Check out our expert review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod</a> (carbon fibre), which tops our list of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/really-right-stuffs-most-affordable-carbon-fiber-tripod-yet-still-holds-up-to-40-pounds-for-pro-grade-gear</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ RRS has unveiled its most affordable carbon fiber tripod lineup yet with the new Core Line promising the brand's signature stability ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">pt7m35iMSrBXNmesSra2d5</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zcZxt6NurPG7qN3qwjqSmb-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2026 19:33:27 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alan Palazon ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zf7tYsbRE9JKvfVjebG5Cn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;I’ve been writing professionally since 2021 and joined Digital Camera World as a staff writer in 2026. My previous role was as a junior editor for a careers advice publisher and I’ve freelanced in the sustainability and travel and tourism niches.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In 2025, I became a qualified journalist completing my training remotely while traveling through Latin America. The experience melded my love for words and photography, and expanded my photographic interest into international photojournalism. Capturing the world’s incredible landscapes and cultures through the lens is what most inspires me.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;I started out on a Nikon D3500, which was the ideal entry-level digital camera, but have since upgraded to Sony’s Alpha system. My go-to setup is the A7III (and later A7 models) paired with the 24-105 F4 G lens. In all honesty, cameras are so advanced these days that I don’t think it matters what make or model you use.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zcZxt6NurPG7qN3qwjqSmb-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Really Right Stuff]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[tripod. ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[tripod. ]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[tripod. ]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zcZxt6NurPG7qN3qwjqSmb-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Carbon fiber tripods tend to hold heavier loads, but come at a premium cost. Really Right Stuff (RRS), the U.S.-based company known for its high-end carbon pro fiber camera support systems, believes its new Core Line offers a compelling solution.</p><p>According to RRS, the new Benchmark and Benchmark Inverted tripods are the most affordable carbon fiber tripods the company has ever produced, costing up to 32% less than comparable in-house alternatives.</p><p><a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/benchmark/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">The Core Line</a> is RRS's first tripod series produced entirely at its facility in Lehi, Utah, from raw fiber to finished legs. That, the company says, is one of the main reasons the new options are more affordable than the brand's previous supports.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3543px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb" name="bench,mark" alt="The RSS Benchmark carbon fiber tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3543" height="1993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RSS Benchmark carbon fiber tripod  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Really Right Stuff)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Benchmark is a four-section carbon fiber tripod designed for maximum stability, reach, and load capacity. It offers four leg-angle positions (24°, 44°, 64°, and 84°), weather-sealed twist locks designed to prevent over-twisting, and magnetic pull tabs that make adjustments easier, even while wearing gloves.</p><p>Built for heavier camera setups, the Benchmark supports up to 75 lb (34 kg), with a height range of 4.2 in (10.7 cm) to 69.7 in (177 cm). It weighs 3.8 lb (1.7 kg) and folds to 23.6 in (60 cm). While suitable for travel and hiking, it is less compact than many dedicated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">travel tripods</a> when folded.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3543px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c" name="inverted" alt="tripod." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3543" height="1993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RSS Benchmark Inverted carbon fibre tripod  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Really Right Stuff)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Benchmark Inverted shares the same core features but uses a three-section design with an inverted leg system that allows the tripod to be extended or collapsed from the top. RRS says this enables photographers to adjust the tripod without changing their position.</p><p>The Benchmark Inverted supports up to 40 lb (18 kg), weighs 3.6 lb (1.6 kg), and offers a height range of 4.6 in (11.8 cm) to 61.1 in (155.2 cm). It folds to 26.5 in (67.3 cm). Although relatively lightweight, its folded length may make it difficult to fit inside some backpacks.</p><p>The Core Line is available for preorder exclusively on the <a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/benchmark/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">RSS website</a>, with prices starting at $945 (£701 / AU$1,315) for the Benchmark and $795 (£589 / AU$1,106) for the Benchmark Inverted.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Check out our expert review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod</a> (carbon fibre), which tops our list of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ There’s no such thing as the perfect camera tripod, and it's the laws of physics that are to blame! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>[HeaderNot every digital camera has in-body or lens-enabled image stabilization, and even those that do need a little extra help from time to time. Especially in low light, where I might not want to simply crank-up ISO sensitivity or deploy artificial lighting.</p><p>Enter the camera tripod, which has been around as long as photography itself. Think metal sheet or glass plate photographs from the 19th Century that required excessively long exposures to produce an image. Not only did subjects need to remain as static as corpses, but the camera did too.</p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/france-set-to-stage-a-year-long-celebration-to-mark-200-years-of-photography-in-2026">Nearly two hundred years later</a>, however, I’m still yet to encounter the perfect camera or the perfect camera tripod. Even finding a tripod that matches my personal needs most of the time can be tricky, and nigh impossible if embarking on both stills and video capture, with the latter requiring a smooth panning head capability and seamless real-time adjustment.</p><p>I blame the basic laws of physics; which, having suffered through physics lessons and exams as a teenager, I’m always happy to do. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iQhJsErJhVA823RkgfTg5k" name="CMB1324.howto_landscapes.IP_RS41256_DSC_6648 copy" alt="Group of tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iQhJsErJhVA823RkgfTg5k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5950" height="3347" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod paradox... bigger may be better for stability, but smaller is better for portability </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If I want a lightweight and portable tripod, it’s not going to be able to cope with my large camera body and heavyweight telephoto lens. And if I compensate by going for a larger, heavier tripod, it’s obviously not going to be as portable. Yes, some tripods will allow me to hang a balancing weight from a hook at the base of the center column, to lower the centre of gravity and increase stability, but not all.</p><p>Therefore, the rule of thumb I go by is to always opt for the sturdiest possible example, which typically means the heaviest tripod I am prepared to carry. There’s no point in buying something I’m going to struggle to transport and use; it’ll just get left at home. The warhorse of a Velbon CX 540 tripod and three-way PH-656Q <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">pan-and-tilt head</a> has served me well for the past 25 years. Yes, I could spend more on a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod </a>for maximum strength and a relatively lightweight build over a heavier aluminum model at a lower cost, but, whichever, there is always a compromise to be made.</p><p>And whether I choose a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a>, a three-way head, a two-way head, a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared head</a> or a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">fluid video head</a> is an article all to itself. Types of leg lock also differ; but basically, I’m looking at something that is quickly adjustable yet provides maximum flexibility in terms of height and stability with it. Three-section legs with lever locks have served me just fine.</p><p>Alternatively, to throw a cat amongst the pigeons, might a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">monopod</a> with height adjustable sections and a tripod-like base occasionally suit you better than a tripod? I’ve found monopods useful when needing to gain height in a narrow or confined space, when shooting alongside other people, or over the heads of a crowd.</p><p>But while, ultimately, I don’t believe there is a one-size-suits-all solution, it’s safe to say that any camera tripod (or monopod) is better than no tripod at all.</p><p><strong>Check out our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"><strong>best tripods for photography</strong></a><strong></strong></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/theres-no-such-thing-as-the-perfect-camera-tripod-and-its-the-laws-of-physics-that-are-to-blame</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The frustrating truth about finding the perfect three-legged photographers' friend ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">K7RYqBJwuVWF8jQmZTZifU</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Vqrie65PxBxhcfavvHQSFk-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2026 16:04:26 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 01 Jun 2026 16:04:37 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gavin Stoker ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEpxm5TCwZVj9XaYBGaerE-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Vqrie65PxBxhcfavvHQSFk-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Group of tripods]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Group of tripods]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Group of tripods]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Vqrie65PxBxhcfavvHQSFk-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>[HeaderNot every digital camera has in-body or lens-enabled image stabilization, and even those that do need a little extra help from time to time. Especially in low light, where I might not want to simply crank-up ISO sensitivity or deploy artificial lighting.</p><p>Enter the camera tripod, which has been around as long as photography itself. Think metal sheet or glass plate photographs from the 19th Century that required excessively long exposures to produce an image. Not only did subjects need to remain as static as corpses, but the camera did too.</p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/france-set-to-stage-a-year-long-celebration-to-mark-200-years-of-photography-in-2026">Nearly two hundred years later</a>, however, I’m still yet to encounter the perfect camera or the perfect camera tripod. Even finding a tripod that matches my personal needs most of the time can be tricky, and nigh impossible if embarking on both stills and video capture, with the latter requiring a smooth panning head capability and seamless real-time adjustment.</p><p>I blame the basic laws of physics; which, having suffered through physics lessons and exams as a teenager, I’m always happy to do. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iQhJsErJhVA823RkgfTg5k" name="CMB1324.howto_landscapes.IP_RS41256_DSC_6648 copy" alt="Group of tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iQhJsErJhVA823RkgfTg5k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5950" height="3347" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod paradox... bigger may be better for stability, but smaller is better for portability </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If I want a lightweight and portable tripod, it’s not going to be able to cope with my large camera body and heavyweight telephoto lens. And if I compensate by going for a larger, heavier tripod, it’s obviously not going to be as portable. Yes, some tripods will allow me to hang a balancing weight from a hook at the base of the center column, to lower the centre of gravity and increase stability, but not all.</p><p>Therefore, the rule of thumb I go by is to always opt for the sturdiest possible example, which typically means the heaviest tripod I am prepared to carry. There’s no point in buying something I’m going to struggle to transport and use; it’ll just get left at home. The warhorse of a Velbon CX 540 tripod and three-way PH-656Q <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">pan-and-tilt head</a> has served me well for the past 25 years. Yes, I could spend more on a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod </a>for maximum strength and a relatively lightweight build over a heavier aluminum model at a lower cost, but, whichever, there is always a compromise to be made.</p><p>And whether I choose a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a>, a three-way head, a two-way head, a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared head</a> or a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">fluid video head</a> is an article all to itself. Types of leg lock also differ; but basically, I’m looking at something that is quickly adjustable yet provides maximum flexibility in terms of height and stability with it. Three-section legs with lever locks have served me just fine.</p><p>Alternatively, to throw a cat amongst the pigeons, might a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">monopod</a> with height adjustable sections and a tripod-like base occasionally suit you better than a tripod? I’ve found monopods useful when needing to gain height in a narrow or confined space, when shooting alongside other people, or over the heads of a crowd.</p><p>But while, ultimately, I don’t believe there is a one-size-suits-all solution, it’s safe to say that any camera tripod (or monopod) is better than no tripod at all.</p><p><strong>Check out our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"><strong>best tripods for photography</strong></a><strong></strong></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Should all photographers have camera insurance? There are more risks to cover than you probably think ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>You might think that camera insurance is only for serious pros, but I’d make the case that more casual photographers should consider taking out a policy as well. </p><p>When you work as a photographer for a large corporation, as I did for many years, you’re usually covered by the company’s insurance policy for all sorts of things. But the big one is public liability – in case you cause harm to a third party, such as clients or the general public. </p><p>(This article refers specifically to insurance in the United Kingdom, but the general principles apply everywhere.)</p><p>It was reassuring to have the backing of a publisher such as Future PLC, when I was the deputy editor for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/author/photoplus">PhotoPlus: the Canon magazine</a> from 2019 until its closure in 2025. But when I stepped into the world of freelance last year, I knew that insurance needed to be something I sorted ASAP.</p><p>When my camera insurance was renewed recently, it got me thinking about how useful this would be not only for working pros, who often need to prove they’re covered before they can shoot at certain venues, but also for more casual photographers. </p><p>Would you be covered if somebody tripped over your tethering cable, if your light stand scratched an expensive floor or your tripod toppled over and smashed a priceless antique?</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag" name="_MG_0082-Pano" alt="Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Insurance comes in all sorts of levels, from contents to fire and theft, accidental damage, professional indemnity and public liability. Public liability is the one that I think more casual shooters should consider. </p><p>When first starting out, the value of your camera and lenses may not be high enough to consider insuring, though if you’re particularly clumsy then accidental damage cover could be worth considering.</p><p>If you shoot any sort of events or wedding photography, either as a hobbyist or professional, you may find that many venues such as hotels or churches won’t allow you to operate on their property without providing proof of your cover – usually requiring at least £2 million of public liability insurance. </p><p>Producing such a policy is also a great way of showing your clients that you’re serious and helps give you credibility.</p><p>You may think that your home insurance policy covers this, and you’ll need to read the fine details to double-check. Many won’t, though, if your camera kit is over a certain amount, as it may need to be listed as a named item – and some brokers won’t cover items like cameras if they're used professionally, so you'll need special insurance for this instead. </p><p>Dedicated camera insurance from providers such as The Photographer’s Emporium or Photoguard offer varying levels of cover, ranging from public liability to professional indemnity to accidental damage, and the list goes on.</p><p>So my parting advice is, you may not need to cover the camera bodies and lenses themselves, but you should certainly consider public liability insurance to save you a headache if you get yourself into a situation on a shoot where it’s needed – it’s probably cheaper than you think and in my opinion is well worth it for peace of mind.</p><p>One final tip: the best resolution to theft or losing your camera kit is prevention – so be extra careful when you’re out and about in cities, use camera straps to keep them secure and place trackers like <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/apple-airtags-could-finally-be-on-the-way">Apple Air Tags</a> on your camera and in your camera bag to give you as much help as possible tracking down lost or stolen kit. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Want to know more? Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-remoteshttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-phonehttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-insurance-for-photographers">best camera insurance</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/should-all-photographers-have-camera-insurance-there-are-more-risks-to-cover-than-you-probably-think</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Would you be covered if somebody tripped over your tripod? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JU4xgAjD6ehjGTJ3UiuTWo</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNYtd3j9JdNNa6pHiyLBag-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 25 May 2026 00:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ dan.mold@futurenet.com (Dan Mold) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Dan Mold ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j5BBQoKwLZznXzRK4N6DC4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;A freelance professional photographer and filmmaker, Dan also has over a decade of experience as a journalist writing about all aspects of photography. Before serving as the Technique Editor and then Deputy Editor on &lt;em&gt;PhotoPlus: The Canon Magazine&lt;/em&gt;, he was the Technical Editor for &lt;em&gt;Practical Photography&lt;/em&gt; magazine as well as Photoshop Editor on &lt;em&gt;Digital Photo&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dan is an Adobe-certified Photoshop guru, making him officially a beast at post-processing – so he’s the perfect person to share tips and tricks both in-camera and in post. Able to shoot all genres, Dan provides techniques and tutorials on everything from portraits and landscapes to macro and wildlife, helping photographers get the most out of their cameras, lenses, filters, lighting, tripods, and, of course, editing software. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He&#039;s also one of our go-to reviewers, putting his years of Canon experience to play in testing cameras and lenses from the world&#039;s biggest camera company. &lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNYtd3j9JdNNa6pHiyLBag-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNYtd3j9JdNNa6pHiyLBag-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>You might think that camera insurance is only for serious pros, but I’d make the case that more casual photographers should consider taking out a policy as well. </p><p>When you work as a photographer for a large corporation, as I did for many years, you’re usually covered by the company’s insurance policy for all sorts of things. But the big one is public liability – in case you cause harm to a third party, such as clients or the general public. </p><p>(This article refers specifically to insurance in the United Kingdom, but the general principles apply everywhere.)</p><p>It was reassuring to have the backing of a publisher such as Future PLC, when I was the deputy editor for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/author/photoplus">PhotoPlus: the Canon magazine</a> from 2019 until its closure in 2025. But when I stepped into the world of freelance last year, I knew that insurance needed to be something I sorted ASAP.</p><p>When my camera insurance was renewed recently, it got me thinking about how useful this would be not only for working pros, who often need to prove they’re covered before they can shoot at certain venues, but also for more casual photographers. </p><p>Would you be covered if somebody tripped over your tethering cable, if your light stand scratched an expensive floor or your tripod toppled over and smashed a priceless antique?</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag" name="_MG_0082-Pano" alt="Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Insurance comes in all sorts of levels, from contents to fire and theft, accidental damage, professional indemnity and public liability. Public liability is the one that I think more casual shooters should consider. </p><p>When first starting out, the value of your camera and lenses may not be high enough to consider insuring, though if you’re particularly clumsy then accidental damage cover could be worth considering.</p><p>If you shoot any sort of events or wedding photography, either as a hobbyist or professional, you may find that many venues such as hotels or churches won’t allow you to operate on their property without providing proof of your cover – usually requiring at least £2 million of public liability insurance. </p><p>Producing such a policy is also a great way of showing your clients that you’re serious and helps give you credibility.</p><p>You may think that your home insurance policy covers this, and you’ll need to read the fine details to double-check. Many won’t, though, if your camera kit is over a certain amount, as it may need to be listed as a named item – and some brokers won’t cover items like cameras if they're used professionally, so you'll need special insurance for this instead. </p><p>Dedicated camera insurance from providers such as The Photographer’s Emporium or Photoguard offer varying levels of cover, ranging from public liability to professional indemnity to accidental damage, and the list goes on.</p><p>So my parting advice is, you may not need to cover the camera bodies and lenses themselves, but you should certainly consider public liability insurance to save you a headache if you get yourself into a situation on a shoot where it’s needed – it’s probably cheaper than you think and in my opinion is well worth it for peace of mind.</p><p>One final tip: the best resolution to theft or losing your camera kit is prevention – so be extra careful when you’re out and about in cities, use camera straps to keep them secure and place trackers like <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/apple-airtags-could-finally-be-on-the-way">Apple Air Tags</a> on your camera and in your camera bag to give you as much help as possible tracking down lost or stolen kit. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Want to know more? Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-remoteshttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-phonehttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-insurance-for-photographers">best camera insurance</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Flexible mini tripods can climb trees – but this brand is building a full-sized tripod that clings to objects using a clever hook ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Flexible tabletop tripods take tiny camera supports higher by clinging to objects – but one photography accessory brand is building a full-size tripod that can cling to railings, trees, and other objects. </p><p>The Silence Corner Viperpod is a full-sized tripod that can hook onto vertical surfaces when space is limited, the ground is uneven, or the photographer needs to get an even higher perspective. </p><p>The Viperpod “defies gravity” with the same concept as <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/could-this-be-the-ultimate-street-photography-tripod">Silence Corner’s Mambapod</a> – a hook. Placing this hook over the top of a railing with the legs adding support on the sides allows photographers and videographers to shoot on narrow balconies, uneven terrain, and other scenarios where a traditional tripod may not work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4" name="viperpod-tree" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="680" height="382" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Silence Corner)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But unlike tabletop tripods like the Mambapod, when there’s plenty of space for a traditional tripod, the Viperpod can be used as a classic, full-height tripod. The Viperpod reaches up to 61.8 inches / 157 cm, while the smaller Viperpod Light sits at up to 51.2 inches / 130.1 cm.</p><p>The ability to cling to railings isn’t the only unusual design feature. The center column is an external one rather than sitting inside the center. This design allows the center column to tip forward for low angles, rather than requiring disassembly. The center column also doubles as a pan and tilt handle for the included ball head.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T2fxaXpgGu9DQ3aC85AH74-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Silence Corner</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2FDh4yzoBzvwthwSTyQvC4-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Silence Corner</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Moving the center column to the exterior also allowed the designers to create a packed diameter that’s around 20 percent smaller than the tripod would have been with the more traditional design. Folded, the Viperpod measures 45 cm and weighs 2.55 lb /1.16 kg; the Light sits at 39.2 cm and 2.1 lb / .96 kg.</p><p>The tripods are built with five leg sections, which are adjusted with twist-style locks. Along with the hook to cling to objects, the tripod also has a hook on the center column for added support.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LAvbJLI-ozA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Like Silence Corner’s earlier products, the Viperpod is <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/silencecorner/viperpod/description" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">launching on Kickstarter</a>. If the project is successful, early backers could get the Viperpod Light for $279 / £207 / AU$390 / CA$382 or the Viperpod for $309 / £229 / AU$432 / CA$423.</p><p>All Kickstarter projects carry more risks than purchasing through reputable retailers. However, the Viperpod project has already surpassed the funding goal and follows five other successful crowdfunding campaigns from the California-based company.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/flexible-mini-tripods-can-climb-trees-but-this-brand-is-building-a-full-sized-tripod-that-clings-to-objects-using-a-clever-hook</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Viperpod is the first full-sized tripod with a built-in hook for clinging to railings, trees, and other objects ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">GJAAQ3aF9EJfcQppYfbcfn</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f9VPRZQhFufqMD7JnaGTB4-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 15:35:38 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f9VPRZQhFufqMD7JnaGTB4-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Silence Corner]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f9VPRZQhFufqMD7JnaGTB4-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Flexible tabletop tripods take tiny camera supports higher by clinging to objects – but one photography accessory brand is building a full-size tripod that can cling to railings, trees, and other objects. </p><p>The Silence Corner Viperpod is a full-sized tripod that can hook onto vertical surfaces when space is limited, the ground is uneven, or the photographer needs to get an even higher perspective. </p><p>The Viperpod “defies gravity” with the same concept as <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/could-this-be-the-ultimate-street-photography-tripod">Silence Corner’s Mambapod</a> – a hook. Placing this hook over the top of a railing with the legs adding support on the sides allows photographers and videographers to shoot on narrow balconies, uneven terrain, and other scenarios where a traditional tripod may not work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4" name="viperpod-tree" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="680" height="382" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Silence Corner)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But unlike tabletop tripods like the Mambapod, when there’s plenty of space for a traditional tripod, the Viperpod can be used as a classic, full-height tripod. The Viperpod reaches up to 61.8 inches / 157 cm, while the smaller Viperpod Light sits at up to 51.2 inches / 130.1 cm.</p><p>The ability to cling to railings isn’t the only unusual design feature. The center column is an external one rather than sitting inside the center. This design allows the center column to tip forward for low angles, rather than requiring disassembly. The center column also doubles as a pan and tilt handle for the included ball head.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T2fxaXpgGu9DQ3aC85AH74-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Silence Corner</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2FDh4yzoBzvwthwSTyQvC4-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Silence Corner</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Moving the center column to the exterior also allowed the designers to create a packed diameter that’s around 20 percent smaller than the tripod would have been with the more traditional design. Folded, the Viperpod measures 45 cm and weighs 2.55 lb /1.16 kg; the Light sits at 39.2 cm and 2.1 lb / .96 kg.</p><p>The tripods are built with five leg sections, which are adjusted with twist-style locks. Along with the hook to cling to objects, the tripod also has a hook on the center column for added support.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LAvbJLI-ozA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Like Silence Corner’s earlier products, the Viperpod is <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/silencecorner/viperpod/description" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">launching on Kickstarter</a>. If the project is successful, early backers could get the Viperpod Light for $279 / £207 / AU$390 / CA$382 or the Viperpod for $309 / £229 / AU$432 / CA$423.</p><p>All Kickstarter projects carry more risks than purchasing through reputable retailers. However, the Viperpod project has already surpassed the funding goal and follows five other successful crowdfunding campaigns from the California-based company.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Why I finally stopped lugging around a tripod on every landscape photography shoot ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I will admit that<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"> the best tripods</a> offer stability, help avoid  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake</a>, and allow you  to avoid losing image quality by shooting at low ISOs. These are all things that I've learned over time when it comes to shooting landscapes, but I’ve come to the conclusion that shooting handheld presents you with so many more opportunities.</p><p>My parents bought me my first <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-camera">DSLR camera</a>, a Canon EOS 700D (Rebel T5i), when I was around 15 years old studying photography at school. I had always been interested in <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/landscape-photography-tips">landscape photography</a>, and this was my chance to finally give them a go. One of my first memories using this camera was atop Solsbury Hill in Bath, UK, near where I grew up, on a thick and foggy atmospheric morning. </p><p>I was clueless when it came to camera settings, but I tried my hand at capturing the fog nevertheless. I didn’t have a tripod at the time, so I took these images handheld, foolishly at a narrow aperture of f/18. When shooting handheld at this kind of aperture you really need to have steady hands if you want to avoid camera shake. <em>A total understatement that is!</em></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT" name="IMG_2452_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">My first memory of trying landscape photography at a foggy Solsbury Hill (handheld at f/18) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Surprisingly, the images came out fine (as you can see above). Yes, if I had used a more suitable aperture I would have captured a crisper image, especially with the detail in the distance. But I was inexperienced, just learning the ropes. I enjoyed the experience in terms of being flexible, moving around freely and trying a variety of angles to shoot from.</p><p>As I got older, I eventually succumbed to purchasing a tripod as most landscape photographers that I saw had one. It was just a standard tripod, so it fitted nicely in my bag along with my camera. I had always assumed that for landscapes to be extremely detailed they needed to be taken on a tripod and at a narrow aperture of around f/18 – f/22. I soon realized this wasn’t the case. </p><p>There are benefits with using a tripod, but I also feel restricted when using one. The thought of carrying it around and adding weight to my bag instantly puts me off. When I shoot landscapes handheld I open my eyes more, I’m able to take images from various angles, angles which I can’t with a tripod. </p><p>When I found out that the aperture sweet spot for landscapes was between f/8 – f/13, this eliminated the need for a tripod for me. The image below supports this; it’s a very similar shot to my previous image but was taken at an aperture of f/10. Because of this I was able to use a faster shutter speed to eliminate camera shake, while avoiding diffraction, boosting the level of detail throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT" name="IMG_4730_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Experience gained over time is invaluable. Image taken halfway up Solsbury Hill (handheld at f/10) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I prefer to travel light when going out on shoots, as I’m an avid walker. When I see an inviting scene to photograph, I instantly want to capture it. But with a tripod I’d have to get it out of my bag, set it up, then make sure it’s stable and at the right height. I’d recommend purchasing a tripod when starting out as you’ll be unfamiliar with what settings to use, what works and what doesn’t. </p><p>But when you gain experience, ditch the tripod and see for yourself, you’ll appreciate the freedom. Ultimately, I believe landscape shots taken handheld are better because you can position yourself and your camera wherever you want. When using a tripod, you’re at its mercy. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT" name="IMG_5001_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The freedom of going handheld (Taken at f/11) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The image above is a perfect example of this, I was walking around Solsbury Hill on another occasion and spotted this cow staring at me, perfectly placed composition wise. As I was shooting handheld, I could compose my shot and capture it instantly. But with a tripod on the other hand, this might not have worked. </p><p>This is because I was shooting on a slope at an angle, a tripod would have made this very difficult. And by the time I set up the legs, position, height, and attached the camera the cow would have likely moved and the opportunity would have been squandered. I also prefer to have my camera firmly in my grasp rather than in the hands of a tripod. </p><p><em>Do you agree? Maybe I’ve inspired you to ditch your tripod more often. Hands at the ready everyone!</em></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want to eliminate camera shake? Then you'll need to know <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/photo-technique/want-sharper-photos-i-still-use-the-outdated-reciprocal-rule-to-beat-camera-shake-heres-why">the reciprocal rule</a>. If you're still a tripod stalwart, ask yourself: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a> And if you're not quite ready to take control of all your camera settings, it's time to learn the<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/photo-technique/im-a-photography-expert-heres-how-i-learned-the-exposure-triangle-and-how-i-use-it-to-shoot-in-manual-mode"> exposure triangle</a>. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/why-i-finally-stopped-lugging-around-a-tripod-on-every-landscape-photography-shoot</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ When it comes to landscape photography, bringing along a tripod seems to be the norm. Here’s why I think shooting handheld is the better option ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dL25MgXLNs5TJLL2FqqUgi</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zMFUEuJd8D5LX5RfLUYFKT-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 19 Apr 2026 07:05:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Craig Blackley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HEttaebVmjKRRsBicF9oHm-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zMFUEuJd8D5LX5RfLUYFKT-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Craig Blackley]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[A tripod might be a landscape staple, but that doesn&#039;t mean it&#039;s always necessary... ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zMFUEuJd8D5LX5RfLUYFKT-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I will admit that<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"> the best tripods</a> offer stability, help avoid  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake</a>, and allow you  to avoid losing image quality by shooting at low ISOs. These are all things that I've learned over time when it comes to shooting landscapes, but I’ve come to the conclusion that shooting handheld presents you with so many more opportunities.</p><p>My parents bought me my first <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-camera">DSLR camera</a>, a Canon EOS 700D (Rebel T5i), when I was around 15 years old studying photography at school. I had always been interested in <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/landscape-photography-tips">landscape photography</a>, and this was my chance to finally give them a go. One of my first memories using this camera was atop Solsbury Hill in Bath, UK, near where I grew up, on a thick and foggy atmospheric morning. </p><p>I was clueless when it came to camera settings, but I tried my hand at capturing the fog nevertheless. I didn’t have a tripod at the time, so I took these images handheld, foolishly at a narrow aperture of f/18. When shooting handheld at this kind of aperture you really need to have steady hands if you want to avoid camera shake. <em>A total understatement that is!</em></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT" name="IMG_2452_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">My first memory of trying landscape photography at a foggy Solsbury Hill (handheld at f/18) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Surprisingly, the images came out fine (as you can see above). Yes, if I had used a more suitable aperture I would have captured a crisper image, especially with the detail in the distance. But I was inexperienced, just learning the ropes. I enjoyed the experience in terms of being flexible, moving around freely and trying a variety of angles to shoot from.</p><p>As I got older, I eventually succumbed to purchasing a tripod as most landscape photographers that I saw had one. It was just a standard tripod, so it fitted nicely in my bag along with my camera. I had always assumed that for landscapes to be extremely detailed they needed to be taken on a tripod and at a narrow aperture of around f/18 – f/22. I soon realized this wasn’t the case. </p><p>There are benefits with using a tripod, but I also feel restricted when using one. The thought of carrying it around and adding weight to my bag instantly puts me off. When I shoot landscapes handheld I open my eyes more, I’m able to take images from various angles, angles which I can’t with a tripod. </p><p>When I found out that the aperture sweet spot for landscapes was between f/8 – f/13, this eliminated the need for a tripod for me. The image below supports this; it’s a very similar shot to my previous image but was taken at an aperture of f/10. Because of this I was able to use a faster shutter speed to eliminate camera shake, while avoiding diffraction, boosting the level of detail throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT" name="IMG_4730_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Experience gained over time is invaluable. Image taken halfway up Solsbury Hill (handheld at f/10) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I prefer to travel light when going out on shoots, as I’m an avid walker. When I see an inviting scene to photograph, I instantly want to capture it. But with a tripod I’d have to get it out of my bag, set it up, then make sure it’s stable and at the right height. I’d recommend purchasing a tripod when starting out as you’ll be unfamiliar with what settings to use, what works and what doesn’t. </p><p>But when you gain experience, ditch the tripod and see for yourself, you’ll appreciate the freedom. Ultimately, I believe landscape shots taken handheld are better because you can position yourself and your camera wherever you want. When using a tripod, you’re at its mercy. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT" name="IMG_5001_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The freedom of going handheld (Taken at f/11) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The image above is a perfect example of this, I was walking around Solsbury Hill on another occasion and spotted this cow staring at me, perfectly placed composition wise. As I was shooting handheld, I could compose my shot and capture it instantly. But with a tripod on the other hand, this might not have worked. </p><p>This is because I was shooting on a slope at an angle, a tripod would have made this very difficult. And by the time I set up the legs, position, height, and attached the camera the cow would have likely moved and the opportunity would have been squandered. I also prefer to have my camera firmly in my grasp rather than in the hands of a tripod. </p><p><em>Do you agree? Maybe I’ve inspired you to ditch your tripod more often. Hands at the ready everyone!</em></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want to eliminate camera shake? Then you'll need to know <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/photo-technique/want-sharper-photos-i-still-use-the-outdated-reciprocal-rule-to-beat-camera-shake-heres-why">the reciprocal rule</a>. If you're still a tripod stalwart, ask yourself: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a> And if you're not quite ready to take control of all your camera settings, it's time to learn the<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/photo-technique/im-a-photography-expert-heres-how-i-learned-the-exposure-triangle-and-how-i-use-it-to-shoot-in-manual-mode"> exposure triangle</a>. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod review: a Chesney Hawkes kind of tripod that aims to be the ‘one and only’ for all your photo needs ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Think tripods, and Manfrotto is a name that trips off the tongue. The legendary Italian company set out to make some of the best tripods on the market in the 1970s, and is still one of the best and most innovative manufacturers in its field, half a century later. As if to ram home the point, the company launched the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review">Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head</a> kit in the fall of 2025. I tested this new tripod kit at length and found that it gave solid, stable support, while living up to its ‘hybrid’ claims of being very versatile, enabling quick and easy swapping between stills and video capture with speed and ease.</p><p>That’s all very well, but as photographers, we haven’t all become ‘hybrid’ content creators just yet, and I hope it stays that way. For those of us who specialize in stills, or shoot still images exclusively, the ONE Hybrid Tripod is more complex than necessary, and that added complexity comes with an inflated price tag, forcing you to pay for stuff you don’t need. Enter the pared-down ONE Photo Tripod, aiming to give photographers what they want at a keen and more affordable price. With that in mind, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, instead of doubling up as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a> to boot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4" name="M1P 01 intro 0524.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5629" height="3166" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs are made from aluminum rather than up-market carbon fiber but are immaculately turned out with a black anodized finish. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-specifications"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>65.5cm / 25.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>10cm / 3.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.1kg / 6.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>12kg / 26.5lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Rubber pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-price"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Price</span></h3><p>When it comes to pricing, please indulge me a moment while I set the scene. A set of Manfrotto ONE Hybrid aluminum legs will set you back $500 / £375 / AU$900, or a pricier $720 / £539 / AU$1,250 if you trade up to carbon fiber. Add the Manfrotto 500X Fluid Head and the complete aluminum or carbon fiber kits cost around $680 / £519 / AU$1,200 or $880 / £669 / AU$1,500, respectively. Suffice it to say, they get pretty pricey, pretty quickly.</p><p>The ONE Photo legs are only currently available in aluminum but by shedding some of the ‘hybrid’ components that are more necessary for leveling the legs and swapping between different heads, the price comes down to a relatively affordable $329 / £269 / AU$675. Again, kits are also available so you can add either the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a>, for a total price of $515 / £399 / AU$999 for either option. There are considerable savings to be had.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto ONE Photo"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Travel tripods are all the rage nowadays, and I’ve tested plenty of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">the best travel tripods</a> on the market over the last few years. Sure enough, I like the way they fold down to such conveniently compact dimensions and are so easy to carry around, but setup tends to be a genuinely time-consuming chore. Take a travel tripod with 5-section legs and a 2-section center column, for example. This requires loosening and retightening up to 14 individual twist- or flip-action clamps. And then you have to go through the whole process again to pack the tripod away afterwards. By stark contrast, the Manfrotto ONE Photo couldn’t be quicker and easier to use.</p><p>The big trick in the design is that the ONE Photo features Manfrotto’s new XTEND system. It’s broadly similar to the mechanism in each of the legs of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review">Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon Tripod</a> that I tested a few years ago. The killer feature is that there’s only one single flip-action clamp in each leg. Flipping the clamp open or shut releases or locks all three of the sections in the leg, making it lightning fast to extend them for use and retract them again when your work is done.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4" name="M1P 0526.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5629" height="3166" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s just one single flip-action clamp in each leg, that enables you to release and lock all three of its telescoping sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Playing all the angles, it’s similarly quick, simple, and intuitive to engage any of the three lockable angles for each of the legs. Each leg has a sliding lever at the top, which you can operate with your thumb to give instant access to any of the 20, 50, or 81.5 degree leg angles on offer. Wider angles from the vertical are advantageous for low-level shooting, not only lowering the head but also giving greater stability with less risk of the tripod toppling over if it gets accidentally knocked. Using different legs at different angles can also be helpful when shooting on tricky, uneven terrain and for working around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5254px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4" name="M1P 0527.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5254" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The angle locks for each leg are based on a spring-loaded lever that you can easily operate with a finger or thumb. Again, it’s a quick and easy arrangement. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Okay, so the inclusion of multiple locking leg angles certainly isn’t an innovation and has been featured in most tripods for many years now. Many recent tripods have also featured a pivoting center column. Even so, the relatively new Q90 system in the ONE Photo tripod is supremely simple to use. Release the center column locking screw, raise the column to its maximum height, press a button at the bottom, and hey presto, you can flip it through 90 degrees for use as a horizontal boom. Why would you want to? Well, it’s great for ultra-low-level shooting as well as for macro photography. It’s also really useful for shooting with ultra-wide-angle or fisheye lenses, so that the tripod feet don’t creep into the shot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5254px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4" name="M1P 0529.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5254" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 mechanism enables you to flip the center column and use it as a horizontal boom, as well as sliding back and forth to achieve the optimum balance or to make critical adjustments in macro shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Weighing in at 3.1kg / 6.9lb and measuring 65.5cm / 25.8in when folded, I certainly wouldn’t class the Manfrotto ONE as a travel tripod. It’s relatively big and chunky, but with that comes a beefy 12kg / 26.5lb maximum payload rating. Another interesting feature of the design is that the leg sections all have a rounded rectangular profile, rather than being circular, designed to keep unwanted flexing to a minimum, thus maximizing rigidity and resistance to vibrations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4" name="M1P 0530.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Instead of being circular, each of the leg sections has a rounded rectangular profile, which aids stiffness and rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other design flourishes include Manfrotto’s Easy Link system, based on a threaded connection socket with anti-rotation protection. This is for adding accessories like a microphone, monitor and photographic lighting, either directly to the tripod or via an extending, adjustable arm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4" name="M1P 0531.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Easy Link socket is threaded and has an anti-rotation facility, ideal for adding a variety of accessories to the tripod and holding them securely. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s also a neat bubble level to help with leveling the legs. Situated on the spider of the tripod, the bubble level is built into a holder that you can rotate through an entire 360 degrees, so it’s easily visible from any angle. Down below the spider, a weight hook is built into the tripod, so you can hang some ballast to add stability without hampering the action of the pivoting center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4" name="M1P 0532.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level shown here is mounted in a holder that enables you to rotate it through a complete 360 degrees, putting it in the best viewing position. Down below, there’s a weight hook for adding ballast. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you might already have a perfectly good tripod head that you want to use with the legs. There’s a mounting platform with a circular base that has a fairly standard 60mm / 2.4in diameter. And if you don’t have something suitable, the ONE Photo tripod is available as a complete kit with either the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a>. They’re among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best pan and tilt heads</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads</a>, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5678px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4" name="M1P 0534.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5678" height="3193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">One of the complete kit options comes with a Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head, which is ideal for making precise, critical adjustments when shooting the likes of architecture or extreme close-ups. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the start, the money-saving opportunities in the ONE Photo Tripod and complete kits are thanks to some of the more ‘hybrid’ oriented features being stripped out. For example, leveling the tripod legs rather than just leveling the camera is most important if you’re going to be panning while shooting video rather than stills. The ONE Photo Tripod, therefore, doesn’t include the leveling component and modular center column that you get with the ONE Hybrid kits.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5678px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4" name="M1P 0535.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5678" height="3193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Don’t fancy a 3-way head? An alternative complete kit includes the superb Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head, which, as far as I’m concerned, has long been one of the very best ball heads on the market. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You also don’t get the XCHANGE quick-release system that’s included with the ONE Hybrid kit, for quickly and easily swapping between a video head and a photographic head. Even so, the XCHANGE unit is available to buy separately and, for my money, I think it’s well worth it if you have multiple photographic heads. For example, you might want to swap between one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared heads,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/best-gimbal-heads-for-tripods">gimbal heads</a>, depending on what you’re shooting and how you’re shooting it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4" name="M1P 0536.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4363" height="2454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto XCHANGE system makes it a doddle to swap between multiple heads, with a simple twist of the locking/release ring. Unlike with the ONE Hybrid Tripod, it’s sold as an optional extra in this case, which helps keep the initial cost down, as you might well not need it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The XCHANGE system is like a quick-release system for swapping between heads, rather than just mounting your camera or lens to a particular head. It costs around $54 /£39 / AU$89 for a complete kit plus $22 / £16 / AU$43 for additional CHANGE Plates. The way it works is very similar to the excellent but now-discontinued <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-move-quick-release-system-review">Manfrotto Move Quick Release Catcher System</a> that I’ve tested in the past, enabling you to fit or remove a head with a simple twist of the locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4" name="M1P 0537.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4363" height="2454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pad feet that come with the tripod are interchangeable, so that you can fit alternative footwear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that does follow through from the ONE Hybrid Tripod is that the supplied feet are interchangeable. You can therefore swap out the default rubber pads for metal spikes, the latter being more suitable for loose ground and soft surfaces.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-performance"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>For many photo opportunities, timing is everything. There’s no point in ensuring the best possible image quality by using a tripod if the moment has passed by the time you’ve finished setting it up. A key performance benefit of the Manfrotto ONE Photo is that it’s so massively quick to deploy. Not only is it relatively rapid to adjust the overall height, but also to level the legs using just one locking/release clamp per leg, which works with all of the incumbent sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4" name="M1P 0538.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All of the adjustments required for setting up and fine-tuning the tripod position work with smooth efficiency, in double-quick time. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, being able to set up a tripod quickly is a moot point if its rigidity isn’t up to muster. The rectangular-profile leg sections pay dividends here, and I found the Manfrotto to be entirely stable and rigid in use, right up to its maximum height with the center column fully extended. Aluminum sometimes gets a bad press for being less resistant to vibrations than carbon fiber, but I found the ONE Photo to be at least as good as many leading carbon fiber tripods in this respect, and better than some.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4" name="M1P 0541.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Although the ONE Photo doesn’t feature the modular center column of the ONE Hybrid edition, the Q90 pivoting center column still enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-verdict"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’d sort of assumed that the Manfrotto ONE Hybrid tripod got its ‘ONE’ title for being a single tripod that worked equally well for shooting stills and video. The ONE Photo has made me think again, as it’s more of a stills specialist but is nevertheless ‘one’ tripod that works equally well in the studio, out on the road, and pretty much anywhere and everywhere I’d want to use a tripod. And of course, there’s that innovative ‘one’ locking clamp per leg that acts on all three of its sections.</p><p>The main advantages, to my mind, are the relatively speedy setup and pack-away times, coupled with rock-solid support. Neat extras include the 90-degree pivoting center column, the accessory attachment system, and the interchangeable feet. For my personal requirements, I wish that the XCHANGE quick-release system were included with the legs and as part of either of the kits that include a ball head or 3-way head. However, that’s just because I personally like to shoot with different types of head in different situations. It actually makes more sense to be able to buy into the XCHANGE system as an optional extra, if and when you want to actually use it.</p><p>All in all, both of the full Manfrotto ONE Photo kits and the legs on their own are great buys, but I’ll be interested to see if Manfrotto subsequently launches a more luxurious carbon fiber option.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Useful features include ‘XTEND’ legs that are relatively quick and easy to set up, the Q90 pivoting center column system and multiple leg angles.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a clever design that takes most of the time and effort out of using a tripod, and it’s really well engineered and finished, although there’s currently no carbon fiber option.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is excellent, combining speedy setup with superb stability and resistance to flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The legs on their own as well as the complete kits with ball or 3-way heads don’t come cheap, but stripping out some of the non-essential ‘ONE’ components drives down the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5557px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4" name="M1P 00 hero 0523.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5557" height="2382" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2906px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="VUy7X7WYd8XmpyCvXU2yJk" name="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VUy7X7WYd8XmpyCvXU2yJk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2906" height="2906" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head</strong></a> kit lives up to its name, being a truly ‘hybrid’ kit that’s ideal for both stills and video. And unlike the ONE Photo edition, the ONE Hybrid is available in both aluminum and carbon fiber options.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2250px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5" name="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2250" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS</strong></a> is billed as being one of the company’s most versatile tripods ever. It comes with a pivoting center column and a neat range of extras that enable mounting two cameras rather than just one.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod is a suitably singular affair, especially when it comes to extending or retracting the legs ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">a2CgBZPgucS3dccwdXjVMc</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2026 11:05:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Think tripods, and Manfrotto is a name that trips off the tongue. The legendary Italian company set out to make some of the best tripods on the market in the 1970s, and is still one of the best and most innovative manufacturers in its field, half a century later. As if to ram home the point, the company launched the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review">Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head</a> kit in the fall of 2025. I tested this new tripod kit at length and found that it gave solid, stable support, while living up to its ‘hybrid’ claims of being very versatile, enabling quick and easy swapping between stills and video capture with speed and ease.</p><p>That’s all very well, but as photographers, we haven’t all become ‘hybrid’ content creators just yet, and I hope it stays that way. For those of us who specialize in stills, or shoot still images exclusively, the ONE Hybrid Tripod is more complex than necessary, and that added complexity comes with an inflated price tag, forcing you to pay for stuff you don’t need. Enter the pared-down ONE Photo Tripod, aiming to give photographers what they want at a keen and more affordable price. With that in mind, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, instead of doubling up as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a> to boot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4" name="M1P 01 intro 0524.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5629" height="3166" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs are made from aluminum rather than up-market carbon fiber but are immaculately turned out with a black anodized finish. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-specifications"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>65.5cm / 25.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>10cm / 3.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.1kg / 6.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>12kg / 26.5lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Rubber pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-price"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Price</span></h3><p>When it comes to pricing, please indulge me a moment while I set the scene. A set of Manfrotto ONE Hybrid aluminum legs will set you back $500 / £375 / AU$900, or a pricier $720 / £539 / AU$1,250 if you trade up to carbon fiber. Add the Manfrotto 500X Fluid Head and the complete aluminum or carbon fiber kits cost around $680 / £519 / AU$1,200 or $880 / £669 / AU$1,500, respectively. Suffice it to say, they get pretty pricey, pretty quickly.</p><p>The ONE Photo legs are only currently available in aluminum but by shedding some of the ‘hybrid’ components that are more necessary for leveling the legs and swapping between different heads, the price comes down to a relatively affordable $329 / £269 / AU$675. Again, kits are also available so you can add either the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a>, for a total price of $515 / £399 / AU$999 for either option. There are considerable savings to be had.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto ONE Photo"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Travel tripods are all the rage nowadays, and I’ve tested plenty of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">the best travel tripods</a> on the market over the last few years. Sure enough, I like the way they fold down to such conveniently compact dimensions and are so easy to carry around, but setup tends to be a genuinely time-consuming chore. Take a travel tripod with 5-section legs and a 2-section center column, for example. This requires loosening and retightening up to 14 individual twist- or flip-action clamps. And then you have to go through the whole process again to pack the tripod away afterwards. By stark contrast, the Manfrotto ONE Photo couldn’t be quicker and easier to use.</p><p>The big trick in the design is that the ONE Photo features Manfrotto’s new XTEND system. It’s broadly similar to the mechanism in each of the legs of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review">Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon Tripod</a> that I tested a few years ago. The killer feature is that there’s only one single flip-action clamp in each leg. Flipping the clamp open or shut releases or locks all three of the sections in the leg, making it lightning fast to extend them for use and retract them again when your work is done.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4" name="M1P 0526.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5629" height="3166" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s just one single flip-action clamp in each leg, that enables you to release and lock all three of its telescoping sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Playing all the angles, it’s similarly quick, simple, and intuitive to engage any of the three lockable angles for each of the legs. Each leg has a sliding lever at the top, which you can operate with your thumb to give instant access to any of the 20, 50, or 81.5 degree leg angles on offer. Wider angles from the vertical are advantageous for low-level shooting, not only lowering the head but also giving greater stability with less risk of the tripod toppling over if it gets accidentally knocked. Using different legs at different angles can also be helpful when shooting on tricky, uneven terrain and for working around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5254px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4" name="M1P 0527.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5254" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The angle locks for each leg are based on a spring-loaded lever that you can easily operate with a finger or thumb. Again, it’s a quick and easy arrangement. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Okay, so the inclusion of multiple locking leg angles certainly isn’t an innovation and has been featured in most tripods for many years now. Many recent tripods have also featured a pivoting center column. Even so, the relatively new Q90 system in the ONE Photo tripod is supremely simple to use. Release the center column locking screw, raise the column to its maximum height, press a button at the bottom, and hey presto, you can flip it through 90 degrees for use as a horizontal boom. Why would you want to? Well, it’s great for ultra-low-level shooting as well as for macro photography. It’s also really useful for shooting with ultra-wide-angle or fisheye lenses, so that the tripod feet don’t creep into the shot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5254px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4" name="M1P 0529.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5254" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 mechanism enables you to flip the center column and use it as a horizontal boom, as well as sliding back and forth to achieve the optimum balance or to make critical adjustments in macro shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Weighing in at 3.1kg / 6.9lb and measuring 65.5cm / 25.8in when folded, I certainly wouldn’t class the Manfrotto ONE as a travel tripod. It’s relatively big and chunky, but with that comes a beefy 12kg / 26.5lb maximum payload rating. Another interesting feature of the design is that the leg sections all have a rounded rectangular profile, rather than being circular, designed to keep unwanted flexing to a minimum, thus maximizing rigidity and resistance to vibrations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4" name="M1P 0530.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Instead of being circular, each of the leg sections has a rounded rectangular profile, which aids stiffness and rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other design flourishes include Manfrotto’s Easy Link system, based on a threaded connection socket with anti-rotation protection. This is for adding accessories like a microphone, monitor and photographic lighting, either directly to the tripod or via an extending, adjustable arm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4" name="M1P 0531.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Easy Link socket is threaded and has an anti-rotation facility, ideal for adding a variety of accessories to the tripod and holding them securely. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s also a neat bubble level to help with leveling the legs. Situated on the spider of the tripod, the bubble level is built into a holder that you can rotate through an entire 360 degrees, so it’s easily visible from any angle. Down below the spider, a weight hook is built into the tripod, so you can hang some ballast to add stability without hampering the action of the pivoting center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4" name="M1P 0532.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level shown here is mounted in a holder that enables you to rotate it through a complete 360 degrees, putting it in the best viewing position. Down below, there’s a weight hook for adding ballast. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you might already have a perfectly good tripod head that you want to use with the legs. There’s a mounting platform with a circular base that has a fairly standard 60mm / 2.4in diameter. And if you don’t have something suitable, the ONE Photo tripod is available as a complete kit with either the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a>. They’re among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best pan and tilt heads</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads</a>, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5678px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4" name="M1P 0534.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5678" height="3193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">One of the complete kit options comes with a Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head, which is ideal for making precise, critical adjustments when shooting the likes of architecture or extreme close-ups. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the start, the money-saving opportunities in the ONE Photo Tripod and complete kits are thanks to some of the more ‘hybrid’ oriented features being stripped out. For example, leveling the tripod legs rather than just leveling the camera is most important if you’re going to be panning while shooting video rather than stills. The ONE Photo Tripod, therefore, doesn’t include the leveling component and modular center column that you get with the ONE Hybrid kits.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5678px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4" name="M1P 0535.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5678" height="3193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Don’t fancy a 3-way head? An alternative complete kit includes the superb Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head, which, as far as I’m concerned, has long been one of the very best ball heads on the market. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You also don’t get the XCHANGE quick-release system that’s included with the ONE Hybrid kit, for quickly and easily swapping between a video head and a photographic head. Even so, the XCHANGE unit is available to buy separately and, for my money, I think it’s well worth it if you have multiple photographic heads. For example, you might want to swap between one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared heads,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/best-gimbal-heads-for-tripods">gimbal heads</a>, depending on what you’re shooting and how you’re shooting it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4" name="M1P 0536.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4363" height="2454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto XCHANGE system makes it a doddle to swap between multiple heads, with a simple twist of the locking/release ring. Unlike with the ONE Hybrid Tripod, it’s sold as an optional extra in this case, which helps keep the initial cost down, as you might well not need it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The XCHANGE system is like a quick-release system for swapping between heads, rather than just mounting your camera or lens to a particular head. It costs around $54 /£39 / AU$89 for a complete kit plus $22 / £16 / AU$43 for additional CHANGE Plates. The way it works is very similar to the excellent but now-discontinued <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-move-quick-release-system-review">Manfrotto Move Quick Release Catcher System</a> that I’ve tested in the past, enabling you to fit or remove a head with a simple twist of the locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4" name="M1P 0537.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4363" height="2454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pad feet that come with the tripod are interchangeable, so that you can fit alternative footwear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that does follow through from the ONE Hybrid Tripod is that the supplied feet are interchangeable. You can therefore swap out the default rubber pads for metal spikes, the latter being more suitable for loose ground and soft surfaces.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-performance"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>For many photo opportunities, timing is everything. There’s no point in ensuring the best possible image quality by using a tripod if the moment has passed by the time you’ve finished setting it up. A key performance benefit of the Manfrotto ONE Photo is that it’s so massively quick to deploy. Not only is it relatively rapid to adjust the overall height, but also to level the legs using just one locking/release clamp per leg, which works with all of the incumbent sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4" name="M1P 0538.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All of the adjustments required for setting up and fine-tuning the tripod position work with smooth efficiency, in double-quick time. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, being able to set up a tripod quickly is a moot point if its rigidity isn’t up to muster. The rectangular-profile leg sections pay dividends here, and I found the Manfrotto to be entirely stable and rigid in use, right up to its maximum height with the center column fully extended. Aluminum sometimes gets a bad press for being less resistant to vibrations than carbon fiber, but I found the ONE Photo to be at least as good as many leading carbon fiber tripods in this respect, and better than some.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4" name="M1P 0541.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Although the ONE Photo doesn’t feature the modular center column of the ONE Hybrid edition, the Q90 pivoting center column still enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-verdict"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’d sort of assumed that the Manfrotto ONE Hybrid tripod got its ‘ONE’ title for being a single tripod that worked equally well for shooting stills and video. The ONE Photo has made me think again, as it’s more of a stills specialist but is nevertheless ‘one’ tripod that works equally well in the studio, out on the road, and pretty much anywhere and everywhere I’d want to use a tripod. And of course, there’s that innovative ‘one’ locking clamp per leg that acts on all three of its sections.</p><p>The main advantages, to my mind, are the relatively speedy setup and pack-away times, coupled with rock-solid support. Neat extras include the 90-degree pivoting center column, the accessory attachment system, and the interchangeable feet. For my personal requirements, I wish that the XCHANGE quick-release system were included with the legs and as part of either of the kits that include a ball head or 3-way head. However, that’s just because I personally like to shoot with different types of head in different situations. It actually makes more sense to be able to buy into the XCHANGE system as an optional extra, if and when you want to actually use it.</p><p>All in all, both of the full Manfrotto ONE Photo kits and the legs on their own are great buys, but I’ll be interested to see if Manfrotto subsequently launches a more luxurious carbon fiber option.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Useful features include ‘XTEND’ legs that are relatively quick and easy to set up, the Q90 pivoting center column system and multiple leg angles.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a clever design that takes most of the time and effort out of using a tripod, and it’s really well engineered and finished, although there’s currently no carbon fiber option.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is excellent, combining speedy setup with superb stability and resistance to flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The legs on their own as well as the complete kits with ball or 3-way heads don’t come cheap, but stripping out some of the non-essential ‘ONE’ components drives down the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5557px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4" name="M1P 00 hero 0523.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5557" height="2382" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2906px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="VUy7X7WYd8XmpyCvXU2yJk" name="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VUy7X7WYd8XmpyCvXU2yJk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2906" height="2906" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head</strong></a> kit lives up to its name, being a truly ‘hybrid’ kit that’s ideal for both stills and video. And unlike the ONE Photo edition, the ONE Hybrid is available in both aluminum and carbon fiber options.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2250px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5" name="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2250" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS</strong></a> is billed as being one of the company’s most versatile tripods ever. It comes with a pivoting center column and a neat range of extras that enable mounting two cameras rather than just one.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Vanguard launches its first tripod without an integrated center column ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Vanguard has launched three new tripods aimed at enthusiast and pro photographers. All use carbon fibre for their legs and are designed to support heavy camera gear.</p><h2 id="alta-pro-3-263-alta-pro-3-303">Alta Pro 3 263Alta Pro 3 303</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:12516px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee" name="ALTA PRO 3 303CLBPS (1)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 303" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="12516" height="7040" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The two new Alta Pro 3 tripods are a traditional tripod design, with an extendable center column and a built-in low-angle adaptor. The key difference between the two models is their leg diameter, which is either 26mm or 30mm. Both use 3-section legs, which should offer greater stability and rigidity compared to a 4-section design, albeit with an inevitable portability trade-off (folded length is 69.5cm for the Alta Pro 3 263, and 72.5cm for the Alta Pro 3 303).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5521px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ" name="ALTA PRO 3 263CLBPS (10)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 263" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5521" height="3105" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The legs have three angle settings, which when combined with the low-angle adaptor means you can shoot as low as 24cm from the ground. Each new Alta Pro 3 incorporates an aluminium central column with a hexagonal cross-section that allows the legs to fold closed to a diameter of under 10cm. Maximum extended height for the Alta Pro 3 303 is 150cm, or 176cm with the center column extended; the Alta Pro 3 263 is around 5cm shorter for both settings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:14049px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (5)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="14049" height="7903" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But where the new Alta Pro 3 tripods really make a case for themselves is their ability to support a serious amount of weight. Even the smaller Alta Pro 3 263 is rated to carry 20kg of gear, while the 303 will stand strong under a whopping 25kg. Despite this sturdiness, the Alta Pro 3 303 weighs a manageable 2kg, and the 263 is just 1.65kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:11004px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK" name="ALTA PRO 3 263CLBPS (3)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 263" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="11004" height="6190" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Both tripods are supplied with Vanguard's LBP-55S ball head - a professional quality, low-profile dual-axis design that features an oversized ball for maximum grip, and a friction control lock for increased control. This makes the head suitable even for longer lenses, while the dual axis allows you to easily level your camera on any terrain, then pan/reframe your shot using the top axis.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4998px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (12)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4998" height="2811" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Vanguard supplies the Alta Pro 3 263 and 303 with a padded tripod bag, and the tripod is backed by a 2-year warranty (extendable to 10 years if registered with Vanguard). Both are available to buy now: the Alta Pro 3 263 is priced at £350, and the 303 is £400 (US pricing as yet unknown).</p><h2 id="alta-pro-3x-304">Alta Pro 3X 304</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:14042px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (8)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="14042" height="7898" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The third tripod in the new Alta Pro 3 range is the Alta Pro 3X 304. This is also constructed from carbon fibre and has the same generous 30mm leg diameter as the Alta Pro 3 303, along with 23-, 50- and 80-degree leg angle settings. It differs from the other tripods by not having an integral center column. Instead, Vanguard supplies a separate column which can be fitted directly to the tripod&apos;s canopy to extend overall height from 150cm to 182cm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK" name="Alta Pro 3X 304CLBPS - Liam Yule - River 04" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5712" height="3213" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The advantage to keeping the center column separate is the legs can fold tighter together when packed, resulting in an 8.5cm folded diameter. Packed length is also shorter than the other Alta Pro 3 tripods at 61cm, thanks to the Alta Pro 3X having 4-section legs rather than 3. Overall weight is a reasonable 1.68kg. What&apos;s more, despite having an additional leg section, which can sometimes compromise rigidity, the Alta Pro 3X can still support a mighty 25kg of kit. </p><p>As with the other Alta Pro 3 tripods, the 3X 304 is supplied with a LBP-55S ball head and a padded tripod bag. RRP is £350 (US pricing not yet known).</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-launches-its-first-tripod-without-an-integrated-centre-column</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Plus another two new models designed to support extreme camera loads ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">cGSLV7NQtNf8WoMfKGcVEo</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5bCTQoyK42SzrGPnGKzPkJ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 21:12:23 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 08:13:35 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5bCTQoyK42SzrGPnGKzPkJ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Vanguard]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Vanguard Alta Pro 3X]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Vanguard Alta Pro 3X]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Vanguard Alta Pro 3X]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5bCTQoyK42SzrGPnGKzPkJ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Vanguard has launched three new tripods aimed at enthusiast and pro photographers. All use carbon fibre for their legs and are designed to support heavy camera gear.</p><h2 id="alta-pro-3-263-alta-pro-3-303">Alta Pro 3 263Alta Pro 3 303</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:12516px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee" name="ALTA PRO 3 303CLBPS (1)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 303" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="12516" height="7040" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The two new Alta Pro 3 tripods are a traditional tripod design, with an extendable center column and a built-in low-angle adaptor. The key difference between the two models is their leg diameter, which is either 26mm or 30mm. Both use 3-section legs, which should offer greater stability and rigidity compared to a 4-section design, albeit with an inevitable portability trade-off (folded length is 69.5cm for the Alta Pro 3 263, and 72.5cm for the Alta Pro 3 303).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5521px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ" name="ALTA PRO 3 263CLBPS (10)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 263" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5521" height="3105" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The legs have three angle settings, which when combined with the low-angle adaptor means you can shoot as low as 24cm from the ground. Each new Alta Pro 3 incorporates an aluminium central column with a hexagonal cross-section that allows the legs to fold closed to a diameter of under 10cm. Maximum extended height for the Alta Pro 3 303 is 150cm, or 176cm with the center column extended; the Alta Pro 3 263 is around 5cm shorter for both settings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:14049px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (5)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="14049" height="7903" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But where the new Alta Pro 3 tripods really make a case for themselves is their ability to support a serious amount of weight. Even the smaller Alta Pro 3 263 is rated to carry 20kg of gear, while the 303 will stand strong under a whopping 25kg. Despite this sturdiness, the Alta Pro 3 303 weighs a manageable 2kg, and the 263 is just 1.65kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:11004px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK" name="ALTA PRO 3 263CLBPS (3)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 263" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="11004" height="6190" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Both tripods are supplied with Vanguard's LBP-55S ball head - a professional quality, low-profile dual-axis design that features an oversized ball for maximum grip, and a friction control lock for increased control. This makes the head suitable even for longer lenses, while the dual axis allows you to easily level your camera on any terrain, then pan/reframe your shot using the top axis.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4998px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (12)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4998" height="2811" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Vanguard supplies the Alta Pro 3 263 and 303 with a padded tripod bag, and the tripod is backed by a 2-year warranty (extendable to 10 years if registered with Vanguard). Both are available to buy now: the Alta Pro 3 263 is priced at £350, and the 303 is £400 (US pricing as yet unknown).</p><h2 id="alta-pro-3x-304">Alta Pro 3X 304</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:14042px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (8)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="14042" height="7898" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The third tripod in the new Alta Pro 3 range is the Alta Pro 3X 304. This is also constructed from carbon fibre and has the same generous 30mm leg diameter as the Alta Pro 3 303, along with 23-, 50- and 80-degree leg angle settings. It differs from the other tripods by not having an integral center column. Instead, Vanguard supplies a separate column which can be fitted directly to the tripod&apos;s canopy to extend overall height from 150cm to 182cm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK" name="Alta Pro 3X 304CLBPS - Liam Yule - River 04" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5712" height="3213" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The advantage to keeping the center column separate is the legs can fold tighter together when packed, resulting in an 8.5cm folded diameter. Packed length is also shorter than the other Alta Pro 3 tripods at 61cm, thanks to the Alta Pro 3X having 4-section legs rather than 3. Overall weight is a reasonable 1.68kg. What&apos;s more, despite having an additional leg section, which can sometimes compromise rigidity, the Alta Pro 3X can still support a mighty 25kg of kit. </p><p>As with the other Alta Pro 3 tripods, the 3X 304 is supplied with a LBP-55S ball head and a padded tripod bag. RRP is £350 (US pricing not yet known).</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto finally launches the ONE tripod to suit all photographers! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>In the fall of 2025, we brought you a full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review">Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod</a>, a brand new offering from the legendary tripod manufacturer, aiming to give solid, stable but versatile support to hybrid creators swapping back and forth between stills and video capture. Various kits were launched, featuring either aluminum or carbon fiber legs and a choice of heads (or no head at all if you’d rather use your own).</p><p>Following up on the ‘Hybrid’ kits, Manfrotto is now launching a more stills-centric, aluminum ONE Photo tripod range at this year's <a href="https://www.photographyshow.com/">The Photography & Video Show</a> in the UK. Design highlights inherited from the original Hybrid sticks include Manfrotto’s XCHANGE quick-release system for quickly and easily swapping between heads on a single set of legs. </p><p>Hybrid shooters would generally use this for alternating between photo and video heads but, in the context of stills photography, you might well want to swap between, say, one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared heads</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/best-gimbal-heads-for-tripods">gimbal heads</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L" name="top-down-product-shots (1)_169.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1400" height="788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 mechanism enables you to pivot the center column for top-down shooting and ground-level shooting. It's also ideal for macro photography. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Manfrotto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another inherited feature is the Q90 mechanism, which enables similarly quick and easy pivoting of the center column, so you can use it as a horizontal boom that’s more ideal for ultra-low-level shooting and macro photography. Next up, there’s the same XTEND Leg System, which allows you to alter the working length of multiple leg sections with a single lock/release clamp. The idea here is that it can be a whole lot faster to set the height of your tripod and level it off, compared with using a whole bunch of conventional, individual twist-locks or flip-locks.</p><p>Again, a core strength (so to speak) of the Manfrotto One Photo range is that the tripod legs have an oval profile to enhance rigidity and stability. An integral bubble level assists with setup, and modular rubber pads and spiked feet give you a firm footing on different types of terrain.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK" name="capturing-kitchen-photography-manfrotto-one-photo (1)_169.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1400" height="788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Manfrotto’s XCHANGE quick-release system enables you to swap not just cameras but the whole head on the tripod, so you can quickly fit the ideal head for the shooting conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Manfrotto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With so many similarities, you might be wondering what the differences are between the ONE Hybrid and ONE Photo designs. The main change is that the ONE Photo does away with the modular center column and leveling components, both of which are of more use in videography than for shooting stills. The net results are that the ONE Photo is simpler to use and less expensive to buy.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VYopwr4a2hMj9KEcXYEQCL-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" /><figcaption>Manfrotto ONE Photo Tripod kit with XPRO 3-Way Head<small role="credit">Manfrotto</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iHhR9XLJPKhSxpJzHX9Y9L-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" /><figcaption>Manfrotto ONE Photo Tripod kit with XPRO Ball Head<small role="credit">Manfrotto</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Speaking of which, whereas the aluminum edition of the ONE Hybrid Aluminum Tripod legs costs $499 / £375, the ONE Photo Aluminum Tripod legs represent a significant cost saving at $329 / £269, and it’s $515 / £399 for a complete ONE Photo kit that includes either a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a> or a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a>, as shown in the two images in the gallery above. All in all, they promise to be high-quality tripod kits at keen prices.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-launches-the-one-tripod-to-suit-all-photographers</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Even more singular than the Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod, the new Manfrotto One Photo edition is aimed more exclusively at stills photographers rather than hybrid content creators ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">5LKAuGj4aXrBM7oF2yZ7Qm</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/di3xFedP739bGCDKWRDyHL-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 13:11:03 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 13:22:56 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/di3xFedP739bGCDKWRDyHL-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Manfrotto]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/di3xFedP739bGCDKWRDyHL-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>In the fall of 2025, we brought you a full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review">Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod</a>, a brand new offering from the legendary tripod manufacturer, aiming to give solid, stable but versatile support to hybrid creators swapping back and forth between stills and video capture. Various kits were launched, featuring either aluminum or carbon fiber legs and a choice of heads (or no head at all if you’d rather use your own).</p><p>Following up on the ‘Hybrid’ kits, Manfrotto is now launching a more stills-centric, aluminum ONE Photo tripod range at this year's <a href="https://www.photographyshow.com/">The Photography & Video Show</a> in the UK. Design highlights inherited from the original Hybrid sticks include Manfrotto’s XCHANGE quick-release system for quickly and easily swapping between heads on a single set of legs. </p><p>Hybrid shooters would generally use this for alternating between photo and video heads but, in the context of stills photography, you might well want to swap between, say, one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared heads</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/best-gimbal-heads-for-tripods">gimbal heads</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L" name="top-down-product-shots (1)_169.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1400" height="788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 mechanism enables you to pivot the center column for top-down shooting and ground-level shooting. It's also ideal for macro photography. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Manfrotto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another inherited feature is the Q90 mechanism, which enables similarly quick and easy pivoting of the center column, so you can use it as a horizontal boom that’s more ideal for ultra-low-level shooting and macro photography. Next up, there’s the same XTEND Leg System, which allows you to alter the working length of multiple leg sections with a single lock/release clamp. The idea here is that it can be a whole lot faster to set the height of your tripod and level it off, compared with using a whole bunch of conventional, individual twist-locks or flip-locks.</p><p>Again, a core strength (so to speak) of the Manfrotto One Photo range is that the tripod legs have an oval profile to enhance rigidity and stability. An integral bubble level assists with setup, and modular rubber pads and spiked feet give you a firm footing on different types of terrain.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK" name="capturing-kitchen-photography-manfrotto-one-photo (1)_169.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1400" height="788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Manfrotto’s XCHANGE quick-release system enables you to swap not just cameras but the whole head on the tripod, so you can quickly fit the ideal head for the shooting conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Manfrotto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With so many similarities, you might be wondering what the differences are between the ONE Hybrid and ONE Photo designs. The main change is that the ONE Photo does away with the modular center column and leveling components, both of which are of more use in videography than for shooting stills. The net results are that the ONE Photo is simpler to use and less expensive to buy.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VYopwr4a2hMj9KEcXYEQCL-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" /><figcaption>Manfrotto ONE Photo Tripod kit with XPRO 3-Way Head<small role="credit">Manfrotto</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iHhR9XLJPKhSxpJzHX9Y9L-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" /><figcaption>Manfrotto ONE Photo Tripod kit with XPRO Ball Head<small role="credit">Manfrotto</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Speaking of which, whereas the aluminum edition of the ONE Hybrid Aluminum Tripod legs costs $499 / £375, the ONE Photo Aluminum Tripod legs represent a significant cost saving at $329 / £269, and it’s $515 / £399 for a complete ONE Photo kit that includes either a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a> or a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a>, as shown in the two images in the gallery above. All in all, they promise to be high-quality tripod kits at keen prices.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Here's what happens when you cross a tripod with a crab ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Mini / tabletop tripods don't often stand out, but here's a distinctive new model from Leofoto. The MT-03mini is actually the smallest in a range of three 'crab leg' tripod offerings from the brand and weighs a mere 130g. Thanks to its folding legs, it packs down to just 105mm long (without head), but with the two-section legs unfolded, you get a maximum height of 170mm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2279px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5KyB8bgZDZjtKp8E5egQBV" name="leofoto1" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5KyB8bgZDZjtKp8E5egQBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2279" height="1282" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The legs have three angle settings and can lower the shooting height to just 65mm. Combined with those 'crab' feet, the tripod can cope with very uneven surfaces. Multiple 1/4-20 mounting points along each leg enable fitment of small accessories like LED lights. Four color options are available: black, silver, green and orange.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2277px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="SohcbwjL3EPFxmsEg8DaBV" name="leofoto3" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SohcbwjL3EPFxmsEg8DaBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2277" height="1281" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Pricing is <a href="https://dc.watch.impress.co.jp/docs/news/2086368.html" target="_blank">quoted</a> at 21,120 Yen, which converts to $136. That's a lot for a mini tripod, and far more than the larger MT-03 model currently sells for (around $70). We'd surprised if the new baby version ends up costing more than its bigger sibling. So if you want a mini tripod that's as flexible as a GorillaPod but looks sleeker, check out the Leofoto MT-03mini.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Au8ckB9RJCFRLuHAGBDZBV" name="leofoto5" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Au8ckB9RJCFRLuHAGBDZBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1910" height="1074" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heres-what-happens-when-you-cross-a-tripod-with-a-crab</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ A rare example of an inovative tabletop tripod ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">RWd6D9iLnTkTYkJnAyVmfP</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/stcj24Md5cm2MuUM5LLS2V-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 09:58:06 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/stcj24Md5cm2MuUM5LLS2V-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Leofoto]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/stcj24Md5cm2MuUM5LLS2V-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Mini / tabletop tripods don't often stand out, but here's a distinctive new model from Leofoto. The MT-03mini is actually the smallest in a range of three 'crab leg' tripod offerings from the brand and weighs a mere 130g. Thanks to its folding legs, it packs down to just 105mm long (without head), but with the two-section legs unfolded, you get a maximum height of 170mm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2279px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5KyB8bgZDZjtKp8E5egQBV" name="leofoto1" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5KyB8bgZDZjtKp8E5egQBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2279" height="1282" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The legs have three angle settings and can lower the shooting height to just 65mm. Combined with those 'crab' feet, the tripod can cope with very uneven surfaces. Multiple 1/4-20 mounting points along each leg enable fitment of small accessories like LED lights. Four color options are available: black, silver, green and orange.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2277px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="SohcbwjL3EPFxmsEg8DaBV" name="leofoto3" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SohcbwjL3EPFxmsEg8DaBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2277" height="1281" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Pricing is <a href="https://dc.watch.impress.co.jp/docs/news/2086368.html" target="_blank">quoted</a> at 21,120 Yen, which converts to $136. That's a lot for a mini tripod, and far more than the larger MT-03 model currently sells for (around $70). We'd surprised if the new baby version ends up costing more than its bigger sibling. So if you want a mini tripod that's as flexible as a GorillaPod but looks sleeker, check out the Leofoto MT-03mini.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Au8ckB9RJCFRLuHAGBDZBV" name="leofoto5" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Au8ckB9RJCFRLuHAGBDZBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1910" height="1074" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The trendy twisty tripod that redefined tripods is just $12 right now – it’s a steal for compact cameras and smartphone photography ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>When the Joby GorillaPod arrived on scene, it redefined the idea of a tripod with its twisty legs that could grip any number of objects and surfaces. I’ve used some of Joby’s flexible tripods to take steady shots without hauling a giant tripod around, but I’ve never seen prices quite this low as a handful of the popular Joby flexible tripods drop to prices starting at about $10.</p><p>Joby is arguably most known for its GorillaPod and its sibling, the PodZilla. These unusual tripods take the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">short-legged tabletop tripod</a> and turn the legs into flexible tubes that can wrap around objects. That allows creators to carry a tiny tripod yet shoot from taller heights by wrapping around objects like fence posts, trees, signposts, and more.</p><p>Job’s flexible tripods that are made for compact cameras and smartphones tend to run around $40-$60, but B&H’s Deal Zone has discounts as high as 90 percent off Joby right now, making it possible to pick up one of the popular flexible tripods for under $10.</p><p>I’ve used Gorillapods in the past, and they’re quite handy for stabilizing smaller cameras without the bulk of a traditional tripod. The under $10 PodZilla and under $15 Gorillapod deals are steep discounts – but, depending on what you shoot most, a content creator kit outfitted with lights and mic may be the better deal.</p><p>These deals are scheduled to last through February 12, 2026, but could end early if supply runs out.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="48490766-9db0-4ce3-bafd-021a15f4dd06" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension48="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension25="$11.88" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660668-REG/joby_jb01661_podzilla_large_gray.html/overview" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="7qVpAtnkjiWySvpXYa3YUX" name="1633402505_1660668" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7qVpAtnkjiWySvpXYa3YUX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660668-REG/joby_jb01661_podzilla_large_gray.html/overview" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="48490766-9db0-4ce3-bafd-021a15f4dd06" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension48="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension25="$11.88">PodZIlla, Large: was $44.88 now $11.88</a></strong><br>The Joby GorillaPod is a compact tripod with flexible legs that can wrap around and grip a number of different types of objects and surfaces. Along with wrapping around fence posts and similar objects, it can also be used as a traditional tabletop tripod and doubles as a vlogging grip. A ball head is included.</p><p>The Large tripod supports up to 5.5 pounds, which will cover everything from compact mirrorless systems to compact cameras. The Medium, which supports up to 2.2 pounds and comes with a smartphone mount, is also<a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660674-REG+++++++" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> discounted, down to $9.95</a>.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660668-REG/joby_jb01661_podzilla_large_gray.html/overview" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="48490766-9db0-4ce3-bafd-021a15f4dd06" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension48="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension25="$11.88">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="82aabc2c-76f8-4b8c-8c4c-939083409722" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension25="$14.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1889283-REG/joby_jb01766_gorillapod_custom_1k_flexible.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:608px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="KLiGMShPPChHjqqTZtWyg5" name="JOBY-JB01503-BWW-GorillaPod-1K-Kit.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KLiGMShPPChHjqqTZtWyg5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="608" height="608" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1889283-REG/joby_jb01766_gorillapod_custom_1k_flexible.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="82aabc2c-76f8-4b8c-8c4c-939083409722" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension25="$14.95">GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head: was $59.95 now $14.95</a></strong><br>The original GorillaPod is heavily discounted too at just under $15 with the tripod and ball head. The GorillaPod legs aren't as flexible as the PodZilla's – which isn't as good for wrapping around objects but is easier to use as a tabletop setup. The 1K model can hold cameras that weigh up to 2.2 pounds.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1889283-REG/joby_jb01766_gorillapod_custom_1k_flexible.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="82aabc2c-76f8-4b8c-8c4c-939083409722" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension25="$14.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="75498654-fbc8-4c13-b959-a955c17ef61f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Mobile Rig" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Mobile Rig" data-dimension25="$16.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1396406-REG/joby_jb01533_gorillapod_mobile_rig.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="FrFtNmEf3oYoSBawDYV8Dc" name="1652293234_1396406" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FrFtNmEf3oYoSBawDYV8Dc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>Need arms as well as legs? The GorillaPod Mobile Rig adds two arms to the usual GorillaPod, made for holding more gear like lights, a mic, or a GoPro. This deal includes the tripod, two arms, two cold shoe mounts, one GoPro mount, and a smartphone holster.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1396406-REG/joby_jb01533_gorillapod_mobile_rig.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="75498654-fbc8-4c13-b959-a955c17ef61f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Mobile Rig" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Mobile Rig" data-dimension25="$16.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="3b810e97-7cc1-4608-8b9a-6be0a38b5d42" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension25="$19.99" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770814-REG+" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="kJpe9K88wnDx8oEbe3KeqK" name="1689119157_1770814" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJpe9K88wnDx8oEbe3KeqK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770814-REG+" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="3b810e97-7cc1-4608-8b9a-6be0a38b5d42" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension25="$19.99">Beamo Reel Creative Kit: was $89.99 now $19.99</a></strong><br>Don't already have the lights and mics to go on those two extra arms? This kit includes the PodZilla with a light and corded USB-C microphone for vlogging and content creation.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770814-REG+" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="3b810e97-7cc1-4608-8b9a-6be0a38b5d42" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension25="$19.99">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="2b9962fd-50ab-4116-8bc7-c41ef1620862" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension25="$29.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1732238-REG/joby_jb01835_beamo_studio_creator_kit.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="PpKMV2TZax7VSjD2BifjxH" name="1667432791_1732238" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PpKMV2TZax7VSjD2BifjxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1732238-REG/joby_jb01835_beamo_studio_creator_kit.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="2b9962fd-50ab-4116-8bc7-c41ef1620862" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension25="$29.95">Beamo Studio Creator Kit: was $181.95 now $29.95</a></strong><br>If you tend to vlog from a desktop rather than on-the-go, this kit is set up for just that. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-beamo-studio-deluxe-lighting-kit-review">Joby Beam Studio Creator set</a> includes a desktop stand, a large LED light, a background light, mic, and a phone mount. The biggest downside is that those lights are USB powered, so it's not a portable setup.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1732238-REG/joby_jb01835_beamo_studio_creator_kit.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="2b9962fd-50ab-4116-8bc7-c41ef1620862" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension25="$29.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="52e02d67-580a-47f8-b96b-1a62663d75d1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension48="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension25="$29.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660684-REG/joby_jb01715_wavo_pro_camera_mount_shotgun.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ANDhUdVtQSZ2XKkeXYF2mC" name="1643586415_1660684" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ANDhUdVtQSZ2XKkeXYF2mC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660684-REG/joby_jb01715_wavo_pro_camera_mount_shotgun.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="52e02d67-580a-47f8-b96b-1a62663d75d1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension48="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension25="$29.95">Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic: was $299.95 now $29.95</a></strong><br>Finally, Joby's shotgun mic is a massive 90 percent off right now. This shotgun mic mounts on a camera's shoe mount for elevated audio. Read the full <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-wavo-pro-review">Joby Wavo Pro review</a> for more details.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660684-REG/joby_jb01715_wavo_pro_camera_mount_shotgun.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="52e02d67-580a-47f8-b96b-1a62663d75d1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension48="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension25="$29.95">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Not quite right? Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">the best tabletop tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">best iPhone tripods</a> instead</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/the-trendy-twisty-tripod-that-redefined-tripods-is-just-usd12-right-now-its-a-steal-for-compact-cameras-and-smartphone-photography</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ 80 percent off a mobile tripod from a popular brand? Yes please! These Joby PodZilla and GorillaPod deals are a steal ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tqHacPQY8girztA5wiJ2zk</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F9aGCjLHm7S5CrTgAMUW5Y-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F9aGCjLHm7S5CrTgAMUW5Y-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Joby / B&amp;H]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Joby PodZilla Medium in gray wrapped around a bench]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Joby PodZilla Medium in gray wrapped around a bench]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Joby PodZilla Medium in gray wrapped around a bench]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F9aGCjLHm7S5CrTgAMUW5Y-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>When the Joby GorillaPod arrived on scene, it redefined the idea of a tripod with its twisty legs that could grip any number of objects and surfaces. I’ve used some of Joby’s flexible tripods to take steady shots without hauling a giant tripod around, but I’ve never seen prices quite this low as a handful of the popular Joby flexible tripods drop to prices starting at about $10.</p><p>Joby is arguably most known for its GorillaPod and its sibling, the PodZilla. These unusual tripods take the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">short-legged tabletop tripod</a> and turn the legs into flexible tubes that can wrap around objects. That allows creators to carry a tiny tripod yet shoot from taller heights by wrapping around objects like fence posts, trees, signposts, and more.</p><p>Job’s flexible tripods that are made for compact cameras and smartphones tend to run around $40-$60, but B&H’s Deal Zone has discounts as high as 90 percent off Joby right now, making it possible to pick up one of the popular flexible tripods for under $10.</p><p>I’ve used Gorillapods in the past, and they’re quite handy for stabilizing smaller cameras without the bulk of a traditional tripod. The under $10 PodZilla and under $15 Gorillapod deals are steep discounts – but, depending on what you shoot most, a content creator kit outfitted with lights and mic may be the better deal.</p><p>These deals are scheduled to last through February 12, 2026, but could end early if supply runs out.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="48490766-9db0-4ce3-bafd-021a15f4dd06" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension48="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension25="$11.88" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660668-REG/joby_jb01661_podzilla_large_gray.html/overview" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="7qVpAtnkjiWySvpXYa3YUX" name="1633402505_1660668" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7qVpAtnkjiWySvpXYa3YUX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660668-REG/joby_jb01661_podzilla_large_gray.html/overview" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="48490766-9db0-4ce3-bafd-021a15f4dd06" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension48="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension25="$11.88">PodZIlla, Large: was $44.88 now $11.88</a></strong><br>The Joby GorillaPod is a compact tripod with flexible legs that can wrap around and grip a number of different types of objects and surfaces. Along with wrapping around fence posts and similar objects, it can also be used as a traditional tabletop tripod and doubles as a vlogging grip. A ball head is included.</p><p>The Large tripod supports up to 5.5 pounds, which will cover everything from compact mirrorless systems to compact cameras. The Medium, which supports up to 2.2 pounds and comes with a smartphone mount, is also<a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660674-REG+++++++" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> discounted, down to $9.95</a>.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660668-REG/joby_jb01661_podzilla_large_gray.html/overview" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="48490766-9db0-4ce3-bafd-021a15f4dd06" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension48="PodZIlla, Large" data-dimension25="$11.88">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="82aabc2c-76f8-4b8c-8c4c-939083409722" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension25="$14.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1889283-REG/joby_jb01766_gorillapod_custom_1k_flexible.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:608px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="KLiGMShPPChHjqqTZtWyg5" name="JOBY-JB01503-BWW-GorillaPod-1K-Kit.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KLiGMShPPChHjqqTZtWyg5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="608" height="608" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1889283-REG/joby_jb01766_gorillapod_custom_1k_flexible.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="82aabc2c-76f8-4b8c-8c4c-939083409722" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension25="$14.95">GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head: was $59.95 now $14.95</a></strong><br>The original GorillaPod is heavily discounted too at just under $15 with the tripod and ball head. The GorillaPod legs aren't as flexible as the PodZilla's – which isn't as good for wrapping around objects but is easier to use as a tabletop setup. The 1K model can hold cameras that weigh up to 2.2 pounds.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1889283-REG/joby_jb01766_gorillapod_custom_1k_flexible.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="82aabc2c-76f8-4b8c-8c4c-939083409722" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Custom 1K with Ball Head" data-dimension25="$14.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="75498654-fbc8-4c13-b959-a955c17ef61f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Mobile Rig" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Mobile Rig" data-dimension25="$16.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1396406-REG/joby_jb01533_gorillapod_mobile_rig.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="FrFtNmEf3oYoSBawDYV8Dc" name="1652293234_1396406" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FrFtNmEf3oYoSBawDYV8Dc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>Need arms as well as legs? The GorillaPod Mobile Rig adds two arms to the usual GorillaPod, made for holding more gear like lights, a mic, or a GoPro. This deal includes the tripod, two arms, two cold shoe mounts, one GoPro mount, and a smartphone holster.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1396406-REG/joby_jb01533_gorillapod_mobile_rig.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="75498654-fbc8-4c13-b959-a955c17ef61f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GorillaPod Mobile Rig" data-dimension48="GorillaPod Mobile Rig" data-dimension25="$16.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="3b810e97-7cc1-4608-8b9a-6be0a38b5d42" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension25="$19.99" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770814-REG+" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="kJpe9K88wnDx8oEbe3KeqK" name="1689119157_1770814" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kJpe9K88wnDx8oEbe3KeqK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770814-REG+" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="3b810e97-7cc1-4608-8b9a-6be0a38b5d42" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension25="$19.99">Beamo Reel Creative Kit: was $89.99 now $19.99</a></strong><br>Don't already have the lights and mics to go on those two extra arms? This kit includes the PodZilla with a light and corded USB-C microphone for vlogging and content creation.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770814-REG+" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="3b810e97-7cc1-4608-8b9a-6be0a38b5d42" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Reel Creative Kit" data-dimension25="$19.99">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="2b9962fd-50ab-4116-8bc7-c41ef1620862" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension25="$29.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1732238-REG/joby_jb01835_beamo_studio_creator_kit.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="PpKMV2TZax7VSjD2BifjxH" name="1667432791_1732238" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PpKMV2TZax7VSjD2BifjxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1732238-REG/joby_jb01835_beamo_studio_creator_kit.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="2b9962fd-50ab-4116-8bc7-c41ef1620862" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension25="$29.95">Beamo Studio Creator Kit: was $181.95 now $29.95</a></strong><br>If you tend to vlog from a desktop rather than on-the-go, this kit is set up for just that. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-beamo-studio-deluxe-lighting-kit-review">Joby Beam Studio Creator set</a> includes a desktop stand, a large LED light, a background light, mic, and a phone mount. The biggest downside is that those lights are USB powered, so it's not a portable setup.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1732238-REG/joby_jb01835_beamo_studio_creator_kit.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="2b9962fd-50ab-4116-8bc7-c41ef1620862" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension48="Beamo Studio Creator Kit" data-dimension25="$29.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="52e02d67-580a-47f8-b96b-1a62663d75d1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension48="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension25="$29.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660684-REG/joby_jb01715_wavo_pro_camera_mount_shotgun.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ANDhUdVtQSZ2XKkeXYF2mC" name="1643586415_1660684" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ANDhUdVtQSZ2XKkeXYF2mC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660684-REG/joby_jb01715_wavo_pro_camera_mount_shotgun.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="52e02d67-580a-47f8-b96b-1a62663d75d1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension48="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension25="$29.95">Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic: was $299.95 now $29.95</a></strong><br>Finally, Joby's shotgun mic is a massive 90 percent off right now. This shotgun mic mounts on a camera's shoe mount for elevated audio. Read the full <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-wavo-pro-review">Joby Wavo Pro review</a> for more details.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1660684-REG/joby_jb01715_wavo_pro_camera_mount_shotgun.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="52e02d67-580a-47f8-b96b-1a62663d75d1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension48="Wavo Pro camera-mount shotgun mic" data-dimension25="$29.95">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Not quite right? Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">the best tabletop tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">best iPhone tripods</a> instead</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ I love the Peak Design travel tripod, but it’s too expensive – normally. Today only, the aluminum version is a massive 45 percent off ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I need a good travel tripod to snap shots of the night sky when I travel – and the Peak Design Travel Tripod is one of my favorite options when I need something that will fit in a carry-on suitcase. My biggest complaint, though, is the price – except for 24 hours only, the tripod is a massive 45 percent off.</p><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod</a> is impressively compact – I took one to New York City this summe,r and it fit right inside my carry-on bag. When I first tried it out, my initial thought was that it was very clearly designed by an engineer (or perhaps a travel photographer) because everything from the leg shape to the head is made to keep the tripod as small as possible.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="2b64ed79-1fa1-4c31-a8cb-ea6f02fe36ef" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$219" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1495135-OREG/peak_design_tt_cb_5_150_al_1_aluminum_travel_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:790px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="w73uToAyc8Ky7EFQC32DM7" name="1563493561_1495135" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w73uToAyc8Ky7EFQC32DM7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="790" height="790" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1495135-OREG/peak_design_tt_cb_5_150_al_1_aluminum_travel_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="2b64ed79-1fa1-4c31-a8cb-ea6f02fe36ef" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$219">Aluminum Travel Tripod: was $399 now $219</a></strong><br>The aluminum version of this tripod typically sells for $399. For 24 hours only, <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1495135-OREG/peak_design_tt_cb_5_150_al_1_aluminum_travel_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">B&H Photo and Video</a> has the tripod discounted by 45 percent, down to $219. This is a one-day deal that ends one minute before midnight EST on Deceber 15.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1495135-OREG/peak_design_tt_cb_5_150_al_1_aluminum_travel_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="2b64ed79-1fa1-4c31-a8cb-ea6f02fe36ef" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$219">View Deal</a></p></div><p>The Peak Design Travel Tripod aluminum is a fantastic option if you need a tripod that’s as small as possible. With a 20-pound load capacity and a 60-inch maximum height, it’s not for every photographer, but it’s impressively small.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wi7KmmnMSpp52oDHupM3iQ-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TDhogaSndgvuQguzt4t2xR-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W2MG5LSa6ZaWusivYCWE2S-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6b7PYzg3zPuZLy2EeazdmR-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jznZGxXiwCrMhNGZ5UVrfR-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Peak Design recently launched more high-end <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/embargoed-peak-design-pro-tripod-hands-on-review-compact-meets-capable">Pro Travel Tripods,</a> and they are noticeably sturdier, but also noticeably larger. Don’t get me wrong – the original tripod is still strong – but as per usual, larger tripods with fewer leg sections tend to be a bit sturdier.</p><p>We gave the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> five stars in our review, but one of our biggest complaints was the price. The one-day deal makes the travel tripod a much, much better buy.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-camera">the best cameras for travel</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/i-love-the-peak-design-travel-tripod-but-its-too-expensive-normally-today-only-the-aluminum-version-is-a-massive-45-percent-off</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ For December 15 only, the Peak Design Travel Tripod in aluminum is a massive $180 off! ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">7oMtd8ac4CmuhwBvndvwfZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HrQ29atwSXLWtQamyMXemV-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 15 Dec 2025 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 15 Dec 2025 07:01:06 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HrQ29atwSXLWtQamyMXemV-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Peak Design]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Peak Design Travel Tripod deal]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Peak Design Travel Tripod deal]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Peak Design Travel Tripod deal]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HrQ29atwSXLWtQamyMXemV-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I need a good travel tripod to snap shots of the night sky when I travel – and the Peak Design Travel Tripod is one of my favorite options when I need something that will fit in a carry-on suitcase. My biggest complaint, though, is the price – except for 24 hours only, the tripod is a massive 45 percent off.</p><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod</a> is impressively compact – I took one to New York City this summe,r and it fit right inside my carry-on bag. When I first tried it out, my initial thought was that it was very clearly designed by an engineer (or perhaps a travel photographer) because everything from the leg shape to the head is made to keep the tripod as small as possible.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="2b64ed79-1fa1-4c31-a8cb-ea6f02fe36ef" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$219" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1495135-OREG/peak_design_tt_cb_5_150_al_1_aluminum_travel_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:790px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="w73uToAyc8Ky7EFQC32DM7" name="1563493561_1495135" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w73uToAyc8Ky7EFQC32DM7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="790" height="790" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1495135-OREG/peak_design_tt_cb_5_150_al_1_aluminum_travel_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="2b64ed79-1fa1-4c31-a8cb-ea6f02fe36ef" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$219">Aluminum Travel Tripod: was $399 now $219</a></strong><br>The aluminum version of this tripod typically sells for $399. For 24 hours only, <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1495135-OREG/peak_design_tt_cb_5_150_al_1_aluminum_travel_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">B&H Photo and Video</a> has the tripod discounted by 45 percent, down to $219. This is a one-day deal that ends one minute before midnight EST on Deceber 15.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1495135-OREG/peak_design_tt_cb_5_150_al_1_aluminum_travel_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="2b64ed79-1fa1-4c31-a8cb-ea6f02fe36ef" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$219">View Deal</a></p></div><p>The Peak Design Travel Tripod aluminum is a fantastic option if you need a tripod that’s as small as possible. With a 20-pound load capacity and a 60-inch maximum height, it’s not for every photographer, but it’s impressively small.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wi7KmmnMSpp52oDHupM3iQ-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TDhogaSndgvuQguzt4t2xR-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W2MG5LSa6ZaWusivYCWE2S-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6b7PYzg3zPuZLy2EeazdmR-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jznZGxXiwCrMhNGZ5UVrfR-1920-80.jpg" alt="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum) " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Angela Nicholson/Digital Camera World</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Peak Design recently launched more high-end <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/embargoed-peak-design-pro-tripod-hands-on-review-compact-meets-capable">Pro Travel Tripods,</a> and they are noticeably sturdier, but also noticeably larger. Don’t get me wrong – the original tripod is still strong – but as per usual, larger tripods with fewer leg sections tend to be a bit sturdier.</p><p>We gave the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> five stars in our review, but one of our biggest complaints was the price. The one-day deal makes the travel tripod a much, much better buy.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-camera">the best cameras for travel</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Sexy legs! This Manfrotto travel tripod drops to under 100 quid on Cyber Monday! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>A tripod is the one accessory I <em>try </em>never to leave the house without when going on a landscape shoot, but the bulky size and cumbersome weight of some tripods can make them not that appealing to strap to my backpack when hiking to scenic spots. </p><p>The Manfrotto Befree GT Pro is the answer,  with a fold-up design for compact stowage and an altogether reasonable 3.2lb weight. And the best news is that Wex Photo Video has just slashed the price of this fabulous travel tripod to under £100. It's going for the full £175 elsewhere, so this is a cracking deal! </p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="£99" href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-befree-gt-pro-aluminium-tripod-legs-3183462" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="TK8r4arsC5XpS7LqTzD65Z" name="Manfrotto Befree GT PRO" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TK8r4arsC5XpS7LqTzD65Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod from Manfrotto is a lightweight aluminum travel tripod with a load capacity of 26.5 lb and a maximum height of 59.8 inches. This tripod leg set has 4-section legs with twist-lock joints and rubber feet.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-befree-gt-pro-aluminium-tripod-legs-3183462" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="£99">View Deal</a></p></div><p>The tripod is constructed from aluminum and finished in a smart satin black, and features a smart folding design where the legs swing upward for stowage, resulting in a highly compact folded height of just 45cm (17.7in). This makes it easy to carry, and it comes complete with a quality travel bag. The legs have four sections, secured by quick-release twist clamps that require minimal rotation to loosen and lock, offering robust support even at the maximum operating height.</p><p>It demonstrates impressive rigidity and vibration resistance even when fully extended, giving confidence when using its maximum load rating. While it's comparatively pricey for an aluminum travel tripod at its regular price, this sub-£100 offer is an absolute steal!</p><p>This price is (understandably) for the legs only, and you'll have to buy a head separately, but we've <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-gt-3-way-review">reviewed it as part of the Manfrotto Befree GT 3-Way kit</a>, if you want to get the full skinny.    </p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod"></div><p><strong>Check out the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/gift-guides-and-seasonal-sales/the-best-black-friday-camera-deals"><strong>best Black Friday camera deals</strong></a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/sexy-legs-this-manfrotto-travel-tripod-drops-to-under-100-quid-on-cyber-monday</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Get steadier shots without breaking the bank with this genuinely brilliant deal on these light yet sturdy Manfrotto Befree GT Pro legs ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">KW8LewnoCqYC9LvS2Qn7tM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ztxCYdeDRS5bUEJDJyAm5Z-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 01 Dec 2025 15:55:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.waring@futurenet.com (Adam Waring) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wA7LDveTne9XaEFCQSgdn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ztxCYdeDRS5bUEJDJyAm5Z-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Manfrotto]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto Befree GT PRO aluminum travel tripod in hand with Best Price sticker]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto Befree GT PRO aluminum travel tripod in hand with Best Price sticker]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto Befree GT PRO aluminum travel tripod in hand with Best Price sticker]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ztxCYdeDRS5bUEJDJyAm5Z-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>A tripod is the one accessory I <em>try </em>never to leave the house without when going on a landscape shoot, but the bulky size and cumbersome weight of some tripods can make them not that appealing to strap to my backpack when hiking to scenic spots. </p><p>The Manfrotto Befree GT Pro is the answer,  with a fold-up design for compact stowage and an altogether reasonable 3.2lb weight. And the best news is that Wex Photo Video has just slashed the price of this fabulous travel tripod to under £100. It's going for the full £175 elsewhere, so this is a cracking deal! </p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="£99" href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-befree-gt-pro-aluminium-tripod-legs-3183462" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="TK8r4arsC5XpS7LqTzD65Z" name="Manfrotto Befree GT PRO" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TK8r4arsC5XpS7LqTzD65Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod from Manfrotto is a lightweight aluminum travel tripod with a load capacity of 26.5 lb and a maximum height of 59.8 inches. This tripod leg set has 4-section legs with twist-lock joints and rubber feet.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-befree-gt-pro-aluminium-tripod-legs-3183462" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="£99">View Deal</a></p></div><p>The tripod is constructed from aluminum and finished in a smart satin black, and features a smart folding design where the legs swing upward for stowage, resulting in a highly compact folded height of just 45cm (17.7in). This makes it easy to carry, and it comes complete with a quality travel bag. The legs have four sections, secured by quick-release twist clamps that require minimal rotation to loosen and lock, offering robust support even at the maximum operating height.</p><p>It demonstrates impressive rigidity and vibration resistance even when fully extended, giving confidence when using its maximum load rating. While it's comparatively pricey for an aluminum travel tripod at its regular price, this sub-£100 offer is an absolute steal!</p><p>This price is (understandably) for the legs only, and you'll have to buy a head separately, but we've <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-gt-3-way-review">reviewed it as part of the Manfrotto Befree GT 3-Way kit</a>, if you want to get the full skinny.    </p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod"></div><p><strong>Check out the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/gift-guides-and-seasonal-sales/the-best-black-friday-camera-deals"><strong>best Black Friday camera deals</strong></a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Sexy legs! This Manfrotto travel tripod drops to under 100 bucks on Cyber Monday! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>A tripod is the one accessory I <em>try </em>never to leave the house without when going on a landscape shoot, but the bulky size and cumbersome weight of some tripods can make them not that appealing to strap to my backpack when hiking to scenic spots. </p><p>The Manfrotto Befree GT Pro is the answer,  with a fold-up design for compact stowage and an altogether reasonable 3.2lb weight. And the best news is that B&H Photo has just slashed the price of this fabulous travel tripod to less than half its 'regular' selling price. True, only a few places are actually selling it at the full $219.95, but the cheapest I've seen its competitor retailers selling it for is $143,  so this is still a cracking deal! </p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$99.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1829949-REG/manfrotto_mtbfrta4gtfb_befree_gt_travel_aluminum.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="TK8r4arsC5XpS7LqTzD65Z" name="Manfrotto Befree GT PRO" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TK8r4arsC5XpS7LqTzD65Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod from Manfrotto is a lightweight aluminum travel tripod with a load capacity of 26.5 lb and a maximum height of 59.8 inches. This tripod leg set has 4-section legs with twist-lock joints and rubber feet.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1829949-REG/manfrotto_mtbfrta4gtfb_befree_gt_travel_aluminum.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$99.95">View Deal</a></p></div><p>The tripod is constructed from aluminum and finished in a smart satin black, and features a smart folding design where the legs swing upward for stowage, resulting in a highly compact folded height of just 45cm (17.7in). This makes it easy to carry, and it comes complete with a quality travel bag. The legs have four sections, secured by quick-release twist clamps that require minimal rotation to loosen and lock, offering robust support even at the maximum operating height.</p><p>It demonstrates impressive rigidity and vibration resistance even when fully extended, giving confidence when using its maximum load rating. While it's comparatively pricey for an aluminum travel tripod at its regular price, this sub-$100 offer is an absolute steal!</p><p>This price is (understandably) for the legs only, and you'll have to buy a head separately, but we've <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-gt-3-way-review">reviewed it as part of the Manfrotto Befree GT 3-Way kit</a>, if you want to get the full skinny.    </p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod"></div><p><strong>Check out the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/gift-guides-and-seasonal-sales/the-best-black-friday-camera-deals"><strong>best Black Friday camera deals</strong></a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/sexy-legs-this-manfrotto-travel-tripod-has-drops-to-under-100-bucks-on-cyber-monday</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Get steadier shots without breaking the bank with this genuinely brilliant deal on these light yet sturdy Manfrotto Befree GT Pro legs ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">DEL9D2kXbcZoDHTH5uJMk8</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ztxCYdeDRS5bUEJDJyAm5Z-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 01 Dec 2025 15:30:02 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 01 Dec 2025 15:46:14 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.waring@futurenet.com (Adam Waring) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wA7LDveTne9XaEFCQSgdn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ztxCYdeDRS5bUEJDJyAm5Z-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Manfrotto]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto Befree GT PRO aluminum travel tripod in hand with Best Price sticker]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto Befree GT PRO aluminum travel tripod in hand with Best Price sticker]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto Befree GT PRO aluminum travel tripod in hand with Best Price sticker]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ztxCYdeDRS5bUEJDJyAm5Z-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>A tripod is the one accessory I <em>try </em>never to leave the house without when going on a landscape shoot, but the bulky size and cumbersome weight of some tripods can make them not that appealing to strap to my backpack when hiking to scenic spots. </p><p>The Manfrotto Befree GT Pro is the answer,  with a fold-up design for compact stowage and an altogether reasonable 3.2lb weight. And the best news is that B&H Photo has just slashed the price of this fabulous travel tripod to less than half its 'regular' selling price. True, only a few places are actually selling it at the full $219.95, but the cheapest I've seen its competitor retailers selling it for is $143,  so this is still a cracking deal! </p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$99.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1829949-REG/manfrotto_mtbfrta4gtfb_befree_gt_travel_aluminum.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="TK8r4arsC5XpS7LqTzD65Z" name="Manfrotto Befree GT PRO" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TK8r4arsC5XpS7LqTzD65Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod from Manfrotto is a lightweight aluminum travel tripod with a load capacity of 26.5 lb and a maximum height of 59.8 inches. This tripod leg set has 4-section legs with twist-lock joints and rubber feet.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1829949-REG/manfrotto_mtbfrta4gtfb_befree_gt_travel_aluminum.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension48="Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod" data-dimension25="$99.95">View Deal</a></p></div><p>The tripod is constructed from aluminum and finished in a smart satin black, and features a smart folding design where the legs swing upward for stowage, resulting in a highly compact folded height of just 45cm (17.7in). This makes it easy to carry, and it comes complete with a quality travel bag. The legs have four sections, secured by quick-release twist clamps that require minimal rotation to loosen and lock, offering robust support even at the maximum operating height.</p><p>It demonstrates impressive rigidity and vibration resistance even when fully extended, giving confidence when using its maximum load rating. While it's comparatively pricey for an aluminum travel tripod at its regular price, this sub-$100 offer is an absolute steal!</p><p>This price is (understandably) for the legs only, and you'll have to buy a head separately, but we've <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-gt-3-way-review">reviewed it as part of the Manfrotto Befree GT 3-Way kit</a>, if you want to get the full skinny.    </p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto Befree GT PRO Aluminum Travel Tripod"></div><p><strong>Check out the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/gift-guides-and-seasonal-sales/the-best-black-friday-camera-deals"><strong>best Black Friday camera deals</strong></a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Is this the best Black Friday bundle ever? This Gitzo tripod kit is a cool $1000 off  ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Sometimes a deal seems too good to be true, yet it is, and that's the case with this unbelievable Gitzo carbon fiber tripod that comes with <em>not one</em> but <em>two</em> heads. Gitzo is well known as the most premium of tripod brands, and it's not often that any of its gear can be labeled as a 'bargain'. I've tried plenty of its gear but never owned any, as I've never been able to afford it – until today!</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension25="$999.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770289-REG/gitzo_gk2542_bh50y3_gt2545t_series_2_traveler.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qvFwLkvCznzPbXNUg4pq7i" name="Gitzo bundle" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qvFwLkvCznzPbXNUg4pq7i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770289-REG/gitzo_gk2542_bh50y3_gt2545t_series_2_traveler.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension25="$999.95">Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head: was $1999.95 now $999.95</a></strong><br>Get this premium Gitzo bundle for a rock-bottom price! This Gitzo B&H Photo Special 50th Anniversary Kit comprises a GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod, GH3382QD Ball Head, and GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head. It really is some of the very best camera kit that money can buy, and at this price you can afford to buy it! <a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770289-REG/gitzo_gk2542_bh50y3_gt2545t_series_2_traveler.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension25="$999.95">View Deal</a></p></div><p>The 'Gitzo B&H Photo Special 50th Anniversary Kit' is a colab between the premium tripod manufacturer and camera retailer B&H, which bundles a top-quality GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod and GH3382QD Ball Head kit, which normally retails for $1,699 on its own, and adds a GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head, which has a regular price of $689.95. So the usual 1999.95 asking price for the Gitzo B&H Photo Special 50th Anniversary Kit seems pretty reasonable compared to the $2388.95 for buying the kit separately. </p><p>But reducing the price further to just $999.95 for this limited-time offer has to be the best deal I've seen <em>anywhere</em> this Black Friday (and I've been scouring the big retailers' deals day in day out, so you don't have to). Honestly, I've priced the same kit up on other dealers' websites (see below), and no one comes <em>anywhere</em> <em>close</em> to this…</p><p>At the core of this bundle is the GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 tripod. Constructed with advanced Carbon eXact tubing, this four-section tripod can support a substantial 48.5lb load capacity and extends to a maximum height of 65.7 inches. The center column can be removed for ground-level shooting. Leg sections are secured by G-lock Ultra twist locks, which feature an internal O-ring to prevent dust from entering the leg system. </p><p>It normally comes as a kit with the GH3382QD Ball Head, which is very good in its own right, but this bundle adds the brilliant GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head. This pan-and-tilt head features independent locks for vertical, lateral, and panning movements, each equipped with its own fluid cartridge for effortless, smooth motion. Despite its compact 4.5-inch height and 2.1lb weight, the head can support camera equipment up to 28.6lb. Plus, its handles are retractable for easy storage.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Gitzo GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 + GH3382QD ball head,Gitzo 3-way Fluid Head GHF3W" data-widget-title="Or you could buy them separetely…"></div><p><strong>Check out the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/gift-guides-and-seasonal-sales/the-best-black-friday-camera-deals"><strong>best Black Friday camera deals</strong></a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/is-this-the-best-black-friday-bundle-ever-this-gitzo-tripod-kit-is-a-cool-usd1300-off</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ I've always coveted Gitzo gear, but being a man of modest means, could only dream of owning any… until this incredible deal came along! ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">WhLkASpAtjFom5GcVGpeqW</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NXhtVrnsMANTmtrN4gkDBi-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 27 Nov 2025 17:22:23 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 28 Nov 2025 09:06:17 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.waring@futurenet.com (Adam Waring) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wA7LDveTne9XaEFCQSgdn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NXhtVrnsMANTmtrN4gkDBi-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Gitzo]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Gitzo GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod &amp; Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Gitzo GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod &amp; Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Gitzo GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod &amp; Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NXhtVrnsMANTmtrN4gkDBi-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Sometimes a deal seems too good to be true, yet it is, and that's the case with this unbelievable Gitzo carbon fiber tripod that comes with <em>not one</em> but <em>two</em> heads. Gitzo is well known as the most premium of tripod brands, and it's not often that any of its gear can be labeled as a 'bargain'. I've tried plenty of its gear but never owned any, as I've never been able to afford it – until today!</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension25="$999.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770289-REG/gitzo_gk2542_bh50y3_gt2545t_series_2_traveler.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:750px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qvFwLkvCznzPbXNUg4pq7i" name="Gitzo bundle" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qvFwLkvCznzPbXNUg4pq7i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="750" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770289-REG/gitzo_gk2542_bh50y3_gt2545t_series_2_traveler.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension25="$999.95">Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head: was $1999.95 now $999.95</a></strong><br>Get this premium Gitzo bundle for a rock-bottom price! This Gitzo B&H Photo Special 50th Anniversary Kit comprises a GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod, GH3382QD Ball Head, and GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head. It really is some of the very best camera kit that money can buy, and at this price you can afford to buy it! <a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1770289-REG/gitzo_gk2542_bh50y3_gt2545t_series_2_traveler.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="eb4a5535-7f5f-4b08-8186-42bfc5a2b4a2" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Mountaineer 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head & 3-Way Fluid Head" data-dimension25="$999.95">View Deal</a></p></div><p>The 'Gitzo B&H Photo Special 50th Anniversary Kit' is a colab between the premium tripod manufacturer and camera retailer B&H, which bundles a top-quality GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod and GH3382QD Ball Head kit, which normally retails for $1,699 on its own, and adds a GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head, which has a regular price of $689.95. So the usual 1999.95 asking price for the Gitzo B&H Photo Special 50th Anniversary Kit seems pretty reasonable compared to the $2388.95 for buying the kit separately. </p><p>But reducing the price further to just $999.95 for this limited-time offer has to be the best deal I've seen <em>anywhere</em> this Black Friday (and I've been scouring the big retailers' deals day in day out, so you don't have to). Honestly, I've priced the same kit up on other dealers' websites (see below), and no one comes <em>anywhere</em> <em>close</em> to this…</p><p>At the core of this bundle is the GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 tripod. Constructed with advanced Carbon eXact tubing, this four-section tripod can support a substantial 48.5lb load capacity and extends to a maximum height of 65.7 inches. The center column can be removed for ground-level shooting. Leg sections are secured by G-lock Ultra twist locks, which feature an internal O-ring to prevent dust from entering the leg system. </p><p>It normally comes as a kit with the GH3382QD Ball Head, which is very good in its own right, but this bundle adds the brilliant GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head. This pan-and-tilt head features independent locks for vertical, lateral, and panning movements, each equipped with its own fluid cartridge for effortless, smooth motion. Despite its compact 4.5-inch height and 2.1lb weight, the head can support camera equipment up to 28.6lb. Plus, its handles are retractable for easy storage.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Gitzo GT2542 Mountaineer Series 2 + GH3382QD ball head,Gitzo 3-way Fluid Head GHF3W" data-widget-title="Or you could buy them separetely…"></div><p><strong>Check out the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/gift-guides-and-seasonal-sales/the-best-black-friday-camera-deals"><strong>best Black Friday camera deals</strong></a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This American-made tripod brand is increasing prices next month (and no, it’s not because of tariffs) ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>American-made tripod brand Really Right Stuff is increasing prices beginning on December 01.</p><p>In an email to fans, Really Right Stuff said that prices on tripods are increasing on December 01. As an example, the company said that the <a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/versa-34-versatile-carbon-fiber-tripod-suregrip-apex/" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Versa-34</a> that retails for $1,250 will list for $1,315 after December 01 in the US, which is a five percent increase.</p><p>While US photographers are no strangers to increasing prices in the wake of new tariffs, Really Right Stuff is a Utah-based company that makes its tripods in the US. A company representative told Digital Camera World that the increase is due to rising inflation and production costs.</p><p>“Due to rising inflation and production costs, we are raising our prices for the first time in two years,” the company wrote in an email. “RRS strives to keep our prices reasonable while ensuring the quality of our product, and this is a necessary measure in maintaining that high standard.”</p><p><a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/about-us" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, RRS “proudly make[s] and hand-assemble[s] our products in the USA will never change.”</p><p>The company also designs its own soft goods, but unlike tripods, products like tripod bags and pouches are outsourced to a US company that sources from factories in Asia.</p><p>According to the email to fans, only tripod prices are indicated to be increasing.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-american-made-tripod-brand-is-increasing-prices-next-month-and-no-its-not-because-of-tariffs</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Really Right Stuff is increasing tripod prices for the first time in two years, beginning next month ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">eouqSgTiCJuMSBzubUmNX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ig28QAs25sp7E58Dp4dqAV-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 11 Nov 2025 17:45:41 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ig28QAs25sp7E58Dp4dqAV-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Really Right Stuff]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[The Really Right Stuff Versa-44Q tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Really Right Stuff Versa-44Q tripod with mountains in the background]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Really Right Stuff Versa-44Q tripod with mountains in the background]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ig28QAs25sp7E58Dp4dqAV-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>American-made tripod brand Really Right Stuff is increasing prices beginning on December 01.</p><p>In an email to fans, Really Right Stuff said that prices on tripods are increasing on December 01. As an example, the company said that the <a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/versa-34-versatile-carbon-fiber-tripod-suregrip-apex/" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Versa-34</a> that retails for $1,250 will list for $1,315 after December 01 in the US, which is a five percent increase.</p><p>While US photographers are no strangers to increasing prices in the wake of new tariffs, Really Right Stuff is a Utah-based company that makes its tripods in the US. A company representative told Digital Camera World that the increase is due to rising inflation and production costs.</p><p>“Due to rising inflation and production costs, we are raising our prices for the first time in two years,” the company wrote in an email. “RRS strives to keep our prices reasonable while ensuring the quality of our product, and this is a necessary measure in maintaining that high standard.”</p><p><a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/about-us" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, RRS “proudly make[s] and hand-assemble[s] our products in the USA will never change.”</p><p>The company also designs its own soft goods, but unlike tripods, products like tripod bags and pouches are outsourced to a US company that sources from factories in Asia.</p><p>According to the email to fans, only tripod prices are indicated to be increasing.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod review: The finest travel tripod I have ever used! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I first discovered Freewell while hunting for camera accessories that are built for real-world use but that didn’t carry a premium price tag. The brand has a reputation for thoughtfully engineered gear, such as filters, gimbals, and tripods, that feel professional and get the most out of accessories. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> have always been a tricky balance for me. I want something light enough to carry for hours along a coastline or through a city, yet rigid enough to support heavier cameras and lenses. Often, I’ve found myself frustrated with travel tripods that are so light they wobble, or so heavy they’re more of a burden than a tool.</p><p>That’s why the Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod caught my eye. It promises both portability and performance, two qualities I usually have to compromise between. It’s clearly aimed at travel photographers, vloggers, and content creators; people who need stability on the go without sacrificing convenience. Whether you shoot landscapes, cityscapes, or social content, this tripod positions itself as a versatile companion to carry along for the ride.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-specifications"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber / Aluminum alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>42.8cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max operating height</p></td><td  ><p>150cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Min operating height</p></td><td  ><p>16cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.9kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>8kg (Legs) /<br> 5kg (head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 (20° / 55° / 75°)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Rubber pads</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-price"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>When I first checked the price ($299.99 / £299.99 / AU$399.99), I admit I hesitated for a second. It’s not a budget option, but compared to high-end carbon fiber travel tripods, it sits comfortably in the mid-range. And after using it, I feel it’s absolutely justified.</p><p>What you’re paying for is more than just lightweight carbon fiber construction: the FW-T1 has a full 360° ball head, monopod conversion, a smart quick-release system, and thoughtful extras like a phone holder and optional AirTag compartment. When I compare it to cheaper aluminum travel tripods I’ve used in the past, it feels like night and day in stability and usability. And compared to pricier <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripods</a>, it hits a sweet spot. Almost all of the premium features without the higher-end cost. For me, that makes it an excellent value for money.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="639zKh8oumUs2mHGXozH5o" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/639zKh8oumUs2mHGXozH5o-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/639zKh8oumUs2mHGXozH5o-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell FW-T1"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-design-handling"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The moment I picked up the FW-T1, I was struck by how light it is, 0.9 kg (2 lbs). It folds down to just 42.8 cm (16.9 inches), which meant I could slip it into my backpack or the provided carry bag, along with my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-medium-format-camera">medium format camera</a> and standard zoom lens, and barely notice the extra weight. Walking with it along the Gower coast, in South Wales, felt effortless compared to my larger tripods.</p><p>Setup is intuitive. The leg sections twist out smoothly and lock firmly, and the three angle positions of 20°, 55°, and 75° offer flexibility for all kinds of terrain. Even in windy coastal conditions, the tripod stayed rock solid, which instantly gave me confidence to leave my camera on it while adjusting settings or swapping lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6sytqBjCzWRQVCJTHFS8Qi" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6sytqBjCzWRQVCJTHFS8Qi-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4096" height="2304" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6sytqBjCzWRQVCJTHFS8Qi-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist leg locks </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="U2jt2AqbpULNZbKot8bktj" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U2jt2AqbpULNZbKot8bktj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4096" height="2304" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U2jt2AqbpULNZbKot8bktj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The monopod option means you can remove one of the legs to act as a monopod for tight spaces and moving objects </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a> is another standout feature. It’s smooth, responsive, and can even hold my camera in portrait orientation without needing an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>, which is a small but incredibly useful detail. Adjusting my composition was precise via the multiple articulation points, including pan and tilt, and once the camera was mounted, I didn’t have to worry about it slipping or rotating.</p><p>The quick-release plate design is pure genius, and a feature I had not yet discovered on a tripod. In addition to its traditional use, it doubles as a phone holder when you flip it upside down, which is perfect if you want to mix stills photography with social content creation. I could quickly attach my phone to capture clips or behind-the-scenes content without needing any extra gear, which is a real time-saver when shooting alone.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kF5prcBnQUeV2pSjNZh9Vk" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kF5prcBnQUeV2pSjNZh9Vk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4096" height="2304" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kF5prcBnQUeV2pSjNZh9Vk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head is unlocked with a large, easy-to-operate lever, for pan-and-tilt operation </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other thoughtful features include the removable center column for low-angle or macro shots, a ballast hook for added stability, three 1/4 -20" expansion threaded holes for attaching extra gear like lights and microphones, and an optional AirTag compartment to keep track of the tripod. Small touches like these make the tripod feel like it was designed by someone who actually uses a tripod in the field, not just as a spec sheet exercise.</p><p>To further add to this tripod's versatility, one leg can be removed to convert the tripod into a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">monopod</a>. I didn’t think I’d use this much, but it’s been perfect for situations where I need speed or where space is limited, like hopping between rocks on the coast. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="8gYzygRaQJdTYpWbBQNLUn" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gYzygRaQJdTYpWbBQNLUn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gYzygRaQJdTYpWbBQNLUn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate doubles as a phone holder on the underside </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-performance"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>I took the FW-T1 to the Gower coast with my medium format camera (<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-gfx50s-ii-review">Fujifilm GFX 50S II</a>) and standard zoom lens (GF 35-70mm). I was impressed by how little extra weight it added to my kit; almost negligible. Even in gusty conditions, the tripod held firm, enabling me to shoot landscapes, long exposures, and low-angle shots without any wobble.</p><p>The ball head made framing easy, although with so many pivoting points, it took me a second to get used to which lever locked which point. To my surprise, tilting the ball head into a portrait orientation was rock solid, and I didn’t need to fumble with an L-bracket, although it is still the safest option. Switching between my camera and phone was quick and intuitive thanks to the dual-purpose Arca-Swiss quick-release plate. I could move seamlessly between capturing high-resolution stills and content for social media, which made shooting feel fluid rather than segmented.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5912px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="byd5MLRjy3yuUNxv7ox6Yo" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/byd5MLRjy3yuUNxv7ox6Yo-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5912" height="3326" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/byd5MLRjy3yuUNxv7ox6Yo-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod at full extension minus the center column </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="E7hL6rGzT83MnnRHke8xo6" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E7hL6rGzT83MnnRHke8xo6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E7hL6rGzT83MnnRHke8xo6-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can also spread wider for lower shots, and lower still if you remove or invert the center column </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The monopod conversion was useful for faster shots. For example, when I wanted to capture quick handheld-style panning footage along the cliffs, I could detach a leg, extend the monopod, and have a stable, mobile setup in seconds. The ballast hook on the removable center column came in handy, too. I added my camera bag for extra weight when the wind gusted, which made a noticeable difference in stability.</p><p>I also appreciated how the tripod performed in low-angle scenarios. The reversible center column allowed me to get creative with compositions close to the ground, something that would have been cumbersome or impossible with my previous tripod. Overall, the FW-T1 delivered on every spec it promises, but more importantly, it made the shooting experience smoother and more enjoyable.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zEU4ahSM9cNAUNdR2Gqvy" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zEU4ahSM9cNAUNdR2Gqvy-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zEU4ahSM9cNAUNdR2Gqvy-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I tested the tripod head and stability in portrait orientation, and it held up well with a medium format camera, so it would have no problem supporting a compact camera or camera phone </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZrbUjR36ii279rGjHRiBXj" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZrbUjR36ii279rGjHRiBXj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4096" height="2304" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZrbUjR36ii279rGjHRiBXj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The phone holder makes this a great option for content creators </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-verdict"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>After spending a little time with the Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod in the field and filming content at home, it’s clear to me that this isn’t just a lightweight travel tripod, but a thoughtfully engineered, versatile tool for photographers and content creators.</p><p>It’s light enough to carry all day, compact enough to fit in a backpack, and stable enough to support medium format cameras, DSLRs, mirrorless systems, and smartphones. Features like the monopod conversion, its quick-release plate doubling as a phone holder, low-angle capability, and optional AirTag compartment elevate it beyond a simple travel tripod, and due to this, I think it is a good value for money. </p><p>As a travel tripod, it may not stack up to the relentless use and heavier gear associated with landscape or wildlife photography. But if you’re a travel photographer, vlogger, or content creator who wants a reliable, easy-to-use, and highly versatile tripod, the FW-T1 is an excellent choice. For me, it’s become a trusted companion on trips, and I genuinely enjoy having it as an option in my kitbag. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The ball head offered a lot of variety in panning and tilt, and the option to turn a leg into a monopod is useful. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>This a a beautifully lightweight, compact, and highly versatile tripod!</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It did everything I needed to in the field and while recording at home. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The initial shock of the price wore off as soon as I started using it, and it offers good value for a carbon fiber tripod.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uyn8pnZR9XHUGeeFtp64r7" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uyn8pnZR9XHUGeeFtp64r7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uyn8pnZR9XHUGeeFtp64r7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)  and carry case </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="cMByQ569BPHU7jsAokQSs5" name="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cMByQ569BPHU7jsAokQSs5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod</strong></a> is more of a specialist video tripod and less suitable for stills. That said, you can certainly shoot stills with it, although an L-bracket would come in handy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2250px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5" name="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2250" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS</strong></a> is billed as being one of the company’s most versatile tripods ever. It comes has a pivoting center column and a neat range of extras that enables mounting two cameras rather than just one.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/freewell-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-fw-t1-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Freewell FW-T1 is everything you could want from a travel tripod, and ideal for photographers and content creators who love to explore ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">gZCZQpE2EGpJWrRATRmFKN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SfAj49iZkYrkpGHea2wfu-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 20 Oct 2025 00:23:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ kalum.carter@futurenet.com (Kalum Carter) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Kalum Carter ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJgUM8FpE5BV4ktKQnSqnJ-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SfAj49iZkYrkpGHea2wfu-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future / Kalum Carter]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Freewell]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Freewell]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Freewell]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SfAj49iZkYrkpGHea2wfu-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I first discovered Freewell while hunting for camera accessories that are built for real-world use but that didn’t carry a premium price tag. The brand has a reputation for thoughtfully engineered gear, such as filters, gimbals, and tripods, that feel professional and get the most out of accessories. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> have always been a tricky balance for me. I want something light enough to carry for hours along a coastline or through a city, yet rigid enough to support heavier cameras and lenses. Often, I’ve found myself frustrated with travel tripods that are so light they wobble, or so heavy they’re more of a burden than a tool.</p><p>That’s why the Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod caught my eye. It promises both portability and performance, two qualities I usually have to compromise between. It’s clearly aimed at travel photographers, vloggers, and content creators; people who need stability on the go without sacrificing convenience. Whether you shoot landscapes, cityscapes, or social content, this tripod positions itself as a versatile companion to carry along for the ride.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-specifications"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber / Aluminum alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>42.8cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max operating height</p></td><td  ><p>150cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Min operating height</p></td><td  ><p>16cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.9kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>8kg (Legs) /<br> 5kg (head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 (20° / 55° / 75°)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Rubber pads</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-price"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>When I first checked the price ($299.99 / £299.99 / AU$399.99), I admit I hesitated for a second. It’s not a budget option, but compared to high-end carbon fiber travel tripods, it sits comfortably in the mid-range. And after using it, I feel it’s absolutely justified.</p><p>What you’re paying for is more than just lightweight carbon fiber construction: the FW-T1 has a full 360° ball head, monopod conversion, a smart quick-release system, and thoughtful extras like a phone holder and optional AirTag compartment. When I compare it to cheaper aluminum travel tripods I’ve used in the past, it feels like night and day in stability and usability. And compared to pricier <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripods</a>, it hits a sweet spot. Almost all of the premium features without the higher-end cost. For me, that makes it an excellent value for money.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="639zKh8oumUs2mHGXozH5o" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/639zKh8oumUs2mHGXozH5o-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/639zKh8oumUs2mHGXozH5o-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell FW-T1"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-design-handling"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The moment I picked up the FW-T1, I was struck by how light it is, 0.9 kg (2 lbs). It folds down to just 42.8 cm (16.9 inches), which meant I could slip it into my backpack or the provided carry bag, along with my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-medium-format-camera">medium format camera</a> and standard zoom lens, and barely notice the extra weight. Walking with it along the Gower coast, in South Wales, felt effortless compared to my larger tripods.</p><p>Setup is intuitive. The leg sections twist out smoothly and lock firmly, and the three angle positions of 20°, 55°, and 75° offer flexibility for all kinds of terrain. Even in windy coastal conditions, the tripod stayed rock solid, which instantly gave me confidence to leave my camera on it while adjusting settings or swapping lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6sytqBjCzWRQVCJTHFS8Qi" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6sytqBjCzWRQVCJTHFS8Qi-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4096" height="2304" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6sytqBjCzWRQVCJTHFS8Qi-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist leg locks </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="U2jt2AqbpULNZbKot8bktj" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U2jt2AqbpULNZbKot8bktj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4096" height="2304" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U2jt2AqbpULNZbKot8bktj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The monopod option means you can remove one of the legs to act as a monopod for tight spaces and moving objects </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a> is another standout feature. It’s smooth, responsive, and can even hold my camera in portrait orientation without needing an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>, which is a small but incredibly useful detail. Adjusting my composition was precise via the multiple articulation points, including pan and tilt, and once the camera was mounted, I didn’t have to worry about it slipping or rotating.</p><p>The quick-release plate design is pure genius, and a feature I had not yet discovered on a tripod. In addition to its traditional use, it doubles as a phone holder when you flip it upside down, which is perfect if you want to mix stills photography with social content creation. I could quickly attach my phone to capture clips or behind-the-scenes content without needing any extra gear, which is a real time-saver when shooting alone.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kF5prcBnQUeV2pSjNZh9Vk" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kF5prcBnQUeV2pSjNZh9Vk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4096" height="2304" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kF5prcBnQUeV2pSjNZh9Vk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head is unlocked with a large, easy-to-operate lever, for pan-and-tilt operation </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other thoughtful features include the removable center column for low-angle or macro shots, a ballast hook for added stability, three 1/4 -20" expansion threaded holes for attaching extra gear like lights and microphones, and an optional AirTag compartment to keep track of the tripod. Small touches like these make the tripod feel like it was designed by someone who actually uses a tripod in the field, not just as a spec sheet exercise.</p><p>To further add to this tripod's versatility, one leg can be removed to convert the tripod into a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">monopod</a>. I didn’t think I’d use this much, but it’s been perfect for situations where I need speed or where space is limited, like hopping between rocks on the coast. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="8gYzygRaQJdTYpWbBQNLUn" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gYzygRaQJdTYpWbBQNLUn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gYzygRaQJdTYpWbBQNLUn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate doubles as a phone holder on the underside </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-performance"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>I took the FW-T1 to the Gower coast with my medium format camera (<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-gfx50s-ii-review">Fujifilm GFX 50S II</a>) and standard zoom lens (GF 35-70mm). I was impressed by how little extra weight it added to my kit; almost negligible. Even in gusty conditions, the tripod held firm, enabling me to shoot landscapes, long exposures, and low-angle shots without any wobble.</p><p>The ball head made framing easy, although with so many pivoting points, it took me a second to get used to which lever locked which point. To my surprise, tilting the ball head into a portrait orientation was rock solid, and I didn’t need to fumble with an L-bracket, although it is still the safest option. Switching between my camera and phone was quick and intuitive thanks to the dual-purpose Arca-Swiss quick-release plate. I could move seamlessly between capturing high-resolution stills and content for social media, which made shooting feel fluid rather than segmented.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5912px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="byd5MLRjy3yuUNxv7ox6Yo" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/byd5MLRjy3yuUNxv7ox6Yo-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5912" height="3326" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/byd5MLRjy3yuUNxv7ox6Yo-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod at full extension minus the center column </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="E7hL6rGzT83MnnRHke8xo6" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E7hL6rGzT83MnnRHke8xo6-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E7hL6rGzT83MnnRHke8xo6-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can also spread wider for lower shots, and lower still if you remove or invert the center column </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The monopod conversion was useful for faster shots. For example, when I wanted to capture quick handheld-style panning footage along the cliffs, I could detach a leg, extend the monopod, and have a stable, mobile setup in seconds. The ballast hook on the removable center column came in handy, too. I added my camera bag for extra weight when the wind gusted, which made a noticeable difference in stability.</p><p>I also appreciated how the tripod performed in low-angle scenarios. The reversible center column allowed me to get creative with compositions close to the ground, something that would have been cumbersome or impossible with my previous tripod. Overall, the FW-T1 delivered on every spec it promises, but more importantly, it made the shooting experience smoother and more enjoyable.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zEU4ahSM9cNAUNdR2Gqvy" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zEU4ahSM9cNAUNdR2Gqvy-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zEU4ahSM9cNAUNdR2Gqvy-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I tested the tripod head and stability in portrait orientation, and it held up well with a medium format camera, so it would have no problem supporting a compact camera or camera phone </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4096px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZrbUjR36ii279rGjHRiBXj" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZrbUjR36ii279rGjHRiBXj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4096" height="2304" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZrbUjR36ii279rGjHRiBXj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The phone holder makes this a great option for content creators </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-fw-t1-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-verdict"><span>Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>After spending a little time with the Freewell FW-T1 Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod in the field and filming content at home, it’s clear to me that this isn’t just a lightweight travel tripod, but a thoughtfully engineered, versatile tool for photographers and content creators.</p><p>It’s light enough to carry all day, compact enough to fit in a backpack, and stable enough to support medium format cameras, DSLRs, mirrorless systems, and smartphones. Features like the monopod conversion, its quick-release plate doubling as a phone holder, low-angle capability, and optional AirTag compartment elevate it beyond a simple travel tripod, and due to this, I think it is a good value for money. </p><p>As a travel tripod, it may not stack up to the relentless use and heavier gear associated with landscape or wildlife photography. But if you’re a travel photographer, vlogger, or content creator who wants a reliable, easy-to-use, and highly versatile tripod, the FW-T1 is an excellent choice. For me, it’s become a trusted companion on trips, and I genuinely enjoy having it as an option in my kitbag. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The ball head offered a lot of variety in panning and tilt, and the option to turn a leg into a monopod is useful. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>This a a beautifully lightweight, compact, and highly versatile tripod!</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It did everything I needed to in the field and while recording at home. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The initial shock of the price wore off as soon as I started using it, and it offers good value for a carbon fiber tripod.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5888px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uyn8pnZR9XHUGeeFtp64r7" name="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" alt="Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uyn8pnZR9XHUGeeFtp64r7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5888" height="3312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uyn8pnZR9XHUGeeFtp64r7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Freewell Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (FW-T1)  and carry case </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Kalum Carter)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="cMByQ569BPHU7jsAokQSs5" name="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cMByQ569BPHU7jsAokQSs5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod</strong></a> is more of a specialist video tripod and less suitable for stills. That said, you can certainly shoot stills with it, although an L-bracket would come in handy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2250px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5" name="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2250" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS</strong></a> is billed as being one of the company’s most versatile tripods ever. It comes has a pivoting center column and a neat range of extras that enables mounting two cameras rather than just one.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head review: a great combo of rock-solid support and fluid, free-flowing movement ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If I had to name an equivalent to the ‘Rolls Royce’ motoring brand in the field of tripod design and manufacturer, it would be Gitzo. To me they’ve always created tripods and accessories of absolutely the finest quality, at the most premium prices. The company itself has French origins dating back to 1917, concentrating on tripods and supports from the 1950s onwards. A key facet of Gitzo design is the pioneering use of carbon fiber and magnesium alloy to create super-sturdy yet relatively lightweight tripods. It’s perhaps not surprising that Gitzo became part of what is now the Videndum Group in 1992, a company that also features Manfrotto in its portfolio.</p><p>The Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head is a typically luxurious product, designed to be a perfect match for Gitzo Series 2 and larger Mountaineer and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/gitzo-gt5563gs-systematic-series-5-carbon-fiber-tripod-giant-review">Systematic</a> ranges of tripods. However, it has pretty much universal appeal for anyone who wants one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a> for any make and model of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">tripods for photographers</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gCKLwkrDfihk4u4XHrYfxc" name="GHF3W 01 intro 1924.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gCKLwkrDfihk4u4XHrYfxc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gCKLwkrDfihk4u4XHrYfxc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Crafted from magnesium alloy, the Gitzo has a classic and eye-catching marbled finish. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-specifications"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Magnesium alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>13kg / 28.7lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.96kg / 2.1lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>11.5cm / 4.53"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36”</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR plate</strong></p></td><td  ><p>GS5370DR<br>(Arca-Swiss)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-price"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Price</span></h3><p>Ouch! This tripod head costs $690 / £487 / AU$1,330, although you can often find it quite heavily discounted if you shop around. Even so, the perfectly respectable <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head</a> only costs around a quarter of the price, at $220 / £129 / AU$289. Some say you pay through the nose for the Gitzo badge and that the brand is very overpriced. </p><p>On the other hand, I’ve met a couple of pro photographers who bought Gitzo tripod kits decades ago and are still using them after many years of daily grind in the most demanding conditions, without even a sniff of a problem. One of them said to me he was confident that his Gitzo would be the only tripod he’d <em>ever</em> need to buy. Maybe this head is actually very good value, if you can afford to take the long view.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Gitzo 3-way Fluid Head GHF3W"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-design-handling"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Gitzo products are undeniably stylish, but I’ve never felt they were a case of style of substance. The Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head is definitely substantial, with a payload rating of 13kg / 28.7lb. That’s a lot more than the rating of many a set of tripod legs and certainly more weight than I’d ever need to throw at it. Even so, the head itself is surprisingly lightweight at just 0.96kg / 2.1lb, thanks to clever design and the use of magnesium alloy as the main construction material.</p><p>Sometimes I feel that 3-way heads are substantial in a bad way. Compared with relatively streamlined ball heads, they often have long operating handles that stick out and enlarge the stowage size, as well as having a knack of catching on things as you’re walking around. By contrast, the Gitzo is remarkably compact for such a heavy-duty 3-way head, its packing size being diminished by retractable operating handles for tilt and swivel. It’s certainly not unique in this respect, but the mechanisms are engineered very well with sturdy square shafts.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XA9PP5TEDqAkAwUkGPtvyc" name="GHF3W 1925.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XA9PP5TEDqAkAwUkGPtvyc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XA9PP5TEDqAkAwUkGPtvyc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The retractable handles shrink the stowage size but enable better purchase for smoother movement when extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the handles slide smoothly on their shafts, movement is even more silky when it comes to adjusting the head. This is thanks again to high-quality manufacturing, but also due to the fact that independent fluid cartridges are fitted for each axis. These give a suitably fluid feel to movement. The two retracting handles for tilt and swivel are supplemented by a fixed knob for panning lock/release. As with the other two handles, the panning knob has a graphic that indicates variable friction damping is available – the more you turn the knob, the freer and easier panning becomes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YLbYPxsiRYB98V2eKTYkxc" name="GHF3W 1926.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLbYPxsiRYB98V2eKTYkxc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLbYPxsiRYB98V2eKTYkxc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The crescendo graphic on the panning knob (as with the other knobs) indicates a decrease in friction the more you loosen it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the base of the head is a clearly marked panning scale. It’s marked in 15-degree intervals with long lines, and at smaller 5-degree increments with shorter lines. Numbered values are shown at 45-degree intervals, so everything is nicely covered off. I find the calibrated scale especially useful when shooting a sequence of panned shots that I intend to stitch into a panorama at the editing stage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="SKp2zDxjhLuV9tyrAGtYyc" name="GHF3W 1927.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKp2zDxjhLuV9tyrAGtYyc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKp2zDxjhLuV9tyrAGtYyc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning scale has super-clear white-on-black numbering and marker lines at 5-degree and 15-degree intervals. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a generous range of tilt and swivel available on both axes, with -70 to +90 degrees front tilt and -30 to +90 degrees laterally, but the Gitzo has another trick up its sleeve. Just below the camera platform there’s a black lever with an arrow printed on it. Move the lever in the direction of the arrow (how can you resist?) and you’re able to rotate the camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables you to quickly and easily swap the axes for tilt and swivel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QBQ5XidHH8A9ThDkySJ4yc" name="GHF3W 1928.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QBQ5XidHH8A9ThDkySJ4yc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QBQ5XidHH8A9ThDkySJ4yc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rotation lock/release lever is shown here just to the side of my thumb. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another bit of trickery is designed into the bubble level. Instead of being fixed, the large and easy-to-view bubble level is mounted on a 90-degree rotating base. The idea (and I think it’s a good one) is that you can simply twist the bubble level housing so that the same level works in either landscape- or portrait-orientation shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RfEQdUm8GXygEL5czRpRyc" name="GHF3W 1929.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RfEQdUm8GXygEL5czRpRyc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RfEQdUm8GXygEL5czRpRyc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level assembly pivots through 90 degrees, making it equally useful in landscape and portrait orientations, without the need for any duplication. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate locking mechanism is safe and secure, with a pushbutton lock-release feature. It works a treat and while the official Gitzo quick-release plate has a product code of GS5370DR, you can use any Arca-Swiss plate. That’s especially handy if you’re using big, heavyweight lenses to take advantage of that generous payload rating, as many of these now feature tripod mounting rings that have integral Arca-Type feet, so you can plug them directly into the platform on the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3198px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UgHBLthahTEfyzrmdLzCsc" name="GHF3W 1930.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UgHBLthahTEfyzrmdLzCsc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3198" height="1799" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UgHBLthahTEfyzrmdLzCsc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate supplied with the head is generously proportioned in terms of length. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera platform itself is beautifully engineered and impeccably finished, fully in keeping with the rest of the head, as shown below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2v84cA6qh5EPcrfEqfvxxc" name="GHF3W 1931.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2v84cA6qh5EPcrfEqfvxxc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2v84cA6qh5EPcrfEqfvxxc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the mounting plate for attaching the head to a tripod has a smart black anodized finish. It’s the same plate that has the panning scale marked on its upper surface. The circular plate has a diameter of 60mm / 2.36”. This makes it an ideal fit for Gitzo’s heavy-duty tripods with similar payload ratings, as well as the vast majority of heavyweight tripods from other manufacturers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="85D3QSufuStfVdo2STn2wc" name="GHF3W 1932.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/85D3QSufuStfVdo2STn2wc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/85D3QSufuStfVdo2STn2wc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The mounting plate for attaching the head to a tripod has a large diameter to suit heavy-duty legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-performance"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Performance</span></h3><p>I have to admit to finding ball heads something of a revelation, a few decades ago. After many years of using 3-way heads, I was really taken with the speed and ease of setting up a ball head. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a> is one of my favorites. More recently, I’ve rather come full circle, and I’m not just talking about the merits of a 360-degree panning facility. I’m happy to take a little longer setting up a shot, and generally prefer the greater attention to detail that a 3-way head can give me, with its independent locks for tilt, swivel, and panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5372px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gSKts86ysmWrMwKQ3LTY2d" name="GHF3W 1933.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gSKts86ysmWrMwKQ3LTY2d-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5372" height="3022" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gSKts86ysmWrMwKQ3LTY2d-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Independent locks for tilt, swivel, and panning enable ultra-precise adjustments, ideal for architectural, landscape, and close-up photography. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I should also confess that I don’t have the patience of a saint and don’t want to waste time fiddling around for ages when setting up a tripod head. I found that the Gitzo gave me the best of both worlds. It enabled ultra-precise adjustments in any and all directions, while also being quick, easy, and painless to use. Better still, the lock/release handles work with such a sublime feel, partly thanks to their independent fluid cartridges, that I got a genuine feel-good factor from using the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5372px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ncsp9miaZ7nCKRyoaTwy2d" name="GHF3W 1934.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ncsp9miaZ7nCKRyoaTwy2d-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5372" height="3022" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ncsp9miaZ7nCKRyoaTwy2d-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s no problem swiveling the camera through 90 degrees for portrait-orientation shooting, and the additional rotation mechanism gives an extra layer of versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And when it comes to the crunch, I found that I could load up the head with hefty camera and lens combinations, and it gave me rock-solid support with no unwanted flexing, sagging, or vibrations. I also really like the 90-degree rotational mechanism for quickly and easily swapping the tilt and swivel axes around, as well as the bubble level that works so well in both landscape and portrait orientations.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-verdict"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Verdict</span></h3><p>I think that the Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head really looks and feels the business. Designed and manufactured in Italy to the highest standards, it’s the tripod head equivalent of jumping into an exotic Italian supercar. Compared with run-of-the-mill tripod heads, the Gitzo is an absolute joy to use and I feel that it’s a thing of engineering beauty in its own right. </p><p>Ultimately, performance is exceptional in every area, doing full justice to the design excellence and manufacturing quality of the head. It also goes a long way towards justifying the asking price, although, when we get right down to the bottom line, the Gitzo costs more to buy than many of us would be prepared to pay for a 3-way head, even for one which will probably last a lifetime.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Clever features include retractable handles, a rotating camera plate with its own locking lever, and a rotating bubble level.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Build quality is epic, based on a magnesium alloy construction, and the design includes independent fluid cartridges for each axis.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The head combines rock-solid support and a really hefty payload rating with super-smooth and precise adjustments.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p>It comes as no surprise that this Gitzo is one of the most expensive 3-way heads on the market, and costs more than you probably feel the need to spend.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4893px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="6cZHCWBDJgkiVYKmDWf6zc" name="GHF3W 00 hero 1921.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6cZHCWBDJgkiVYKmDWf6zc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4893" height="2097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6cZHCWBDJgkiVYKmDWf6zc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2751px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DW6LEFUBW2WPjo3aERXHZW" name="Manfrotto XPRO 3-way head square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DW6LEFUBW2WPjo3aERXHZW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2751" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head</strong></a> from Gitzo’s sibling company under the Videndum umbrella has almost as hefty a payload rating, at 12kg / 26.5lb, and the same 60mm / 2.36in diameter base plate. Again, it has retractable handles but also features independent friction dampers.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2994px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="snqWskycUxwcggRB57n2ZW" name="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/snqWskycUxwcggRB57n2ZW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2994" height="2994" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head</strong></a> works particularly well for video and panoramic shooting, as it has a dual-axis panning mechanism for easier leveling. This head has a 10kg / 22lb payload rating and 58mm / 2.28in diameter base plate. It’s also great value for money.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head is super-heavy-duty, but it’s also a very clever head with fabulous build quality ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">xpvzENtqDKtPapoJDzMXqg</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6cZHCWBDJgkiVYKmDWf6zc-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 14:58:38 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6cZHCWBDJgkiVYKmDWf6zc-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6cZHCWBDJgkiVYKmDWf6zc-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If I had to name an equivalent to the ‘Rolls Royce’ motoring brand in the field of tripod design and manufacturer, it would be Gitzo. To me they’ve always created tripods and accessories of absolutely the finest quality, at the most premium prices. The company itself has French origins dating back to 1917, concentrating on tripods and supports from the 1950s onwards. A key facet of Gitzo design is the pioneering use of carbon fiber and magnesium alloy to create super-sturdy yet relatively lightweight tripods. It’s perhaps not surprising that Gitzo became part of what is now the Videndum Group in 1992, a company that also features Manfrotto in its portfolio.</p><p>The Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head is a typically luxurious product, designed to be a perfect match for Gitzo Series 2 and larger Mountaineer and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/gitzo-gt5563gs-systematic-series-5-carbon-fiber-tripod-giant-review">Systematic</a> ranges of tripods. However, it has pretty much universal appeal for anyone who wants one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a> for any make and model of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">tripods for photographers</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gCKLwkrDfihk4u4XHrYfxc" name="GHF3W 01 intro 1924.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gCKLwkrDfihk4u4XHrYfxc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gCKLwkrDfihk4u4XHrYfxc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Crafted from magnesium alloy, the Gitzo has a classic and eye-catching marbled finish. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-specifications"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Magnesium alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>13kg / 28.7lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.96kg / 2.1lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>11.5cm / 4.53"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36”</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR plate</strong></p></td><td  ><p>GS5370DR<br>(Arca-Swiss)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-price"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Price</span></h3><p>Ouch! This tripod head costs $690 / £487 / AU$1,330, although you can often find it quite heavily discounted if you shop around. Even so, the perfectly respectable <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head</a> only costs around a quarter of the price, at $220 / £129 / AU$289. Some say you pay through the nose for the Gitzo badge and that the brand is very overpriced. </p><p>On the other hand, I’ve met a couple of pro photographers who bought Gitzo tripod kits decades ago and are still using them after many years of daily grind in the most demanding conditions, without even a sniff of a problem. One of them said to me he was confident that his Gitzo would be the only tripod he’d <em>ever</em> need to buy. Maybe this head is actually very good value, if you can afford to take the long view.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Gitzo 3-way Fluid Head GHF3W"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-design-handling"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Gitzo products are undeniably stylish, but I’ve never felt they were a case of style of substance. The Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head is definitely substantial, with a payload rating of 13kg / 28.7lb. That’s a lot more than the rating of many a set of tripod legs and certainly more weight than I’d ever need to throw at it. Even so, the head itself is surprisingly lightweight at just 0.96kg / 2.1lb, thanks to clever design and the use of magnesium alloy as the main construction material.</p><p>Sometimes I feel that 3-way heads are substantial in a bad way. Compared with relatively streamlined ball heads, they often have long operating handles that stick out and enlarge the stowage size, as well as having a knack of catching on things as you’re walking around. By contrast, the Gitzo is remarkably compact for such a heavy-duty 3-way head, its packing size being diminished by retractable operating handles for tilt and swivel. It’s certainly not unique in this respect, but the mechanisms are engineered very well with sturdy square shafts.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XA9PP5TEDqAkAwUkGPtvyc" name="GHF3W 1925.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XA9PP5TEDqAkAwUkGPtvyc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XA9PP5TEDqAkAwUkGPtvyc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The retractable handles shrink the stowage size but enable better purchase for smoother movement when extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the handles slide smoothly on their shafts, movement is even more silky when it comes to adjusting the head. This is thanks again to high-quality manufacturing, but also due to the fact that independent fluid cartridges are fitted for each axis. These give a suitably fluid feel to movement. The two retracting handles for tilt and swivel are supplemented by a fixed knob for panning lock/release. As with the other two handles, the panning knob has a graphic that indicates variable friction damping is available – the more you turn the knob, the freer and easier panning becomes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YLbYPxsiRYB98V2eKTYkxc" name="GHF3W 1926.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLbYPxsiRYB98V2eKTYkxc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLbYPxsiRYB98V2eKTYkxc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The crescendo graphic on the panning knob (as with the other knobs) indicates a decrease in friction the more you loosen it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the base of the head is a clearly marked panning scale. It’s marked in 15-degree intervals with long lines, and at smaller 5-degree increments with shorter lines. Numbered values are shown at 45-degree intervals, so everything is nicely covered off. I find the calibrated scale especially useful when shooting a sequence of panned shots that I intend to stitch into a panorama at the editing stage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="SKp2zDxjhLuV9tyrAGtYyc" name="GHF3W 1927.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKp2zDxjhLuV9tyrAGtYyc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKp2zDxjhLuV9tyrAGtYyc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning scale has super-clear white-on-black numbering and marker lines at 5-degree and 15-degree intervals. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a generous range of tilt and swivel available on both axes, with -70 to +90 degrees front tilt and -30 to +90 degrees laterally, but the Gitzo has another trick up its sleeve. Just below the camera platform there’s a black lever with an arrow printed on it. Move the lever in the direction of the arrow (how can you resist?) and you’re able to rotate the camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables you to quickly and easily swap the axes for tilt and swivel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QBQ5XidHH8A9ThDkySJ4yc" name="GHF3W 1928.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QBQ5XidHH8A9ThDkySJ4yc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QBQ5XidHH8A9ThDkySJ4yc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rotation lock/release lever is shown here just to the side of my thumb. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another bit of trickery is designed into the bubble level. Instead of being fixed, the large and easy-to-view bubble level is mounted on a 90-degree rotating base. The idea (and I think it’s a good one) is that you can simply twist the bubble level housing so that the same level works in either landscape- or portrait-orientation shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4233px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RfEQdUm8GXygEL5czRpRyc" name="GHF3W 1929.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RfEQdUm8GXygEL5czRpRyc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4233" height="2381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RfEQdUm8GXygEL5czRpRyc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level assembly pivots through 90 degrees, making it equally useful in landscape and portrait orientations, without the need for any duplication. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate locking mechanism is safe and secure, with a pushbutton lock-release feature. It works a treat and while the official Gitzo quick-release plate has a product code of GS5370DR, you can use any Arca-Swiss plate. That’s especially handy if you’re using big, heavyweight lenses to take advantage of that generous payload rating, as many of these now feature tripod mounting rings that have integral Arca-Type feet, so you can plug them directly into the platform on the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3198px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UgHBLthahTEfyzrmdLzCsc" name="GHF3W 1930.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UgHBLthahTEfyzrmdLzCsc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3198" height="1799" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UgHBLthahTEfyzrmdLzCsc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate supplied with the head is generously proportioned in terms of length. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera platform itself is beautifully engineered and impeccably finished, fully in keeping with the rest of the head, as shown below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2v84cA6qh5EPcrfEqfvxxc" name="GHF3W 1931.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2v84cA6qh5EPcrfEqfvxxc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2v84cA6qh5EPcrfEqfvxxc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the mounting plate for attaching the head to a tripod has a smart black anodized finish. It’s the same plate that has the panning scale marked on its upper surface. The circular plate has a diameter of 60mm / 2.36”. This makes it an ideal fit for Gitzo’s heavy-duty tripods with similar payload ratings, as well as the vast majority of heavyweight tripods from other manufacturers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="85D3QSufuStfVdo2STn2wc" name="GHF3W 1932.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/85D3QSufuStfVdo2STn2wc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/85D3QSufuStfVdo2STn2wc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The mounting plate for attaching the head to a tripod has a large diameter to suit heavy-duty legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-performance"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Performance</span></h3><p>I have to admit to finding ball heads something of a revelation, a few decades ago. After many years of using 3-way heads, I was really taken with the speed and ease of setting up a ball head. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a> is one of my favorites. More recently, I’ve rather come full circle, and I’m not just talking about the merits of a 360-degree panning facility. I’m happy to take a little longer setting up a shot, and generally prefer the greater attention to detail that a 3-way head can give me, with its independent locks for tilt, swivel, and panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5372px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gSKts86ysmWrMwKQ3LTY2d" name="GHF3W 1933.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gSKts86ysmWrMwKQ3LTY2d-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5372" height="3022" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gSKts86ysmWrMwKQ3LTY2d-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Independent locks for tilt, swivel, and panning enable ultra-precise adjustments, ideal for architectural, landscape, and close-up photography. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I should also confess that I don’t have the patience of a saint and don’t want to waste time fiddling around for ages when setting up a tripod head. I found that the Gitzo gave me the best of both worlds. It enabled ultra-precise adjustments in any and all directions, while also being quick, easy, and painless to use. Better still, the lock/release handles work with such a sublime feel, partly thanks to their independent fluid cartridges, that I got a genuine feel-good factor from using the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5372px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ncsp9miaZ7nCKRyoaTwy2d" name="GHF3W 1934.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ncsp9miaZ7nCKRyoaTwy2d-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5372" height="3022" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ncsp9miaZ7nCKRyoaTwy2d-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s no problem swiveling the camera through 90 degrees for portrait-orientation shooting, and the additional rotation mechanism gives an extra layer of versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And when it comes to the crunch, I found that I could load up the head with hefty camera and lens combinations, and it gave me rock-solid support with no unwanted flexing, sagging, or vibrations. I also really like the 90-degree rotational mechanism for quickly and easily swapping the tilt and swivel axes around, as well as the bubble level that works so well in both landscape and portrait orientations.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-gitzo-ghf3w-3-way-fluid-head-verdict"><span>Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head: Verdict</span></h3><p>I think that the Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head really looks and feels the business. Designed and manufactured in Italy to the highest standards, it’s the tripod head equivalent of jumping into an exotic Italian supercar. Compared with run-of-the-mill tripod heads, the Gitzo is an absolute joy to use and I feel that it’s a thing of engineering beauty in its own right. </p><p>Ultimately, performance is exceptional in every area, doing full justice to the design excellence and manufacturing quality of the head. It also goes a long way towards justifying the asking price, although, when we get right down to the bottom line, the Gitzo costs more to buy than many of us would be prepared to pay for a 3-way head, even for one which will probably last a lifetime.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Clever features include retractable handles, a rotating camera plate with its own locking lever, and a rotating bubble level.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Build quality is epic, based on a magnesium alloy construction, and the design includes independent fluid cartridges for each axis.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The head combines rock-solid support and a really hefty payload rating with super-smooth and precise adjustments.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p>It comes as no surprise that this Gitzo is one of the most expensive 3-way heads on the market, and costs more than you probably feel the need to spend.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4893px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="6cZHCWBDJgkiVYKmDWf6zc" name="GHF3W 00 hero 1921.JPG" alt="Gitzo GHF3W 3-Way Fluid Head product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6cZHCWBDJgkiVYKmDWf6zc-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4893" height="2097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6cZHCWBDJgkiVYKmDWf6zc-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2751px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DW6LEFUBW2WPjo3aERXHZW" name="Manfrotto XPRO 3-way head square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DW6LEFUBW2WPjo3aERXHZW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2751" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head</strong></a> from Gitzo’s sibling company under the Videndum umbrella has almost as hefty a payload rating, at 12kg / 26.5lb, and the same 60mm / 2.36in diameter base plate. Again, it has retractable handles but also features independent friction dampers.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2994px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="snqWskycUxwcggRB57n2ZW" name="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/snqWskycUxwcggRB57n2ZW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2994" height="2994" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head</strong></a> works particularly well for video and panoramic shooting, as it has a dual-axis panning mechanism for easier leveling. This head has a 10kg / 22lb payload rating and 58mm / 2.28in diameter base plate. It’s also great value for money.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head review: it wants to be your ‘one’ and only tripod, catering to all your needs ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>When it comes to tripods, Manfrotto is the first name that springs to my mind. The Italian company has become a legend in its own lifetime, creating some of the best sticks and heads on the market since the mid-1970s. The company was actually founded by photojournalist Lino Manfrotto in the 1960s, but started off making light stands and booms, moving into its mainstay of tripods a few years down the line.</p><p>The vast majority of tripods, past and present, cater either to stills photographers or to videographers. And there’s the problem. In these mirrorless days, there’s a host of ‘content creators’ wanting to make the most of everything on offer, inventing or reinventing themselves as hybrid shooters and capturing stills and video in equal measure. The Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod was created from the ground up, with and for content creators, aiming to be equally adept for shooting stills and video. As such, it aims to be not only one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but also one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a>, and an all-in-one solution for those of us who shoot both.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5166px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PNk88wt63MJQDxjVvkRSqD" name="M1 00 listing 0950.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNk88wt63MJQDxjVvkRSqD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5166" height="2906" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNk88wt63MJQDxjVvkRSqD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For this review, I opted for the more budget-friendly aluminum version of the legs, complete with the Manfrotto 500X Fluid Head. Both of the aluminum and carbon fiber editions are available as complete kits with this perfectly matched head. Indeed, buying one without the other feels like missing a trick. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-specifications"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum or carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>81cm / 31.9"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max operating height</p></td><td  ><p>181cm / 71.3"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Min operating height</p></td><td  ><p>30.8cm / 12.1"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>Yes, 90-degree</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>4.77kg / 10.52lb (Alu) 4.37kg / 9.63lb (CF)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>15kg /  33lb (legs) 5kg 11lb (head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Modular rubber pads with spikes</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-price"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. There are four versions of the Manfrotto One Hybrid up for grabs, to suit varying needs and budgets. First up is the set of aluminum legs on their own, at $500 / £375 / AU$900. Add the Manfrotto 500X Fluid Head, which is an utterly perfect pairing for the legs in every way, and you’re looking at $680 / £519 / AU$1,200 for the complete kit. </p><p>Trade up to carbon fiber instead of aluminum, and the legs cost $720 / £539 / AU$1,250, or you can pay top dollar for the complete kit of legs and head at $880 / £669 / AU$1,500. The 500X head costs $220 / £164 / AU$390 on its own, so there’s a slight discount if you buy a complete kit. None of the options is exactly cheap, but you do get a good deal for your money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Some say that you don’t need a tripod at all in this day and age of high-performance image stabilization, featured in both camera bodies and lenses. I completely disagree, finding a good tripod to be an essential aid for precisely composing critical stills shots and for long exposures, even more so for shooting video. What I’m a lot less keen on is needing to buy, store, and carry two different tripods, one for stills and one for video.</p><p>That said, I do tend to compromise to some extent by carrying one set of sturdy legs and swapping between a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way head</a> for stills, and a fluid pan head for video. Even so, that’s still extra kit that you have to buy and carry, as well as enduring the chore of swapping between them. From the range of Manfrotto One Hybrid options, I opted for the set of aluminum legs, complete with 500X Fluid Head, which really does set out to answer every stills and video need in one package. The big question is, can this Manfrotto really pull it off and live up to its claims?</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QAR8XMkkpYPP38WmCuwhjD" name="M1 0935.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QAR8XMkkpYPP38WmCuwhjD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QAR8XMkkpYPP38WmCuwhjD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Little luxuries that are useful for both stills and video include three locking leg angles with a simple locking catch, shown here on the right, and an Easy Link socket with anti-rotation at the center, ideal for adding an accessory arm and the likes of an LED lamp, microphone or video monitor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unpacking the kit from its box, it’s already starting to look every inch a video tripod. There are some design elements that I’ve seen before, particularly in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review">Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod</a>. That was the first tripod I saw with Manfrotto’s ‘fast leg’ design. In that case, you twist the leg and all internal sections would release for expansion or contraction, after which you can tighten them all up again with another single twist in the opposite direction. The legs for the One Hybrid are equally ‘fast’ but this time have a single locking lever for each leg.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DuvD2dUu7n3aJQXQ5Z5FnD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" /><figcaption>This pair of shots show the chunky and easily manageable lever for releasing and subsequently relocking all of the internal sections for each leg.<small role="credit">Matthew Richards</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gGdirotLfdhtBmKqS9XAmD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" /><figcaption>This pair of shots show the chunky and easily manageable lever for releasing and subsequently relocking all of the internal sections for each leg.<small role="credit">Matthew Richards</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>There are three sections in each leg, the central one having the largest profile. The medium thickness section extends from the top and the narrowest section from the bottom. Undo all of the locking levers (there’s one for each leg) and you can simply lift the tripod to your required operating height, jiggle it around until it’s approximately level, and then tighten each of the clamps again. One thing that I particularly like is that where most tripods have circular profile legs, this one uses oval profile legs, that make them more rigid, with more tortional resistance. This makes them less likely to bend and flex while you’re panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5377px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ueUYRwouyeYtthJPuJpCaD" name="M1 0930.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ueUYRwouyeYtthJPuJpCaD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5377" height="3025" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ueUYRwouyeYtthJPuJpCaD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Borderline rectangular in profile, the oval shaped legs have enhanced tortional resistance, making them less likely to flex when you’re panning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When I said about getting the tripod ‘approximately level’, the upside is that you don’t need to ensure the legs are absolutely level if you’re going to be panning for video or a sequence of stills. That’s because, like most video rather than stills tripods, this one features a leveling system so that you can ensure the base of the head is level. It’s an important point because, if you use adjustments in the head to compensate for the legs not being level, your camera will go on the skew when you start panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3xGnixvgi4HzWLixgKQUcD" name="M1 0939.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xGnixvgi4HzWLixgKQUcD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xGnixvgi4HzWLixgKQUcD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The simple lock/release lever marked ‘LVL’, shown here in its release position, enables you to adjust the angle of the center column to ensure that the base of the head is leveled. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One aspect in which the tripod differs from most video tripods and is more like a stills tripod is that it has an extending center column. Naturally, this enables extra height, and, indeed, the tripod has a lofty maximum operating height of 181cm / 71.3", with the center column extended. But there’s more. As well as having a built-in leveling system, the column has a ‘Q90’ mechanism plus a modular design. </p><p>The Q90 is a trick bit of the kit that enables you to pivot the center column through 90 degrees and use it as a horizontal boom. It’s ideal for shooting directly downwards, for example, taking stills or video of objects laid out on the ground or on a tabletop. It’s also useful for shooting extreme close-ups and for use with ultra-wide-angle lenses, and is another reminder of features I’ve previously seen in Manfrotto tripods, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review">Manfrotto 055 MT055CXPRO3</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dZumTD4cfQhqzi5BPwDTaD" name="M1 0940.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dZumTD4cfQhqzi5BPwDTaD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dZumTD4cfQhqzi5BPwDTaD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 bracket works in conjunction with a release button built into the bottom of the center column, and makes it quick and easy to extend the column, pivot it through 90 degrees and use it as a horizontal boom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other highlights of the legs include an Easy Link socket with anti-rotation, ideal for adding an accessory arm and attaching the likes of an LED lamp, microphone, or video display monitor. There’s also a bubble level at the top of the legs, which you can freely rotate through 360 degrees to get it into the most convenient position.</p><p>At the very top of the legs is a Manfrotto Xchange system for easily swapping between different heads, and it works equally well for moving heads (and mounted cameras) between different supports. However, if you're going to use the One with the 500X Fluid Head permanently, then you don't need to use the Xchange plate at all, and in fact, Manfrotto recommends removing it entirely. Nevertheless, it's handy to have, and I’ve seen something similar, in the shape of the excellent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-move-quick-release-system-review">Manfrotto MOVE Quick Release System</a>, which I’ve invested in for some of my personal sets of legs and heads. With both systems, you can simply twist a locking ring, then pop the head off the tripod, and snap it onto another one, or place a different head on your legs. It really couldn’t be any quicker or easier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UQz7k6RPyyN35ReKXDTUbD" name="M1 0941.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UQz7k6RPyyN35ReKXDTUbD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UQz7k6RPyyN35ReKXDTUbD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level rotates around a full 360 degree, so you can place it wherever it’s easiest to see. I’m a big fan of the ‘Xchange’ system shown at the top of this image, for quickly and easily mixing and matching different sets of legs and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs. Let’s get into the 500X Fluid Head. It’s pretty chunky, which I like as it gives a sense of solidity and robustness. I’ll start off with my one and only criticism, which is that the supplied panning handle only fits on the right-hand side, whereas most video tripod heads enable you to fit the handle on the right or left-hand side, depending on your preference.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5154px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kxavL7sYd2KsCLhTFT5rYD" name="M1 0943.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kxavL7sYd2KsCLhTFT5rYD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5154" height="2899" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kxavL7sYd2KsCLhTFT5rYD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Unlike many video heads, you can only attach the panning handle to the right hand side of this one. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Back on the positive side, the head features a counterbalance system, which you can engage or disengage with a knob on the side. When engaged, it has a set counterbalance weight of 2.4kg / 5.29lb. In practice, I found it worked well with a variety of different camera and lens combinations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="zPwwYg9XJxwjA7jhVihQdD" name="M1 0944.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zPwwYg9XJxwjA7jhVihQdD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zPwwYg9XJxwjA7jhVihQdD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The counterbalance has a straightforward operating knob marked On and Off, to engage or disengage the system. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shift over to the left-hand side of the head, and there’s a locking/release knob for forward and backward vertical tilt. It’s something that’s equally necessary for stills and video, and I’m pleased that it has a generous range of movement, equating to almost 180 degrees and enabling vertical downward shooting, even without pivoting the center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JnzM7bRy5vqJqCkY7BMTfD" name="M1 0945.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JnzM7bRy5vqJqCkY7BMTfD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JnzM7bRy5vqJqCkY7BMTfD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Directly opposite the counterbalance knob on the other side of the head is the front/back tilt lock/release knob, shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Around the back is the lock/release knob for panning, which is equally necessary for both stills and video. Just above this knob is a bubble level built into the head, which you can use in conjunction with the one in the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="J357vSetUjKU89PsxaKTdD" name="M1 0947.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/J357vSetUjKU89PsxaKTdD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/J357vSetUjKU89PsxaKTdD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Teaming up with the bubble level in the legs, there’s also one on the head positioned just above the panning lock/release knob. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that’s lacking in video heads is a 90-degree swivel facility. That can be a critical problem if you want to shoot stills in portrait orientation mode. The ‘hybrid’ nature of the Manfrotto comes to the fore again, this time with a release button that enables you to pivot the camera platform through 90 degrees for portrait-orientation shooting. So there you have it – true hybrid functionality. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="HSK3Wi989hFe6mWNUPFMcD" name="M1 0949.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HSK3Wi989hFe6mWNUPFMcD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HSK3Wi989hFe6mWNUPFMcD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At the press of a button, you can swivel the camera platform through 90 degrees, swapping between landscape and portrait orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-performance"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Sometimes time is of the essence, particularly if you’re shooting stills and video at events like weddings and sporting occasions. I find that the ‘fast legs’ live up to their billing, making it very quick and easy to set up the tripod at the height I require. Similarly ensuring the tripod is completely level also proves quick and simple, thanks not only to the fast leg latches but also to the leveling mechanism for the center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="FndkDVZ9oYQUuiEAAw3UwD" name="M1 0953.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FndkDVZ9oYQUuiEAAw3UwD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5255" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FndkDVZ9oYQUuiEAAw3UwD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs to a wider locking angle enhances stability for low-level shooting, and makes the tripod more resistant to twisting when you’re panning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For creative effect, I often like to shoot both stills and video from ultra-low angles. The Manfrotto obliges with its modular center column. A simple release catch makes it easy to slide off the bottom section of the center column and remove it completely, enabling use of the legs’ widest angular setting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="3pgjpHhrGVf695rtzYJtvD" name="M1 0955.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3pgjpHhrGVf695rtzYJtvD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3401" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3pgjpHhrGVf695rtzYJtvD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Take the bottom section of the center column out of the equation and you can shoot right down to virtually ground level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the tripod gave me the perfect blend of solid support and fluid movement when shooting video. I was also pleased that it proved really solid and sturdy for stills, being very resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. For portrait orientation shooting, you might prefer using one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best L-brackets</a> currently available. If not, the ability to quickly swivel the camera through 90 degrees can be vital for stills.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="ACx3RqMXEY325Lh4Sk7piD" name="M1 0957.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ACx3RqMXEY325Lh4Sk7piD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3401" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ACx3RqMXEY325Lh4Sk7piD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Portrait as well as landscape orientation shooting is perfectly viable, unlike with the vast majority of videocentric tripods and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dedicated video tripods rarely feature a center column. That can be a limiting factor if you need to shoot from a lofty height. I’m pleased that the Manfrotto not only features a center column, but that it also has a pivot feature, which is ideal for shooting vertically downwards over a table and for various other scenarios. All in all, this ‘hybrid’ tripod can do pretty much anything, and in fine style.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5576px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="35kPXNhCkZ8icbZrKA4GvD" name="M1 0959.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/35kPXNhCkZ8icbZrKA4GvD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5576" height="3136" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/35kPXNhCkZ8icbZrKA4GvD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The pivoting center column further enhances the tripod’s overall versatility. It works really well for shooting vertically downwards, taking extreme close-ups or using ultra-wide-angle lenses. For the last of these scenarios, you can reduce the risk of tripod feet creeping into the bottom of the picture. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-verdict"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>Hybrid creations have quite a history, from mules to automobiles, and you can often make things better if you mix them up a bit. There’s a joke here… What do you get if you cross a dinosaur with a pig? Jurassic pork! Sorry, back to the business at hand. The Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod is genuinely different from other tripods that I’ve seen, used, tested, and reviewed before. And I’ve seen a lot. </p><p>It really is ‘one’ tripod that’s a true ‘hybrid’, making it a dual-purpose tool for both stills and video. It’s quick and easy to set up, simple to use, and combines super-steady support with wonderfully fluid movement. I’d definitely go for one of the aluminum or carbon fiber full kits that includes the head, as the two go so brilliantly well together. The complete kits really are more than the sum of their parts. They’re all pretty pricey to buy but are still very good value, considering their design, features, and performance.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Exhaustive features include ‘fast legs’, a leveling, sliding, modular and pivoting center column, quick-change Xchange system, and more besides.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design is inordinately clever, resulting in a truly hybrid tripod that can turn its hand (or its head) to pretty much anything.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is excellent, combining superb stability and resistance to flexing and vibrations with smooth and silky ‘fluid’ movement.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The kits certainly aren’t cheap, but considering you’re kinda getting two tripods in one, it’s very good value.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="daH2MPDTexgqHW4u4XRRxD" name="M1 00 hero 0951.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/daH2MPDTexgqHW4u4XRRxD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/daH2MPDTexgqHW4u4XRRxD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="cMByQ569BPHU7jsAokQSs5" name="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cMByQ569BPHU7jsAokQSs5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod</strong></a> is more of a specialist video tripod and less suitable for stills. That said, you can certainly shoot stills with it, although an L-bracket would come in handy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2250px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5" name="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2250" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS</strong></a> is billed as being one of the company’s most versatile tripods ever. It comes has a pivoting center column and a neat range of extras that enables mounting two cameras rather than just one.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Hybrid is the name of the game nowadays, and the Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod aims to be equally adept for shooting both stills and video ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">PtjZPAxm8vdak8HZVTX8sN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/daH2MPDTexgqHW4u4XRRxD-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2025 13:49:24 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 21 Oct 2025 12:26:32 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/daH2MPDTexgqHW4u4XRRxD-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/daH2MPDTexgqHW4u4XRRxD-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>When it comes to tripods, Manfrotto is the first name that springs to my mind. The Italian company has become a legend in its own lifetime, creating some of the best sticks and heads on the market since the mid-1970s. The company was actually founded by photojournalist Lino Manfrotto in the 1960s, but started off making light stands and booms, moving into its mainstay of tripods a few years down the line.</p><p>The vast majority of tripods, past and present, cater either to stills photographers or to videographers. And there’s the problem. In these mirrorless days, there’s a host of ‘content creators’ wanting to make the most of everything on offer, inventing or reinventing themselves as hybrid shooters and capturing stills and video in equal measure. The Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod was created from the ground up, with and for content creators, aiming to be equally adept for shooting stills and video. As such, it aims to be not only one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but also one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a>, and an all-in-one solution for those of us who shoot both.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5166px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PNk88wt63MJQDxjVvkRSqD" name="M1 00 listing 0950.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNk88wt63MJQDxjVvkRSqD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5166" height="2906" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNk88wt63MJQDxjVvkRSqD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For this review, I opted for the more budget-friendly aluminum version of the legs, complete with the Manfrotto 500X Fluid Head. Both of the aluminum and carbon fiber editions are available as complete kits with this perfectly matched head. Indeed, buying one without the other feels like missing a trick. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-specifications"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum or carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>81cm / 31.9"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max operating height</p></td><td  ><p>181cm / 71.3"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Min operating height</p></td><td  ><p>30.8cm / 12.1"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>Yes, 90-degree</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>4.77kg / 10.52lb (Alu) 4.37kg / 9.63lb (CF)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>15kg /  33lb (legs) 5kg 11lb (head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Modular rubber pads with spikes</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-price"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. There are four versions of the Manfrotto One Hybrid up for grabs, to suit varying needs and budgets. First up is the set of aluminum legs on their own, at $500 / £375 / AU$900. Add the Manfrotto 500X Fluid Head, which is an utterly perfect pairing for the legs in every way, and you’re looking at $680 / £519 / AU$1,200 for the complete kit. </p><p>Trade up to carbon fiber instead of aluminum, and the legs cost $720 / £539 / AU$1,250, or you can pay top dollar for the complete kit of legs and head at $880 / £669 / AU$1,500. The 500X head costs $220 / £164 / AU$390 on its own, so there’s a slight discount if you buy a complete kit. None of the options is exactly cheap, but you do get a good deal for your money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Some say that you don’t need a tripod at all in this day and age of high-performance image stabilization, featured in both camera bodies and lenses. I completely disagree, finding a good tripod to be an essential aid for precisely composing critical stills shots and for long exposures, even more so for shooting video. What I’m a lot less keen on is needing to buy, store, and carry two different tripods, one for stills and one for video.</p><p>That said, I do tend to compromise to some extent by carrying one set of sturdy legs and swapping between a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way head</a> for stills, and a fluid pan head for video. Even so, that’s still extra kit that you have to buy and carry, as well as enduring the chore of swapping between them. From the range of Manfrotto One Hybrid options, I opted for the set of aluminum legs, complete with 500X Fluid Head, which really does set out to answer every stills and video need in one package. The big question is, can this Manfrotto really pull it off and live up to its claims?</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QAR8XMkkpYPP38WmCuwhjD" name="M1 0935.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QAR8XMkkpYPP38WmCuwhjD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QAR8XMkkpYPP38WmCuwhjD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Little luxuries that are useful for both stills and video include three locking leg angles with a simple locking catch, shown here on the right, and an Easy Link socket with anti-rotation at the center, ideal for adding an accessory arm and the likes of an LED lamp, microphone or video monitor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unpacking the kit from its box, it’s already starting to look every inch a video tripod. There are some design elements that I’ve seen before, particularly in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review">Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod</a>. That was the first tripod I saw with Manfrotto’s ‘fast leg’ design. In that case, you twist the leg and all internal sections would release for expansion or contraction, after which you can tighten them all up again with another single twist in the opposite direction. The legs for the One Hybrid are equally ‘fast’ but this time have a single locking lever for each leg.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DuvD2dUu7n3aJQXQ5Z5FnD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" /><figcaption>This pair of shots show the chunky and easily manageable lever for releasing and subsequently relocking all of the internal sections for each leg.<small role="credit">Matthew Richards</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gGdirotLfdhtBmKqS9XAmD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" /><figcaption>This pair of shots show the chunky and easily manageable lever for releasing and subsequently relocking all of the internal sections for each leg.<small role="credit">Matthew Richards</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>There are three sections in each leg, the central one having the largest profile. The medium thickness section extends from the top and the narrowest section from the bottom. Undo all of the locking levers (there’s one for each leg) and you can simply lift the tripod to your required operating height, jiggle it around until it’s approximately level, and then tighten each of the clamps again. One thing that I particularly like is that where most tripods have circular profile legs, this one uses oval profile legs, that make them more rigid, with more tortional resistance. This makes them less likely to bend and flex while you’re panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5377px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ueUYRwouyeYtthJPuJpCaD" name="M1 0930.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ueUYRwouyeYtthJPuJpCaD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5377" height="3025" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ueUYRwouyeYtthJPuJpCaD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Borderline rectangular in profile, the oval shaped legs have enhanced tortional resistance, making them less likely to flex when you’re panning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When I said about getting the tripod ‘approximately level’, the upside is that you don’t need to ensure the legs are absolutely level if you’re going to be panning for video or a sequence of stills. That’s because, like most video rather than stills tripods, this one features a leveling system so that you can ensure the base of the head is level. It’s an important point because, if you use adjustments in the head to compensate for the legs not being level, your camera will go on the skew when you start panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3xGnixvgi4HzWLixgKQUcD" name="M1 0939.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xGnixvgi4HzWLixgKQUcD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xGnixvgi4HzWLixgKQUcD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The simple lock/release lever marked ‘LVL’, shown here in its release position, enables you to adjust the angle of the center column to ensure that the base of the head is leveled. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One aspect in which the tripod differs from most video tripods and is more like a stills tripod is that it has an extending center column. Naturally, this enables extra height, and, indeed, the tripod has a lofty maximum operating height of 181cm / 71.3", with the center column extended. But there’s more. As well as having a built-in leveling system, the column has a ‘Q90’ mechanism plus a modular design. </p><p>The Q90 is a trick bit of the kit that enables you to pivot the center column through 90 degrees and use it as a horizontal boom. It’s ideal for shooting directly downwards, for example, taking stills or video of objects laid out on the ground or on a tabletop. It’s also useful for shooting extreme close-ups and for use with ultra-wide-angle lenses, and is another reminder of features I’ve previously seen in Manfrotto tripods, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review">Manfrotto 055 MT055CXPRO3</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dZumTD4cfQhqzi5BPwDTaD" name="M1 0940.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dZumTD4cfQhqzi5BPwDTaD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dZumTD4cfQhqzi5BPwDTaD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 bracket works in conjunction with a release button built into the bottom of the center column, and makes it quick and easy to extend the column, pivot it through 90 degrees and use it as a horizontal boom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other highlights of the legs include an Easy Link socket with anti-rotation, ideal for adding an accessory arm and attaching the likes of an LED lamp, microphone, or video display monitor. There’s also a bubble level at the top of the legs, which you can freely rotate through 360 degrees to get it into the most convenient position.</p><p>At the very top of the legs is a Manfrotto Xchange system for easily swapping between different heads, and it works equally well for moving heads (and mounted cameras) between different supports. However, if you're going to use the One with the 500X Fluid Head permanently, then you don't need to use the Xchange plate at all, and in fact, Manfrotto recommends removing it entirely. Nevertheless, it's handy to have, and I’ve seen something similar, in the shape of the excellent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-move-quick-release-system-review">Manfrotto MOVE Quick Release System</a>, which I’ve invested in for some of my personal sets of legs and heads. With both systems, you can simply twist a locking ring, then pop the head off the tripod, and snap it onto another one, or place a different head on your legs. It really couldn’t be any quicker or easier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UQz7k6RPyyN35ReKXDTUbD" name="M1 0941.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UQz7k6RPyyN35ReKXDTUbD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UQz7k6RPyyN35ReKXDTUbD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level rotates around a full 360 degree, so you can place it wherever it’s easiest to see. I’m a big fan of the ‘Xchange’ system shown at the top of this image, for quickly and easily mixing and matching different sets of legs and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs. Let’s get into the 500X Fluid Head. It’s pretty chunky, which I like as it gives a sense of solidity and robustness. I’ll start off with my one and only criticism, which is that the supplied panning handle only fits on the right-hand side, whereas most video tripod heads enable you to fit the handle on the right or left-hand side, depending on your preference.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5154px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kxavL7sYd2KsCLhTFT5rYD" name="M1 0943.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kxavL7sYd2KsCLhTFT5rYD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5154" height="2899" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kxavL7sYd2KsCLhTFT5rYD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Unlike many video heads, you can only attach the panning handle to the right hand side of this one. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Back on the positive side, the head features a counterbalance system, which you can engage or disengage with a knob on the side. When engaged, it has a set counterbalance weight of 2.4kg / 5.29lb. In practice, I found it worked well with a variety of different camera and lens combinations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="zPwwYg9XJxwjA7jhVihQdD" name="M1 0944.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zPwwYg9XJxwjA7jhVihQdD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zPwwYg9XJxwjA7jhVihQdD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The counterbalance has a straightforward operating knob marked On and Off, to engage or disengage the system. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shift over to the left-hand side of the head, and there’s a locking/release knob for forward and backward vertical tilt. It’s something that’s equally necessary for stills and video, and I’m pleased that it has a generous range of movement, equating to almost 180 degrees and enabling vertical downward shooting, even without pivoting the center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JnzM7bRy5vqJqCkY7BMTfD" name="M1 0945.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JnzM7bRy5vqJqCkY7BMTfD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JnzM7bRy5vqJqCkY7BMTfD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Directly opposite the counterbalance knob on the other side of the head is the front/back tilt lock/release knob, shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Around the back is the lock/release knob for panning, which is equally necessary for both stills and video. Just above this knob is a bubble level built into the head, which you can use in conjunction with the one in the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="J357vSetUjKU89PsxaKTdD" name="M1 0947.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/J357vSetUjKU89PsxaKTdD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/J357vSetUjKU89PsxaKTdD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Teaming up with the bubble level in the legs, there’s also one on the head positioned just above the panning lock/release knob. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that’s lacking in video heads is a 90-degree swivel facility. That can be a critical problem if you want to shoot stills in portrait orientation mode. The ‘hybrid’ nature of the Manfrotto comes to the fore again, this time with a release button that enables you to pivot the camera platform through 90 degrees for portrait-orientation shooting. So there you have it – true hybrid functionality. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="HSK3Wi989hFe6mWNUPFMcD" name="M1 0949.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HSK3Wi989hFe6mWNUPFMcD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HSK3Wi989hFe6mWNUPFMcD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At the press of a button, you can swivel the camera platform through 90 degrees, swapping between landscape and portrait orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-performance"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Sometimes time is of the essence, particularly if you’re shooting stills and video at events like weddings and sporting occasions. I find that the ‘fast legs’ live up to their billing, making it very quick and easy to set up the tripod at the height I require. Similarly ensuring the tripod is completely level also proves quick and simple, thanks not only to the fast leg latches but also to the leveling mechanism for the center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="FndkDVZ9oYQUuiEAAw3UwD" name="M1 0953.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FndkDVZ9oYQUuiEAAw3UwD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5255" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FndkDVZ9oYQUuiEAAw3UwD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs to a wider locking angle enhances stability for low-level shooting, and makes the tripod more resistant to twisting when you’re panning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For creative effect, I often like to shoot both stills and video from ultra-low angles. The Manfrotto obliges with its modular center column. A simple release catch makes it easy to slide off the bottom section of the center column and remove it completely, enabling use of the legs’ widest angular setting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="3pgjpHhrGVf695rtzYJtvD" name="M1 0955.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3pgjpHhrGVf695rtzYJtvD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3401" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3pgjpHhrGVf695rtzYJtvD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Take the bottom section of the center column out of the equation and you can shoot right down to virtually ground level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the tripod gave me the perfect blend of solid support and fluid movement when shooting video. I was also pleased that it proved really solid and sturdy for stills, being very resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. For portrait orientation shooting, you might prefer using one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best L-brackets</a> currently available. If not, the ability to quickly swivel the camera through 90 degrees can be vital for stills.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="ACx3RqMXEY325Lh4Sk7piD" name="M1 0957.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ACx3RqMXEY325Lh4Sk7piD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3401" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ACx3RqMXEY325Lh4Sk7piD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Portrait as well as landscape orientation shooting is perfectly viable, unlike with the vast majority of videocentric tripods and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dedicated video tripods rarely feature a center column. That can be a limiting factor if you need to shoot from a lofty height. I’m pleased that the Manfrotto not only features a center column, but that it also has a pivot feature, which is ideal for shooting vertically downwards over a table and for various other scenarios. All in all, this ‘hybrid’ tripod can do pretty much anything, and in fine style.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5576px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="35kPXNhCkZ8icbZrKA4GvD" name="M1 0959.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/35kPXNhCkZ8icbZrKA4GvD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5576" height="3136" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/35kPXNhCkZ8icbZrKA4GvD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The pivoting center column further enhances the tripod’s overall versatility. It works really well for shooting vertically downwards, taking extreme close-ups or using ultra-wide-angle lenses. For the last of these scenarios, you can reduce the risk of tripod feet creeping into the bottom of the picture. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-verdict"><span>Manfrotto One Hybrid Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>Hybrid creations have quite a history, from mules to automobiles, and you can often make things better if you mix them up a bit. There’s a joke here… What do you get if you cross a dinosaur with a pig? Jurassic pork! Sorry, back to the business at hand. The Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod is genuinely different from other tripods that I’ve seen, used, tested, and reviewed before. And I’ve seen a lot. </p><p>It really is ‘one’ tripod that’s a true ‘hybrid’, making it a dual-purpose tool for both stills and video. It’s quick and easy to set up, simple to use, and combines super-steady support with wonderfully fluid movement. I’d definitely go for one of the aluminum or carbon fiber full kits that includes the head, as the two go so brilliantly well together. The complete kits really are more than the sum of their parts. They’re all pretty pricey to buy but are still very good value, considering their design, features, and performance.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Exhaustive features include ‘fast legs’, a leveling, sliding, modular and pivoting center column, quick-change Xchange system, and more besides.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design is inordinately clever, resulting in a truly hybrid tripod that can turn its hand (or its head) to pretty much anything.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is excellent, combining superb stability and resistance to flexing and vibrations with smooth and silky ‘fluid’ movement.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The kits certainly aren’t cheap, but considering you’re kinda getting two tripods in one, it’s very good value.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="daH2MPDTexgqHW4u4XRRxD" name="M1 00 hero 0951.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/daH2MPDTexgqHW4u4XRRxD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/daH2MPDTexgqHW4u4XRRxD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="cMByQ569BPHU7jsAokQSs5" name="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cMByQ569BPHU7jsAokQSs5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon video tripod</strong></a> is more of a specialist video tripod and less suitable for stills. That said, you can certainly shoot stills with it, although an L-bracket would come in handy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2250px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5" name="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2250" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS</strong></a> is billed as being one of the company’s most versatile tripods ever. It comes has a pivoting center column and a neat range of extras that enables mounting two cameras rather than just one.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The brand behind the iconic Gorillapod flexible tripods has just been sold to a China-based photography accessory company ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Joby, the maker of the iconic flexible Gorillapod <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripods</a>, has a new owner. On September 03, the London-based Videndum announced an agreement to sell the Joby brand to Vijim – a photography accessory brand owned by a China-based company.</p><p>The move means that Joby gear will be under new ownership and marks a shift to focusing on high-end pro gear for Videndum – the company that owns Avenger, Gitzo, Lowepro, Manfrotto, Savage, Sachtler, Litepanels and <a href="https://videndum.com/products-solutions/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">several other photo and video brands</a>. </p><p>“This sale supports the Company’s strategy to focus on core professional markets,” <a href="https://videndum2024eutfm.q4web.com/news/news-details/2025/Sale-of-JOBY-brand-to-VIJIM/default.aspx" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Videndem wrote in the announcement.</a></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BQUr83LfLUKs4JQQCUyBxE" name="Mini_tripod_dsc_8523_16x9" alt="Joby Telepod as selfie stick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BQUr83LfLUKs4JQQCUyBxE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/joby-telepod-mobile-review">Joby Telepod</a> </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The company did not disclose the amount agreed upon for the sale of Joby, but said that the proceeds will be used to pay down the group’s debt. <a href="https://videndum2024eutfm.q4web.com/news/news-details/2025/2025-Half-Year-Results/default.aspx" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In the first half of 2025</a>, the company reported 25% lower revenue than the same period in 2024, leading to an adjusted operating loss of £7 million (around $9.48 million / AU$14.4 million) and putting the company’s net debt to £137.7 million ($186.5 million / AU$283.4 million). </p><p><a href="https://videndum.com/media/4289/46882_videndum_ar24_interactive2.pdf" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In 2024</a>, the company announced a plan to increase operational efficiency and reduce spending amid “a challenging macroeconomic backdrop.” In the first half of 2025, the company said tariffs and increased demand led to limited inventory in the US, leading to lower revenue than initially anticipated. However, the company says much of the difference was offset by the its previously announced restructuring and cost management plans.</p><p>As Videndum shifts towards higher-end gear, the company has decided to sell off the Joby brand. Joby is arguably most known for its Gorillapods, a line of tripods whose standout feature is flexible legs that can be wrapped around anything from fence posts to tree branches to create more height flexibility from a small tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iGfw2x9Gqs2FTMfF4KUSub" name="Wind.jpg" alt="Joby Wavo AIR" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iGfw2x9Gqs2FTMfF4KUSub-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-wavo-air-review">Joby Wavo Air mic</a> </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Along with the Gorillapods, which span from smartphone to DSLR-ready models, Joby also produces microphones, lights and other accessories for content creators. While best known for the Gorillapod, Joby also offers full-sized tripods geared towards content creators, as well as kits that mix tripods, mics and lights into one set for creators.</p><p>The Joby brand was originally launched in the San Francisco area but was later acquired by Videndum in 2017.</p><p>Vijim is a sub-brand of Ulanzi, which is owned by Shenzhen Vijim Technology Co Ltd, based in China. The <a href="https://ifdesign.com/en/winner-ranking/winner-overview/?awardId=2&profile=Shenzhen+Vijim%7Cid%3D20888&sort=random&yearId=4" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">company’s line of products</a> ranges from modular photography kits to folding smartphone tripods to lights.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">best smartphone tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">best mini tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/the-brand-behind-the-iconic-gorillapod-flexible-tripods-has-just-been-sold-to-a-china-based-photography-accessory-company</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Videndum, the company behind photo giants like Manfrotto and Lowepro, has agreed to sell the Joby brand ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">eE6G3pZRyWFqBM32JT54Zk</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KoWnEZuhMRUWp862cp4zDC-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 05 Sep 2025 18:16:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 08 Sep 2025 11:18:26 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KoWnEZuhMRUWp862cp4zDC-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Man using Nikon D800 and Tamron 90mm macro lens to photograph frozen bubble on a snow-covered window sill next to Joby GorillaPod housing LED light panel  ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Man using Nikon D800 and Tamron 90mm macro lens to photograph frozen bubble on a snow-covered window sill next to Joby GorillaPod housing LED light panel  ]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Man using Nikon D800 and Tamron 90mm macro lens to photograph frozen bubble on a snow-covered window sill next to Joby GorillaPod housing LED light panel  ]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KoWnEZuhMRUWp862cp4zDC-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Joby, the maker of the iconic flexible Gorillapod <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripods</a>, has a new owner. On September 03, the London-based Videndum announced an agreement to sell the Joby brand to Vijim – a photography accessory brand owned by a China-based company.</p><p>The move means that Joby gear will be under new ownership and marks a shift to focusing on high-end pro gear for Videndum – the company that owns Avenger, Gitzo, Lowepro, Manfrotto, Savage, Sachtler, Litepanels and <a href="https://videndum.com/products-solutions/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">several other photo and video brands</a>. </p><p>“This sale supports the Company’s strategy to focus on core professional markets,” <a href="https://videndum2024eutfm.q4web.com/news/news-details/2025/Sale-of-JOBY-brand-to-VIJIM/default.aspx" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Videndem wrote in the announcement.</a></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BQUr83LfLUKs4JQQCUyBxE" name="Mini_tripod_dsc_8523_16x9" alt="Joby Telepod as selfie stick" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BQUr83LfLUKs4JQQCUyBxE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/joby-telepod-mobile-review">Joby Telepod</a> </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The company did not disclose the amount agreed upon for the sale of Joby, but said that the proceeds will be used to pay down the group’s debt. <a href="https://videndum2024eutfm.q4web.com/news/news-details/2025/2025-Half-Year-Results/default.aspx" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In the first half of 2025</a>, the company reported 25% lower revenue than the same period in 2024, leading to an adjusted operating loss of £7 million (around $9.48 million / AU$14.4 million) and putting the company’s net debt to £137.7 million ($186.5 million / AU$283.4 million). </p><p><a href="https://videndum.com/media/4289/46882_videndum_ar24_interactive2.pdf" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In 2024</a>, the company announced a plan to increase operational efficiency and reduce spending amid “a challenging macroeconomic backdrop.” In the first half of 2025, the company said tariffs and increased demand led to limited inventory in the US, leading to lower revenue than initially anticipated. However, the company says much of the difference was offset by the its previously announced restructuring and cost management plans.</p><p>As Videndum shifts towards higher-end gear, the company has decided to sell off the Joby brand. Joby is arguably most known for its Gorillapods, a line of tripods whose standout feature is flexible legs that can be wrapped around anything from fence posts to tree branches to create more height flexibility from a small tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iGfw2x9Gqs2FTMfF4KUSub" name="Wind.jpg" alt="Joby Wavo AIR" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iGfw2x9Gqs2FTMfF4KUSub-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-wavo-air-review">Joby Wavo Air mic</a> </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Along with the Gorillapods, which span from smartphone to DSLR-ready models, Joby also produces microphones, lights and other accessories for content creators. While best known for the Gorillapod, Joby also offers full-sized tripods geared towards content creators, as well as kits that mix tripods, mics and lights into one set for creators.</p><p>The Joby brand was originally launched in the San Francisco area but was later acquired by Videndum in 2017.</p><p>Vijim is a sub-brand of Ulanzi, which is owned by Shenzhen Vijim Technology Co Ltd, based in China. The <a href="https://ifdesign.com/en/winner-ranking/winner-overview/?awardId=2&profile=Shenzhen+Vijim%7Cid%3D20888&sort=random&yearId=4" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">company’s line of products</a> ranges from modular photography kits to folding smartphone tripods to lights.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">best smartphone tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">best mini tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod review: a stunningly affordable, complete carbon fiber travel tripod kit ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Vanguard has been making a variety of photographic kit, binoculars, spotting scopes, and gadget bags for many years now, starting its business back in 1986. Although the current product range is very diverse, if I had to sum up what immediately springs to my mind when I hear the word ‘Vanguard’, that word would be ‘tripods’. </p><p>The company makes a huge range of tripods – large, small, and in-between – to suit all wants and needs. The catalog includes some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>. The Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit that I’m reviewing sets its sights not only on being a travel tripod in general, but also one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-budget-tripods">best budget tripods</a> in particular. It seems to be impossibly great value for a complete carbon kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="uK54oqugCxxPhB9nEz8eq9" name="VTB 204CB 01 intro 0389.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uK54oqugCxxPhB9nEz8eq9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3900" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uK54oqugCxxPhB9nEz8eq9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">What price a set of carbon fiber tripod legs plus a ball head? This Vanguard kit is probably a lot less expensive than you might imagine. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-specifications"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>37.5cm / 14.8"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>130cm / 51"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>30cm / 12"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.78kg / 1.72lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>3kg / 6.61lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>20 / 17 / 14 / 11mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-price"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Price</span></h3><p>Think carbon fiber tripod kits and you’re probably thinking big bucks. And you’d nearly always be right. The luxurious yet lightweight material is used in some of the world’s best tripods, but they tend to command hefty purchase prices. As a complete kit with ball head, the Vesta TB 204CB is not only refreshingly lightweight but has a comparatively featherweight price tag of $120 / £100. The big question is, “Is it worth it?”</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>When I’m travelling, there’s usually a flight involved somewhere along the line. That can cause a bit of a problem as I like to take my camera gear as cabin luggage, so it has to fit into one bag. The Vesta TB 204CB fits the bill perfectly, as its folded length of 37.5cm / 14.8" and weight of just 0.78kg / 1.72lb make it easy to slip into a small bag, along with the rest of my gubbins. Maybe that’s why this travel tripod isn’t supplied with a bag of its own. The more likely reason is that, unlike the vast majority of carbon fiber tripod kits on the market, it’s priced to appeal to those on the tightest of budgets.</p><p>Let’s kick off with the legs, which seems entirely natural. They’re made of carbon fiber, and not just any old carbon fiber but from an up-market cut that really looks and feels the business. And unlike some tripods that have carbon legs but a metal center column, the Vanguard is made from carbon fiber throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="LTHRA4B23AHBTg3HtPXkp9" name="VTB 204CB 0391.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LTHRA4B23AHBTg3HtPXkp9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3900" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LTHRA4B23AHBTg3HtPXkp9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carbon fiber used for all sections of the legs and center column have an up-market look and feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Each leg comprises four telescoping sections, which is par for the course when it comes to travel tripods. Unlike with three-section legs, the extra section enables a taller maximum operating height along with a smaller folded height, for easier stowage. As with almost every travel tripod on the market nowadays, the Vanguard has a swing-up design for the legs, so that the feet encircle the extended center column when folded. This tends to take about 20cm / 8” off the folded height, so that you can squeeze the tripod into the smallest of spaces. </p><p>The clamps for releasing and fastening the legs are twist-locks, which I tend to favor over flip-locks. They’re good ones, too, with only minimal rotation being required to release and lock the legs. It’s also easy to grab all the locks in one handful when the legs are retracted, saving time and effort.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="SY3xoT5Nb9CHxrEmefPBq9" name="VTB 204CB 0392.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SY3xoT5Nb9CHxrEmefPBq9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3900" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SY3xoT5Nb9CHxrEmefPBq9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-clamps for unlocking and locking the extending leg sections feel nice and grippy, and only require minimal rotation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The outer or top leg section has a diameter of 20mm, and there’s a drop of 3mm as you work your way down towards the bottom. As a result, the very lowest section of each leg has a relatively thin and spindly diameter of just 11mm. That might compromise the rigidity of the overall tripod when the bottom sections are extended, but we’ll see how it works out later when I get to ‘performance’.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4502px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="ttGe2ZFdZLjVEKRThPfNr9" name="VTB 204CB 0393.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ttGe2ZFdZLjVEKRThPfNr9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4502" height="2531" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ttGe2ZFdZLjVEKRThPfNr9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four sections in each leg have diameters of 20mm, 17mm, 14mm and 11mmm so the bottom ones are pretty thin. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A bit of a ‘must-have’ feature for any tripod, as far as I’m concerned, is ‘multi-angle legs’. These make it much easier to work on uneven terrain, or around obstacles, as well as making the tripod more secure in low-level shooting. I’m happy that the Vanguard has three locking leg angles, and they’re engaged by a simple spring-loaded lever at the top of each leg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3681px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="hHnThHRSi8WWBjJ2PKDgo9" name="VTB 204CB 0394.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hHnThHRSi8WWBjJ2PKDgo9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3681" height="2070" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hHnThHRSi8WWBjJ2PKDgo9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The spring-loaded lever at the top of each leg makes it easy to engage any of the three lockable angles, or to swing the legs up for stowage. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the bottom of each leg, the feet are of the rubber pad variety. It’s a safe bet that works well on most surfaces but the pads don’t feature retractable metal spikes, which can work better on loose ground or carpet.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3187px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="QnEnpNxnsHboCJr8RLh9n9" name="VTB 204CB 0395.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QnEnpNxnsHboCJr8RLh9n9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3187" height="1793" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QnEnpNxnsHboCJr8RLh9n9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Although the feet don’t feature retractable or interchangeable spikes, the rubber feet can be poked into soft ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further shrink the minimum shooting height, the center column has two sections rather than one, each of which has its own twist-clamp, similar to the ones featured in the legs. I’m a little surprised that the outer section of the telescoping center column isn’t full-length, which would enable a greater maximum operating height when the inner section is extended. As it is though, you can shrink the minimum shooting height down to 30cm / 12”. If you want to go lower still, you can reverse the center column and shoot right down to ground level with the camera inverted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5056px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="U4PP9ffNQxixuqfucsbHs9" name="VTB 204CB 0396.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U4PP9ffNQxixuqfucsbHs9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5056" height="2844" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U4PP9ffNQxixuqfucsbHs9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The center column has two sections, enabling a slight extension and a more extensive contraction, compared to its storage position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, there’s a ball head that fits nicely with the design of the legs. It’s quick and easy to use, with just a single lock/release knob. There’s therefore no pan-only release (despite a calibrated panning scale being featured), nor an independent friction adjuster. What you do get is a bubble level to aid leveling the head, as well as an Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rqNLX6S72RcacZXikzmWq9" name="VTB 204CB 0398.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rqNLX6S72RcacZXikzmWq9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rqNLX6S72RcacZXikzmWq9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head is simple but effective, with a single lock/release knob and no separate panning lock or adjustable friction damper. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VzUykk2hrkBZRKK7tWfEr9" name="VTB 204CB 0400.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzUykk2hrkBZRKK7tWfEr9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzUykk2hrkBZRKK7tWfEr9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The platform at the top features a bubble level and plays host to an Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-performance"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Performance</span></h3><p>The legs have quite a large number of adjustments, based on nine leg section twist-locks, two center column twist-locks and three multi-angle levers. Given that you’ll most likely swing the legs upwards for minimum stowage size, the net result is that the tripod can take a bit of time and effort to set up for shooting and to fold down again afterwards. Even so, it’s a relatively simple and painless procedure.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5716px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="GzqTmheRc4RMd9rRj2Tsv9" name="VTB 204CB 0401.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzqTmheRc4RMd9rRj2Tsv9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5716" height="3211" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzqTmheRc4RMd9rRj2Tsv9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the multi-angle legs splayed to their widest setting, you need to raise the center column for ground clearance. If you need to go even lower, the center column is reversible. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like to explore all the angles when shooting and I’m particularly pleased that the multi-angle legs and telescoping 2-section center column enable ultra-low-level shooting without having to invert the camera and shoot with it upside down. That’s still an option if you feel the need.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3160px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.88%;"><img id="VugncEFvinuZcrM3buKgw9" name="VTB 204CB 0402.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VugncEFvinuZcrM3buKgw9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3160" height="5621" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VugncEFvinuZcrM3buKgw9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At its tallest setting with all of the leg and center column sections fully extended, the tripod feels a little wobbly and prone to vibration. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite the reservations that I expressed earlier, it turns out the tripod legs remained pretty rigid and resistant to flexing and vibrations at full extension, even with the thin bottom sections brought into play. At least that’s what I found during testing, with the center column retracted. To gain extra height by extending the bottom section of the center column, I found that the tripod felt rather less rigid. Extending both sections of the center column to enable the full operating height of 130cm / 51" made the tripod very susceptible to vibrations and oscillations. That’s rather disappointing, especially considering that the maximum height is pretty modest anyway.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-verdict"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to like about the Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit. As a travel tripod, It’s suitably small when folded, measuring just 37.5cm / 14.8", and it’s refreshingly lightweight at just 0.78kg / 1.72lb, despite having a decent maximum payload rating of 3kg / 6.61lb. It also has a luxury look and feel, based high-quality carbon fiber for the legs and center column. The ball head is none too shabby either. The whole kit is outrageously inexpensive, considering its feature set, but it’s disappointingly wobbly at its maximum height. If you can set your sights a little lower, so to speak, and can avoid the maximum operating height, it’s a smart bit of kit.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Clever features include swing-up legs, multi-angle leg joints, a telescopic center column and a neat ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design is somewhat typical of recent travel tripods but Vanguard has done well to make this kit especially travel-friendly.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is mostly good but rigidity is impaired when extending the center column, especially both sections of it.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a well-made and very attractive carbon fiber kit that’s incredible value for money, if you can get by without using the maximum operating height.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="q8JSeoQC6jdGtbz4mE5Mt9" name="VTB 204CB 00 hero 0390.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q8JSeoQC6jdGtbz4mE5Mt9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q8JSeoQC6jdGtbz4mE5Mt9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1f63592c-135e-47b7-a4eb-c7ec42a6225b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-patti-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:850px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ovWyRXbnBkZ3GVRZrHu5VX" name="3 Legged Thing Patti square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ovWyRXbnBkZ3GVRZrHu5VX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="850" height="850" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-patti-20-review" data-dimension112="1f63592c-135e-47b7-a4eb-c7ec42a6225b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead</strong></a> is one of the less expensive options in the highly impressive Punks 2.0 range. It’s immaculately crafted from magnesium alloy and offers excellent versatility as a tripod, while also easily converting into a monopod.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="fccbeb74-30f0-47e3-b919-80c67fc1c10c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension48="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-advanced-as-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="pjja35TsssbT8sL6bGZyUX" name="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pjja35TsssbT8sL6bGZyUX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-advanced-as-review" data-dimension112="fccbeb74-30f0-47e3-b919-80c67fc1c10c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension48="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS</strong></a> really aims to please. It’s available with either flip locks or twist locks for its leg sections, made from either aluminum or carbon fiber, comes complete with a clever head and folds down really small for easy stowage.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-tripod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB kit shoehorns a set of carbon fiber legs and a ball head into an amazingly lightweight package with an unfeasibly featherweight price tag ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">F6aEQqogeetAxrCfTwruPF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q8JSeoQC6jdGtbz4mE5Mt9-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2025 10:55:53 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q8JSeoQC6jdGtbz4mE5Mt9-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q8JSeoQC6jdGtbz4mE5Mt9-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Vanguard has been making a variety of photographic kit, binoculars, spotting scopes, and gadget bags for many years now, starting its business back in 1986. Although the current product range is very diverse, if I had to sum up what immediately springs to my mind when I hear the word ‘Vanguard’, that word would be ‘tripods’. </p><p>The company makes a huge range of tripods – large, small, and in-between – to suit all wants and needs. The catalog includes some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>. The Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit that I’m reviewing sets its sights not only on being a travel tripod in general, but also one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-budget-tripods">best budget tripods</a> in particular. It seems to be impossibly great value for a complete carbon kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="uK54oqugCxxPhB9nEz8eq9" name="VTB 204CB 01 intro 0389.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uK54oqugCxxPhB9nEz8eq9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3900" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uK54oqugCxxPhB9nEz8eq9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">What price a set of carbon fiber tripod legs plus a ball head? This Vanguard kit is probably a lot less expensive than you might imagine. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-specifications"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>37.5cm / 14.8"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>130cm / 51"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>30cm / 12"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.78kg / 1.72lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>3kg / 6.61lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>20 / 17 / 14 / 11mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-price"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Price</span></h3><p>Think carbon fiber tripod kits and you’re probably thinking big bucks. And you’d nearly always be right. The luxurious yet lightweight material is used in some of the world’s best tripods, but they tend to command hefty purchase prices. As a complete kit with ball head, the Vesta TB 204CB is not only refreshingly lightweight but has a comparatively featherweight price tag of $120 / £100. The big question is, “Is it worth it?”</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>When I’m travelling, there’s usually a flight involved somewhere along the line. That can cause a bit of a problem as I like to take my camera gear as cabin luggage, so it has to fit into one bag. The Vesta TB 204CB fits the bill perfectly, as its folded length of 37.5cm / 14.8" and weight of just 0.78kg / 1.72lb make it easy to slip into a small bag, along with the rest of my gubbins. Maybe that’s why this travel tripod isn’t supplied with a bag of its own. The more likely reason is that, unlike the vast majority of carbon fiber tripod kits on the market, it’s priced to appeal to those on the tightest of budgets.</p><p>Let’s kick off with the legs, which seems entirely natural. They’re made of carbon fiber, and not just any old carbon fiber but from an up-market cut that really looks and feels the business. And unlike some tripods that have carbon legs but a metal center column, the Vanguard is made from carbon fiber throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="LTHRA4B23AHBTg3HtPXkp9" name="VTB 204CB 0391.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LTHRA4B23AHBTg3HtPXkp9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3900" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LTHRA4B23AHBTg3HtPXkp9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carbon fiber used for all sections of the legs and center column have an up-market look and feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Each leg comprises four telescoping sections, which is par for the course when it comes to travel tripods. Unlike with three-section legs, the extra section enables a taller maximum operating height along with a smaller folded height, for easier stowage. As with almost every travel tripod on the market nowadays, the Vanguard has a swing-up design for the legs, so that the feet encircle the extended center column when folded. This tends to take about 20cm / 8” off the folded height, so that you can squeeze the tripod into the smallest of spaces. </p><p>The clamps for releasing and fastening the legs are twist-locks, which I tend to favor over flip-locks. They’re good ones, too, with only minimal rotation being required to release and lock the legs. It’s also easy to grab all the locks in one handful when the legs are retracted, saving time and effort.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="SY3xoT5Nb9CHxrEmefPBq9" name="VTB 204CB 0392.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SY3xoT5Nb9CHxrEmefPBq9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3900" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SY3xoT5Nb9CHxrEmefPBq9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-clamps for unlocking and locking the extending leg sections feel nice and grippy, and only require minimal rotation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The outer or top leg section has a diameter of 20mm, and there’s a drop of 3mm as you work your way down towards the bottom. As a result, the very lowest section of each leg has a relatively thin and spindly diameter of just 11mm. That might compromise the rigidity of the overall tripod when the bottom sections are extended, but we’ll see how it works out later when I get to ‘performance’.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4502px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="ttGe2ZFdZLjVEKRThPfNr9" name="VTB 204CB 0393.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ttGe2ZFdZLjVEKRThPfNr9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4502" height="2531" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ttGe2ZFdZLjVEKRThPfNr9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four sections in each leg have diameters of 20mm, 17mm, 14mm and 11mmm so the bottom ones are pretty thin. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A bit of a ‘must-have’ feature for any tripod, as far as I’m concerned, is ‘multi-angle legs’. These make it much easier to work on uneven terrain, or around obstacles, as well as making the tripod more secure in low-level shooting. I’m happy that the Vanguard has three locking leg angles, and they’re engaged by a simple spring-loaded lever at the top of each leg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3681px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="hHnThHRSi8WWBjJ2PKDgo9" name="VTB 204CB 0394.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hHnThHRSi8WWBjJ2PKDgo9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3681" height="2070" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hHnThHRSi8WWBjJ2PKDgo9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The spring-loaded lever at the top of each leg makes it easy to engage any of the three lockable angles, or to swing the legs up for stowage. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the bottom of each leg, the feet are of the rubber pad variety. It’s a safe bet that works well on most surfaces but the pads don’t feature retractable metal spikes, which can work better on loose ground or carpet.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3187px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="QnEnpNxnsHboCJr8RLh9n9" name="VTB 204CB 0395.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QnEnpNxnsHboCJr8RLh9n9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3187" height="1793" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QnEnpNxnsHboCJr8RLh9n9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Although the feet don’t feature retractable or interchangeable spikes, the rubber feet can be poked into soft ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further shrink the minimum shooting height, the center column has two sections rather than one, each of which has its own twist-clamp, similar to the ones featured in the legs. I’m a little surprised that the outer section of the telescoping center column isn’t full-length, which would enable a greater maximum operating height when the inner section is extended. As it is though, you can shrink the minimum shooting height down to 30cm / 12”. If you want to go lower still, you can reverse the center column and shoot right down to ground level with the camera inverted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5056px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="U4PP9ffNQxixuqfucsbHs9" name="VTB 204CB 0396.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U4PP9ffNQxixuqfucsbHs9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5056" height="2844" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U4PP9ffNQxixuqfucsbHs9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The center column has two sections, enabling a slight extension and a more extensive contraction, compared to its storage position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, there’s a ball head that fits nicely with the design of the legs. It’s quick and easy to use, with just a single lock/release knob. There’s therefore no pan-only release (despite a calibrated panning scale being featured), nor an independent friction adjuster. What you do get is a bubble level to aid leveling the head, as well as an Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rqNLX6S72RcacZXikzmWq9" name="VTB 204CB 0398.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rqNLX6S72RcacZXikzmWq9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rqNLX6S72RcacZXikzmWq9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head is simple but effective, with a single lock/release knob and no separate panning lock or adjustable friction damper. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VzUykk2hrkBZRKK7tWfEr9" name="VTB 204CB 0400.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzUykk2hrkBZRKK7tWfEr9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzUykk2hrkBZRKK7tWfEr9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The platform at the top features a bubble level and plays host to an Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-performance"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Performance</span></h3><p>The legs have quite a large number of adjustments, based on nine leg section twist-locks, two center column twist-locks and three multi-angle levers. Given that you’ll most likely swing the legs upwards for minimum stowage size, the net result is that the tripod can take a bit of time and effort to set up for shooting and to fold down again afterwards. Even so, it’s a relatively simple and painless procedure.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5716px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="GzqTmheRc4RMd9rRj2Tsv9" name="VTB 204CB 0401.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzqTmheRc4RMd9rRj2Tsv9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5716" height="3211" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzqTmheRc4RMd9rRj2Tsv9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the multi-angle legs splayed to their widest setting, you need to raise the center column for ground clearance. If you need to go even lower, the center column is reversible. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like to explore all the angles when shooting and I’m particularly pleased that the multi-angle legs and telescoping 2-section center column enable ultra-low-level shooting without having to invert the camera and shoot with it upside down. That’s still an option if you feel the need.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3160px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.88%;"><img id="VugncEFvinuZcrM3buKgw9" name="VTB 204CB 0402.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VugncEFvinuZcrM3buKgw9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3160" height="5621" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VugncEFvinuZcrM3buKgw9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At its tallest setting with all of the leg and center column sections fully extended, the tripod feels a little wobbly and prone to vibration. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite the reservations that I expressed earlier, it turns out the tripod legs remained pretty rigid and resistant to flexing and vibrations at full extension, even with the thin bottom sections brought into play. At least that’s what I found during testing, with the center column retracted. To gain extra height by extending the bottom section of the center column, I found that the tripod felt rather less rigid. Extending both sections of the center column to enable the full operating height of 130cm / 51" made the tripod very susceptible to vibrations and oscillations. That’s rather disappointing, especially considering that the maximum height is pretty modest anyway.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-tb-204cb-verdict"><span>Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to like about the Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit. As a travel tripod, It’s suitably small when folded, measuring just 37.5cm / 14.8", and it’s refreshingly lightweight at just 0.78kg / 1.72lb, despite having a decent maximum payload rating of 3kg / 6.61lb. It also has a luxury look and feel, based high-quality carbon fiber for the legs and center column. The ball head is none too shabby either. The whole kit is outrageously inexpensive, considering its feature set, but it’s disappointingly wobbly at its maximum height. If you can set your sights a little lower, so to speak, and can avoid the maximum operating height, it’s a smart bit of kit.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Clever features include swing-up legs, multi-angle leg joints, a telescopic center column and a neat ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design is somewhat typical of recent travel tripods but Vanguard has done well to make this kit especially travel-friendly.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is mostly good but rigidity is impaired when extending the center column, especially both sections of it.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a well-made and very attractive carbon fiber kit that’s incredible value for money, if you can get by without using the maximum operating height.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="q8JSeoQC6jdGtbz4mE5Mt9" name="VTB 204CB 00 hero 0390.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta TB 204CB tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q8JSeoQC6jdGtbz4mE5Mt9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q8JSeoQC6jdGtbz4mE5Mt9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1f63592c-135e-47b7-a4eb-c7ec42a6225b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-patti-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:850px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ovWyRXbnBkZ3GVRZrHu5VX" name="3 Legged Thing Patti square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ovWyRXbnBkZ3GVRZrHu5VX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="850" height="850" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-patti-20-review" data-dimension112="1f63592c-135e-47b7-a4eb-c7ec42a6225b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead</strong></a> is one of the less expensive options in the highly impressive Punks 2.0 range. It’s immaculately crafted from magnesium alloy and offers excellent versatility as a tripod, while also easily converting into a monopod.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="fccbeb74-30f0-47e3-b919-80c67fc1c10c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension48="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-advanced-as-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="pjja35TsssbT8sL6bGZyUX" name="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pjja35TsssbT8sL6bGZyUX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-advanced-as-review" data-dimension112="fccbeb74-30f0-47e3-b919-80c67fc1c10c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension48="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS</strong></a> really aims to please. It’s available with either flip locks or twist locks for its leg sections, made from either aluminum or carbon fiber, comes complete with a clever head and folds down really small for easy stowage.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod review: a remarkably inexpensive tripod kit, complete with 3-way pan head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Vanguard has made a name for itself as a high-ranking manufacturer of tripods, monopods bags, cases and other photographic accessories, as well as binoculars and spotting scopes, with an illustrious history that stretches back to 1986. Although the company’s current product range is very diverse, ‘tripods’ are always the first thing that springs to my mind when the name crops up. Indeed, Vanguard makes some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>. </p><p>The tripod that I’m reviewing here doesn’t fit into any of those categories, although it’s sufficiently lightweight to classify as a travel tripod. Instead, the Vesta 203AP aims to be one of the most inexpensive complete tripod kits on the market, and is definitely a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-budget-tripods">best budget tripods</a>, if you’re after a set of sticks for minimum outlay.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5665px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2K9rerBUxUP8BECQkqJZfm" name="V203AP 01 intro 0404.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2K9rerBUxUP8BECQkqJZfm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5665" height="3187" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2K9rerBUxUP8BECQkqJZfm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The black aluminum legs come complete with a 2-way pan head. Or is it 3-way? I’ll come to that later. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-specifications"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>57cm / 22.25"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>155cm / 61"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>53.5cm / 21.1"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.1kg / 2.4lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>3.5kg / 7.78lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>20 / 17 / 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>1</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-price"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Price</span></h3><p>Vanguard makes a huge range of tripods to suit every need and budget. But when it comes to ‘budget’, you’d struggle to find a complete tripod kit from a reputable manufacturer that costs less than the $70 / £50 / AU$100. That’s the selling price of the Vanguard Vesta 203AP. Ultimately, it’s a fraction of the price of many a set of legs or a head, sold individually rather than as a complete kit, potentially making it a bargain buy.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Vesta 203AP looks and feels pretty small and lightweight, but it’s not advertised as a ‘travel tripod’. That’s a fair point, as the vast majority of travel tripods these days have swing-up legs, so the feet encircle the extended center column when folded down, to reduce the stowage size. But you pay a price for those space-saving designs, in that it takes longer to set up your tripod and pack it away again. Instead, the 203AP has regular legs that simply hinge out through a small arc. Even so, the tripod folds down to just 57cm / 22.25", complete with head, so it can still fit into small spaces for stowage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4011px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="88eDQGKRXqPLz6box27Wam" name="V203AP 0405.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/88eDQGKRXqPLz6box27Wam-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4011" height="2256" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/88eDQGKRXqPLz6box27Wam-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each leg has three sections, rather than the four or five often featured in travel tripods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I’d fully expect at this price point, the leg sections and center column are made from aluminum rather than carbon fiber. A downside is that they feel cold to the touch in chilly weather and, in keeping with the minimalist design and pricing, there’s no comfort padding on any of the legs. There are also only three sections per leg, rather than the four or five often featured in travel tripods. </p><p>That compromises the maximum operating height as well as smallness when folded, but, again, there’s an upside in that with only two clamps per leg, rather than three or four, it’s relatively quick and easy to set up the tripod and fold it down again. The sections are released and clamped with flip-lock levers. Twist-locks are often preferred as they don’t tend to stick out as much, but the levers in this tripod are very slimline.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4011px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gU4Lz7qokQKruBgG6t8aam" name="V203AP 0407.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gU4Lz7qokQKruBgG6t8aam-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4011" height="2256" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gU4Lz7qokQKruBgG6t8aam-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The design features flip-locks rather than twist-locks but they’re slim for the breed and don’t stick out much. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another advantage of the tripod only featuring three sections per leg rather than four or five is that it avoids the bottom leg sections being too thin and spindly. As such, the diameter of the top section is 20mm and the inner ones measure 17mm and 14mm, so even the bottom one isn’t super-skinny.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5375px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:59.59%;"><img id="fofw7nRCkNQoRXqx3FFZem" name="V203AP 0409.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fofw7nRCkNQoRXqx3FFZem-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5375" height="3203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fofw7nRCkNQoRXqx3FFZem-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With only three sections in each telescoping leg, the bottom section is relatively chunky with a 14mm diameter – just over half an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I really do miss in this tripod is that it only has one locking angle for the legs. I’m more used to three angles, so I can splay the legs further apart. It can be very useful for shooting on uneven terrain and for working around obstacles. It’s also great for enabling really low-level shooting, while also adding stability at short operating heights, making the tripod less prone to toppling over. With just one angle on offer, the minimum height is relatively tall at 53.5cm / 21.1".</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4136px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:65.45%;"><img id="2WmEtpR4QXDNmvTPoSdVcm" name="V203AP 0410.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2WmEtpR4QXDNmvTPoSdVcm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4136" height="2707" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2WmEtpR4QXDNmvTPoSdVcm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The sturdy rubber pads feel quite grippy on wide-ranging surfaces. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On the plus side, the textured rubber feet enable a slip-resistant footing on rough and smooth surfaces. At full stretch with the leg sections and center column fully extended, the maximum operating height is a little disappointing at 155cm / 61", or just an inch over 5 feet. The center column has a locking screw that, again, is quick and easy to use. However, you can’t remove and reverse the center column, which would have enabled ultra-low-level shooting, albeit with the camera inverted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:67.04%;"><img id="kHe2ZmvpCxZMS5XH2qvvcm" name="V203AP 0411.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kHe2ZmvpCxZMS5XH2qvvcm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4503" height="3019" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kHe2ZmvpCxZMS5XH2qvvcm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The locking screw shown in this image to the upper left enables quick and easy adjustment of the center column height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m pleased that despite the bare-bones nature of the tripod, Vanguard has included two bubble levels, one on the platform at the top of the legs and one on the head. These are handy for leveling the camera. Leveling can be an important factor given that the tripod features a panning head. Correct leveling ensures that the camera stays on the level when panning, even through a whole 360 degrees, which is ideal for shooting video as well as taking a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3136px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:65.59%;"><img id="BEo78682YhNPVgVd6ZPtZm" name="V203AP 0413.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEo78682YhNPVgVd6ZPtZm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3136" height="2057" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEo78682YhNPVgVd6ZPtZm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning handle enables smooth tilting as well as panning, to track erratic subjects in motion. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although it looks and feels like a 2-way pan head, with an operating handle and independent panning lock, there’s a neat trick to add versatility. An additional panning lock on the other side of the main one enables you rotate the upper platform on which the camera sits, in relation to the rest of the head. Rotate it through 90 degrees and you can use the tilt mechanism to swivel the camera into portrait orientation instead of the regular landscape orientation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3353px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:68.68%;"><img id="LsWMGrfjFBTknAZc8DsCam" name="V203AP 0416.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LsWMGrfjFBTknAZc8DsCam-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3353" height="2303" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LsWMGrfjFBTknAZc8DsCam-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate features a spring-loaded locking pin. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another little luxury that you might not expect in a bargain-basement tripod is that this one features a quick-release plate. It features a D-ring and slot for securing it to your camera with a finger and thumb of coin, and a sprung pin that can help to avoid the camera unwantedly twisting or working loose on the plate.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-performance"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Performance</span></h3><p>Performance is pretty impressive in terms of the speed with which you can set up the tripod and start shooting. It’s certainly quicker to put up than typical travel tripods, thanks to its relatively simple design. However, what you gain in speed, you lose in compactness for stowage. With only three leg sections and no multi-angle leg facility, nor the ability to reverse the center column, the range of operating heights is comparatively limited. It ranges from a minimum of 53.5cm / 21.1" to a maximum of 155cm / 61". Ultimately, the tripod is too tall for ultra-low-level shooting and you might feel it’s too short for comfortable shooting at its maximum height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="oCqbtXSoaXNah6rKuDUgim" name="V203AP 0417.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oCqbtXSoaXNah6rKuDUgim-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5933" height="3334" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oCqbtXSoaXNah6rKuDUgim-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of 53.5cm / 21.1" feels a little too tall for ultra-low-level shooting, and you can’t reverse the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lack of wider leg angles also makes the tripod feel a little prone to toppling over at its minimum operating height. Up towards the maximum height with all of the leg sections and center column extended, the tripod is quite prone to vibrations and feels a little lacking in rigidity. Sure, it only has a fairly modest maximum load rating of 3.5kg / 7.78lb but simply feels a bit wobbly. The highlight of performance is that panning and tilting work smoothly, courtesy of the panning handle, which makes the tripod good for tracking action with a camera or birdwatching with a spotting scope.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3072px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.93%;"><img id="G7Dm4cZ38WxTw6qYp28Mim" name="V203AP 0419.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G7Dm4cZ38WxTw6qYp28Mim-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3072" height="5466" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G7Dm4cZ38WxTw6qYp28Mim-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At its maximum operating height with the legs and center column fully extended, the tripod feels a little lacking in rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-verdict"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Verdict</span></h3><p>High-quality tripods often cost a small fortune, so it would be unfair to expect too much from a complete kit that’s priced at just $70 / £50 / AU$100. Sure enough, the Vanguard Vesta 203AP is relatively simple in its design and basic in its feature set. Rigidity isn’t altogether convincing either, but, for the money, it works pretty well. It’s sufficiently compact and lightweight to take along for the ride, quick to set up, and easy to use. The 2-way motion of the pan/tilt head enables smooth and wide-ranging movement, and the additional upper panning mechanism gives the option of switching to portrait orientation shooting. As a basic tripod, it’s really pretty good, and they don’t come any more affordable than this.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod has a basic set of features without anything fancy like multi-angle legs or a reversible center column.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design based on 3-section legs that don’t swing up is very conventional but simple to use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p>The overall range of operating heights is quite restrictive and the tripod isn’t particularly rigid at tall settings.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The head works well and the legs are mostly effective, making the kit outstanding value at its rock-bottom asking price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="MHEd3NXHUszJU4pYyZbUfm" name="V203AP 00 hero 0403.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHEd3NXHUszJU4pYyZbUfm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHEd3NXHUszJU4pYyZbUfm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-patti-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:850px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ovWyRXbnBkZ3GVRZrHu5VX" name="3 Legged Thing Patti square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ovWyRXbnBkZ3GVRZrHu5VX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="850" height="850" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-patti-20-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead</strong></a> is one of the less expensive options in the highly impressive Punks 2.0 range. It’s immaculately crafted from magnesium alloy and offers excellent versatility as a tripod, while also easily converting into a monopod.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension48="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-advanced-as-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="pjja35TsssbT8sL6bGZyUX" name="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pjja35TsssbT8sL6bGZyUX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-advanced-as-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension48="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS</strong></a> really aims to please. It’s available with either flip locks or twist locks for its leg sections, made from either aluminum or carbon fiber, comes complete with a clever head and folds down really small for easy stowage.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-vesta-203ap-tripod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Vanguard Vesta 203AP aluminum tripod kit is reasonably compact, very lightweight, simple to use, and astonishingly inexpensive to buy ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">8btgVnZhCBbYd4mFaQYTpK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHEd3NXHUszJU4pYyZbUfm-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2025 09:45:09 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHEd3NXHUszJU4pYyZbUfm-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHEd3NXHUszJU4pYyZbUfm-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Vanguard has made a name for itself as a high-ranking manufacturer of tripods, monopods bags, cases and other photographic accessories, as well as binoculars and spotting scopes, with an illustrious history that stretches back to 1986. Although the company’s current product range is very diverse, ‘tripods’ are always the first thing that springs to my mind when the name crops up. Indeed, Vanguard makes some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>. </p><p>The tripod that I’m reviewing here doesn’t fit into any of those categories, although it’s sufficiently lightweight to classify as a travel tripod. Instead, the Vesta 203AP aims to be one of the most inexpensive complete tripod kits on the market, and is definitely a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-budget-tripods">best budget tripods</a>, if you’re after a set of sticks for minimum outlay.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5665px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2K9rerBUxUP8BECQkqJZfm" name="V203AP 01 intro 0404.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2K9rerBUxUP8BECQkqJZfm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5665" height="3187" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2K9rerBUxUP8BECQkqJZfm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The black aluminum legs come complete with a 2-way pan head. Or is it 3-way? I’ll come to that later. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-specifications"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>57cm / 22.25"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>155cm / 61"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>53.5cm / 21.1"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.1kg / 2.4lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>3.5kg / 7.78lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>20 / 17 / 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>1</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-price"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Price</span></h3><p>Vanguard makes a huge range of tripods to suit every need and budget. But when it comes to ‘budget’, you’d struggle to find a complete tripod kit from a reputable manufacturer that costs less than the $70 / £50 / AU$100. That’s the selling price of the Vanguard Vesta 203AP. Ultimately, it’s a fraction of the price of many a set of legs or a head, sold individually rather than as a complete kit, potentially making it a bargain buy.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Vesta 203AP looks and feels pretty small and lightweight, but it’s not advertised as a ‘travel tripod’. That’s a fair point, as the vast majority of travel tripods these days have swing-up legs, so the feet encircle the extended center column when folded down, to reduce the stowage size. But you pay a price for those space-saving designs, in that it takes longer to set up your tripod and pack it away again. Instead, the 203AP has regular legs that simply hinge out through a small arc. Even so, the tripod folds down to just 57cm / 22.25", complete with head, so it can still fit into small spaces for stowage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4011px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="88eDQGKRXqPLz6box27Wam" name="V203AP 0405.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/88eDQGKRXqPLz6box27Wam-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4011" height="2256" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/88eDQGKRXqPLz6box27Wam-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each leg has three sections, rather than the four or five often featured in travel tripods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I’d fully expect at this price point, the leg sections and center column are made from aluminum rather than carbon fiber. A downside is that they feel cold to the touch in chilly weather and, in keeping with the minimalist design and pricing, there’s no comfort padding on any of the legs. There are also only three sections per leg, rather than the four or five often featured in travel tripods. </p><p>That compromises the maximum operating height as well as smallness when folded, but, again, there’s an upside in that with only two clamps per leg, rather than three or four, it’s relatively quick and easy to set up the tripod and fold it down again. The sections are released and clamped with flip-lock levers. Twist-locks are often preferred as they don’t tend to stick out as much, but the levers in this tripod are very slimline.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4011px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gU4Lz7qokQKruBgG6t8aam" name="V203AP 0407.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gU4Lz7qokQKruBgG6t8aam-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4011" height="2256" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gU4Lz7qokQKruBgG6t8aam-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The design features flip-locks rather than twist-locks but they’re slim for the breed and don’t stick out much. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another advantage of the tripod only featuring three sections per leg rather than four or five is that it avoids the bottom leg sections being too thin and spindly. As such, the diameter of the top section is 20mm and the inner ones measure 17mm and 14mm, so even the bottom one isn’t super-skinny.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5375px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:59.59%;"><img id="fofw7nRCkNQoRXqx3FFZem" name="V203AP 0409.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fofw7nRCkNQoRXqx3FFZem-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5375" height="3203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fofw7nRCkNQoRXqx3FFZem-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With only three sections in each telescoping leg, the bottom section is relatively chunky with a 14mm diameter – just over half an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I really do miss in this tripod is that it only has one locking angle for the legs. I’m more used to three angles, so I can splay the legs further apart. It can be very useful for shooting on uneven terrain and for working around obstacles. It’s also great for enabling really low-level shooting, while also adding stability at short operating heights, making the tripod less prone to toppling over. With just one angle on offer, the minimum height is relatively tall at 53.5cm / 21.1".</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4136px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:65.45%;"><img id="2WmEtpR4QXDNmvTPoSdVcm" name="V203AP 0410.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2WmEtpR4QXDNmvTPoSdVcm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4136" height="2707" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2WmEtpR4QXDNmvTPoSdVcm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The sturdy rubber pads feel quite grippy on wide-ranging surfaces. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On the plus side, the textured rubber feet enable a slip-resistant footing on rough and smooth surfaces. At full stretch with the leg sections and center column fully extended, the maximum operating height is a little disappointing at 155cm / 61", or just an inch over 5 feet. The center column has a locking screw that, again, is quick and easy to use. However, you can’t remove and reverse the center column, which would have enabled ultra-low-level shooting, albeit with the camera inverted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:67.04%;"><img id="kHe2ZmvpCxZMS5XH2qvvcm" name="V203AP 0411.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kHe2ZmvpCxZMS5XH2qvvcm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4503" height="3019" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kHe2ZmvpCxZMS5XH2qvvcm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The locking screw shown in this image to the upper left enables quick and easy adjustment of the center column height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m pleased that despite the bare-bones nature of the tripod, Vanguard has included two bubble levels, one on the platform at the top of the legs and one on the head. These are handy for leveling the camera. Leveling can be an important factor given that the tripod features a panning head. Correct leveling ensures that the camera stays on the level when panning, even through a whole 360 degrees, which is ideal for shooting video as well as taking a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3136px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:65.59%;"><img id="BEo78682YhNPVgVd6ZPtZm" name="V203AP 0413.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEo78682YhNPVgVd6ZPtZm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3136" height="2057" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEo78682YhNPVgVd6ZPtZm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning handle enables smooth tilting as well as panning, to track erratic subjects in motion. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although it looks and feels like a 2-way pan head, with an operating handle and independent panning lock, there’s a neat trick to add versatility. An additional panning lock on the other side of the main one enables you rotate the upper platform on which the camera sits, in relation to the rest of the head. Rotate it through 90 degrees and you can use the tilt mechanism to swivel the camera into portrait orientation instead of the regular landscape orientation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3353px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:68.68%;"><img id="LsWMGrfjFBTknAZc8DsCam" name="V203AP 0416.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LsWMGrfjFBTknAZc8DsCam-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3353" height="2303" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LsWMGrfjFBTknAZc8DsCam-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate features a spring-loaded locking pin. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another little luxury that you might not expect in a bargain-basement tripod is that this one features a quick-release plate. It features a D-ring and slot for securing it to your camera with a finger and thumb of coin, and a sprung pin that can help to avoid the camera unwantedly twisting or working loose on the plate.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-performance"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Performance</span></h3><p>Performance is pretty impressive in terms of the speed with which you can set up the tripod and start shooting. It’s certainly quicker to put up than typical travel tripods, thanks to its relatively simple design. However, what you gain in speed, you lose in compactness for stowage. With only three leg sections and no multi-angle leg facility, nor the ability to reverse the center column, the range of operating heights is comparatively limited. It ranges from a minimum of 53.5cm / 21.1" to a maximum of 155cm / 61". Ultimately, the tripod is too tall for ultra-low-level shooting and you might feel it’s too short for comfortable shooting at its maximum height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="oCqbtXSoaXNah6rKuDUgim" name="V203AP 0417.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oCqbtXSoaXNah6rKuDUgim-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5933" height="3334" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oCqbtXSoaXNah6rKuDUgim-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of 53.5cm / 21.1" feels a little too tall for ultra-low-level shooting, and you can’t reverse the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lack of wider leg angles also makes the tripod feel a little prone to toppling over at its minimum operating height. Up towards the maximum height with all of the leg sections and center column extended, the tripod is quite prone to vibrations and feels a little lacking in rigidity. Sure, it only has a fairly modest maximum load rating of 3.5kg / 7.78lb but simply feels a bit wobbly. The highlight of performance is that panning and tilting work smoothly, courtesy of the panning handle, which makes the tripod good for tracking action with a camera or birdwatching with a spotting scope.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3072px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.93%;"><img id="G7Dm4cZ38WxTw6qYp28Mim" name="V203AP 0419.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G7Dm4cZ38WxTw6qYp28Mim-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3072" height="5466" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G7Dm4cZ38WxTw6qYp28Mim-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At its maximum operating height with the legs and center column fully extended, the tripod feels a little lacking in rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-vesta-203ap-verdict"><span>Vanguard Vesta 203AP: Verdict</span></h3><p>High-quality tripods often cost a small fortune, so it would be unfair to expect too much from a complete kit that’s priced at just $70 / £50 / AU$100. Sure enough, the Vanguard Vesta 203AP is relatively simple in its design and basic in its feature set. Rigidity isn’t altogether convincing either, but, for the money, it works pretty well. It’s sufficiently compact and lightweight to take along for the ride, quick to set up, and easy to use. The 2-way motion of the pan/tilt head enables smooth and wide-ranging movement, and the additional upper panning mechanism gives the option of switching to portrait orientation shooting. As a basic tripod, it’s really pretty good, and they don’t come any more affordable than this.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod has a basic set of features without anything fancy like multi-angle legs or a reversible center column.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design based on 3-section legs that don’t swing up is very conventional but simple to use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p>The overall range of operating heights is quite restrictive and the tripod isn’t particularly rigid at tall settings.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The head works well and the legs are mostly effective, making the kit outstanding value at its rock-bottom asking price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="MHEd3NXHUszJU4pYyZbUfm" name="V203AP 00 hero 0403.JPG" alt="Vanguard Vesta 203AP tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHEd3NXHUszJU4pYyZbUfm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHEd3NXHUszJU4pYyZbUfm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-patti-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:850px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ovWyRXbnBkZ3GVRZrHu5VX" name="3 Legged Thing Patti square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ovWyRXbnBkZ3GVRZrHu5VX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="850" height="850" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-patti-20-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Patti 2.0 Tripod and Airhed Mini Ballhead</strong></a> is one of the less expensive options in the highly impressive Punks 2.0 range. It’s immaculately crafted from magnesium alloy and offers excellent versatility as a tripod, while also easily converting into a monopod.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension48="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-advanced-as-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="pjja35TsssbT8sL6bGZyUX" name="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pjja35TsssbT8sL6bGZyUX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-befree-advanced-as-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension48="Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto Befree Advanced AS</strong></a> really aims to please. It’s available with either flip locks or twist locks for its leg sections, made from either aluminum or carbon fiber, comes complete with a clever head and folds down really small for easy stowage.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Spice up your photography this weekend with a 3-way! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>When we buy a tripod kit, it invariably comes complete with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a>. And with good reason: they are compact, easy to use, quick to operate and effective. But for all their merits, they are simply not as accurate as a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">pan-and-tilt tripod head</a>, commonly known as a 3-way. </p><p>With a ball head, a single clamp grips the ball upon which the camera mounting plate is positioned. This is what makes them so fast and easy to use; a quick twist and the camera is locked in place, ready to shoot. </p><p>However, that simplicity comes at the price of accuracy; if your composition is generally good but the horizon is a teeny bit off kilter, then unlocking the clamp loosens the whole kit and caboodle. So you may find that in attempting to fix your wonky horizon, you inadvertantly tilt the camera up or down by a couple of degrees – thereby ruining your carefully crafted composition. </p><p>Then there's the dreaded ball sag; it's common for a ball head to dip just a <em>teeny</em> bit once you lock the clamp and then let go of the camera. And the heavier your setup, the greater the degree of danger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZEjXNFuHahQ5hJg7R5Sat" name="DPH182.IP-DSC_5124Edit169.jpg" alt="3-way tripod heads" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZEjXNFuHahQ5hJg7R5Sat-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6354" height="3574" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZEjXNFuHahQ5hJg7R5Sat-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Looks aren't everything! They're sexier than they seem – stop being so judgy  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Digital Photographer magazine)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way tripod head</a>, by contrast, has separate locking controls for panning, tilting side to side, and tilting up and down. So while they are slower to use – necessitating the use of three separate controls and locks – they are far more accurate. </p><p>You can concentrate first on leveling your horizon and, once that's bang-on, panning to perfect your angle of view, then you can lock that off and get your angle of elevation just right. For lovingly composed landscapes, there's simply nothing better. </p><p>Taking things a step further, a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared tripod head</a> is essentially a pan-and-tilt head that is permanently solidly locked in place, but can be adjusted in all three planes in microscopic amounts with a geared knob. They are even slower still, but supremely accurate. And let's face it: if you're up at dawn waiting for the sun to peep above the horizon, then you have the time. </p><p>Naturally, Digital Camera World has buying guides dedicated to helping you find the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best pan-and-tilt head</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">perfect geared head</a> for you. But if you insist on sticking with a ball head, then why not invest in a better one? We have a guide to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads</a>, too. </p><p>So when it comes to a 3-way, don’t be shy, give it a try! </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/spice-up-your-photography-this-weekend-with-a-3-way</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ If you’re open-minded enough to twiddle with a few knobs, trying a different type of head can open up a whole world of experimentation ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">qMsDA44XVVvZdYEHGYUKxR</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pKtwsJWitMerwf3C9NCbaE-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 30 Aug 2025 18:16:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 10:15:32 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.waring@futurenet.com (Adam Waring) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wA7LDveTne9XaEFCQSgdn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pKtwsJWitMerwf3C9NCbaE-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[An AI-generated image of a male photographer using a tripod and two females]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[An AI-generated image of a male photographer using a tripod and two females]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[An AI-generated image of a male photographer using a tripod and two females]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pKtwsJWitMerwf3C9NCbaE-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>When we buy a tripod kit, it invariably comes complete with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a>. And with good reason: they are compact, easy to use, quick to operate and effective. But for all their merits, they are simply not as accurate as a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">pan-and-tilt tripod head</a>, commonly known as a 3-way. </p><p>With a ball head, a single clamp grips the ball upon which the camera mounting plate is positioned. This is what makes them so fast and easy to use; a quick twist and the camera is locked in place, ready to shoot. </p><p>However, that simplicity comes at the price of accuracy; if your composition is generally good but the horizon is a teeny bit off kilter, then unlocking the clamp loosens the whole kit and caboodle. So you may find that in attempting to fix your wonky horizon, you inadvertantly tilt the camera up or down by a couple of degrees – thereby ruining your carefully crafted composition. </p><p>Then there's the dreaded ball sag; it's common for a ball head to dip just a <em>teeny</em> bit once you lock the clamp and then let go of the camera. And the heavier your setup, the greater the degree of danger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZEjXNFuHahQ5hJg7R5Sat" name="DPH182.IP-DSC_5124Edit169.jpg" alt="3-way tripod heads" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZEjXNFuHahQ5hJg7R5Sat-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6354" height="3574" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZEjXNFuHahQ5hJg7R5Sat-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Looks aren't everything! They're sexier than they seem – stop being so judgy  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Digital Photographer magazine)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way tripod head</a>, by contrast, has separate locking controls for panning, tilting side to side, and tilting up and down. So while they are slower to use – necessitating the use of three separate controls and locks – they are far more accurate. </p><p>You can concentrate first on leveling your horizon and, once that's bang-on, panning to perfect your angle of view, then you can lock that off and get your angle of elevation just right. For lovingly composed landscapes, there's simply nothing better. </p><p>Taking things a step further, a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared tripod head</a> is essentially a pan-and-tilt head that is permanently solidly locked in place, but can be adjusted in all three planes in microscopic amounts with a geared knob. They are even slower still, but supremely accurate. And let's face it: if you're up at dawn waiting for the sun to peep above the horizon, then you have the time. </p><p>Naturally, Digital Camera World has buying guides dedicated to helping you find the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best pan-and-tilt head</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">perfect geared head</a> for you. But if you insist on sticking with a ball head, then why not invest in a better one? We have a guide to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads</a>, too. </p><p>So when it comes to a 3-way, don’t be shy, give it a try! </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Freewell Vlogpod review: your flexible friend ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The Freewell Vlogpod is a tabletop mini-tripod that has three strong but flexible legs. The idea is that as well as popping it on a table, the legs can be wrapped around posts, poles, branches – or any other similar object that may be to hand – to shoot from an elevated height. </p><p>As the 'Vlogpod' name suggests, Freewell is aiming it at vloggers, but it's equally as useful to photographers who need a light and portable support without carting around a bigger travel tripod. Indeed, it has a nicely designed ball head topped by a camera mount that converts to a smartphone cradle, so is in the running to be both one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripods</a>, and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">iPhone tripods and smartphone supports</a>. Let's see how it stands up to the competition. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3465px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AjLPrdD6pqgypwNRqywfXG" name="IMG_0234" alt="Freewell Vlogpod on a post with DSLR" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjLPrdD6pqgypwNRqywfXG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3465" height="1949" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjLPrdD6pqgypwNRqywfXG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs are pretty malleable but stay firmly put once bent into shape, and the setup is rated to handle loads up to an impressive 3kg  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-specifications"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$50 / £45 / AU$90</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Materials</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ABS / PA GF</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Size</strong></p></td><td  ><p>328 x 75 x 65mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load </strong></p></td><td  ><p>3kg / 6.6lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible devices</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Phones / cameras</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Clip range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>56-90mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>456g / 1lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3849px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.14%;"><img id="SKKPFjkQjq9pA4mpUQcF5H" name="IMG_0298" alt="Freewell Vlogpod with legs bent for low-level shooting supporting phone" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKKPFjkQjq9pA4mpUQcF5H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3849" height="2161" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKKPFjkQjq9pA4mpUQcF5H-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flexible legs can be bent for low-level shooting; to shoot higher up you'll need to find something tall to strap it to </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-price"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Price</span></h3><p>While the list price is $50 / £45 / AU$90 is a bit pricey, I found some retailers were offering generous discounts at the time of writing, so it pays to shop around (our price-finding widget should hunt out the best prices for you). If you can pick it up for around the $35 / £40 / AU$78 that I found it for, then that's a little more palatable, and closer to the price you might expect to pay for a regular mini tripod. </p><p>That said, the Vlogpod's trick of being able to latch on pretty much anything could make it worth the extra if you like to shoot from up high but don't want to carry a big and heavy traditional tripod around with you.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell Vlogpod"></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3001px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.15%;"><img id="ZetBqF7YycLDZErBgNqYTG" name="IMG_0301" alt="Freewell Vlogpod on a post with mobile phone" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZetBqF7YycLDZErBgNqYTG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3001" height="1685" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZetBqF7YycLDZErBgNqYTG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs have a good deal of flex and can be wrapped around even quite spindly supports </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-design-handling"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Vlogpod is 328mm long when folded, but when its legs are splayed for tabletop use, its maximum height is reduced to around 280mm. There is no center column for height extension, as found on some competing mini tripods; however, this is largely academic, as the product is designed not only to be used on a table or wall, but wrapped around a fence post or the branches of a tree, so it can go as tall as the objects in your environment. It does make it tricky to get the <em>precise</em> height you want, though. </p><p>When it comes to low-level shooting, the legs can be bent to achieve a lower height of about 150mm. Alternatively, they can be manipulated to different heights to form a level shooting platform when used on uneven surfaces. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3186px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.12%;"><img id="evJqwc9fmUd3ZQXqoWUPWG" name="IMG_0297" alt="Freewell Vlogpod legs next to ball head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/evJqwc9fmUd3ZQXqoWUPWG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3186" height="1788" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head can be separated should you wish to directly mount a camera to the legs, but the head is handy for getting compositions level and can double as a smartphone cradle </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Vlogpod's flexibility comes from a seven-strand aluminum core, encased in ABS plastic reinforced with polyamide glass fiber (PA GF). The legs have a textured outer grip that is comfortable to hold, and the underside is ribbed to provide a firm grip. It is easy to bend the legs into shape with a little force, and they hold their shape well, gripping onto objects and supporting their payload without working loose. At the top of each leg is a 1/4"-20 socket for the attachment of extension arms and the like. </p><p>The legs are topped by a removable ball head that offers 360 degrees of panning movement, plus there's a cutout to enable vertical shooting. It moves smoothly and is firmly clamped with a locking screw. A regular tripod screw attaches cameras, or this can be recessed, and the base flipped out to reveal spring-loaded clamps to hold a phone.</p><p>There's a further  1/4"-20 socket on the ball head should the other three not quite be enough for you, as well as a pair of cold shoes at each side of the mount, though it has to be said that these are only likely to be of use when used with a phone, as they would sit <em>underneath</em> the mount when a camera is attached. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3443px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.14%;"><img id="hkoqBZiWqKP327Vb2ACE6H" name="IMG_0307" alt="Freewell Vlogpod supporting phone and light panel" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hkoqBZiWqKP327Vb2ACE6H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3443" height="1933" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hkoqBZiWqKP327Vb2ACE6H-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are no fewer than four standard 14"-20 sockets for attaching accessory arms, while cold shoe mounts can support lights and the like </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-performance"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Performance</span></h3><p>There have been plenty of flexible tripod designs in the past, and the true test is how well its legs hold their shape once contorted into position. I'm pleased to report that the Vlogpod does this admirably. I tried it with phones, compacts and DSLRs, and found that I could trust it to keep its rigidity with quite heavy payloads. Its stated 3kg is pretty generous for a mini tripod like this, though you do have to make sure the legs are firmly wrapped with heavier camera and lens combos. </p><p>Part of this strength is due to its size, and while it's compact compared to a 'proper' tripod, the legs are quite thick, although their triangular shape means they fold together neatly. They're quite long too, but this enables them to keep a firm grip on supports of various sizes. It's pretty light, but still quite bulky to carry around without a bag, and there's no extending center column, so getting it to the desired height relies on finding suitable objects to put it on/strap it onto.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3818px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="a6jsmybuLSbc8AoUkt3evG" name="IMG_0275" alt="Freewell Vlogpod on a fence with compact camera" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a6jsmybuLSbc8AoUkt3evG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3818" height="2147" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a6jsmybuLSbc8AoUkt3evG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Vlogpod is ideal for getting stable shots or selfies, and can be set up anywhere there's a pole, post, or branch </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ball head rotates smoothly and locks firmly, so once you've attached your phone/camera to a handy branch, it can be leveled up for straight compositions. The dual phone bracket and camera mount is a nice touch too, and handy if you like to switch between devices.  </p><p>The four accessory screw sockets add to its vlogger-friendly credentials, enabling the attachment of all sorts of accessories such as mics and lights. The cold shoes are a nice-to-have bonus, but aren't of much practical use when shooting with a camera due to their positioning. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3225px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.16%;"><img id="oPKd8YswppK8KUUakLB6ZG" name="IMG_0305" alt="Hand holding a Freewell Vlogpod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oPKd8YswppK8KUUakLB6ZG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3225" height="1811" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oPKd8YswppK8KUUakLB6ZG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubberized outer grip is comfortable to hold, while, on the inside, a ribbed design aids its ability to fold around things </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-verdict"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Verdict</span></h3><p>Mini tripods with bendy legs have been around for quite a while, but I was really impressed with the rigidity of the Vlogpod, which proved its worth by staying firmly in place once manipulated into the desired shape under a fairly hefty payload. It certainly feels like a better solution than the ball-and-socket designs of some competitors. It's a lot comfier to hold, too, so much so that it could also double as a selfie stick, albeit one with a pretty limited extension, as there's no extending column.</p><p> This lack of extension won't be a problem in tripod use, as long as you're in an environment with tall things to wrap it around. It's definitely lightweight, tipping the scales at just one pound (456 grams), but is a bit too bulky to stick in a pocket, and you'll need to tuck it into a bag. But it's a necessary tradeoff as its size gives it its strength and ability to wrap around an impressive variety of girths. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Lots of attachment sockets, a nicely designed dual camera and phone mount, and the ability to attach to all manner of pole and post-shaped things </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The grip is comfortable to hold and can be contorted to wrap around a wide variety of thicknesses</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The legs stay in place once bent into shape and it appears to live up to its stated 3kg max payload claims</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Its list price is a little steep compared to some mini tripods it's but a lot cheaper than a full tripod – and can reach just as high (or higher), depending on what's in your environment</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="TP38" data-dimension48="TP38" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="g44fAZGQH4NDABKnduGj8D" name="neewer_tp38" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g44fAZGQH4NDABKnduGj8D-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/neewer-tp38-review" data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="TP38" data-dimension48="TP38" data-dimension25="">Neewer TP38</a> has a similarly versatile camera plate that transforms into a phone cradle. This mini tripod has solid rather than bendy legs, but has an extendable center column for shooting at elevated heights and doubles as a selfie stick.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ" name="Benro Tablepod Flex Kit.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-tablepod-flex-kit-review" data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension25="">Benro Tabletop Flex</a> is a versatile mini-tripod that comes supplied with both solid and flexible legs, enabling it to extend to relatively lofty heights. It has the same generous 3kg load rating and plenty of attachment options.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/freewell-vlogpod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ With bendy legs that grip onto pretty much anything, this mini tripod can shoot from the highest height ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">VrFTQ5yuYLHnzkQX7CJuw7</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zbizXhTrHTxYavJPB3kueG-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 20 Aug 2025 15:34:32 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.waring@futurenet.com (Adam Waring) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wA7LDveTne9XaEFCQSgdn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zbizXhTrHTxYavJPB3kueG-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Freewell Vlogpod on a fence with compact camera and two men posing ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Freewell Vlogpod on a fence with compact camera and two men posing ]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Freewell Vlogpod on a fence with compact camera and two men posing ]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zbizXhTrHTxYavJPB3kueG-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The Freewell Vlogpod is a tabletop mini-tripod that has three strong but flexible legs. The idea is that as well as popping it on a table, the legs can be wrapped around posts, poles, branches – or any other similar object that may be to hand – to shoot from an elevated height. </p><p>As the 'Vlogpod' name suggests, Freewell is aiming it at vloggers, but it's equally as useful to photographers who need a light and portable support without carting around a bigger travel tripod. Indeed, it has a nicely designed ball head topped by a camera mount that converts to a smartphone cradle, so is in the running to be both one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripods</a>, and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">iPhone tripods and smartphone supports</a>. Let's see how it stands up to the competition. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3465px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AjLPrdD6pqgypwNRqywfXG" name="IMG_0234" alt="Freewell Vlogpod on a post with DSLR" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjLPrdD6pqgypwNRqywfXG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3465" height="1949" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AjLPrdD6pqgypwNRqywfXG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs are pretty malleable but stay firmly put once bent into shape, and the setup is rated to handle loads up to an impressive 3kg  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-specifications"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$50 / £45 / AU$90</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Materials</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ABS / PA GF</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Size</strong></p></td><td  ><p>328 x 75 x 65mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load </strong></p></td><td  ><p>3kg / 6.6lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible devices</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Phones / cameras</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Clip range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>56-90mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>456g / 1lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3849px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.14%;"><img id="SKKPFjkQjq9pA4mpUQcF5H" name="IMG_0298" alt="Freewell Vlogpod with legs bent for low-level shooting supporting phone" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKKPFjkQjq9pA4mpUQcF5H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3849" height="2161" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKKPFjkQjq9pA4mpUQcF5H-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flexible legs can be bent for low-level shooting; to shoot higher up you'll need to find something tall to strap it to </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-price"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Price</span></h3><p>While the list price is $50 / £45 / AU$90 is a bit pricey, I found some retailers were offering generous discounts at the time of writing, so it pays to shop around (our price-finding widget should hunt out the best prices for you). If you can pick it up for around the $35 / £40 / AU$78 that I found it for, then that's a little more palatable, and closer to the price you might expect to pay for a regular mini tripod. </p><p>That said, the Vlogpod's trick of being able to latch on pretty much anything could make it worth the extra if you like to shoot from up high but don't want to carry a big and heavy traditional tripod around with you.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell Vlogpod"></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3001px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.15%;"><img id="ZetBqF7YycLDZErBgNqYTG" name="IMG_0301" alt="Freewell Vlogpod on a post with mobile phone" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZetBqF7YycLDZErBgNqYTG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3001" height="1685" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZetBqF7YycLDZErBgNqYTG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs have a good deal of flex and can be wrapped around even quite spindly supports </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-design-handling"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Vlogpod is 328mm long when folded, but when its legs are splayed for tabletop use, its maximum height is reduced to around 280mm. There is no center column for height extension, as found on some competing mini tripods; however, this is largely academic, as the product is designed not only to be used on a table or wall, but wrapped around a fence post or the branches of a tree, so it can go as tall as the objects in your environment. It does make it tricky to get the <em>precise</em> height you want, though. </p><p>When it comes to low-level shooting, the legs can be bent to achieve a lower height of about 150mm. Alternatively, they can be manipulated to different heights to form a level shooting platform when used on uneven surfaces. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3186px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.12%;"><img id="evJqwc9fmUd3ZQXqoWUPWG" name="IMG_0297" alt="Freewell Vlogpod legs next to ball head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/evJqwc9fmUd3ZQXqoWUPWG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3186" height="1788" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head can be separated should you wish to directly mount a camera to the legs, but the head is handy for getting compositions level and can double as a smartphone cradle </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Vlogpod's flexibility comes from a seven-strand aluminum core, encased in ABS plastic reinforced with polyamide glass fiber (PA GF). The legs have a textured outer grip that is comfortable to hold, and the underside is ribbed to provide a firm grip. It is easy to bend the legs into shape with a little force, and they hold their shape well, gripping onto objects and supporting their payload without working loose. At the top of each leg is a 1/4"-20 socket for the attachment of extension arms and the like. </p><p>The legs are topped by a removable ball head that offers 360 degrees of panning movement, plus there's a cutout to enable vertical shooting. It moves smoothly and is firmly clamped with a locking screw. A regular tripod screw attaches cameras, or this can be recessed, and the base flipped out to reveal spring-loaded clamps to hold a phone.</p><p>There's a further  1/4"-20 socket on the ball head should the other three not quite be enough for you, as well as a pair of cold shoes at each side of the mount, though it has to be said that these are only likely to be of use when used with a phone, as they would sit <em>underneath</em> the mount when a camera is attached. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3443px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.14%;"><img id="hkoqBZiWqKP327Vb2ACE6H" name="IMG_0307" alt="Freewell Vlogpod supporting phone and light panel" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hkoqBZiWqKP327Vb2ACE6H-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3443" height="1933" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hkoqBZiWqKP327Vb2ACE6H-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are no fewer than four standard 14"-20 sockets for attaching accessory arms, while cold shoe mounts can support lights and the like </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-performance"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Performance</span></h3><p>There have been plenty of flexible tripod designs in the past, and the true test is how well its legs hold their shape once contorted into position. I'm pleased to report that the Vlogpod does this admirably. I tried it with phones, compacts and DSLRs, and found that I could trust it to keep its rigidity with quite heavy payloads. Its stated 3kg is pretty generous for a mini tripod like this, though you do have to make sure the legs are firmly wrapped with heavier camera and lens combos. </p><p>Part of this strength is due to its size, and while it's compact compared to a 'proper' tripod, the legs are quite thick, although their triangular shape means they fold together neatly. They're quite long too, but this enables them to keep a firm grip on supports of various sizes. It's pretty light, but still quite bulky to carry around without a bag, and there's no extending center column, so getting it to the desired height relies on finding suitable objects to put it on/strap it onto.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3818px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="a6jsmybuLSbc8AoUkt3evG" name="IMG_0275" alt="Freewell Vlogpod on a fence with compact camera" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a6jsmybuLSbc8AoUkt3evG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3818" height="2147" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a6jsmybuLSbc8AoUkt3evG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Vlogpod is ideal for getting stable shots or selfies, and can be set up anywhere there's a pole, post, or branch </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ball head rotates smoothly and locks firmly, so once you've attached your phone/camera to a handy branch, it can be leveled up for straight compositions. The dual phone bracket and camera mount is a nice touch too, and handy if you like to switch between devices.  </p><p>The four accessory screw sockets add to its vlogger-friendly credentials, enabling the attachment of all sorts of accessories such as mics and lights. The cold shoes are a nice-to-have bonus, but aren't of much practical use when shooting with a camera due to their positioning. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3225px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.16%;"><img id="oPKd8YswppK8KUUakLB6ZG" name="IMG_0305" alt="Hand holding a Freewell Vlogpod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oPKd8YswppK8KUUakLB6ZG-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3225" height="1811" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oPKd8YswppK8KUUakLB6ZG-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubberized outer grip is comfortable to hold, while, on the inside, a ribbed design aids its ability to fold around things </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-freewell-vlogpod-verdict"><span>Freewell Vlogpod: Verdict</span></h3><p>Mini tripods with bendy legs have been around for quite a while, but I was really impressed with the rigidity of the Vlogpod, which proved its worth by staying firmly in place once manipulated into the desired shape under a fairly hefty payload. It certainly feels like a better solution than the ball-and-socket designs of some competitors. It's a lot comfier to hold, too, so much so that it could also double as a selfie stick, albeit one with a pretty limited extension, as there's no extending column.</p><p> This lack of extension won't be a problem in tripod use, as long as you're in an environment with tall things to wrap it around. It's definitely lightweight, tipping the scales at just one pound (456 grams), but is a bit too bulky to stick in a pocket, and you'll need to tuck it into a bag. But it's a necessary tradeoff as its size gives it its strength and ability to wrap around an impressive variety of girths. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Lots of attachment sockets, a nicely designed dual camera and phone mount, and the ability to attach to all manner of pole and post-shaped things </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The grip is comfortable to hold and can be contorted to wrap around a wide variety of thicknesses</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The legs stay in place once bent into shape and it appears to live up to its stated 3kg max payload claims</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Its list price is a little steep compared to some mini tripods it's but a lot cheaper than a full tripod – and can reach just as high (or higher), depending on what's in your environment</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="TP38" data-dimension48="TP38" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="g44fAZGQH4NDABKnduGj8D" name="neewer_tp38" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g44fAZGQH4NDABKnduGj8D-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/neewer-tp38-review" data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="TP38" data-dimension48="TP38" data-dimension25="">Neewer TP38</a> has a similarly versatile camera plate that transforms into a phone cradle. This mini tripod has solid rather than bendy legs, but has an extendable center column for shooting at elevated heights and doubles as a selfie stick.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ" name="Benro Tablepod Flex Kit.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-tablepod-flex-kit-review" data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension25="">Benro Tabletop Flex</a> is a versatile mini-tripod that comes supplied with both solid and flexible legs, enabling it to extend to relatively lofty heights. It has the same generous 3kg load rating and plenty of attachment options.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head review: a new twist on 3-way tripod heads ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Vanguard is a global company with headquarters in Myanmar and branches in many other countries around the globe. It’s been making high-quality tripods and other photographic accessories as well as the likes of binoculars, spotting scopes and gadget bags, building up an extensive catalog over the last 40 years or so. The company has a knack of dreaming up innovative ideas and successfully turning them into useful products. A case in point is this Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head, which is almost like a 4-way head, thanks to its dual-axis panning system. As such it aims for a spot in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a> hall of fame, and then some. Let’s take a closer look.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-specifications"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>58mm / 2.28in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR Plate type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Acra-type</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locks</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Tilt, pan, swivel</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bubble/spirit levels</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1 bubble</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>11.1cm / 4.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.65kg / 1.42lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-price"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Price</span></h3><p>What price a good 3-way head? It often depends where in the world you’re buying it. For example, Manfrotto products tend to vary considerably in price from one world region to another. As such, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head</a> costs $220 in the USA and £129 in the UK. It’s therefore very good value in the UK, less so in the USA. This Vanguard head is currently priced more competitively in the States, at $160 but is still pretty good value at £150 in the UK.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Vanguard VEO PH-38S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-design-handling"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Although ‘different by design’ and decidedly innovative, the Vanguard does include a feature that I like and have seen before in various other 3-way heads. I’m talking ‘retractable handles’. The levers for both tilt and swivel have long metal shafts with comfortably large and grippy textured knobs. Better still, the knobs extend and retract along the shafts, with locking positions at each end. The bonus is that you get more leverage for easy and precise adjustments when they’re extended, along with space-saving retraction for stowage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="4XbNiQcjDv35ESEp7YiosD" name="VPH38S 0300.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4XbNiQcjDv35ESEp7YiosD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5132" height="2888" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4XbNiQcjDv35ESEp7YiosD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The head features locking ‘telescopic handles’ as Vanguard calls them. The front/back tilt handle is shown here in extended trim. The square pad on the angled front section of the knob is the lock release button. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tilt and swivel handles have the same textured knobs, although the shaft of the swivel handle is a little longer. Both have a fairly generous range of overall movement, equating to -30 degrees to +91 degrees. The larger 91-degree directions offer vertically downward shooting (front/back) and portrait orientation shooting (lateral) respectively, the latter without the need for using an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>. It’s good as far as it goes although some might miss the provision of marked reference scales, which can be handy for replicating a previous setup.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5612px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="n7MAXYfXKt4fPQz2arakrD" name="VPH38S 0301.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n7MAXYfXKt4fPQz2arakrD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5612" height="3158" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n7MAXYfXKt4fPQz2arakrD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt and swivel handles enable a generous range of movement but no reference scales are featured for either axis. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main panning mechanism fits with tradition by being at the bottom of the head. Unlike tilt and swivel, this one is calibrated. It’s numbered at 45-degree intervals with large lines at 15-degree intervals and short lines at 5-degree increments. There’s a small locking lever for the lower panning mechanism, which is very different from the large handles for tilt and swivel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5612px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="aknUSmiyhCZggg8PCgdbsD" name="VPH38S 0302.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aknUSmiyhCZggg8PCgdbsD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5612" height="3158" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aknUSmiyhCZggg8PCgdbsD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main panning mechanism at the base comes complete with a small lock/release lever and a calibrated reference scale marked in 5-degree increments, as shown in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tricked-up bit of the design is the secondary panning mechanism, which is situated between the tilt and swivel mechanisms, a bit like the filling of a sandwich. But why would you want this anyway? For one thing, you can rotate the upper handle on its X-axis so that both of the long handles are in line. This saves the levers sticking out in two directions and is more ideal for use with an L-bracket or a large lens that sits on a tripod mounting ring. In both cases, you don’t need a lateral swivel adjustment, as that’s taken care of. Vanguard points out that you can also configure the tripod head for left-handed use by laterally rotating the upper handle through 180 degrees, in relation to the lower one.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5612px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="wTw334DDG5hjJmmzTHfBvD" name="VPH38S 0303.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wTw334DDG5hjJmmzTHfBvD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5612" height="3158" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wTw334DDG5hjJmmzTHfBvD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The separate lock/release lever for the upper panning mechanism is shown here, beneath which is printed a 90-degree marking. As signified, you can lock the upper panning mechanism at any of four positions around a complete 360-degree rotation, at 90-degree intervals. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, there’s a single bubble level. This is less useful than a combination of three spirit levels, at least when it comes to leveling the camera in portrait orientation. In regular landscape orientation as well as when using an L-bracket or a lens with a tripod mounting ring, the bubble level is perfectly sufficient.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4025px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="B8sCxKchqhPrf7Lfrkv6sD" name="VPH38S 0305.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B8sCxKchqhPrf7Lfrkv6sD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4025" height="2265" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B8sCxKchqhPrf7Lfrkv6sD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level on the top platform is useful in landscape orientation but of no use if the platform is swiveled for portrait orientation shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For attaching a camera, the head features an Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate, which ensures the greatest amount of universal compatibility. A growing number of L-brackets and the feet of tripod mounting rings now use this system, so you can slot them straight into the head without even using the quick-release plate. A security pin in the base avoids the QR plate sliding out accidentally, and it retracts when using other kit, if it needs to fit flush with the base and there’s no clearance for the protruding pin.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4701px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="SGUGeYYwoJHfintxENDcrD" name="VPH38S 0306.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SGUGeYYwoJHfintxENDcrD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4701" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SGUGeYYwoJHfintxENDcrD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss style quick-release platform has a retracting security pin which extends into a hollow in the base of the square QR plate. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The bottom of the head has the usual circular profile for attaching it to a set of tripod legs, and a diameter of 58mm. That’s a good match for like-minded, heavy-duty tripods, the head having a 10kg / 22lb payload rating. A smaller version by the name of the Vanguard VEO PH-36S 3-way pan head is also available which has a 6kg / 13.2lb payload rating and a 50mm diameter base.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3961px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="zyRpgkzyQRhRxYCExGbDtD" name="VPH38S 0308.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zyRpgkzyQRhRxYCExGbDtD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3961" height="2229" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zyRpgkzyQRhRxYCExGbDtD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As shown fitted here, a 3/8-inch to 1/4-inch adapter is supplied with the head.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-performance"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Performance</span></h3><p>For conventional use, I found the Vanguard 3-way head worked really well. The telescopic arms for tilt and swivel enable enhanced handling, making it easy to apply very fine and precise adjustments, as well as more sweeping changes. The lower panning section also works similarly well. However, I’m less convinced about the upper panning section. After fully releasing the locking mechanism, I found the panning action was disappointingly stiff and lacked any kind of fluid feel. </p><p>Perhaps I was expecting too much, but I was hoping to be able to use this for panning when shooting video. An upside in this respect is that, so long as the lower tilt adjustment is leveled even on sloping ground, the upper panning mechanism keeps everything on the level when you’re panning, which is a boost for videography as well as for taking a series of shots to stitch into a panoramic image.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3961px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="2DRag6uP5UPJRf5zbhxcsD" name="VPH38S 0318.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DRag6uP5UPJRf5zbhxcsD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3961" height="2229" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DRag6uP5UPJRf5zbhxcsD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Vanguard looks less of a ‘solid block’ than most 3-way tripod heads but still delivers very stable support with impressive rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Over the last couple of weeks, I’ve been testing a number of 3-way heads with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-ii-review">Sony A7 II</a> body and a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/viltrox-af-85mm-f-1-4-pro-review-ready-for-your-close-up-its-portrait-prime-time">Viltrox AF 85mm f/1.4 Pro</a> lens. The combination weighs a not inconsiderable 1.4kg / 3.2lb and the lens doesn’t feature a mounting ring, so the weight shifts to being significantly off-axis in portrait orientation shooting. I found that the Vanguard head did an impressive job of supporting the load in both landscape and portrait orientation shooting, with minimal flexing or vibration. I checked this by manually focusing the lens and using an enlarged preview in the camera with image stabilization switched off.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3961px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="8S8oyo8XoLsAyibuni6isD" name="VPH38S 0319.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8S8oyo8XoLsAyibuni6isD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3961" height="2229" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8S8oyo8XoLsAyibuni6isD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using a fairly hefty camera and lens combo, off-axis in portrait orientation mode caused no problems for the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-verdict"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Verdict</span></h3><p>I always think it’s nice to see things that are a bit different. The dual-axis panning facility in this Vanguard certainly gives it a novel look and feel, compared with the vast majority of 3-way heads on the market. If the upper panning mechanism worked with more of a fluid, free-flowing feel, my joy would be complete, as I’d feel the head was equally viable for shooting stills and video. That’s not really the case but, even so, it’s a highly impressive 3-way head that mostly works a treat and offers satisfyingly solid support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There are neat features aplenty, including dual panning mechanisms, telescopic tilt and swivel handles and a bubble level up on top.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design is innovative and build quality feels very convincing, based on CNC machined lightweight aluminum parts.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is highly impressive in almost all respects, save for the upper panning mechanism which feels a little stiff.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Typical of Vanguard tripods, heads and other accessories, it’s great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="cEkhXh277eAd3Etc6qiLsD" name="VPH38S 00 hero 0298.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEkhXh277eAd3Etc6qiLsD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEkhXh277eAd3Etc6qiLsD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO BH-250S" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO BH-250S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-bh-250s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1596px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="nws8HfiLj6G8a8CcHk3AFa" name="Vanguard VEO BH-250S square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nws8HfiLj6G8a8CcHk3AFa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1596" height="1596" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>I’ve previously described the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-bh-250s-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO BH-250S" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO BH-250S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO BH-250S</strong></a> as ‘a whole different ball game’. It’s a ball head rather than a 3-way head, but again features a dual panning mechanism, in this case making it easy to pan in videography even if your tripod legs aren’t leveled.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System" data-dimension48="Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-lvl-universal-tripod-levelling-adapter-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1792px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GztNdgLpibRPMRajooMGDa" name="Vanguard LVL square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GztNdgLpibRPMRajooMGDa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1792" height="1792" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>A neat alternative if you already have a satisfactory head is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-lvl-universal-tripod-levelling-adapter-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System" data-dimension48="Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System</strong></a>. Available in a range of different sizes to suit various heads, it enables you to quickly and easily level the head even if the tripod legs aren’t leveled, and keep everything straight when panning.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head adds extra versatility and convenience with a secondary panning mechanism ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">WezYLT6C8VMcNeiuT6y3mJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEkhXh277eAd3Etc6qiLsD-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2025 10:51:30 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEkhXh277eAd3Etc6qiLsD-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEkhXh277eAd3Etc6qiLsD-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Vanguard is a global company with headquarters in Myanmar and branches in many other countries around the globe. It’s been making high-quality tripods and other photographic accessories as well as the likes of binoculars, spotting scopes and gadget bags, building up an extensive catalog over the last 40 years or so. The company has a knack of dreaming up innovative ideas and successfully turning them into useful products. A case in point is this Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head, which is almost like a 4-way head, thanks to its dual-axis panning system. As such it aims for a spot in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a> hall of fame, and then some. Let’s take a closer look.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-specifications"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>58mm / 2.28in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR Plate type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Acra-type</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locks</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Tilt, pan, swivel</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bubble/spirit levels</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1 bubble</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>11.1cm / 4.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.65kg / 1.42lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-price"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Price</span></h3><p>What price a good 3-way head? It often depends where in the world you’re buying it. For example, Manfrotto products tend to vary considerably in price from one world region to another. As such, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head</a> costs $220 in the USA and £129 in the UK. It’s therefore very good value in the UK, less so in the USA. This Vanguard head is currently priced more competitively in the States, at $160 but is still pretty good value at £150 in the UK.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Vanguard VEO PH-38S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-design-handling"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Although ‘different by design’ and decidedly innovative, the Vanguard does include a feature that I like and have seen before in various other 3-way heads. I’m talking ‘retractable handles’. The levers for both tilt and swivel have long metal shafts with comfortably large and grippy textured knobs. Better still, the knobs extend and retract along the shafts, with locking positions at each end. The bonus is that you get more leverage for easy and precise adjustments when they’re extended, along with space-saving retraction for stowage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="4XbNiQcjDv35ESEp7YiosD" name="VPH38S 0300.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4XbNiQcjDv35ESEp7YiosD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5132" height="2888" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4XbNiQcjDv35ESEp7YiosD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The head features locking ‘telescopic handles’ as Vanguard calls them. The front/back tilt handle is shown here in extended trim. The square pad on the angled front section of the knob is the lock release button. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tilt and swivel handles have the same textured knobs, although the shaft of the swivel handle is a little longer. Both have a fairly generous range of overall movement, equating to -30 degrees to +91 degrees. The larger 91-degree directions offer vertically downward shooting (front/back) and portrait orientation shooting (lateral) respectively, the latter without the need for using an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>. It’s good as far as it goes although some might miss the provision of marked reference scales, which can be handy for replicating a previous setup.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5612px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="n7MAXYfXKt4fPQz2arakrD" name="VPH38S 0301.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n7MAXYfXKt4fPQz2arakrD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5612" height="3158" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n7MAXYfXKt4fPQz2arakrD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt and swivel handles enable a generous range of movement but no reference scales are featured for either axis. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main panning mechanism fits with tradition by being at the bottom of the head. Unlike tilt and swivel, this one is calibrated. It’s numbered at 45-degree intervals with large lines at 15-degree intervals and short lines at 5-degree increments. There’s a small locking lever for the lower panning mechanism, which is very different from the large handles for tilt and swivel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5612px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="aknUSmiyhCZggg8PCgdbsD" name="VPH38S 0302.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aknUSmiyhCZggg8PCgdbsD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5612" height="3158" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aknUSmiyhCZggg8PCgdbsD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main panning mechanism at the base comes complete with a small lock/release lever and a calibrated reference scale marked in 5-degree increments, as shown in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tricked-up bit of the design is the secondary panning mechanism, which is situated between the tilt and swivel mechanisms, a bit like the filling of a sandwich. But why would you want this anyway? For one thing, you can rotate the upper handle on its X-axis so that both of the long handles are in line. This saves the levers sticking out in two directions and is more ideal for use with an L-bracket or a large lens that sits on a tripod mounting ring. In both cases, you don’t need a lateral swivel adjustment, as that’s taken care of. Vanguard points out that you can also configure the tripod head for left-handed use by laterally rotating the upper handle through 180 degrees, in relation to the lower one.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5612px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="wTw334DDG5hjJmmzTHfBvD" name="VPH38S 0303.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wTw334DDG5hjJmmzTHfBvD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5612" height="3158" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wTw334DDG5hjJmmzTHfBvD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The separate lock/release lever for the upper panning mechanism is shown here, beneath which is printed a 90-degree marking. As signified, you can lock the upper panning mechanism at any of four positions around a complete 360-degree rotation, at 90-degree intervals. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, there’s a single bubble level. This is less useful than a combination of three spirit levels, at least when it comes to leveling the camera in portrait orientation. In regular landscape orientation as well as when using an L-bracket or a lens with a tripod mounting ring, the bubble level is perfectly sufficient.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4025px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="B8sCxKchqhPrf7Lfrkv6sD" name="VPH38S 0305.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B8sCxKchqhPrf7Lfrkv6sD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4025" height="2265" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B8sCxKchqhPrf7Lfrkv6sD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level on the top platform is useful in landscape orientation but of no use if the platform is swiveled for portrait orientation shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For attaching a camera, the head features an Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate, which ensures the greatest amount of universal compatibility. A growing number of L-brackets and the feet of tripod mounting rings now use this system, so you can slot them straight into the head without even using the quick-release plate. A security pin in the base avoids the QR plate sliding out accidentally, and it retracts when using other kit, if it needs to fit flush with the base and there’s no clearance for the protruding pin.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4701px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="SGUGeYYwoJHfintxENDcrD" name="VPH38S 0306.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SGUGeYYwoJHfintxENDcrD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4701" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SGUGeYYwoJHfintxENDcrD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss style quick-release platform has a retracting security pin which extends into a hollow in the base of the square QR plate. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The bottom of the head has the usual circular profile for attaching it to a set of tripod legs, and a diameter of 58mm. That’s a good match for like-minded, heavy-duty tripods, the head having a 10kg / 22lb payload rating. A smaller version by the name of the Vanguard VEO PH-36S 3-way pan head is also available which has a 6kg / 13.2lb payload rating and a 50mm diameter base.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3961px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="zyRpgkzyQRhRxYCExGbDtD" name="VPH38S 0308.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zyRpgkzyQRhRxYCExGbDtD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3961" height="2229" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zyRpgkzyQRhRxYCExGbDtD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As shown fitted here, a 3/8-inch to 1/4-inch adapter is supplied with the head.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-performance"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Performance</span></h3><p>For conventional use, I found the Vanguard 3-way head worked really well. The telescopic arms for tilt and swivel enable enhanced handling, making it easy to apply very fine and precise adjustments, as well as more sweeping changes. The lower panning section also works similarly well. However, I’m less convinced about the upper panning section. After fully releasing the locking mechanism, I found the panning action was disappointingly stiff and lacked any kind of fluid feel. </p><p>Perhaps I was expecting too much, but I was hoping to be able to use this for panning when shooting video. An upside in this respect is that, so long as the lower tilt adjustment is leveled even on sloping ground, the upper panning mechanism keeps everything on the level when you’re panning, which is a boost for videography as well as for taking a series of shots to stitch into a panoramic image.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3961px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="2DRag6uP5UPJRf5zbhxcsD" name="VPH38S 0318.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DRag6uP5UPJRf5zbhxcsD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3961" height="2229" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2DRag6uP5UPJRf5zbhxcsD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Vanguard looks less of a ‘solid block’ than most 3-way tripod heads but still delivers very stable support with impressive rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Over the last couple of weeks, I’ve been testing a number of 3-way heads with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-ii-review">Sony A7 II</a> body and a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/viltrox-af-85mm-f-1-4-pro-review-ready-for-your-close-up-its-portrait-prime-time">Viltrox AF 85mm f/1.4 Pro</a> lens. The combination weighs a not inconsiderable 1.4kg / 3.2lb and the lens doesn’t feature a mounting ring, so the weight shifts to being significantly off-axis in portrait orientation shooting. I found that the Vanguard head did an impressive job of supporting the load in both landscape and portrait orientation shooting, with minimal flexing or vibration. I checked this by manually focusing the lens and using an enlarged preview in the camera with image stabilization switched off.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3961px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="8S8oyo8XoLsAyibuni6isD" name="VPH38S 0319.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8S8oyo8XoLsAyibuni6isD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3961" height="2229" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8S8oyo8XoLsAyibuni6isD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using a fairly hefty camera and lens combo, off-axis in portrait orientation mode caused no problems for the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-ph-38s-3-way-pan-head-verdict"><span>Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head: Verdict</span></h3><p>I always think it’s nice to see things that are a bit different. The dual-axis panning facility in this Vanguard certainly gives it a novel look and feel, compared with the vast majority of 3-way heads on the market. If the upper panning mechanism worked with more of a fluid, free-flowing feel, my joy would be complete, as I’d feel the head was equally viable for shooting stills and video. That’s not really the case but, even so, it’s a highly impressive 3-way head that mostly works a treat and offers satisfyingly solid support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There are neat features aplenty, including dual panning mechanisms, telescopic tilt and swivel handles and a bubble level up on top.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design is innovative and build quality feels very convincing, based on CNC machined lightweight aluminum parts.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is highly impressive in almost all respects, save for the upper panning mechanism which feels a little stiff.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Typical of Vanguard tripods, heads and other accessories, it’s great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="cEkhXh277eAd3Etc6qiLsD" name="VPH38S 00 hero 0298.JPG" alt="Vanguard VEO PH-38S 3-way pan head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEkhXh277eAd3Etc6qiLsD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEkhXh277eAd3Etc6qiLsD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO BH-250S" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO BH-250S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-bh-250s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1596px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="nws8HfiLj6G8a8CcHk3AFa" name="Vanguard VEO BH-250S square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nws8HfiLj6G8a8CcHk3AFa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1596" height="1596" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>I’ve previously described the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-bh-250s-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO BH-250S" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO BH-250S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO BH-250S</strong></a> as ‘a whole different ball game’. It’s a ball head rather than a 3-way head, but again features a dual panning mechanism, in this case making it easy to pan in videography even if your tripod legs aren’t leveled.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System" data-dimension48="Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-lvl-universal-tripod-levelling-adapter-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1792px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GztNdgLpibRPMRajooMGDa" name="Vanguard LVL square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GztNdgLpibRPMRajooMGDa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1792" height="1792" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>A neat alternative if you already have a satisfactory head is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-lvl-universal-tripod-levelling-adapter-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System" data-dimension48="Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard LVL Universal Tripod Levelling System</strong></a>. Available in a range of different sizes to suit various heads, it enables you to quickly and easily level the head even if the tripod legs aren’t leveled, and keep everything straight when panning.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Benro HD2A 3-way head review: slap dab in the middle of an impressive range ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Benro has built a solid reputation on suitably solid tripod systems over the last 30 years. I’ve been particularly impressed with some of the company’s recent and more innovative products, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</a>, which is like a ball head and a pan and tilt head, all in one package. The Benro HD2A 3-way head that I’m reviewing here is a more traditional 3-way head, aimed squarely at stills photography. </p><p>It’s the middle option in a set of three, having an 8kg load rating, whereas the HD1A is rated at 5kg and the HD3A supports up to 12kg. The smallest in the range lacks reference scales but all are built to the same overall design principles, aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5113px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i3Uv8tKTWp6x9X3bJ4TmCj" name="BHD2A 01 intro 0283.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i3Uv8tKTWp6x9X3bJ4TmCj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5113" height="2876" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i3Uv8tKTWp6x9X3bJ4TmCj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The HD2A 3-way head that I’m testing and that is pictured here is the mid-sized option in a range of three. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-specifications"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8kg / 17.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>52.5mm / 2.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR Plate type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Acra-type</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locks</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Tilt, pan, swivel</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bubble/spirit levels</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 spirit</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>12cm / 4.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.76kg / 1.67lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-price"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Price</span></h3><p>The photographic market, like many others, is awash with Chinese products that are super-cheap but of questionable quality. Benro has been a Chinese company since its inception in 1996 but has never skimped on quality, instead focusing on high-end design and manufacture. The HD2A 3-way head is a classic case in point, with a competitive but certainly not cheap price tag of $110 / £110 / AU$199. That makes it a bargain of varying degree depending on world region, compared with the likes of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head</a> which costs $220 / £129 / AU$289.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Benro HD2A"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-design-handling"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The design looks pretty standard fare for a 3-way tripod head but there’s a little more to it than meets the eye. High-quality black anodized metal surfaces have a durable and attractive eggshell black finish. Typical of Benro products, there are contrasting blue accents, which I’ll come to later. The tilt and swivel handles are comfortably long, with grippy rubber knobs on metal shafts, enabling accurate and precise adjustments with good leverage. Unlike in some designs, however, the handles aren’t retractable to reduce stowage size.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4693px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YtdKjFehbsbbTPpKkTyXBj" name="BHD2A 0287.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YtdKjFehbsbbTPpKkTyXBj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4693" height="2640" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YtdKjFehbsbbTPpKkTyXBj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber knobs for the tilt and swivel handles are large and comfortable in use, but don’t retract on their metal shafts. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The front/back tilt range is generous, stretching from 35 degrees upwards to 90 degrees downwards, thus giving a 125-degree range in total that includes vertically downward shooting. Unlike the smallest HD1A in the range, the adjustment comes complete with a reference scale, which has numbered positions of 35 (upward), 0 (level), 45 and 90 degrees (downward), along with long marked lines for 15-degree intervals and shorter lines for intermediate 5-degree increments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4693px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Xq6MFjNAfg5SaUG7n3boAj" name="BHD2A 0289.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Xq6MFjNAfg5SaUG7n3boAj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4693" height="2640" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Xq6MFjNAfg5SaUG7n3boAj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the locking lever for front/back tilt and its companion reference scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Lateral swivel has a relatively limited range of 15 degrees clockwise and 90 degrees counter-clockwise, although this serves its main purpose of enabling portrait orientation shooting without the need to use an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>, or when using large lenses that rotate within a tripod mounting ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4306px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DmoPApxNb7oLQXcLWG9d8j" name="BHD2A 0290.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DmoPApxNb7oLQXcLWG9d8j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4306" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DmoPApxNb7oLQXcLWG9d8j-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here you can see the extent of lateral swivel, which stretches to a modest 15 degrees to the right and a full 90 degrees to the left. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As is often the case with 3-way heads, the lock/release knob for panning is relatively short and stubby. Again though, it’s nice and grippy with a textured, rubberized surface. Loosening the knob enables smooth and free panning through a complete 360 degrees. Again, there’s a reference scale marked in 5-degree intervals, this time being particularly useful for taking a calibrated series of panned shots for subsequently stitching into a panoramic image. The reference markings for all three axes are also handy for replicating setups if you need to repeat a shot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4779px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RmgQYKm37tJfnLAgueuWBj" name="BHD2A 0291.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RmgQYKm37tJfnLAgueuWBj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4779" height="2688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RmgQYKm37tJfnLAgueuWBj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning lock-release knob is relatively short but equally comfortable in use, with a rubber grip band. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given that 3-way heads are ideal for architectural and landscape photography, where you want to position the camera exactly on the level, I’m pleased to see the inclusion of three separate spirit levels. Using an alternate two out of three enables precise leveling of the camera in either landscape or portrait orientation mode.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3948px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="3LHoGjY2jh7Nxf7g4jW9Aj" name="BHD2A 0293.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3LHoGjY2jh7Nxf7g4jW9Aj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3948" height="2221" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3LHoGjY2jh7Nxf7g4jW9Aj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three spirit levels are incorporated into the camera platform, for easy leveling in both landscape and portrait orientation shooting modes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The reference markers that I’ve mentioned represent an upgrade over the previous version of the head. The other update is an Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release system. This enables maximum compatibility with other kit and is particularly useful given that many large lenses now feature tripod mounting rings with an Arca-type foot. Many L-brackets also have an Arca-type profile, enabling them to slot straight into the base plate of the head. When you do need to use the QR plate, it’s impressively long at 70mm / 2.76in, making it easy to center a wide range of cameras.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3948px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="cbntKd3pLvJznxmZzd6QAj" name="BHD2A 0294.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cbntKd3pLvJznxmZzd6QAj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3948" height="2221" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cbntKd3pLvJznxmZzd6QAj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Benro PU70 Arca-Swiss style quick-release plate is a new addition for this version of the 3-way head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Flip the head over and you’ll find a typically circular base plate. It has a fairly large but not massive 52.5mm / 2.1in diameter, making it an ideal match for intermediate sized tripods with a similar payload rating to the 8kg / 17.6lb of the head. The height of the head is also of medium size, measuring 12cm / 4.7in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3948px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="TvWT2zit3oXWQF9oHTMk9j" name="BHD2A 0295.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TvWT2zit3oXWQF9oHTMk9j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3948" height="2221" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TvWT2zit3oXWQF9oHTMk9j-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The base of the head has the usual 3/8in threaded socket for attaching it to a set of sturdy tripod legs. For use with lightweight tripods, you can use a 3/8in to 1/4in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-performance"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Performance</span></h3><p>I found the ergonomics of the Benro head to be deeply satisfying. The controls for tilt, swivel and pan all work with smooth efficiency, requiring minimal effort to loosen them for adjustment and lock them up again afterwards. Really precise adjustments are quick and easy to achieve, while panning has a free-flowing feel to it. Another performance boost, if you can call it that, is that I didn’t drop my camera on the floor. Seriously, the lock/release knob for the quick-release plate has a special safety feature that requires you to pull it out and give it an additional twist to release the plate. The plate also features security studs to stop it sliding out to one side or the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4198px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="c2KZbFqFd5XtirUaRydZCj" name="BHD2A 0315.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2KZbFqFd5XtirUaRydZCj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4198" height="2362" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2KZbFqFd5XtirUaRydZCj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">From large adjustments to ultra-fine positioning, the controls for tilt, swivel and panning all work really well. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The six rubber pads built into the quick-release plate aren’t the firmest in the world that I’ve ever used but nevertheless provide a solid and sturdy seating for the camera, while also potentially absorbing a little unwanted vibration. I’ve recently been testing 3-way heads with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-ii-review">Sony A7 II</a> body fitted with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/viltrox-af-85mm-f-1-4-pro-review-ready-for-your-close-up-its-portrait-prime-time">Viltrox AF 85mm f/1.4 Pro</a> lens. The combination has a weight of 1.4kg / 3.2lb and the lens doesn’t feature a mounting ring, so the weight is significantly off-axis in portrait orientation shooting. The Benro was easily able to support the load and proved very stable and rigid, as confirmed by manually focusing and using an enlarged preview with image stabilization switched off.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4198px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="GBrxA32jiMsT575LYWF39j" name="BHD2A 0317.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GBrxA32jiMsT575LYWF39j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4198" height="2362" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GBrxA32jiMsT575LYWF39j-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stability and rigidity remain good even when using cameras with a fairly heavy lens (and no tripod mounting ring nor an L-bracket) in portrait mode. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-verdict"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Verdict</span></h3><p>What you see is what you get. I really like that this Benro head looks immaculately engineered and beautifully finished. Not just a case of style over substance, those good looks translate into excellent performance. Good things seem to come in threes, with refined 3-way adjustment, three reference scales and three spirit levels. There aren’t really any fancy tricks or design innovations, but the head is simple and intuitive to use, and offers really solid support. It’s a win as far as I’m concerned.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Desirable features include reference scales for all three axes, three spirit levels and a safety-conscious Arca-Swiss quick-release system.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Build quality feels very good indeed and the head is smartly designed and impeccably finished.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is excellent, in terms of the speed, ease and precision of adjustments, and the rigid stability of the head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The Benro is competitively priced for such a high-quality head with a strong set of features and great performance.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="VGzRUAcXonSJPooLqm2JCj" name="BHD2A 00 hero 0285.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGzRUAcXonSJPooLqm2JCj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGzRUAcXonSJPooLqm2JCj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="Fg69gak8LbCnBMrVg5jaDa" name="BFS20P square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fg69gak8LbCnBMrVg5jaDa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2013" height="2013" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</strong></a> is a relatively compact and lightweight affair, with a maximum payload rating of 4.5kg / 10lb. It’s particularly versatile for both stills and video, combining a ball head action with pan and tilt operability, all in one clever head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro GD3WH Geared Head" data-dimension48="Benro GD3WH Geared Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gd3wh-geared-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2339px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qiViZTJ5sgPCmN3QZHcgDa" name="GD3WH 00 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qiViZTJ5sgPCmN3QZHcgDa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2339" height="2339" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gd3wh-geared-head-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro GD3WH Geared Head" data-dimension48="Benro GD3WH Geared Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro GD3WH Geared Head</strong></a> is arguably better for ultra-precise adjustments, as it features rotating knobs for micrometric adjustments in all three of the tilt, swivel and panning axes. It’s a high-quality example of the breed, made from magnesium alloy and with a 6kg / 13.2lb load rating.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-hd2a-3-way-head-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ New and improved, the Benro HD2A 3-way head boasts significant improvements over its predecessor for compatibility and ease of use ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">weSFToNDidvWmsAZaMUKS4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGzRUAcXonSJPooLqm2JCj-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2025 09:59:06 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGzRUAcXonSJPooLqm2JCj-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Benro HD2A 3-way head]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Benro HD2A 3-way head]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Benro HD2A 3-way head]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGzRUAcXonSJPooLqm2JCj-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Benro has built a solid reputation on suitably solid tripod systems over the last 30 years. I’ve been particularly impressed with some of the company’s recent and more innovative products, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</a>, which is like a ball head and a pan and tilt head, all in one package. The Benro HD2A 3-way head that I’m reviewing here is a more traditional 3-way head, aimed squarely at stills photography. </p><p>It’s the middle option in a set of three, having an 8kg load rating, whereas the HD1A is rated at 5kg and the HD3A supports up to 12kg. The smallest in the range lacks reference scales but all are built to the same overall design principles, aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5113px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i3Uv8tKTWp6x9X3bJ4TmCj" name="BHD2A 01 intro 0283.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i3Uv8tKTWp6x9X3bJ4TmCj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5113" height="2876" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i3Uv8tKTWp6x9X3bJ4TmCj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The HD2A 3-way head that I’m testing and that is pictured here is the mid-sized option in a range of three. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-specifications"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8kg / 17.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>52.5mm / 2.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR Plate type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Acra-type</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locks</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Tilt, pan, swivel</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bubble/spirit levels</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 spirit</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>12cm / 4.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.76kg / 1.67lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-price"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Price</span></h3><p>The photographic market, like many others, is awash with Chinese products that are super-cheap but of questionable quality. Benro has been a Chinese company since its inception in 1996 but has never skimped on quality, instead focusing on high-end design and manufacture. The HD2A 3-way head is a classic case in point, with a competitive but certainly not cheap price tag of $110 / £110 / AU$199. That makes it a bargain of varying degree depending on world region, compared with the likes of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head</a> which costs $220 / £129 / AU$289.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Benro HD2A"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-design-handling"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The design looks pretty standard fare for a 3-way tripod head but there’s a little more to it than meets the eye. High-quality black anodized metal surfaces have a durable and attractive eggshell black finish. Typical of Benro products, there are contrasting blue accents, which I’ll come to later. The tilt and swivel handles are comfortably long, with grippy rubber knobs on metal shafts, enabling accurate and precise adjustments with good leverage. Unlike in some designs, however, the handles aren’t retractable to reduce stowage size.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4693px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YtdKjFehbsbbTPpKkTyXBj" name="BHD2A 0287.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YtdKjFehbsbbTPpKkTyXBj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4693" height="2640" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YtdKjFehbsbbTPpKkTyXBj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber knobs for the tilt and swivel handles are large and comfortable in use, but don’t retract on their metal shafts. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The front/back tilt range is generous, stretching from 35 degrees upwards to 90 degrees downwards, thus giving a 125-degree range in total that includes vertically downward shooting. Unlike the smallest HD1A in the range, the adjustment comes complete with a reference scale, which has numbered positions of 35 (upward), 0 (level), 45 and 90 degrees (downward), along with long marked lines for 15-degree intervals and shorter lines for intermediate 5-degree increments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4693px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Xq6MFjNAfg5SaUG7n3boAj" name="BHD2A 0289.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Xq6MFjNAfg5SaUG7n3boAj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4693" height="2640" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Xq6MFjNAfg5SaUG7n3boAj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the locking lever for front/back tilt and its companion reference scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Lateral swivel has a relatively limited range of 15 degrees clockwise and 90 degrees counter-clockwise, although this serves its main purpose of enabling portrait orientation shooting without the need to use an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>, or when using large lenses that rotate within a tripod mounting ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4306px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DmoPApxNb7oLQXcLWG9d8j" name="BHD2A 0290.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DmoPApxNb7oLQXcLWG9d8j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4306" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DmoPApxNb7oLQXcLWG9d8j-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here you can see the extent of lateral swivel, which stretches to a modest 15 degrees to the right and a full 90 degrees to the left. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As is often the case with 3-way heads, the lock/release knob for panning is relatively short and stubby. Again though, it’s nice and grippy with a textured, rubberized surface. Loosening the knob enables smooth and free panning through a complete 360 degrees. Again, there’s a reference scale marked in 5-degree intervals, this time being particularly useful for taking a calibrated series of panned shots for subsequently stitching into a panoramic image. The reference markings for all three axes are also handy for replicating setups if you need to repeat a shot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4779px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RmgQYKm37tJfnLAgueuWBj" name="BHD2A 0291.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RmgQYKm37tJfnLAgueuWBj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4779" height="2688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RmgQYKm37tJfnLAgueuWBj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning lock-release knob is relatively short but equally comfortable in use, with a rubber grip band. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given that 3-way heads are ideal for architectural and landscape photography, where you want to position the camera exactly on the level, I’m pleased to see the inclusion of three separate spirit levels. Using an alternate two out of three enables precise leveling of the camera in either landscape or portrait orientation mode.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3948px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="3LHoGjY2jh7Nxf7g4jW9Aj" name="BHD2A 0293.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3LHoGjY2jh7Nxf7g4jW9Aj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3948" height="2221" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3LHoGjY2jh7Nxf7g4jW9Aj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three spirit levels are incorporated into the camera platform, for easy leveling in both landscape and portrait orientation shooting modes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The reference markers that I’ve mentioned represent an upgrade over the previous version of the head. The other update is an Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release system. This enables maximum compatibility with other kit and is particularly useful given that many large lenses now feature tripod mounting rings with an Arca-type foot. Many L-brackets also have an Arca-type profile, enabling them to slot straight into the base plate of the head. When you do need to use the QR plate, it’s impressively long at 70mm / 2.76in, making it easy to center a wide range of cameras.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3948px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="cbntKd3pLvJznxmZzd6QAj" name="BHD2A 0294.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cbntKd3pLvJznxmZzd6QAj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3948" height="2221" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cbntKd3pLvJznxmZzd6QAj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Benro PU70 Arca-Swiss style quick-release plate is a new addition for this version of the 3-way head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Flip the head over and you’ll find a typically circular base plate. It has a fairly large but not massive 52.5mm / 2.1in diameter, making it an ideal match for intermediate sized tripods with a similar payload rating to the 8kg / 17.6lb of the head. The height of the head is also of medium size, measuring 12cm / 4.7in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3948px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="TvWT2zit3oXWQF9oHTMk9j" name="BHD2A 0295.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TvWT2zit3oXWQF9oHTMk9j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3948" height="2221" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TvWT2zit3oXWQF9oHTMk9j-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The base of the head has the usual 3/8in threaded socket for attaching it to a set of sturdy tripod legs. For use with lightweight tripods, you can use a 3/8in to 1/4in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-performance"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Performance</span></h3><p>I found the ergonomics of the Benro head to be deeply satisfying. The controls for tilt, swivel and pan all work with smooth efficiency, requiring minimal effort to loosen them for adjustment and lock them up again afterwards. Really precise adjustments are quick and easy to achieve, while panning has a free-flowing feel to it. Another performance boost, if you can call it that, is that I didn’t drop my camera on the floor. Seriously, the lock/release knob for the quick-release plate has a special safety feature that requires you to pull it out and give it an additional twist to release the plate. The plate also features security studs to stop it sliding out to one side or the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4198px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="c2KZbFqFd5XtirUaRydZCj" name="BHD2A 0315.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2KZbFqFd5XtirUaRydZCj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4198" height="2362" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/c2KZbFqFd5XtirUaRydZCj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">From large adjustments to ultra-fine positioning, the controls for tilt, swivel and panning all work really well. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The six rubber pads built into the quick-release plate aren’t the firmest in the world that I’ve ever used but nevertheless provide a solid and sturdy seating for the camera, while also potentially absorbing a little unwanted vibration. I’ve recently been testing 3-way heads with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-ii-review">Sony A7 II</a> body fitted with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/viltrox-af-85mm-f-1-4-pro-review-ready-for-your-close-up-its-portrait-prime-time">Viltrox AF 85mm f/1.4 Pro</a> lens. The combination has a weight of 1.4kg / 3.2lb and the lens doesn’t feature a mounting ring, so the weight is significantly off-axis in portrait orientation shooting. The Benro was easily able to support the load and proved very stable and rigid, as confirmed by manually focusing and using an enlarged preview with image stabilization switched off.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4198px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="GBrxA32jiMsT575LYWF39j" name="BHD2A 0317.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GBrxA32jiMsT575LYWF39j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4198" height="2362" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GBrxA32jiMsT575LYWF39j-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stability and rigidity remain good even when using cameras with a fairly heavy lens (and no tripod mounting ring nor an L-bracket) in portrait mode. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-hd2a-3-way-head-verdict"><span>Benro HD2A 3-way head: Verdict</span></h3><p>What you see is what you get. I really like that this Benro head looks immaculately engineered and beautifully finished. Not just a case of style over substance, those good looks translate into excellent performance. Good things seem to come in threes, with refined 3-way adjustment, three reference scales and three spirit levels. There aren’t really any fancy tricks or design innovations, but the head is simple and intuitive to use, and offers really solid support. It’s a win as far as I’m concerned.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Desirable features include reference scales for all three axes, three spirit levels and a safety-conscious Arca-Swiss quick-release system.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Build quality feels very good indeed and the head is smartly designed and impeccably finished.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is excellent, in terms of the speed, ease and precision of adjustments, and the rigid stability of the head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The Benro is competitively priced for such a high-quality head with a strong set of features and great performance.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="VGzRUAcXonSJPooLqm2JCj" name="BHD2A 00 hero 0285.JPG" alt="Benro HD2A 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGzRUAcXonSJPooLqm2JCj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGzRUAcXonSJPooLqm2JCj-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="Fg69gak8LbCnBMrVg5jaDa" name="BFS20P square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fg69gak8LbCnBMrVg5jaDa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2013" height="2013" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</strong></a> is a relatively compact and lightweight affair, with a maximum payload rating of 4.5kg / 10lb. It’s particularly versatile for both stills and video, combining a ball head action with pan and tilt operability, all in one clever head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro GD3WH Geared Head" data-dimension48="Benro GD3WH Geared Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gd3wh-geared-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2339px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qiViZTJ5sgPCmN3QZHcgDa" name="GD3WH 00 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qiViZTJ5sgPCmN3QZHcgDa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2339" height="2339" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gd3wh-geared-head-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro GD3WH Geared Head" data-dimension48="Benro GD3WH Geared Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro GD3WH Geared Head</strong></a> is arguably better for ultra-precise adjustments, as it features rotating knobs for micrometric adjustments in all three of the tilt, swivel and panning axes. It’s a high-quality example of the breed, made from magnesium alloy and with a 6kg / 13.2lb load rating.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto 804 3-way head review: tripping the plastic fantastic ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>There’s nothing really wrong with plastic, although it’s been getting an awful lot of bad press lately. This Manfrotto tripod head certainly isn’t a ‘single-use plastic’ item, so that’s definitely something in its favor. In fact, it should last for years and indeed, Manfrotto is sufficiently confident in its build quality to offer a free 10-year warranty, as with most of its products. </p><p>I can bear testimony to its hard-wearing nature as the sample that I’m using for this review has pretty much been to hell and back, being used and abused by hard-working photographers on our team for many years. The plastic itself goes by the name of a ‘technopolymer’ or technical polymer, and it’s not the first time I’ve seen it. I actually own a <a href="Manfrotto%20XPRO%20Geared%203-way%20Head">Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head</a>, which is made from the same material. That one aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">best geared heads</a>, whereas the 804 that I’m reviewing here sets its sights on being one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5539px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="CsTqubPN6XXsacihcsdwG" name="M804 01 intro 0273.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CsTqubPN6XXsacihcsdwG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5539" height="3115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CsTqubPN6XXsacihcsdwG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Just look at the state of that! Our team’s long-serving 804 has taken a whole lot of punishment over the years but still works just as well as when it was new. Never let it be said that we don’t test kit thoroughly! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-specifications"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Polymer</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR Plate type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>200LT-PL</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locks</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Tilt, pan, swivel</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bubble/spirit levels</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1 bubble</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>12cm / 4.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.75kg / 1.65lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-price"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Price</span></h3><p>The Manfrotto 804 is pretty good value in the UK but comparatively expensive in the USA and Australia. Selling for $147 / £89 / AU$239, it’s less expensive than the more heavy-duty Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head which is made of aluminum rather than plastic. That’s entirely to be expected.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto MH804-3W"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Technopolymer or technical plastic tends to be lighter than aluminum and sure enough, this head is only three-quarters the weight of the aluminum Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head, at 0.75kg / 1.65lb compared with the latter’s 1kg / 2.2lb. They’re roughly the same size, although the 804 is a little shorter, at 12cm / 4.7in versus 13cm / 5.1in. It also lacks the adjustable friction dampers for tilt and swivel, featured in the X-PRO 3-way head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4411px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NtM6iT9yzoaJfoqcpK69F" name="M804 0275.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NtM6iT9yzoaJfoqcpK69F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4411" height="2481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NtM6iT9yzoaJfoqcpK69F-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">These are the original versions of the handles. The later ones slide on their shafts to enable a retractable, space-saving design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head is labelled as a ‘Mark II’ in some regions, and as an ‘Adapto’ here and there. The main difference between older and newer models is that, again, like the X-PRO head, the newer version features retractable handles for tilt and swivel. As such, the rubberized parts that you grip with your hand can slide in and out on their metal shafts. Retracted, they cut down the stowage size of the head. Extended, they give you greater leverage for making adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4975px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="xVHqzvzL5qo22AbU3vpsR3" name="M804 0277.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xVHqzvzL5qo22AbU3vpsR3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4975" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xVHqzvzL5qo22AbU3vpsR3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt range has a calibrated scale, from 30 degrees upwards to 90 degrees (vertically) downwards. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A bonus of the 804 over the X-PRO is that you get calibrated scales for tilt, swivel and pan, instead of just for panning. The tilt range which you’d typically use for front/back adjustments has a scale on the side and a range of 30 degrees upwards and 90 degrees downwards. The 0-degree level position is clearly labelled, with -30, 45 and 90 degrees numbered on the scale, with 15-degree major intervals and 5-degree minor increments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5222px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="coffkvtaeNapp52emvLDJ" name="M804 0276.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/coffkvtaeNapp52emvLDJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5222" height="2937" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/coffkvtaeNapp52emvLDJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In the head’s regular configuration, the landscape/portrait swivel has an operating range of 30 degrees in one direction and 90 degrees in the other. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Similarly, the swivel adjustment nominally for swapping between portrait/landscape orientation shooting has a range of -30 degrees to 90 degrees, the scale again being marked in the same 5-degree increments and numbered in the same way.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5398px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="67bmi6omqxAKHtEAP6NmS3" name="M804 0278.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/67bmi6omqxAKHtEAP6NmS3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5398" height="3036" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/67bmi6omqxAKHtEAP6NmS3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The relatively stubby panning lock/release knob isn’t retractable in either version of the 804 head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As is often the case with 3-way heads, the panning lock/release knob is somewhat smaller than the ones for tilt and swivel, and the shaft doesn’t extend so far. This time, as I’d expect, you get a full 360 degrees of panning rotation and again, it comes complete with a calibrated and numbered scale for reference. That can be handy if, for example, you’re shooting a series of stills to stitch into a panoramic image.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5398px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wqWgpFjwL6xNDhX6s2UyS3" name="M804 0279.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wqWgpFjwL6xNDhX6s2UyS3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5398" height="3036" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wqWgpFjwL6xNDhX6s2UyS3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism enables a full 360 degrees of rotation, with an accompanying scale, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whereas the X-PRO 3-way head has three spirit levels, the 804 features a single bubble level. It’s arguably quicker and more intuitive to use in landscape orientation shooting but completely useless for portrait orientation shooting, unless you keep the platform level and use an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a> with your camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="MSQFCP5kydHJ7GrFw2d7G" name="M804 0280.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MSQFCP5kydHJ7GrFw2d7G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MSQFCP5kydHJ7GrFw2d7G-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The head features a single bubble level instead of multiple spirit levels. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For connecting a camera (or lens with a tripod mounting ring) to the head, the 804 relies on Manfrotto’s time-honored 200PL type quick-release plate. I actually really like these plates but many prefer a more universal Arca-type plate, especially as the style is now being adopted in a growing range of feet on the tripod mounting rings of hefty lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="vWkYJQ8dJEgodgdkRKzrG" name="M804 0281.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vWkYJQ8dJEgodgdkRKzrG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vWkYJQ8dJEgodgdkRKzrG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Manfrotto’s 200PL quick-release plate is proprietary rather than universal, but works very well. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the base of the head has a diameter of 60mm / 2.36in, which is par for the course for Manfrotto’s heavy-duty heads and a perfect fit for its similarly heavy-duty tripods. Naturally, the head is equally well suited to tripods made by the vast majority of other manufacturers, so you can mix and match legs and heads.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="LRmFr3PZqxbsNBoqgHNAU3" name="M804 0282.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRmFr3PZqxbsNBoqgHNAU3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRmFr3PZqxbsNBoqgHNAU3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 60mm / 2.36in diameter of the base makes the head a good fit for heavy-duty tripods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-performance"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Performance</span></h3><p>It’s quick and easy to make precise adjustments to both tilt and swivel. In the later version of the head, it’s best to extend the knobs on their shafts, giving you greater leverage and precision, akin to using the knobs of the original edition in its standard trim, which lacked any retractability. The panning axis works equally smoothly through its entire 360-degree rotation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="LtX2sa5rWAJkm3mej95TH" name="M804 0313.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LtX2sa5rWAJkm3mej95TH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LtX2sa5rWAJkm3mej95TH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s quick and painless to make even ultra-precise positional adjustments in any of the three axes catered to by the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite being plastic rather than metal, the head feels easily tough enough for its 10kg payload rating. As with other 3-way heads that I’ve recently tested, I mounted a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-ii-review">Sony A7 II</a> body fitted with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/viltrox-af-85mm-f-1-4-pro-review-ready-for-your-close-up-its-portrait-prime-time">Viltrox AF 85mm f/1.4 Pro</a> lens. The combination has a weight of 1.4kg / 3.2lb and the lens doesn’t feature a mounting ring, so the weight is significantly off-axis in portrait orientation shooting. The head was easily able to support the load but, in both landscape and portrait orientation shooting, it wasn’t quite as firm and stable as Manfrotto’s X-PRO 3-way head, and a little more prone to flexing, wobble and vibration.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="dx3fYyUWjN9tdcqCFgRmS3" name="M804 0314.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dx3fYyUWjN9tdcqCFgRmS3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dx3fYyUWjN9tdcqCFgRmS3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The head remains reasonably stable even with a heavy lens off-axis, but is a little more prone to flexing than some competitors. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-verdict"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m not plastic-averse and I like the weight-saving build of the Manfrotto 804 3-way head. The later edition with the retractable handles is more compact for stowage. In both versions, quick, easy and precise positioning is assured in all three axes of tilt, swivel and pan. However, for outright performance in terms of steadiness and resistance to flexing and vibration, most aluminum rather than plastic heads have the edge.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>All the essentials are covered, with independent tilt, swivel and panning options, and there are calibrated scales for each axis.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The ‘technopolymer’ design cuts down the weight by about 25 per cent but doesn’t feel quite as rigid as aluminum.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is generally good, enabling high-precision adjustments, but resistance to flexing could be a little better.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The head is pretty good value for money in the UK and Europe but less so in other world regions.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="SepGQquKaP8cth4D2GokR3" name="M804 00 hero 0274.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SepGQquKaP8cth4D2GokR3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SepGQquKaP8cth4D2GokR3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="b02d812e-668f-4d63-a248-16bc5758f1d7" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" href="https://d.docs.live.net/eca164c3363d2eaa/Work/Articles/Future/Digital Camera World/DCW Tripod reviews/Manfrotto 804 3-way head DCW2508/Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="JHyfGjeCEcCPvRbGrkBcYE" name="Manfrotto XPRO geared head square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHyfGjeCEcCPvRbGrkBcYE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>As its name suggests, the <a href="https://d.docs.live.net/eca164c3363d2eaa/Work/Articles/Future/Digital%20Camera%20World/DCW%20Tripod%20reviews/Manfrotto%20804%203-way%20head%20DCW2508/Manfrotto%20XPRO%20Geared%203-way%20Head" data-dimension112="b02d812e-668f-4d63-a248-16bc5758f1d7" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head</strong></a> has a similar range of independent tilt, swivel and pan adjustments but this time with helical gears that enable ultra-precise adjustments. A clutch is also fitted to each knob for making quick, course adjustments. Again, it’s made of technopolymer rather than aluminum.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="44201c86-b1d4-4e3f-b45b-f20a3c0d7ecc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QJ9aU4bNivvCyX9PV4zqYE" name="Manfrotto XPRO ball head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QJ9aU4bNivvCyX9PV4zqYE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1439" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review" data-dimension112="44201c86-b1d4-4e3f-b45b-f20a3c0d7ecc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock</strong></a> is an absolutely fabulous ball head. It features an independently adjustable friction damper and a pan-only lock/release knob, so you can pan the camera while keeping the tilt and swivel axes locked off. It’s made from magnesium alloy and an alternative version is also available with a 200PL rather than Arca-type quick-release plate.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-804-3-way-head-review-tripping-the-plastic-fantastic</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Manfrotto 804 3-way head is unusual in having a plastic build, but it still has a hefty payload rating ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">upeX5WandXk4eCLkcNRUR7</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SepGQquKaP8cth4D2GokR3-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2025 16:38:29 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 14 Aug 2025 16:38:40 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SepGQquKaP8cth4D2GokR3-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto 804 3-way head]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto 804 3-way head]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto 804 3-way head]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SepGQquKaP8cth4D2GokR3-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>There’s nothing really wrong with plastic, although it’s been getting an awful lot of bad press lately. This Manfrotto tripod head certainly isn’t a ‘single-use plastic’ item, so that’s definitely something in its favor. In fact, it should last for years and indeed, Manfrotto is sufficiently confident in its build quality to offer a free 10-year warranty, as with most of its products. </p><p>I can bear testimony to its hard-wearing nature as the sample that I’m using for this review has pretty much been to hell and back, being used and abused by hard-working photographers on our team for many years. The plastic itself goes by the name of a ‘technopolymer’ or technical polymer, and it’s not the first time I’ve seen it. I actually own a <a href="Manfrotto%20XPRO%20Geared%203-way%20Head">Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head</a>, which is made from the same material. That one aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">best geared heads</a>, whereas the 804 that I’m reviewing here sets its sights on being one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5539px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="CsTqubPN6XXsacihcsdwG" name="M804 01 intro 0273.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CsTqubPN6XXsacihcsdwG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5539" height="3115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CsTqubPN6XXsacihcsdwG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Just look at the state of that! Our team’s long-serving 804 has taken a whole lot of punishment over the years but still works just as well as when it was new. Never let it be said that we don’t test kit thoroughly! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-specifications"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Polymer</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR Plate type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>200LT-PL</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locks</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Tilt, pan, swivel</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bubble/spirit levels</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1 bubble</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>12cm / 4.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.75kg / 1.65lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-price"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Price</span></h3><p>The Manfrotto 804 is pretty good value in the UK but comparatively expensive in the USA and Australia. Selling for $147 / £89 / AU$239, it’s less expensive than the more heavy-duty Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head which is made of aluminum rather than plastic. That’s entirely to be expected.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto MH804-3W"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Technopolymer or technical plastic tends to be lighter than aluminum and sure enough, this head is only three-quarters the weight of the aluminum Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head, at 0.75kg / 1.65lb compared with the latter’s 1kg / 2.2lb. They’re roughly the same size, although the 804 is a little shorter, at 12cm / 4.7in versus 13cm / 5.1in. It also lacks the adjustable friction dampers for tilt and swivel, featured in the X-PRO 3-way head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4411px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NtM6iT9yzoaJfoqcpK69F" name="M804 0275.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NtM6iT9yzoaJfoqcpK69F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4411" height="2481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NtM6iT9yzoaJfoqcpK69F-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">These are the original versions of the handles. The later ones slide on their shafts to enable a retractable, space-saving design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head is labelled as a ‘Mark II’ in some regions, and as an ‘Adapto’ here and there. The main difference between older and newer models is that, again, like the X-PRO head, the newer version features retractable handles for tilt and swivel. As such, the rubberized parts that you grip with your hand can slide in and out on their metal shafts. Retracted, they cut down the stowage size of the head. Extended, they give you greater leverage for making adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4975px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="xVHqzvzL5qo22AbU3vpsR3" name="M804 0277.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xVHqzvzL5qo22AbU3vpsR3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4975" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xVHqzvzL5qo22AbU3vpsR3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt range has a calibrated scale, from 30 degrees upwards to 90 degrees (vertically) downwards. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A bonus of the 804 over the X-PRO is that you get calibrated scales for tilt, swivel and pan, instead of just for panning. The tilt range which you’d typically use for front/back adjustments has a scale on the side and a range of 30 degrees upwards and 90 degrees downwards. The 0-degree level position is clearly labelled, with -30, 45 and 90 degrees numbered on the scale, with 15-degree major intervals and 5-degree minor increments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5222px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="coffkvtaeNapp52emvLDJ" name="M804 0276.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/coffkvtaeNapp52emvLDJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5222" height="2937" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/coffkvtaeNapp52emvLDJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In the head’s regular configuration, the landscape/portrait swivel has an operating range of 30 degrees in one direction and 90 degrees in the other. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Similarly, the swivel adjustment nominally for swapping between portrait/landscape orientation shooting has a range of -30 degrees to 90 degrees, the scale again being marked in the same 5-degree increments and numbered in the same way.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5398px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="67bmi6omqxAKHtEAP6NmS3" name="M804 0278.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/67bmi6omqxAKHtEAP6NmS3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5398" height="3036" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/67bmi6omqxAKHtEAP6NmS3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The relatively stubby panning lock/release knob isn’t retractable in either version of the 804 head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As is often the case with 3-way heads, the panning lock/release knob is somewhat smaller than the ones for tilt and swivel, and the shaft doesn’t extend so far. This time, as I’d expect, you get a full 360 degrees of panning rotation and again, it comes complete with a calibrated and numbered scale for reference. That can be handy if, for example, you’re shooting a series of stills to stitch into a panoramic image.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5398px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wqWgpFjwL6xNDhX6s2UyS3" name="M804 0279.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wqWgpFjwL6xNDhX6s2UyS3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5398" height="3036" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wqWgpFjwL6xNDhX6s2UyS3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism enables a full 360 degrees of rotation, with an accompanying scale, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whereas the X-PRO 3-way head has three spirit levels, the 804 features a single bubble level. It’s arguably quicker and more intuitive to use in landscape orientation shooting but completely useless for portrait orientation shooting, unless you keep the platform level and use an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a> with your camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="MSQFCP5kydHJ7GrFw2d7G" name="M804 0280.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MSQFCP5kydHJ7GrFw2d7G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MSQFCP5kydHJ7GrFw2d7G-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The head features a single bubble level instead of multiple spirit levels. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For connecting a camera (or lens with a tripod mounting ring) to the head, the 804 relies on Manfrotto’s time-honored 200PL type quick-release plate. I actually really like these plates but many prefer a more universal Arca-type plate, especially as the style is now being adopted in a growing range of feet on the tripod mounting rings of hefty lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="vWkYJQ8dJEgodgdkRKzrG" name="M804 0281.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vWkYJQ8dJEgodgdkRKzrG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vWkYJQ8dJEgodgdkRKzrG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Manfrotto’s 200PL quick-release plate is proprietary rather than universal, but works very well. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the base of the head has a diameter of 60mm / 2.36in, which is par for the course for Manfrotto’s heavy-duty heads and a perfect fit for its similarly heavy-duty tripods. Naturally, the head is equally well suited to tripods made by the vast majority of other manufacturers, so you can mix and match legs and heads.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="LRmFr3PZqxbsNBoqgHNAU3" name="M804 0282.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRmFr3PZqxbsNBoqgHNAU3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LRmFr3PZqxbsNBoqgHNAU3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 60mm / 2.36in diameter of the base makes the head a good fit for heavy-duty tripods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-performance"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Performance</span></h3><p>It’s quick and easy to make precise adjustments to both tilt and swivel. In the later version of the head, it’s best to extend the knobs on their shafts, giving you greater leverage and precision, akin to using the knobs of the original edition in its standard trim, which lacked any retractability. The panning axis works equally smoothly through its entire 360-degree rotation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="LtX2sa5rWAJkm3mej95TH" name="M804 0313.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LtX2sa5rWAJkm3mej95TH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LtX2sa5rWAJkm3mej95TH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s quick and painless to make even ultra-precise positional adjustments in any of the three axes catered to by the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite being plastic rather than metal, the head feels easily tough enough for its 10kg payload rating. As with other 3-way heads that I’ve recently tested, I mounted a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-ii-review">Sony A7 II</a> body fitted with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/viltrox-af-85mm-f-1-4-pro-review-ready-for-your-close-up-its-portrait-prime-time">Viltrox AF 85mm f/1.4 Pro</a> lens. The combination has a weight of 1.4kg / 3.2lb and the lens doesn’t feature a mounting ring, so the weight is significantly off-axis in portrait orientation shooting. The head was easily able to support the load but, in both landscape and portrait orientation shooting, it wasn’t quite as firm and stable as Manfrotto’s X-PRO 3-way head, and a little more prone to flexing, wobble and vibration.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4821px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="dx3fYyUWjN9tdcqCFgRmS3" name="M804 0314.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dx3fYyUWjN9tdcqCFgRmS3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4821" height="2711" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dx3fYyUWjN9tdcqCFgRmS3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The head remains reasonably stable even with a heavy lens off-axis, but is a little more prone to flexing than some competitors. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-804-3-way-head-verdict"><span>Manfrotto 804 3-way head: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m not plastic-averse and I like the weight-saving build of the Manfrotto 804 3-way head. The later edition with the retractable handles is more compact for stowage. In both versions, quick, easy and precise positioning is assured in all three axes of tilt, swivel and pan. However, for outright performance in terms of steadiness and resistance to flexing and vibration, most aluminum rather than plastic heads have the edge.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>All the essentials are covered, with independent tilt, swivel and panning options, and there are calibrated scales for each axis.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The ‘technopolymer’ design cuts down the weight by about 25 per cent but doesn’t feel quite as rigid as aluminum.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is generally good, enabling high-precision adjustments, but resistance to flexing could be a little better.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The head is pretty good value for money in the UK and Europe but less so in other world regions.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="SepGQquKaP8cth4D2GokR3" name="M804 00 hero 0274.JPG" alt="Manfrotto 804 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SepGQquKaP8cth4D2GokR3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SepGQquKaP8cth4D2GokR3-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="b02d812e-668f-4d63-a248-16bc5758f1d7" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" href="https://d.docs.live.net/eca164c3363d2eaa/Work/Articles/Future/Digital Camera World/DCW Tripod reviews/Manfrotto 804 3-way head DCW2508/Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="JHyfGjeCEcCPvRbGrkBcYE" name="Manfrotto XPRO geared head square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHyfGjeCEcCPvRbGrkBcYE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>As its name suggests, the <a href="https://d.docs.live.net/eca164c3363d2eaa/Work/Articles/Future/Digital%20Camera%20World/DCW%20Tripod%20reviews/Manfrotto%20804%203-way%20head%20DCW2508/Manfrotto%20XPRO%20Geared%203-way%20Head" data-dimension112="b02d812e-668f-4d63-a248-16bc5758f1d7" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head</strong></a> has a similar range of independent tilt, swivel and pan adjustments but this time with helical gears that enable ultra-precise adjustments. A clutch is also fitted to each knob for making quick, course adjustments. Again, it’s made of technopolymer rather than aluminum.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="44201c86-b1d4-4e3f-b45b-f20a3c0d7ecc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QJ9aU4bNivvCyX9PV4zqYE" name="Manfrotto XPRO ball head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QJ9aU4bNivvCyX9PV4zqYE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1439" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review" data-dimension112="44201c86-b1d4-4e3f-b45b-f20a3c0d7ecc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock</strong></a> is an absolutely fabulous ball head. It features an independently adjustable friction damper and a pan-only lock/release knob, so you can pan the camera while keeping the tilt and swivel axes locked off. It’s made from magnesium alloy and an alternative version is also available with a 200PL rather than Arca-type quick-release plate.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head review: tilt, pan and swivel in fine style ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Manfrotto is a name that’s synonymous with top-end tripods, tripod heads and other supports. Products are typically built as well as designed in Italy, combining flair, practicality and robustness. Honing in on the XPRO range, I think that the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock</a> is arguably the best ball head on the market, while <a href="null">the </a><a href="Manfrotto%20XPRO%20Geared%203-way%20Head">Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head</a> is a very good (although not entirely perfect) geared head. </p><p>Without the spinning wheels of a geared head, this more conventional 3-way head has all the requisite tilt, pan and swivel movements required for stills photography, with a couple of extra design flourishes that make it stand out from the crowd. All in all, it aims to be one of <a href="null">the </a><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XqhsVWLBnWCjHoBEMXxEnZ" name="MXPRO3 01 intro 0265.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XqhsVWLBnWCjHoBEMXxEnZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XqhsVWLBnWCjHoBEMXxEnZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Retracting tilt and swivel knobs enable a relatively small stowage size for a heavy-duty 3-way head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-specifications"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>12kg / 26.5lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR Plate type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>200PL-14</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locks</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Tilt, pan, swivel</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bubble/spirit levels</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 spirit</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>13cm / 5.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1kg / 2.2lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-price"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Price</span></h3><p>You often see the same actual numbers quoted for the price of photo gear on either side of the Atlantic, whether the currency is in US dollars or UK pounds. That’s certainly not the case here, as the Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head costs $220 in the USA, £129 in the UK and  AU$289 in Australia. Suffice it to say that it’s good value for money in the UK, less so in the USA.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto MHXPRO-3W X-Pro 3-Way Head"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>3-way heads are a pain, right? Compared with the speed and ease of adjusting a ball head with it’s single locking knob, there are no less than three locks to contend with on a conventional 3-way head. But hang on a minute. You can often find there’s a bit of sag with a ball head, once you tighten the knob and let go of your camera. It might still be perfectly positioned on one axis but not the other (or other two). Getting all three axes exactly right with a ball head can end up being a time-consuming chore, and a bit like a game of hit and miss – mostly miss. When precise positioning is called for, it can often pay dividends to adjust each axis individually so that everything’s exactly as you want it. That’s where 3-way heads come to the fore.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AP9UXiNuU7JAdJMPgNf6mZ" name="MXPRO3 0266.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AP9UXiNuU7JAdJMPgNf6mZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AP9UXiNuU7JAdJMPgNf6mZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With a sturdy aluminum build, the X-PRO 3-way head has a solid and high-quality feel to it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Typical of the breed, this Manfrotto has individual lock/release knobs for tilt, swivel and pan. Better still, the first two for forward/backward tilt and landscape/portrait orientation swivel feature locking knobs that are mounted on retractable shafts. You simply pull them out to enable greater leverage and easier fine adjustments when in use, and push them back in again to reduce the stowage size. That neatly avoids the criticism of 3-way heads having long levers that stick out and demand greater storage space.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NuFowPDdQzbMpPuMZKYbxa" name="MXPRO3 0267.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NuFowPDdQzbMpPuMZKYbxa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NuFowPDdQzbMpPuMZKYbxa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Compared with the previous image, here’s how the tilt knob looks with the handle extended rather than retracted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And there’s more. The tilt and swivel clamps come complete with adjustable friction dampers, which is somewhat unusual in 3-way heads. The bonus is that you can adjust the torque needed to make tilt and swivel adjustments when the locking knobs are released. This effectively makes the head easier to use, and with greater finesse, tailoring it to different weights of camera and lens combos. And the maximum loadbearing ability of the head is pretty strong, with a payload rating of 12kg / 26.5lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4uKHxn95o26PBP8FKDebjZ" name="MXPRO3 0268.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4uKHxn95o26PBP8FKDebjZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4uKHxn95o26PBP8FKDebjZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Adjustable friction dampers are commonplace on ball heads but rarely feature in 3-way heads. Is it just me or does it look a little bit Starship Enterprise? </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The panning knob is a more straightforward affair. As I’d expect, it has neither a retractable design nor an adjustable friction damper, which is fair enough. Unlike the tilt and pan adjustments, however, it does have rotational scale marked in 5-degree increments. That can be handy when you’re taking a sequence of shots to stitch into a panoramic image and want to make precise incremental changes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VsBUDNx9Na26kgieJoJvkZ" name="MXPRO3 0269.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VsBUDNx9Na26kgieJoJvkZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VsBUDNx9Na26kgieJoJvkZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are no calibrated reference scales for tilt and swivel, just for the panning mechanism shown in this picture. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To help keep things on the level, there are no less than three separate spirit levels. These are arranged so that you can use two out of three to ensure the camera platform is level in both forward/backward and side-to-side planes, whether you’re shooting in either landscape or portrait orientation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3521px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="7sdQR4RBMJgWepKSKi9VhZ" name="MXPRO3 0270.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sdQR4RBMJgWepKSKi9VhZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3521" height="1980" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sdQR4RBMJgWepKSKi9VhZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Between them, the three spirit levels enable easy leveling in both landscape and portrait orientation shooting modes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, the head features a Manfrotto 200PL-14 quick-release plate. Some might be upset that it’s not an Arca-type fit, especially with more and more large lenses being designed with tripod mounting rings and feet that are directly Arca compatible. However, the proprietary QR plate is featured in a huge range of Manfrotto heads and has definitely proved itself over many years.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4659px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="q3UVVLVzkFnCu6cqhWq5va" name="MXPRO3 0271.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q3UVVLVzkFnCu6cqhWq5va-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4659" height="2620" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q3UVVLVzkFnCu6cqhWq5va-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 200PL-14 quick-release plate is pretty standard fare, but only in Manfrotto circles. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the base plate has a circular profile and a 60mm / 2.36in diameter. This makes it a great fit for many heavy-duty tripods, from all sorts of manufacturers and of course, from Manfrotto itself. The platforms of many tripods feature grub screws which can lock the head in place. The main attachment thread is the usual 3/8-inch variety, which you can use with a 1/4-inch adapter if your tripod legs use the smaller size attachment stud.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4659px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="eMMahA9GwxHCZCwtKqa2mZ" name="MXPRO3 0272.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eMMahA9GwxHCZCwtKqa2mZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4659" height="2620" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eMMahA9GwxHCZCwtKqa2mZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The mounting plate has a large 60mm / 2.36in diameter, well suited to heavy-duty tripods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-performance"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Performance</span></h3><p>I remember buying a heavy-duty Velbon Sherpa Pro CF-630 carbon fiber tripod kit from WEX about 20 years ago. Nice legs, shame about the head. I phoned their customer support line, complaining the quick-release plate felt spongy and they offered to exchange the head for a Manfrotto that featured a 200PL-14 QR plate. I’ve been a fan ever since, as it gives really solid support. That’s certainly the case when used with this X-PRO 3-way head.</p><p>Adjustments are smooth and effortless through the entire range of -30 to +90 degrees of both front/back and lateral tilt. The same goes for the 360-degree panning facility. I found that the click-steps for the two adjustable friction dampers enabled a better feel with varying kit of different weights. And when locked off, clamping is really firm and solid in all three tilt, swivel and pan axes. The three spirit levels help with leveling the camera but, to be honest, I found it easier and more accurate to use the camera’s own virtual horizon.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4659px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="5W8jHHkf4iwFbQwbMBZywa" name="MXPRO3 0310.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5W8jHHkf4iwFbQwbMBZywa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4659" height="2620" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5W8jHHkf4iwFbQwbMBZywa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The X-PRO3 combines quick, easy and precise adjustments with really solid and stable support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head feels easily strong enough for its 12kg payload rating. To test the firmness and stability of the head, I loaded it with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-ii-review">Sony A7 II</a> body mounted with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/viltrox-af-85mm-f-1-4-pro-review-ready-for-your-close-up-its-portrait-prime-time">Viltrox AF 85mm f/1.4 Pro</a> lens. The combined weight is 1.4kg / 3.2lb and, as the lens is quite heavy but doesn’t have a tripod mounting collar, the combination is quite front-heavy and a stern test. I switched the camera to manual focusing and turned of image stabilization, then used maximum magnification for image preview. This revealed that the head was indeed very resistant to wobbling and vibration.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4222px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="GX5n5zu3ce9an2g2UAvjva" name="MXPRO3 0312.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GX5n5zu3ce9an2g2UAvjva-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4222" height="2374" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GX5n5zu3ce9an2g2UAvjva-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The head remains very stable even with a heavy lens off-axis, when shooting in portrait orientation without a tripod mounting collar. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-verdict"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Verdict</span></h3><p>I feel that the Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head is simple and intuitive to use. It enables a good range of movement with very precise positioning, and is rock-solid when locked off. I like the adjustable friction dampers which work independently for tilt and swivel, which is quite a rarity for 3-way heads. I also like the retractable handles, which save space for stowage. The proprietary rather than Arca-type quick-release plate won’t be to everybody’s taste, but I’ve always found it to be a high-performance item that’s quick and easy to use. All in all, this is a very clever head.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include retractable handles and independently adjustable friction dampers for tilt and swivel.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The head is really solid, made from high-quality aluminum alloy and the retractable handles enable relatively compact stowage.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top-end performance combines smooth and precise positioning in all three planes and rock-solid support even for heavyweight cameras.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good value for money in the UK and Europe, less so in the USA.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="NGSZJGiJSMEfUd9hfqornZ" name="MXPRO3 00 hero 0264.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NGSZJGiJSMEfUd9hfqornZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NGSZJGiJSMEfUd9hfqornZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" href="https://d.docs.live.net/eca164c3363d2eaa/Work/Articles/Future/Digital Camera World/DCW Tripod reviews/Manfrotto 804 3-way head DCW2508/Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="JHyfGjeCEcCPvRbGrkBcYE" name="Manfrotto XPRO geared head square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHyfGjeCEcCPvRbGrkBcYE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>As its name suggests, the <a href="https://d.docs.live.net/eca164c3363d2eaa/Work/Articles/Future/Digital%20Camera%20World/DCW%20Tripod%20reviews/Manfrotto%20804%203-way%20head%20DCW2508/Manfrotto%20XPRO%20Geared%203-way%20Head" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head</strong></a> has a similar range of independent tilt, swivel and pan adjustments but this time with helical gears that enable ultra-precise adjustments. A clutch is also fitted to each knob for making quick, course adjustments. It’s made of technopolymer (plastic) rather than aluminum.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QJ9aU4bNivvCyX9PV4zqYE" name="Manfrotto XPRO ball head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QJ9aU4bNivvCyX9PV4zqYE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1439" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock</strong></a> is an absolutely fabulous ball head. It features an independently adjustable friction damper and a pan-only lock/release knob, so you can pan the camera while keeping the tilt and swivel axes locked off. It’s made from magnesium alloy and an alternative version is also available with a 200PL rather than Arca-type quick-release plate.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head brings finesse and fine-tuning to camera positioning, with three independent locking levers and two adjustable friction dampers ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Ak5RLAzuRGGJS5WNUmfRGe</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NGSZJGiJSMEfUd9hfqornZ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2025 16:26:50 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                        <dc:contributor><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:contributor>
                                                                    <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NGSZJGiJSMEfUd9hfqornZ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NGSZJGiJSMEfUd9hfqornZ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Manfrotto is a name that’s synonymous with top-end tripods, tripod heads and other supports. Products are typically built as well as designed in Italy, combining flair, practicality and robustness. Honing in on the XPRO range, I think that the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock</a> is arguably the best ball head on the market, while <a href="null">the </a><a href="Manfrotto%20XPRO%20Geared%203-way%20Head">Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head</a> is a very good (although not entirely perfect) geared head. </p><p>Without the spinning wheels of a geared head, this more conventional 3-way head has all the requisite tilt, pan and swivel movements required for stills photography, with a couple of extra design flourishes that make it stand out from the crowd. All in all, it aims to be one of <a href="null">the </a><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best 3-way heads</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XqhsVWLBnWCjHoBEMXxEnZ" name="MXPRO3 01 intro 0265.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XqhsVWLBnWCjHoBEMXxEnZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XqhsVWLBnWCjHoBEMXxEnZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Retracting tilt and swivel knobs enable a relatively small stowage size for a heavy-duty 3-way head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-specifications"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>12kg / 26.5lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR Plate type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>200PL-14</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locks</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Tilt, pan, swivel</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bubble/spirit levels</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 spirit</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>13cm / 5.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1kg / 2.2lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-price"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Price</span></h3><p>You often see the same actual numbers quoted for the price of photo gear on either side of the Atlantic, whether the currency is in US dollars or UK pounds. That’s certainly not the case here, as the Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head costs $220 in the USA, £129 in the UK and  AU$289 in Australia. Suffice it to say that it’s good value for money in the UK, less so in the USA.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto MHXPRO-3W X-Pro 3-Way Head"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>3-way heads are a pain, right? Compared with the speed and ease of adjusting a ball head with it’s single locking knob, there are no less than three locks to contend with on a conventional 3-way head. But hang on a minute. You can often find there’s a bit of sag with a ball head, once you tighten the knob and let go of your camera. It might still be perfectly positioned on one axis but not the other (or other two). Getting all three axes exactly right with a ball head can end up being a time-consuming chore, and a bit like a game of hit and miss – mostly miss. When precise positioning is called for, it can often pay dividends to adjust each axis individually so that everything’s exactly as you want it. That’s where 3-way heads come to the fore.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AP9UXiNuU7JAdJMPgNf6mZ" name="MXPRO3 0266.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AP9UXiNuU7JAdJMPgNf6mZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AP9UXiNuU7JAdJMPgNf6mZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With a sturdy aluminum build, the X-PRO 3-way head has a solid and high-quality feel to it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Typical of the breed, this Manfrotto has individual lock/release knobs for tilt, swivel and pan. Better still, the first two for forward/backward tilt and landscape/portrait orientation swivel feature locking knobs that are mounted on retractable shafts. You simply pull them out to enable greater leverage and easier fine adjustments when in use, and push them back in again to reduce the stowage size. That neatly avoids the criticism of 3-way heads having long levers that stick out and demand greater storage space.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NuFowPDdQzbMpPuMZKYbxa" name="MXPRO3 0267.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NuFowPDdQzbMpPuMZKYbxa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NuFowPDdQzbMpPuMZKYbxa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Compared with the previous image, here’s how the tilt knob looks with the handle extended rather than retracted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And there’s more. The tilt and swivel clamps come complete with adjustable friction dampers, which is somewhat unusual in 3-way heads. The bonus is that you can adjust the torque needed to make tilt and swivel adjustments when the locking knobs are released. This effectively makes the head easier to use, and with greater finesse, tailoring it to different weights of camera and lens combos. And the maximum loadbearing ability of the head is pretty strong, with a payload rating of 12kg / 26.5lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4uKHxn95o26PBP8FKDebjZ" name="MXPRO3 0268.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4uKHxn95o26PBP8FKDebjZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4uKHxn95o26PBP8FKDebjZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Adjustable friction dampers are commonplace on ball heads but rarely feature in 3-way heads. Is it just me or does it look a little bit Starship Enterprise? </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The panning knob is a more straightforward affair. As I’d expect, it has neither a retractable design nor an adjustable friction damper, which is fair enough. Unlike the tilt and pan adjustments, however, it does have rotational scale marked in 5-degree increments. That can be handy when you’re taking a sequence of shots to stitch into a panoramic image and want to make precise incremental changes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4891px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VsBUDNx9Na26kgieJoJvkZ" name="MXPRO3 0269.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VsBUDNx9Na26kgieJoJvkZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4891" height="2751" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VsBUDNx9Na26kgieJoJvkZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are no calibrated reference scales for tilt and swivel, just for the panning mechanism shown in this picture. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To help keep things on the level, there are no less than three separate spirit levels. These are arranged so that you can use two out of three to ensure the camera platform is level in both forward/backward and side-to-side planes, whether you’re shooting in either landscape or portrait orientation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3521px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="7sdQR4RBMJgWepKSKi9VhZ" name="MXPRO3 0270.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sdQR4RBMJgWepKSKi9VhZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3521" height="1980" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sdQR4RBMJgWepKSKi9VhZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Between them, the three spirit levels enable easy leveling in both landscape and portrait orientation shooting modes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, the head features a Manfrotto 200PL-14 quick-release plate. Some might be upset that it’s not an Arca-type fit, especially with more and more large lenses being designed with tripod mounting rings and feet that are directly Arca compatible. However, the proprietary QR plate is featured in a huge range of Manfrotto heads and has definitely proved itself over many years.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4659px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="q3UVVLVzkFnCu6cqhWq5va" name="MXPRO3 0271.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q3UVVLVzkFnCu6cqhWq5va-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4659" height="2620" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q3UVVLVzkFnCu6cqhWq5va-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 200PL-14 quick-release plate is pretty standard fare, but only in Manfrotto circles. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the base plate has a circular profile and a 60mm / 2.36in diameter. This makes it a great fit for many heavy-duty tripods, from all sorts of manufacturers and of course, from Manfrotto itself. The platforms of many tripods feature grub screws which can lock the head in place. The main attachment thread is the usual 3/8-inch variety, which you can use with a 1/4-inch adapter if your tripod legs use the smaller size attachment stud.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4659px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="eMMahA9GwxHCZCwtKqa2mZ" name="MXPRO3 0272.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eMMahA9GwxHCZCwtKqa2mZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4659" height="2620" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eMMahA9GwxHCZCwtKqa2mZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The mounting plate has a large 60mm / 2.36in diameter, well suited to heavy-duty tripods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-performance"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Performance</span></h3><p>I remember buying a heavy-duty Velbon Sherpa Pro CF-630 carbon fiber tripod kit from WEX about 20 years ago. Nice legs, shame about the head. I phoned their customer support line, complaining the quick-release plate felt spongy and they offered to exchange the head for a Manfrotto that featured a 200PL-14 QR plate. I’ve been a fan ever since, as it gives really solid support. That’s certainly the case when used with this X-PRO 3-way head.</p><p>Adjustments are smooth and effortless through the entire range of -30 to +90 degrees of both front/back and lateral tilt. The same goes for the 360-degree panning facility. I found that the click-steps for the two adjustable friction dampers enabled a better feel with varying kit of different weights. And when locked off, clamping is really firm and solid in all three tilt, swivel and pan axes. The three spirit levels help with leveling the camera but, to be honest, I found it easier and more accurate to use the camera’s own virtual horizon.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4659px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="5W8jHHkf4iwFbQwbMBZywa" name="MXPRO3 0310.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5W8jHHkf4iwFbQwbMBZywa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4659" height="2620" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5W8jHHkf4iwFbQwbMBZywa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The X-PRO3 combines quick, easy and precise adjustments with really solid and stable support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head feels easily strong enough for its 12kg payload rating. To test the firmness and stability of the head, I loaded it with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-ii-review">Sony A7 II</a> body mounted with a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/viltrox-af-85mm-f-1-4-pro-review-ready-for-your-close-up-its-portrait-prime-time">Viltrox AF 85mm f/1.4 Pro</a> lens. The combined weight is 1.4kg / 3.2lb and, as the lens is quite heavy but doesn’t have a tripod mounting collar, the combination is quite front-heavy and a stern test. I switched the camera to manual focusing and turned of image stabilization, then used maximum magnification for image preview. This revealed that the head was indeed very resistant to wobbling and vibration.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4222px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="GX5n5zu3ce9an2g2UAvjva" name="MXPRO3 0312.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GX5n5zu3ce9an2g2UAvjva-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4222" height="2374" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GX5n5zu3ce9an2g2UAvjva-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The head remains very stable even with a heavy lens off-axis, when shooting in portrait orientation without a tripod mounting collar. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-verdict"><span>Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head: Verdict</span></h3><p>I feel that the Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head is simple and intuitive to use. It enables a good range of movement with very precise positioning, and is rock-solid when locked off. I like the adjustable friction dampers which work independently for tilt and swivel, which is quite a rarity for 3-way heads. I also like the retractable handles, which save space for stowage. The proprietary rather than Arca-type quick-release plate won’t be to everybody’s taste, but I’ve always found it to be a high-performance item that’s quick and easy to use. All in all, this is a very clever head.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include retractable handles and independently adjustable friction dampers for tilt and swivel.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The head is really solid, made from high-quality aluminum alloy and the retractable handles enable relatively compact stowage.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top-end performance combines smooth and precise positioning in all three planes and rock-solid support even for heavyweight cameras.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good value for money in the UK and Europe, less so in the USA.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="NGSZJGiJSMEfUd9hfqornZ" name="MXPRO3 00 hero 0264.JPG" alt="Manfrotto X-PRO 3-way head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NGSZJGiJSMEfUd9hfqornZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NGSZJGiJSMEfUd9hfqornZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" href="https://d.docs.live.net/eca164c3363d2eaa/Work/Articles/Future/Digital Camera World/DCW Tripod reviews/Manfrotto 804 3-way head DCW2508/Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="JHyfGjeCEcCPvRbGrkBcYE" name="Manfrotto XPRO geared head square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JHyfGjeCEcCPvRbGrkBcYE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>As its name suggests, the <a href="https://d.docs.live.net/eca164c3363d2eaa/Work/Articles/Future/Digital%20Camera%20World/DCW%20Tripod%20reviews/Manfrotto%20804%203-way%20head%20DCW2508/Manfrotto%20XPRO%20Geared%203-way%20Head" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto XPRO Geared 3-way Head</strong></a> has a similar range of independent tilt, swivel and pan adjustments but this time with helical gears that enable ultra-precise adjustments. A clutch is also fitted to each knob for making quick, course adjustments. It’s made of technopolymer (plastic) rather than aluminum.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QJ9aU4bNivvCyX9PV4zqYE" name="Manfrotto XPRO ball head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QJ9aU4bNivvCyX9PV4zqYE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1439" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension48="Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head with Top Lock</strong></a> is an absolutely fabulous ball head. It features an independently adjustable friction damper and a pan-only lock/release knob, so you can pan the camera while keeping the tilt and swivel axes locked off. It’s made from magnesium alloy and an alternative version is also available with a 200PL rather than Arca-type quick-release plate.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ KraftGeek Variety Tripod review: the ultimate support for vloggers?  ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The KraftGeek Variety Tripod is a combined selfie stick and tripod designed to hold small cameras or phones, and one of its main selling points is the large number of cold shoes that can be independently rotated to hold all manner of accessories. It will be welcomed by vloggers and other video presenters who need to add lighting and better quality sound recording to their setup. </p><p>It also reaches taller than most competing products, at 62.5 inches (a little over five feet), and its two-section legs extend for a wider, and thus more stable, shooting base. All this makes it a real contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">best selfie sticks</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripods</a>, and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">iPhone tripods and smartphone supports</a> available. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3925px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9VKWZhMx6ofxNHDhpnee54" name="IMG_0232_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VKWZhMx6ofxNHDhpnee54-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3925" height="2208" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VKWZhMx6ofxNHDhpnee54-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The KraftGeek Variety Tripod comes with a Bluetooth remote and phone cradle as standard, while a tablet cradle is an optional extra </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-specifications"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$60 / £45 / AU$86</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Materials</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum alloy / ABS / polycarbonate</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>158cm / 62.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Min height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>30cm / 12.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load </strong></p></td><td  ><p>2kg / 4.4 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base radius</strong></p></td><td  ><p>28cm / 11in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible devices</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Phones / tablets / compact cameras / action cams</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote control distance</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10m / 33ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote battery capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50mAh (20,000 presses), USB-C rechargeable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone system</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Android 8.0 and above / iOS 10.0 and above</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>420g / 4.8oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hj9SmndgefKEWmW6GBnU63" name="IMG_0213_16x9" alt="Man next to KraftGeek Variety Tripod supporting phone and light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hj9SmndgefKEWmW6GBnU63-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hj9SmndgefKEWmW6GBnU63-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At just over five feet tall when fully extended, the KraftGeek Variety Tripod is well suited to straight-to-camera video </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-price"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>The Variety Tripod has a list price of $60 / £45 / AU$86 and is available on Amazon, as well as KraftGeek's website. However, at the time of writing, it was being sold at a discounted price, so keep an eye out for offers. The standalone kit has a ball head for cameras and a universal mount for phones, but it is often bundled with KraftGeek's Flexy Mount, which can hold tablets and other wide devices, too. </p><p>It's not the cheapest option on the market, costing a little more than the same company's JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod, which stretches taller but is strictly for phones – and only ones with a MagSafe connection at that. So, does the Variety Tripod's added versatility make it worth the extra? Let's plough on. </p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="KraftGeek Variety Tripod"></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5376px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dQnUyngivWm8A9vJwrNf73" name="IMG_0198_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dQnUyngivWm8A9vJwrNf73-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5376" height="3024" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dQnUyngivWm8A9vJwrNf73-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The stabilizing legs can be extended from 20cm to 28cm (7.9in to 11in) for a more solid support when the tripod is used towards its tallest heights </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-design-handling"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The KraftGeek Variety Tripod measures 12.3 inches when fully stowed and extends simply by pulling the extending column until it reaches the desired height, up to a maximum of  62.5 inches. It's fairly stiff to ensure that it can manage loads of up to 2kg. It can be used as a selfie stick or a tripod, thanks to two-stage pull-out stabilizing legs that form a broad base.</p><p>A ball head offers 360 degrees of panning and 110 degrees of tilt for phones and action cams, and a pair of rotating cold shoes at either side allow the attachment of mics, lights, and so on. It comes with a universal phone cradle that flips easily from landscape to portrait orientation and is equipped with a further cold shoe. There's also a Bluetooth controller that connects magnetically to a recess on the main column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3827px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="LkXJkz47RF7sxNs5uFJU54" name="IMG_0197_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkXJkz47RF7sxNs5uFJU54-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3827" height="2153" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkXJkz47RF7sxNs5uFJU54-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There's a ball head with standard 14"-20 screw for attaching cameras, while accessories like lights can be affixed via cold shoe mounts </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-performance"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Extending to a decent 62.5ins (158cm), it's designed with shooting to-camera presentations in mind. However, it remains over a foot long when folded for stowage,  which is the unavoidable downside of having such a tall maximum reach. As such, it's not going to slip into a spare pocket, but is perfectly carryable if you have a suitable bag. </p><p>The ball head rotates smoothly through 360 degrees, while 110 degrees of tilt enable versatile shooting angles. A thumb-operated wheel locking mechanism allows a variety of cameras to be easily attached via a standard  1/4’’-20 tripod mount socket, up to a load capacity of 2kg (4.4 lbs). It's suitable for action cams, compacts, and lightweight mirrorless or DSLR cameras, although I wouldn't go much bigger than a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/nikon-z50-ii-review">Nikon Z50 II</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-d3500-review">D3500</a> and kit lens (or equivalent combos). The ball head is flanked by two cold shoes that rotate through a full 360 degrees, enabling accessories to be positioned as you like and further adding to the Variety Tripod's vlogger-friendly credentials.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pko8hNFgKMUNBaMYWdWzp3" name="IMG_0218_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod phone cradle showing horizontal and vertical orientations" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pko8hNFgKMUNBaMYWdWzp3-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pko8hNFgKMUNBaMYWdWzp3-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The phone mount screws onto the ball head, and can be quickly flicked from horizontal to vertical orientations </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For phone shooters, a universal cradle is supplied that screws onto the top of the ball head. This all-metal cradle has a neat design that enables it to flip from horizontal to vertical shooting orientations (or at a jaunty 45º angle, should you wish) and makes it ideal for shooting both B-roll and phone-viewable-friendly video. There's a further cold shoe on the phone mount, should the other two not be enough. You can substitute this cradle with KraftGeek's Flexy Mount for tablets, which is available as an extra or in a bundle with the base kit. </p><p>It converts from a selfie stick to a monopod by pressing a button on the bottom that unlocks the three legs to form a 20cm (7.9in) radius base. That's fine for table-top use, but when the center column is fully extended, each leg can be pulled out to create a wider (and more stable) 28cm (11in) radius base. </p><p>A Bluetooth remote attaches magnetically to one of the tripod legs. The rechargable device is good for 20,000 shutter activations before it runs out of juice, which can be topped up via USB-C. It's a doddle to connect to any modern smartphone, though it should be noted that this only works with phones, not cameras. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2991px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Maore8VhVZ9idAA5ep49n" name="IMG_0219_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Maore8VhVZ9idAA5ep49n-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2991" height="1682" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Maore8VhVZ9idAA5ep49n-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It functions as a selfie stick as well as a tripod, and a pretty long one at over five feet </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-verdict"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>Aimed squarely at influencers, its 62.5-inch extended height should be tall enough for most to-camera video applications, and it can be used with a wide variety of cameras and phones, plus all manner of accessories, thanks to multiple cold shoes. Attaching mics and lights in this way helps add a professional air to your video productions. </p><p>When used as a tripod, its two-stage fold-out legs provide a reasonably solid base, but the center column is a little spindly for my liking, and I'd feel nervous trusting it with anything more than a compact camera. But it does its job admirably as a phone tripod and selfie stick, and I think its main appeal will be to smartphone shooters. </p><p>At over a foot long when packed away, it's not the most portable option if you like to tuck things into a pocket, but it's unavoidable in a product that both stretches so tall and provides a decent level ot stability. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The 62.5in max height is perfect for recording to-camera video, but it doesn't fold down very compactly</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>With lots of cold shoes and a variety of mounts, you can attach all sorts of gubbins to it</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Two-stage fold-out legs offer a degree of confidence as a tripod, but I'd still stick to lighter setups when fully extended</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It's not the cheapest option on the market, but is well made and versatile</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod" data-dimension48="JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1182px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="u9MrUpiCDDxrtTG4cd2gtL" name="justtap" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u9MrUpiCDDxrtTG4cd2gtL-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1182" height="1182" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you shoot primarily with an iPhone, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-review" data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod" data-dimension48="JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod" data-dimension25="">KraftGeek JustTap</a> comes with MagSafe for instant attachment, transforms from a selfie stick to a tripod with a tap, and extends even higher, up to a whopping 66 inches.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ" name="Benro Tablepod Flex Kit.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-tablepod-flex-kit-review" data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension25="">Benro Tabletop Flex</a> is a versatile mini-tripod, with both solid and flexible legs enabling it to extend to relatively lofty heights. Its 3kg load rating is generous, too, though it works less well as a selfie stick. </p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/kraftgeek-variety-tripod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Whether you shoot with a phone, compact camera, or tablet, this convertible selfie stick has a versatile mount and attachments for lights, mics, and more ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">vTjtCJXhmviuLV3vaDrhM9</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gpUucUc9A5GxHhbHgN93x-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 14 Aug 2025 13:05:29 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 14 Aug 2025 13:05:38 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.waring@futurenet.com (Adam Waring) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wA7LDveTne9XaEFCQSgdn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gpUucUc9A5GxHhbHgN93x-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[KraftGeek Variety Tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[KraftGeek Variety Tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[KraftGeek Variety Tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gpUucUc9A5GxHhbHgN93x-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The KraftGeek Variety Tripod is a combined selfie stick and tripod designed to hold small cameras or phones, and one of its main selling points is the large number of cold shoes that can be independently rotated to hold all manner of accessories. It will be welcomed by vloggers and other video presenters who need to add lighting and better quality sound recording to their setup. </p><p>It also reaches taller than most competing products, at 62.5 inches (a little over five feet), and its two-section legs extend for a wider, and thus more stable, shooting base. All this makes it a real contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">best selfie sticks</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripods</a>, and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">iPhone tripods and smartphone supports</a> available. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3925px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9VKWZhMx6ofxNHDhpnee54" name="IMG_0232_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VKWZhMx6ofxNHDhpnee54-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3925" height="2208" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VKWZhMx6ofxNHDhpnee54-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The KraftGeek Variety Tripod comes with a Bluetooth remote and phone cradle as standard, while a tablet cradle is an optional extra </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-specifications"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$60 / £45 / AU$86</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Materials</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum alloy / ABS / polycarbonate</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>158cm / 62.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Min height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>30cm / 12.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load </strong></p></td><td  ><p>2kg / 4.4 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base radius</strong></p></td><td  ><p>28cm / 11in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible devices</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Phones / tablets / compact cameras / action cams</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote control distance</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10m / 33ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote battery capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50mAh (20,000 presses), USB-C rechargeable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone system</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Android 8.0 and above / iOS 10.0 and above</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>420g / 4.8oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hj9SmndgefKEWmW6GBnU63" name="IMG_0213_16x9" alt="Man next to KraftGeek Variety Tripod supporting phone and light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hj9SmndgefKEWmW6GBnU63-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hj9SmndgefKEWmW6GBnU63-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At just over five feet tall when fully extended, the KraftGeek Variety Tripod is well suited to straight-to-camera video </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-price"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>The Variety Tripod has a list price of $60 / £45 / AU$86 and is available on Amazon, as well as KraftGeek's website. However, at the time of writing, it was being sold at a discounted price, so keep an eye out for offers. The standalone kit has a ball head for cameras and a universal mount for phones, but it is often bundled with KraftGeek's Flexy Mount, which can hold tablets and other wide devices, too. </p><p>It's not the cheapest option on the market, costing a little more than the same company's JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod, which stretches taller but is strictly for phones – and only ones with a MagSafe connection at that. So, does the Variety Tripod's added versatility make it worth the extra? Let's plough on. </p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="KraftGeek Variety Tripod"></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5376px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dQnUyngivWm8A9vJwrNf73" name="IMG_0198_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dQnUyngivWm8A9vJwrNf73-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5376" height="3024" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dQnUyngivWm8A9vJwrNf73-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The stabilizing legs can be extended from 20cm to 28cm (7.9in to 11in) for a more solid support when the tripod is used towards its tallest heights </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-design-handling"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The KraftGeek Variety Tripod measures 12.3 inches when fully stowed and extends simply by pulling the extending column until it reaches the desired height, up to a maximum of  62.5 inches. It's fairly stiff to ensure that it can manage loads of up to 2kg. It can be used as a selfie stick or a tripod, thanks to two-stage pull-out stabilizing legs that form a broad base.</p><p>A ball head offers 360 degrees of panning and 110 degrees of tilt for phones and action cams, and a pair of rotating cold shoes at either side allow the attachment of mics, lights, and so on. It comes with a universal phone cradle that flips easily from landscape to portrait orientation and is equipped with a further cold shoe. There's also a Bluetooth controller that connects magnetically to a recess on the main column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3827px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="LkXJkz47RF7sxNs5uFJU54" name="IMG_0197_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkXJkz47RF7sxNs5uFJU54-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3827" height="2153" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkXJkz47RF7sxNs5uFJU54-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There's a ball head with standard 14"-20 screw for attaching cameras, while accessories like lights can be affixed via cold shoe mounts </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-performance"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Extending to a decent 62.5ins (158cm), it's designed with shooting to-camera presentations in mind. However, it remains over a foot long when folded for stowage,  which is the unavoidable downside of having such a tall maximum reach. As such, it's not going to slip into a spare pocket, but is perfectly carryable if you have a suitable bag. </p><p>The ball head rotates smoothly through 360 degrees, while 110 degrees of tilt enable versatile shooting angles. A thumb-operated wheel locking mechanism allows a variety of cameras to be easily attached via a standard  1/4’’-20 tripod mount socket, up to a load capacity of 2kg (4.4 lbs). It's suitable for action cams, compacts, and lightweight mirrorless or DSLR cameras, although I wouldn't go much bigger than a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/nikon-z50-ii-review">Nikon Z50 II</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-d3500-review">D3500</a> and kit lens (or equivalent combos). The ball head is flanked by two cold shoes that rotate through a full 360 degrees, enabling accessories to be positioned as you like and further adding to the Variety Tripod's vlogger-friendly credentials.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pko8hNFgKMUNBaMYWdWzp3" name="IMG_0218_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod phone cradle showing horizontal and vertical orientations" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pko8hNFgKMUNBaMYWdWzp3-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pko8hNFgKMUNBaMYWdWzp3-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The phone mount screws onto the ball head, and can be quickly flicked from horizontal to vertical orientations </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For phone shooters, a universal cradle is supplied that screws onto the top of the ball head. This all-metal cradle has a neat design that enables it to flip from horizontal to vertical shooting orientations (or at a jaunty 45º angle, should you wish) and makes it ideal for shooting both B-roll and phone-viewable-friendly video. There's a further cold shoe on the phone mount, should the other two not be enough. You can substitute this cradle with KraftGeek's Flexy Mount for tablets, which is available as an extra or in a bundle with the base kit. </p><p>It converts from a selfie stick to a monopod by pressing a button on the bottom that unlocks the three legs to form a 20cm (7.9in) radius base. That's fine for table-top use, but when the center column is fully extended, each leg can be pulled out to create a wider (and more stable) 28cm (11in) radius base. </p><p>A Bluetooth remote attaches magnetically to one of the tripod legs. The rechargable device is good for 20,000 shutter activations before it runs out of juice, which can be topped up via USB-C. It's a doddle to connect to any modern smartphone, though it should be noted that this only works with phones, not cameras. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2991px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Maore8VhVZ9idAA5ep49n" name="IMG_0219_16x9" alt="KraftGeek Variety Tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Maore8VhVZ9idAA5ep49n-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2991" height="1682" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Maore8VhVZ9idAA5ep49n-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It functions as a selfie stick as well as a tripod, and a pretty long one at over five feet </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-variety-tripod-verdict"><span>KraftGeek Variety Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>Aimed squarely at influencers, its 62.5-inch extended height should be tall enough for most to-camera video applications, and it can be used with a wide variety of cameras and phones, plus all manner of accessories, thanks to multiple cold shoes. Attaching mics and lights in this way helps add a professional air to your video productions. </p><p>When used as a tripod, its two-stage fold-out legs provide a reasonably solid base, but the center column is a little spindly for my liking, and I'd feel nervous trusting it with anything more than a compact camera. But it does its job admirably as a phone tripod and selfie stick, and I think its main appeal will be to smartphone shooters. </p><p>At over a foot long when packed away, it's not the most portable option if you like to tuck things into a pocket, but it's unavoidable in a product that both stretches so tall and provides a decent level ot stability. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The 62.5in max height is perfect for recording to-camera video, but it doesn't fold down very compactly</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>With lots of cold shoes and a variety of mounts, you can attach all sorts of gubbins to it</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Two-stage fold-out legs offer a degree of confidence as a tripod, but I'd still stick to lighter setups when fully extended</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It's not the cheapest option on the market, but is well made and versatile</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod" data-dimension48="JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1182px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="u9MrUpiCDDxrtTG4cd2gtL" name="justtap" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u9MrUpiCDDxrtTG4cd2gtL-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1182" height="1182" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you shoot primarily with an iPhone, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-review" data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod" data-dimension48="JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod" data-dimension25="">KraftGeek JustTap</a> comes with MagSafe for instant attachment, transforms from a selfie stick to a tripod with a tap, and extends even higher, up to a whopping 66 inches.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ" name="Benro Tablepod Flex Kit.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-tablepod-flex-kit-review" data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension25="">Benro Tabletop Flex</a> is a versatile mini-tripod, with both solid and flexible legs enabling it to extend to relatively lofty heights. Its 3kg load rating is generous, too, though it works less well as a selfie stick. </p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod review: is this the best tripod and selfie stick for iPhone users? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod is a combined selfie stick and tripod designed for mobile phones with a MagSafe connector. It extends to a generous five-and-a-half feet in height and has a wide set of legs that pop out with a tap, making it ideal for eye-level selfies. It's certainly a contender as both one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">best selfie sticks</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">best iPhone tripods</a> on the market. Let's see what else it has to offer. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-specifications"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$50 / £38 / AU$79</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Materials</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum alloy / ABS / polycarbonate</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>168cm / 66''</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Min height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>33cm / 13”</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load </strong></p></td><td  ><p>2.5kg / 5.5 lbs (N52-grade magnets)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base radius</strong></p></td><td  ><p>22.5cm / 8.85''</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible devices</strong></p></td><td  ><p>MagSafe phones / phones with metal ring or metal ring case</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote control distance</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10m / 33ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote battery capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50mAh (20,000 presses), USB-C rechargeable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone system</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Android 8.0 and above / iOS 10.0 and above</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>455g / 15.8oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4720px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i6shijdbWrKch4SokwZ5wL" name="IMG_0178_16x9" alt="Man next to KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod demonstrating fully extended height" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i6shijdbWrKch4SokwZ5wL-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4720" height="2655" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i6shijdbWrKch4SokwZ5wL-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At full extension, the tripod puts the phone camera at about eye-level, ideal for selfies </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-price"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>The tripod has a list price of $50 / £38 / AU$79 and is available on Amazon, as well as KraftGeek's own website, but at the time of writing was being sold at a discounted price, so keep an eye out for offers. Considering its lofty height, generous load rating, strong magnetic connection, and the inclusion of a Bluetooth remote, that makes it pretty good value. </p><p>KraftGeek also makes a non-MagSafe version of the JustTap tripod that instead has a traditional phone clamp, and is a little cheaper with a list price of $40 / £30 / AU$62.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod"></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3782px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KA4AaHU2y2MXULsLVZTPWL" name="IMG_0140_16x9" alt="KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod closeup of phone attached via MagSafe" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KA4AaHU2y2MXULsLVZTPWL-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3782" height="2128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KA4AaHU2y2MXULsLVZTPWL-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Powerful magnets securely attach MagSafe-equipped Apple iPhones, or you'll need a magnetic phone case for other phone brands </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-design-handling"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod measures 13 inches when fully stowed and extends to 66 inches at full height. The tripod is extended simply by pulling the extending column until it reaches the desired height, and has a stiff resistance so that it won't collapse under heavy loads. The 'JustTap' in the product name refers to its pop-out legs. Tap a button on the base (or drop it gently on the ground) and its three stabilizing legs pop out to form a base.</p><p>It uses a MagSafe magnetic connection to attach your phone to the tripod, and also comes with an adhesive magnetic ring to attach to devices that aren't MagSafe-compatible. There's also a Bluetooth controller that connects magnetically to a recess on the main column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3089px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mR55nxWFz9ARbqsq9qGFPK" name="IMG_0163_16x9" alt="KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod remote control in hand" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mR55nxWFz9ARbqsq9qGFPK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3089" height="1738" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mR55nxWFz9ARbqsq9qGFPK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A rechargeable Bluetooth shutter release remote is included as part of the package </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-performance"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Its lofty five-and-a-half-feet extended length should enable it to reach eye level for most people (unless you're a giant), thus making it ideal for natural-looking selfies. The downside of its impressive reach, however, is that it remains necessarily long when folded down, at just over a foot in length – it's certainly not pocket-sized, so you'll need a generously sized bag to carry it in. </p><p>The pop-out legs work brilliantly, springing out effortlessly as you tap the base of the device on the ground, enabling one-handed setup (for the legs, at least; you'll need to firmly tug the center column to extend it). The legs form a base with a decent 22.5cm radius, which is strong and stable enough to withstand all but the most powerful gusts of wind, even when fully extended. </p><p>The MagSafe connector provides a strong and secure connection, and is rated to secure loads of up to 2.5kg, which is far in excesss of any smartphone, MagSafe is a propriery Apple connection, but there are plenty of magnetic Android phone cases that provide similar functionality, and KraftGeek provides a self-adhesive magnetic ring in the box that can be stuck to the back on non-Apple phones. </p><p>The Bluetooth remote is turned on with a long press of the button and is easily synced with your phone. A short press then activates the shutter, while a long press turns it back off again. KraftGeek says that it should keep going for 20,000 shutter activations on a single charge, after which it can be recharged via USB-C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2242px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="PhARrcu7WMAhbX8bHE2eKK" name="IMG_0135_16x9" alt="KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod closed up in hand" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PhARrcu7WMAhbX8bHE2eKK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2242" height="1261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PhARrcu7WMAhbX8bHE2eKK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At 13 inches long when collapsed, its not the most compact selfie stick/tripod combo, but that's the price of extending to five and a half feet </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-verdict"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>Measuring a huge 66 inches long, this goes much further than many competing products, and is equally handy as a generously proportioned selfie stick or a solid tripod that can meet your gaze for eye-level selfies. It does remain pretty long even when folded, though, so it's the most pocketable of solutions. </p><p>It's easy – fun, even – to convert it from a selfie stick to a tripod with a light tap of the base, and I found that the product feels robust and well built enough to trust it with my iPhone. Speaking of which, it is best suited to owners of Apple phones due to the proprietary MagSafe connection. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>At 5 1/2 feet long, selfie stick / tripod combos don't get much bigger than this, but it remains long when folded</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The JustTap design is brilliant, transforming from a selfie stick to a tripod in a fraction of a second</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It feels solid and trustworthy enough to hold an expensive iPhone, even at full height </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its generous length and clever features, it's good value</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="TP38" data-dimension48="TP38" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="g44fAZGQH4NDABKnduGj8D" name="neewer_tp38" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g44fAZGQH4NDABKnduGj8D-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you want to mount more than just your iPhone, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/neewer-tp38-review" data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="TP38" data-dimension48="TP38" data-dimension25="">Neewer TP38</a> has a hybrid phone cradle and camera plate, as well as an action cam mount, but it can only manage a relatively short 15 inches of extension. </p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ" name="Benro Tablepod Flex Kit.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-tablepod-flex-kit-review" data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension25="">Benro Tabletop Flex</a> is a versatile mini-tripod, with both solid and flexible legs enabling it to extend to relatively lofty heights. Its 3kg load rating is generous, too, though it works less well as a selfie stick. </p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ With a huge 66-inch reach and novel pop-out legs that turn it from selfie stick to a tripod with a tap, this is a brilliant smartphone support, as long as you use a MagSafe-compatible iPhone ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">cpVte9ESefjC25kwN2LKD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jP7SvT8MFvyfjUMcbVKbaK-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2025 14:57:40 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 13 Aug 2025 14:57:49 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.waring@futurenet.com (Adam Waring) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wA7LDveTne9XaEFCQSgdn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jP7SvT8MFvyfjUMcbVKbaK-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Man holding KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod as a Selfie Stick]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Man holding KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod as a Selfie Stick]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Man holding KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod as a Selfie Stick]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jP7SvT8MFvyfjUMcbVKbaK-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod is a combined selfie stick and tripod designed for mobile phones with a MagSafe connector. It extends to a generous five-and-a-half feet in height and has a wide set of legs that pop out with a tap, making it ideal for eye-level selfies. It's certainly a contender as both one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">best selfie sticks</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-iphone-tripods-and-supports">best iPhone tripods</a> on the market. Let's see what else it has to offer. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-specifications"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$50 / £38 / AU$79</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Materials</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum alloy / ABS / polycarbonate</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>168cm / 66''</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Min height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>33cm / 13”</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load </strong></p></td><td  ><p>2.5kg / 5.5 lbs (N52-grade magnets)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base radius</strong></p></td><td  ><p>22.5cm / 8.85''</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible devices</strong></p></td><td  ><p>MagSafe phones / phones with metal ring or metal ring case</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote control distance</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10m / 33ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote battery capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50mAh (20,000 presses), USB-C rechargeable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone system</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Android 8.0 and above / iOS 10.0 and above</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>455g / 15.8oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4720px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i6shijdbWrKch4SokwZ5wL" name="IMG_0178_16x9" alt="Man next to KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod demonstrating fully extended height" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i6shijdbWrKch4SokwZ5wL-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4720" height="2655" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i6shijdbWrKch4SokwZ5wL-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At full extension, the tripod puts the phone camera at about eye-level, ideal for selfies </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-price"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>The tripod has a list price of $50 / £38 / AU$79 and is available on Amazon, as well as KraftGeek's own website, but at the time of writing was being sold at a discounted price, so keep an eye out for offers. Considering its lofty height, generous load rating, strong magnetic connection, and the inclusion of a Bluetooth remote, that makes it pretty good value. </p><p>KraftGeek also makes a non-MagSafe version of the JustTap tripod that instead has a traditional phone clamp, and is a little cheaper with a list price of $40 / £30 / AU$62.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod"></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3782px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KA4AaHU2y2MXULsLVZTPWL" name="IMG_0140_16x9" alt="KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod closeup of phone attached via MagSafe" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KA4AaHU2y2MXULsLVZTPWL-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3782" height="2128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KA4AaHU2y2MXULsLVZTPWL-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Powerful magnets securely attach MagSafe-equipped Apple iPhones, or you'll need a magnetic phone case for other phone brands </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-design-handling"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod measures 13 inches when fully stowed and extends to 66 inches at full height. The tripod is extended simply by pulling the extending column until it reaches the desired height, and has a stiff resistance so that it won't collapse under heavy loads. The 'JustTap' in the product name refers to its pop-out legs. Tap a button on the base (or drop it gently on the ground) and its three stabilizing legs pop out to form a base.</p><p>It uses a MagSafe magnetic connection to attach your phone to the tripod, and also comes with an adhesive magnetic ring to attach to devices that aren't MagSafe-compatible. There's also a Bluetooth controller that connects magnetically to a recess on the main column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3089px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mR55nxWFz9ARbqsq9qGFPK" name="IMG_0163_16x9" alt="KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod remote control in hand" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mR55nxWFz9ARbqsq9qGFPK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3089" height="1738" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mR55nxWFz9ARbqsq9qGFPK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A rechargeable Bluetooth shutter release remote is included as part of the package </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-performance"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Its lofty five-and-a-half-feet extended length should enable it to reach eye level for most people (unless you're a giant), thus making it ideal for natural-looking selfies. The downside of its impressive reach, however, is that it remains necessarily long when folded down, at just over a foot in length – it's certainly not pocket-sized, so you'll need a generously sized bag to carry it in. </p><p>The pop-out legs work brilliantly, springing out effortlessly as you tap the base of the device on the ground, enabling one-handed setup (for the legs, at least; you'll need to firmly tug the center column to extend it). The legs form a base with a decent 22.5cm radius, which is strong and stable enough to withstand all but the most powerful gusts of wind, even when fully extended. </p><p>The MagSafe connector provides a strong and secure connection, and is rated to secure loads of up to 2.5kg, which is far in excesss of any smartphone, MagSafe is a propriery Apple connection, but there are plenty of magnetic Android phone cases that provide similar functionality, and KraftGeek provides a self-adhesive magnetic ring in the box that can be stuck to the back on non-Apple phones. </p><p>The Bluetooth remote is turned on with a long press of the button and is easily synced with your phone. A short press then activates the shutter, while a long press turns it back off again. KraftGeek says that it should keep going for 20,000 shutter activations on a single charge, after which it can be recharged via USB-C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2242px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="PhARrcu7WMAhbX8bHE2eKK" name="IMG_0135_16x9" alt="KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod closed up in hand" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PhARrcu7WMAhbX8bHE2eKK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2242" height="1261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PhARrcu7WMAhbX8bHE2eKK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At 13 inches long when collapsed, its not the most compact selfie stick/tripod combo, but that's the price of extending to five and a half feet </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-kraftgeek-justtap-magnetic-phone-tripod-verdict"><span>KraftGeek JustTap Magnetic Phone Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>Measuring a huge 66 inches long, this goes much further than many competing products, and is equally handy as a generously proportioned selfie stick or a solid tripod that can meet your gaze for eye-level selfies. It does remain pretty long even when folded, though, so it's the most pocketable of solutions. </p><p>It's easy – fun, even – to convert it from a selfie stick to a tripod with a light tap of the base, and I found that the product feels robust and well built enough to trust it with my iPhone. Speaking of which, it is best suited to owners of Apple phones due to the proprietary MagSafe connection. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>At 5 1/2 feet long, selfie stick / tripod combos don't get much bigger than this, but it remains long when folded</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The JustTap design is brilliant, transforming from a selfie stick to a tripod in a fraction of a second</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It feels solid and trustworthy enough to hold an expensive iPhone, even at full height </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its generous length and clever features, it's good value</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="TP38" data-dimension48="TP38" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="g44fAZGQH4NDABKnduGj8D" name="neewer_tp38" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g44fAZGQH4NDABKnduGj8D-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you want to mount more than just your iPhone, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/neewer-tp38-review" data-dimension112="123df48c-9a53-4a95-b2e0-a61c0f3b3061" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="TP38" data-dimension48="TP38" data-dimension25="">Neewer TP38</a> has a hybrid phone cradle and camera plate, as well as an action cam mount, but it can only manage a relatively short 15 inches of extension. </p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ" name="Benro Tablepod Flex Kit.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6JVvsBbmyiZL6ipYRVXJvJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-tablepod-flex-kit-review" data-dimension112="367487b3-e788-4988-a1ed-1259dc4c1190" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension48="Tabletop Flex" data-dimension25="">Benro Tabletop Flex</a> is a versatile mini-tripod, with both solid and flexible legs enabling it to extend to relatively lofty heights. Its 3kg load rating is generous, too, though it works less well as a selfie stick. </p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ MASSIVE £240+ saving as flagship Manfrotto carbon firer tripod hits lowest-ever price ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If you’ve been on the hunt for a carbon‑fiber tripod that combines pro‑grade durability with feather‑light portability, you’ll want to take note of this gem. </p><p>The Manfrotto MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod falls to<a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/dp/B0048LXTT6?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong> its lowest price of the year, now available for just £507.62. </strong></a></p><p>That’s a tidy saving of £241.38 off its usual £749 asking price, and offers rare value for anyone serious about minimizing their kit weight without compromising stability.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="053412f1-54f1-48d4-b2d9-60ffc4c17a69" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25="£507.62" href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/dp/B0048LXTT6?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:476px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.79%;"><img id="4ZfzCjV3JpbTt6m4BkStbX" name="316oK6BciAL._AC_SL1200_" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4ZfzCjV3JpbTt6m4BkStbX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="476" height="475" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/dp/B0048LXTT6?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="053412f1-54f1-48d4-b2d9-60ffc4c17a69" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25="£507.62">MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod: was £749 now £507.62</a></strong><br><strong>SAVE £241.38 at Amazon. </strong>The Manfrotto MT057C3-G is a premium carbon fibre tripod designed for professionals who require rock-solid support without compromising on bulk.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/dp/B0048LXTT6?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="053412f1-54f1-48d4-b2d9-60ffc4c17a69" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25="£507.62">View Deal</a></p></div><p>This tripod has been a trusted companion for photographers aiming for precision and portability - and while carbon fiber always carries a premium, this sale brings it within reach of more creative professionals. Throughout the year, prices have consistently trended higher, but this sub‑£510 mark is hands down the lowest we’ve seen, and it’s one of those deals you’ll want to jump on before it disappears.</p><p>Lightweight yet rock‑steady, the MT057C3‑G is perfect for destination shoots, hiking treks, or any situation where every gram counts. It’s sturdy enough to support your gear in challenging outdoor conditions, yet it won’t slow you down when you’re on the move—literally saving you weight and metaphorically saving you pounds.</p><p>In short, this isn’t just another tripod deal - it’s an opportunity to upgrade your setup with professional‑grade quality that doesn’t weigh on your shoulders… in more ways than one.</p><p>Whether you’re coming from a budget aluminium tripod or are ready to add a carbon fiber option to your kit, this one deserves a place in your bag - and it’s priced to move.</p><p><strong>Check out our guides to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"><strong>best tripods for photography</strong></a><strong> and to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod"><strong>best video tripods </strong></a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/massive-gbp240-saving-as-flagship-manfrotto-carbon-fiber-tripod-hits-lowest-ever-price</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Snag the lightest pro‑grade carbon‑fiber tripod yet for just £507 ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tRppkNm89NTR97r6RHX7DJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fRF9pYvDyUfLtf2QMQhiD5-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2025 08:19:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ sebastian.oakley@futurenet.com (Sebastian Oakley) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Sebastian Oakley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bqHjvwvXxSCtJZz3aVgSyn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fRF9pYvDyUfLtf2QMQhiD5-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto MT057C3-G 057]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto MT057C3-G 057]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto MT057C3-G 057]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fRF9pYvDyUfLtf2QMQhiD5-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If you’ve been on the hunt for a carbon‑fiber tripod that combines pro‑grade durability with feather‑light portability, you’ll want to take note of this gem. </p><p>The Manfrotto MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod falls to<a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/dp/B0048LXTT6?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong> its lowest price of the year, now available for just £507.62. </strong></a></p><p>That’s a tidy saving of £241.38 off its usual £749 asking price, and offers rare value for anyone serious about minimizing their kit weight without compromising stability.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="053412f1-54f1-48d4-b2d9-60ffc4c17a69" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25="£507.62" href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/dp/B0048LXTT6?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:476px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.79%;"><img id="4ZfzCjV3JpbTt6m4BkStbX" name="316oK6BciAL._AC_SL1200_" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4ZfzCjV3JpbTt6m4BkStbX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="476" height="475" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/dp/B0048LXTT6?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="053412f1-54f1-48d4-b2d9-60ffc4c17a69" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25="£507.62">MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod: was £749 now £507.62</a></strong><br><strong>SAVE £241.38 at Amazon. </strong>The Manfrotto MT057C3-G is a premium carbon fibre tripod designed for professionals who require rock-solid support without compromising on bulk.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/dp/B0048LXTT6?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="053412f1-54f1-48d4-b2d9-60ffc4c17a69" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="MT057C3-G 057 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25="£507.62">View Deal</a></p></div><p>This tripod has been a trusted companion for photographers aiming for precision and portability - and while carbon fiber always carries a premium, this sale brings it within reach of more creative professionals. Throughout the year, prices have consistently trended higher, but this sub‑£510 mark is hands down the lowest we’ve seen, and it’s one of those deals you’ll want to jump on before it disappears.</p><p>Lightweight yet rock‑steady, the MT057C3‑G is perfect for destination shoots, hiking treks, or any situation where every gram counts. It’s sturdy enough to support your gear in challenging outdoor conditions, yet it won’t slow you down when you’re on the move—literally saving you weight and metaphorically saving you pounds.</p><p>In short, this isn’t just another tripod deal - it’s an opportunity to upgrade your setup with professional‑grade quality that doesn’t weigh on your shoulders… in more ways than one.</p><p>Whether you’re coming from a budget aluminium tripod or are ready to add a carbon fiber option to your kit, this one deserves a place in your bag - and it’s priced to move.</p><p><strong>Check out our guides to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"><strong>best tripods for photography</strong></a><strong> and to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod"><strong>best video tripods </strong></a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
            </channel>
</rss>